| File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp |
| Warning: | line 1794, column 11 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===-- TypeSystemClang.cpp -----------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
| 2 | // | ||||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
| 6 | // | ||||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
| 8 | |||||||
| 9 | #include "TypeSystemClang.h" | ||||||
| 10 | |||||||
| 11 | #include "llvm/Support/FormatAdapters.h" | ||||||
| 12 | #include "llvm/Support/FormatVariadic.h" | ||||||
| 13 | |||||||
| 14 | #include <mutex> | ||||||
| 15 | #include <string> | ||||||
| 16 | #include <vector> | ||||||
| 17 | |||||||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/ASTImporter.h" | ||||||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | ||||||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||||
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | ||||||
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | ||||||
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | ||||||
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h" | ||||||
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||||
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h" | ||||||
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h" | ||||||
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/LangStandard.h" | ||||||
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||
| 35 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h" | ||||||
| 36 | #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h" | ||||||
| 37 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" | ||||||
| 38 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h" | ||||||
| 39 | #include "clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h" | ||||||
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" | ||||||
| 41 | |||||||
| 42 | #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h" | ||||||
| 43 | #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h" | ||||||
| 44 | |||||||
| 45 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangASTImporter.h" | ||||||
| 46 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangASTMetadata.h" | ||||||
| 47 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h" | ||||||
| 48 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangFunctionCaller.h" | ||||||
| 49 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangPersistentVariables.h" | ||||||
| 50 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUserExpression.h" | ||||||
| 51 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUtil.h" | ||||||
| 52 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUtilityFunction.h" | ||||||
| 53 | #include "lldb/Utility/ArchSpec.h" | ||||||
| 54 | #include "lldb/Utility/Flags.h" | ||||||
| 55 | |||||||
| 56 | #include "lldb/Core/DumpDataExtractor.h" | ||||||
| 57 | #include "lldb/Core/Module.h" | ||||||
| 58 | #include "lldb/Core/PluginManager.h" | ||||||
| 59 | #include "lldb/Core/StreamFile.h" | ||||||
| 60 | #include "lldb/Core/ThreadSafeDenseMap.h" | ||||||
| 61 | #include "lldb/Core/UniqueCStringMap.h" | ||||||
| 62 | #include "lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h" | ||||||
| 63 | #include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h" | ||||||
| 64 | #include "lldb/Target/ExecutionContext.h" | ||||||
| 65 | #include "lldb/Target/Language.h" | ||||||
| 66 | #include "lldb/Target/Process.h" | ||||||
| 67 | #include "lldb/Target/Target.h" | ||||||
| 68 | #include "lldb/Utility/DataExtractor.h" | ||||||
| 69 | #include "lldb/Utility/LLDBAssert.h" | ||||||
| 70 | #include "lldb/Utility/Log.h" | ||||||
| 71 | #include "lldb/Utility/RegularExpression.h" | ||||||
| 72 | #include "lldb/Utility/Scalar.h" | ||||||
| 73 | |||||||
| 74 | #include "Plugins/LanguageRuntime/ObjC/ObjCLanguageRuntime.h" | ||||||
| 75 | #include "Plugins/SymbolFile/DWARF/DWARFASTParserClang.h" | ||||||
| 76 | #include "Plugins/SymbolFile/PDB/PDBASTParser.h" | ||||||
| 77 | |||||||
| 78 | #include <cstdio> | ||||||
| 79 | |||||||
| 80 | #include <mutex> | ||||||
| 81 | |||||||
| 82 | using namespace lldb; | ||||||
| 83 | using namespace lldb_private; | ||||||
| 84 | using namespace clang; | ||||||
| 85 | using llvm::StringSwitch; | ||||||
| 86 | |||||||
| 87 | LLDB_PLUGIN_DEFINE(TypeSystemClang)namespace lldb_private { void lldb_initialize_TypeSystemClang () { TypeSystemClang::Initialize(); } void lldb_terminate_TypeSystemClang () { TypeSystemClang::Terminate(); } } | ||||||
| 88 | |||||||
| 89 | namespace { | ||||||
| 90 | static void VerifyDecl(clang::Decl *decl) { | ||||||
| 91 | assert(decl && "VerifyDecl called with nullptr?")((void)0); | ||||||
| 92 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | ||||||
| 93 | // We don't care about the actual access value here but only want to trigger | ||||||
| 94 | // that Clang calls its internal Decl::AccessDeclContextSanity check. | ||||||
| 95 | decl->getAccess(); | ||||||
| 96 | #endif | ||||||
| 97 | } | ||||||
| 98 | |||||||
| 99 | static inline bool | ||||||
| 100 | TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) { | ||||||
| 101 | return language == eLanguageTypeUnknown || // Clang is the default type system | ||||||
| 102 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsC(language) || | ||||||
| 103 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsCPlusPlus(language) || | ||||||
| 104 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsObjC(language) || | ||||||
| 105 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsPascal(language) || | ||||||
| 106 | // Use Clang for Rust until there is a proper language plugin for it | ||||||
| 107 | language == eLanguageTypeRust || | ||||||
| 108 | language == eLanguageTypeExtRenderScript || | ||||||
| 109 | // Use Clang for D until there is a proper language plugin for it | ||||||
| 110 | language == eLanguageTypeD || | ||||||
| 111 | // Open Dylan compiler debug info is designed to be Clang-compatible | ||||||
| 112 | language == eLanguageTypeDylan; | ||||||
| 113 | } | ||||||
| 114 | |||||||
| 115 | // Checks whether m1 is an overload of m2 (as opposed to an override). This is | ||||||
| 116 | // called by addOverridesForMethod to distinguish overrides (which share a | ||||||
| 117 | // vtable entry) from overloads (which require distinct entries). | ||||||
| 118 | bool isOverload(clang::CXXMethodDecl *m1, clang::CXXMethodDecl *m2) { | ||||||
| 119 | // FIXME: This should detect covariant return types, but currently doesn't. | ||||||
| 120 | lldbassert(&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() &&lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(&m1-> getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && "Methods should have the same AST context" ), "&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && \"Methods should have the same AST context\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 121) | ||||||
| 121 | "Methods should have the same AST context")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(&m1-> getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && "Methods should have the same AST context" ), "&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && \"Methods should have the same AST context\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 121); | ||||||
| 122 | clang::ASTContext &context = m1->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 123 | |||||||
| 124 | const auto *m1Type = llvm::cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>( | ||||||
| 125 | context.getCanonicalType(m1->getType())); | ||||||
| 126 | |||||||
| 127 | const auto *m2Type = llvm::cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>( | ||||||
| 128 | context.getCanonicalType(m2->getType())); | ||||||
| 129 | |||||||
| 130 | auto compareArgTypes = [&context](const clang::QualType &m1p, | ||||||
| 131 | const clang::QualType &m2p) { | ||||||
| 132 | return context.hasSameType(m1p.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||
| 133 | m2p.getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
| 134 | }; | ||||||
| 135 | |||||||
| 136 | // FIXME: In C++14 and later, we can just pass m2Type->param_type_end() | ||||||
| 137 | // as a fourth parameter to std::equal(). | ||||||
| 138 | return (m1->getNumParams() != m2->getNumParams()) || | ||||||
| 139 | !std::equal(m1Type->param_type_begin(), m1Type->param_type_end(), | ||||||
| 140 | m2Type->param_type_begin(), compareArgTypes); | ||||||
| 141 | } | ||||||
| 142 | |||||||
| 143 | // If decl is a virtual method, walk the base classes looking for methods that | ||||||
| 144 | // decl overrides. This table of overridden methods is used by IRGen to | ||||||
| 145 | // determine the vtable layout for decl's parent class. | ||||||
| 146 | void addOverridesForMethod(clang::CXXMethodDecl *decl) { | ||||||
| 147 | if (!decl->isVirtual()) | ||||||
| 148 | return; | ||||||
| 149 | |||||||
| 150 | clang::CXXBasePaths paths; | ||||||
| 151 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::NamedDecl *, 4> decls; | ||||||
| 152 | |||||||
| 153 | auto find_overridden_methods = | ||||||
| 154 | [&decls, decl](const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *specifier, | ||||||
| 155 | clang::CXXBasePath &path) { | ||||||
| 156 | if (auto *base_record = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 157 | specifier->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl())) { | ||||||
| 158 | |||||||
| 159 | clang::DeclarationName name = decl->getDeclName(); | ||||||
| 160 | |||||||
| 161 | // If this is a destructor, check whether the base class destructor is | ||||||
| 162 | // virtual. | ||||||
| 163 | if (name.getNameKind() == clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) | ||||||
| 164 | if (auto *baseDtorDecl = base_record->getDestructor()) { | ||||||
| 165 | if (baseDtorDecl->isVirtual()) { | ||||||
| 166 | decls.push_back(baseDtorDecl); | ||||||
| 167 | return true; | ||||||
| 168 | } else | ||||||
| 169 | return false; | ||||||
| 170 | } | ||||||
| 171 | |||||||
| 172 | // Otherwise, search for name in the base class. | ||||||
| 173 | for (path.Decls = base_record->lookup(name).begin(); | ||||||
| 174 | path.Decls != path.Decls.end(); ++path.Decls) { | ||||||
| 175 | if (auto *method_decl = | ||||||
| 176 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(*path.Decls)) | ||||||
| 177 | if (method_decl->isVirtual() && !isOverload(decl, method_decl)) { | ||||||
| 178 | decls.push_back(method_decl); | ||||||
| 179 | return true; | ||||||
| 180 | } | ||||||
| 181 | } | ||||||
| 182 | } | ||||||
| 183 | |||||||
| 184 | return false; | ||||||
| 185 | }; | ||||||
| 186 | |||||||
| 187 | if (decl->getParent()->lookupInBases(find_overridden_methods, paths)) { | ||||||
| 188 | for (auto *overridden_decl : decls) | ||||||
| 189 | decl->addOverriddenMethod( | ||||||
| 190 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(overridden_decl)); | ||||||
| 191 | } | ||||||
| 192 | } | ||||||
| 193 | } | ||||||
| 194 | |||||||
| 195 | static lldb::addr_t GetVTableAddress(Process &process, | ||||||
| 196 | VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | ||||||
| 197 | ValueObject &valobj, | ||||||
| 198 | const ASTRecordLayout &record_layout) { | ||||||
| 199 | // Retrieve type info | ||||||
| 200 | CompilerType pointee_type; | ||||||
| 201 | CompilerType this_type(valobj.GetCompilerType()); | ||||||
| 202 | uint32_t type_info = this_type.GetTypeInfo(&pointee_type); | ||||||
| 203 | if (!type_info) | ||||||
| 204 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | ||||||
| 205 | |||||||
| 206 | // Check if it's a pointer or reference | ||||||
| 207 | bool ptr_or_ref = false; | ||||||
| 208 | if (type_info & (eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsReference)) { | ||||||
| 209 | ptr_or_ref = true; | ||||||
| 210 | type_info = pointee_type.GetTypeInfo(); | ||||||
| 211 | } | ||||||
| 212 | |||||||
| 213 | // We process only C++ classes | ||||||
| 214 | const uint32_t cpp_class = eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsCPlusPlus; | ||||||
| 215 | if ((type_info & cpp_class) != cpp_class) | ||||||
| 216 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | ||||||
| 217 | |||||||
| 218 | // Calculate offset to VTable pointer | ||||||
| 219 | lldb::offset_t vbtable_ptr_offset = | ||||||
| 220 | vtable_ctx.isMicrosoft() ? record_layout.getVBPtrOffset().getQuantity() | ||||||
| 221 | : 0; | ||||||
| 222 | |||||||
| 223 | if (ptr_or_ref) { | ||||||
| 224 | // We have a pointer / ref to object, so read | ||||||
| 225 | // VTable pointer from process memory | ||||||
| 226 | |||||||
| 227 | if (valobj.GetAddressTypeOfChildren() != eAddressTypeLoad) | ||||||
| 228 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | ||||||
| 229 | |||||||
| 230 | auto vbtable_ptr_addr = valobj.GetValueAsUnsigned(LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL); | ||||||
| 231 | if (vbtable_ptr_addr == LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL) | ||||||
| 232 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | ||||||
| 233 | |||||||
| 234 | vbtable_ptr_addr += vbtable_ptr_offset; | ||||||
| 235 | |||||||
| 236 | Status err; | ||||||
| 237 | return process.ReadPointerFromMemory(vbtable_ptr_addr, err); | ||||||
| 238 | } | ||||||
| 239 | |||||||
| 240 | // We have an object already read from process memory, | ||||||
| 241 | // so just extract VTable pointer from it | ||||||
| 242 | |||||||
| 243 | DataExtractor data; | ||||||
| 244 | Status err; | ||||||
| 245 | auto size = valobj.GetData(data, err); | ||||||
| 246 | if (err.Fail() || vbtable_ptr_offset + data.GetAddressByteSize() > size) | ||||||
| 247 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | ||||||
| 248 | |||||||
| 249 | return data.GetAddress(&vbtable_ptr_offset); | ||||||
| 250 | } | ||||||
| 251 | |||||||
| 252 | static int64_t ReadVBaseOffsetFromVTable(Process &process, | ||||||
| 253 | VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | ||||||
| 254 | lldb::addr_t vtable_ptr, | ||||||
| 255 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | ||||||
| 256 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl) { | ||||||
| 257 | if (vtable_ctx.isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||
| 258 | clang::MicrosoftVTableContext &msoft_vtable_ctx = | ||||||
| 259 | static_cast<clang::MicrosoftVTableContext &>(vtable_ctx); | ||||||
| 260 | |||||||
| 261 | // Get the index into the virtual base table. The | ||||||
| 262 | // index is the index in uint32_t from vbtable_ptr | ||||||
| 263 | const unsigned vbtable_index = | ||||||
| 264 | msoft_vtable_ctx.getVBTableIndex(cxx_record_decl, base_class_decl); | ||||||
| 265 | const lldb::addr_t base_offset_addr = vtable_ptr + vbtable_index * 4; | ||||||
| 266 | Status err; | ||||||
| 267 | return process.ReadSignedIntegerFromMemory(base_offset_addr, 4, INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL, | ||||||
| 268 | err); | ||||||
| 269 | } | ||||||
| 270 | |||||||
| 271 | clang::ItaniumVTableContext &itanium_vtable_ctx = | ||||||
| 272 | static_cast<clang::ItaniumVTableContext &>(vtable_ctx); | ||||||
| 273 | |||||||
| 274 | clang::CharUnits base_offset_offset = | ||||||
| 275 | itanium_vtable_ctx.getVirtualBaseOffsetOffset(cxx_record_decl, | ||||||
| 276 | base_class_decl); | ||||||
| 277 | const lldb::addr_t base_offset_addr = | ||||||
| 278 | vtable_ptr + base_offset_offset.getQuantity(); | ||||||
| 279 | const uint32_t base_offset_size = process.GetAddressByteSize(); | ||||||
| 280 | Status err; | ||||||
| 281 | return process.ReadSignedIntegerFromMemory(base_offset_addr, base_offset_size, | ||||||
| 282 | INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL, err); | ||||||
| 283 | } | ||||||
| 284 | |||||||
| 285 | static bool GetVBaseBitOffset(VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | ||||||
| 286 | ValueObject &valobj, | ||||||
| 287 | const ASTRecordLayout &record_layout, | ||||||
| 288 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | ||||||
| 289 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl, | ||||||
| 290 | int32_t &bit_offset) { | ||||||
| 291 | ExecutionContext exe_ctx(valobj.GetExecutionContextRef()); | ||||||
| 292 | Process *process = exe_ctx.GetProcessPtr(); | ||||||
| 293 | if (!process) | ||||||
| 294 | return false; | ||||||
| 295 | |||||||
| 296 | lldb::addr_t vtable_ptr = | ||||||
| 297 | GetVTableAddress(*process, vtable_ctx, valobj, record_layout); | ||||||
| 298 | if (vtable_ptr == LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL) | ||||||
| 299 | return false; | ||||||
| 300 | |||||||
| 301 | auto base_offset = ReadVBaseOffsetFromVTable( | ||||||
| 302 | *process, vtable_ctx, vtable_ptr, cxx_record_decl, base_class_decl); | ||||||
| 303 | if (base_offset == INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL) | ||||||
| 304 | return false; | ||||||
| 305 | |||||||
| 306 | bit_offset = base_offset * 8; | ||||||
| 307 | |||||||
| 308 | return true; | ||||||
| 309 | } | ||||||
| 310 | |||||||
| 311 | typedef lldb_private::ThreadSafeDenseMap<clang::ASTContext *, TypeSystemClang *> | ||||||
| 312 | ClangASTMap; | ||||||
| 313 | |||||||
| 314 | static ClangASTMap &GetASTMap() { | ||||||
| 315 | static ClangASTMap *g_map_ptr = nullptr; | ||||||
| 316 | static llvm::once_flag g_once_flag; | ||||||
| 317 | llvm::call_once(g_once_flag, []() { | ||||||
| 318 | g_map_ptr = new ClangASTMap(); // leaked on purpose to avoid spins | ||||||
| 319 | }); | ||||||
| 320 | return *g_map_ptr; | ||||||
| 321 | } | ||||||
| 322 | |||||||
| 323 | TypePayloadClang::TypePayloadClang(OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 324 | bool is_complete_objc_class) | ||||||
| 325 | : m_payload(owning_module.GetValue()) { | ||||||
| 326 | SetIsCompleteObjCClass(is_complete_objc_class); | ||||||
| 327 | } | ||||||
| 328 | |||||||
| 329 | void TypePayloadClang::SetOwningModule(OptionalClangModuleID id) { | ||||||
| 330 | assert(id.GetValue() < ObjCClassBit)((void)0); | ||||||
| 331 | bool is_complete = IsCompleteObjCClass(); | ||||||
| 332 | m_payload = id.GetValue(); | ||||||
| 333 | SetIsCompleteObjCClass(is_complete); | ||||||
| 334 | } | ||||||
| 335 | |||||||
| 336 | static void SetMemberOwningModule(clang::Decl *member, | ||||||
| 337 | const clang::Decl *parent) { | ||||||
| 338 | if (!member || !parent) | ||||||
| 339 | return; | ||||||
| 340 | |||||||
| 341 | OptionalClangModuleID id(parent->getOwningModuleID()); | ||||||
| 342 | if (!id.HasValue()) | ||||||
| 343 | return; | ||||||
| 344 | |||||||
| 345 | member->setFromASTFile(); | ||||||
| 346 | member->setOwningModuleID(id.GetValue()); | ||||||
| 347 | member->setModuleOwnershipKind(clang::Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | ||||||
| 348 | if (llvm::isa<clang::NamedDecl>(member)) | ||||||
| 349 | if (auto *dc = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::DeclContext>(parent)) { | ||||||
| 350 | dc->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(true); | ||||||
| 351 | // This triggers ExternalASTSource::FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName() to be | ||||||
| 352 | // called when searching for members. | ||||||
| 353 | dc->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(true); | ||||||
| 354 | } | ||||||
| 355 | } | ||||||
| 356 | |||||||
| 357 | char TypeSystemClang::ID; | ||||||
| 358 | |||||||
| 359 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsOperator(llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 360 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind &op_kind) { | ||||||
| 361 | // All operators have to start with "operator". | ||||||
| 362 | if (!name.consume_front("operator")) | ||||||
| 363 | return false; | ||||||
| 364 | |||||||
| 365 | // Remember if there was a space after "operator". This is necessary to | ||||||
| 366 | // check for collisions with strangely named functions like "operatorint()". | ||||||
| 367 | bool space_after_operator = name.consume_front(" "); | ||||||
| 368 | |||||||
| 369 | op_kind = StringSwitch<clang::OverloadedOperatorKind>(name) | ||||||
| 370 | .Case("+", clang::OO_Plus) | ||||||
| 371 | .Case("+=", clang::OO_PlusEqual) | ||||||
| 372 | .Case("++", clang::OO_PlusPlus) | ||||||
| 373 | .Case("-", clang::OO_Minus) | ||||||
| 374 | .Case("-=", clang::OO_MinusEqual) | ||||||
| 375 | .Case("--", clang::OO_MinusMinus) | ||||||
| 376 | .Case("->", clang::OO_Arrow) | ||||||
| 377 | .Case("->*", clang::OO_ArrowStar) | ||||||
| 378 | .Case("*", clang::OO_Star) | ||||||
| 379 | .Case("*=", clang::OO_StarEqual) | ||||||
| 380 | .Case("/", clang::OO_Slash) | ||||||
| 381 | .Case("/=", clang::OO_SlashEqual) | ||||||
| 382 | .Case("%", clang::OO_Percent) | ||||||
| 383 | .Case("%=", clang::OO_PercentEqual) | ||||||
| 384 | .Case("^", clang::OO_Caret) | ||||||
| 385 | .Case("^=", clang::OO_CaretEqual) | ||||||
| 386 | .Case("&", clang::OO_Amp) | ||||||
| 387 | .Case("&=", clang::OO_AmpEqual) | ||||||
| 388 | .Case("&&", clang::OO_AmpAmp) | ||||||
| 389 | .Case("|", clang::OO_Pipe) | ||||||
| 390 | .Case("|=", clang::OO_PipeEqual) | ||||||
| 391 | .Case("||", clang::OO_PipePipe) | ||||||
| 392 | .Case("~", clang::OO_Tilde) | ||||||
| 393 | .Case("!", clang::OO_Exclaim) | ||||||
| 394 | .Case("!=", clang::OO_ExclaimEqual) | ||||||
| 395 | .Case("=", clang::OO_Equal) | ||||||
| 396 | .Case("==", clang::OO_EqualEqual) | ||||||
| 397 | .Case("<", clang::OO_Less) | ||||||
| 398 | .Case("<<", clang::OO_LessLess) | ||||||
| 399 | .Case("<<=", clang::OO_LessLessEqual) | ||||||
| 400 | .Case("<=", clang::OO_LessEqual) | ||||||
| 401 | .Case(">", clang::OO_Greater) | ||||||
| 402 | .Case(">>", clang::OO_GreaterGreater) | ||||||
| 403 | .Case(">>=", clang::OO_GreaterGreaterEqual) | ||||||
| 404 | .Case(">=", clang::OO_GreaterEqual) | ||||||
| 405 | .Case("()", clang::OO_Call) | ||||||
| 406 | .Case("[]", clang::OO_Subscript) | ||||||
| 407 | .Case(",", clang::OO_Comma) | ||||||
| 408 | .Default(clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS); | ||||||
| 409 | |||||||
| 410 | // We found a fitting operator, so we can exit now. | ||||||
| 411 | if (op_kind != clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) | ||||||
| 412 | return true; | ||||||
| 413 | |||||||
| 414 | // After the "operator " or "operator" part is something unknown. This means | ||||||
| 415 | // it's either one of the named operators (new/delete), a conversion operator | ||||||
| 416 | // (e.g. operator bool) or a function which name starts with "operator" | ||||||
| 417 | // (e.g. void operatorbool). | ||||||
| 418 | |||||||
| 419 | // If it's a function that starts with operator it can't have a space after | ||||||
| 420 | // "operator" because identifiers can't contain spaces. | ||||||
| 421 | // E.g. "operator int" (conversion operator) | ||||||
| 422 | // vs. "operatorint" (function with colliding name). | ||||||
| 423 | if (!space_after_operator) | ||||||
| 424 | return false; // not an operator. | ||||||
| 425 | |||||||
| 426 | // Now the operator is either one of the named operators or a conversion | ||||||
| 427 | // operator. | ||||||
| 428 | op_kind = StringSwitch<clang::OverloadedOperatorKind>(name) | ||||||
| 429 | .Case("new", clang::OO_New) | ||||||
| 430 | .Case("new[]", clang::OO_Array_New) | ||||||
| 431 | .Case("delete", clang::OO_Delete) | ||||||
| 432 | .Case("delete[]", clang::OO_Array_Delete) | ||||||
| 433 | // conversion operators hit this case. | ||||||
| 434 | .Default(clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS); | ||||||
| 435 | |||||||
| 436 | return true; | ||||||
| 437 | } | ||||||
| 438 | |||||||
| 439 | clang::AccessSpecifier | ||||||
| 440 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(AccessType access) { | ||||||
| 441 | switch (access) { | ||||||
| 442 | default: | ||||||
| 443 | break; | ||||||
| 444 | case eAccessNone: | ||||||
| 445 | return AS_none; | ||||||
| 446 | case eAccessPublic: | ||||||
| 447 | return AS_public; | ||||||
| 448 | case eAccessPrivate: | ||||||
| 449 | return AS_private; | ||||||
| 450 | case eAccessProtected: | ||||||
| 451 | return AS_protected; | ||||||
| 452 | } | ||||||
| 453 | return AS_none; | ||||||
| 454 | } | ||||||
| 455 | |||||||
| 456 | static void ParseLangArgs(LangOptions &Opts, InputKind IK, const char *triple) { | ||||||
| 457 | // FIXME: Cleanup per-file based stuff. | ||||||
| 458 | |||||||
| 459 | // Set some properties which depend solely on the input kind; it would be | ||||||
| 460 | // nice to move these to the language standard, and have the driver resolve | ||||||
| 461 | // the input kind + language standard. | ||||||
| 462 | if (IK.getLanguage() == clang::Language::Asm) { | ||||||
| 463 | Opts.AsmPreprocessor = 1; | ||||||
| 464 | } else if (IK.isObjectiveC()) { | ||||||
| 465 | Opts.ObjC = 1; | ||||||
| 466 | } | ||||||
| 467 | |||||||
| 468 | LangStandard::Kind LangStd = LangStandard::lang_unspecified; | ||||||
| 469 | |||||||
| 470 | if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_unspecified) { | ||||||
| 471 | // Based on the base language, pick one. | ||||||
| 472 | switch (IK.getLanguage()) { | ||||||
| 473 | case clang::Language::Unknown: | ||||||
| 474 | case clang::Language::LLVM_IR: | ||||||
| 475 | case clang::Language::RenderScript: | ||||||
| 476 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid input kind!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||
| 477 | case clang::Language::OpenCL: | ||||||
| 478 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_opencl10; | ||||||
| 479 | break; | ||||||
| 480 | case clang::Language::OpenCLCXX: | ||||||
| 481 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_openclcpp; | ||||||
| 482 | break; | ||||||
| 483 | case clang::Language::CUDA: | ||||||
| 484 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_cuda; | ||||||
| 485 | break; | ||||||
| 486 | case clang::Language::Asm: | ||||||
| 487 | case clang::Language::C: | ||||||
| 488 | case clang::Language::ObjC: | ||||||
| 489 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_gnu99; | ||||||
| 490 | break; | ||||||
| 491 | case clang::Language::CXX: | ||||||
| 492 | case clang::Language::ObjCXX: | ||||||
| 493 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_gnucxx98; | ||||||
| 494 | break; | ||||||
| 495 | case clang::Language::HIP: | ||||||
| 496 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_hip; | ||||||
| 497 | break; | ||||||
| 498 | } | ||||||
| 499 | } | ||||||
| 500 | |||||||
| 501 | const LangStandard &Std = LangStandard::getLangStandardForKind(LangStd); | ||||||
| 502 | Opts.LineComment = Std.hasLineComments(); | ||||||
| 503 | Opts.C99 = Std.isC99(); | ||||||
| 504 | Opts.CPlusPlus = Std.isCPlusPlus(); | ||||||
| 505 | Opts.CPlusPlus11 = Std.isCPlusPlus11(); | ||||||
| 506 | Opts.Digraphs = Std.hasDigraphs(); | ||||||
| 507 | Opts.GNUMode = Std.isGNUMode(); | ||||||
| 508 | Opts.GNUInline = !Std.isC99(); | ||||||
| 509 | Opts.HexFloats = Std.hasHexFloats(); | ||||||
| 510 | Opts.ImplicitInt = Std.hasImplicitInt(); | ||||||
| 511 | |||||||
| 512 | Opts.WChar = true; | ||||||
| 513 | |||||||
| 514 | // OpenCL has some additional defaults. | ||||||
| 515 | if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_opencl10) { | ||||||
| 516 | Opts.OpenCL = 1; | ||||||
| 517 | Opts.AltiVec = 1; | ||||||
| 518 | Opts.CXXOperatorNames = 1; | ||||||
| 519 | Opts.setLaxVectorConversions(LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All); | ||||||
| 520 | } | ||||||
| 521 | |||||||
| 522 | // OpenCL and C++ both have bool, true, false keywords. | ||||||
| 523 | Opts.Bool = Opts.OpenCL || Opts.CPlusPlus; | ||||||
| 524 | |||||||
| 525 | Opts.setValueVisibilityMode(DefaultVisibility); | ||||||
| 526 | |||||||
| 527 | // Mimicing gcc's behavior, trigraphs are only enabled if -trigraphs is | ||||||
| 528 | // specified, or -std is set to a conforming mode. | ||||||
| 529 | Opts.Trigraphs = !Opts.GNUMode; | ||||||
| 530 | Opts.CharIsSigned = ArchSpec(triple).CharIsSignedByDefault(); | ||||||
| 531 | Opts.OptimizeSize = 0; | ||||||
| 532 | |||||||
| 533 | // FIXME: Eliminate this dependency. | ||||||
| 534 | // unsigned Opt = | ||||||
| 535 | // Args.hasArg(OPT_Os) ? 2 : getLastArgIntValue(Args, OPT_O, 0, Diags); | ||||||
| 536 | // Opts.Optimize = Opt != 0; | ||||||
| 537 | unsigned Opt = 0; | ||||||
| 538 | |||||||
| 539 | // This is the __NO_INLINE__ define, which just depends on things like the | ||||||
| 540 | // optimization level and -fno-inline, not actually whether the backend has | ||||||
| 541 | // inlining enabled. | ||||||
| 542 | // | ||||||
| 543 | // FIXME: This is affected by other options (-fno-inline). | ||||||
| 544 | Opts.NoInlineDefine = !Opt; | ||||||
| 545 | |||||||
| 546 | // This is needed to allocate the extra space for the owning module | ||||||
| 547 | // on each decl. | ||||||
| 548 | Opts.ModulesLocalVisibility = 1; | ||||||
| 549 | } | ||||||
| 550 | |||||||
| 551 | TypeSystemClang::TypeSystemClang(llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 552 | llvm::Triple target_triple) { | ||||||
| 553 | m_display_name = name.str(); | ||||||
| 554 | if (!target_triple.str().empty()) | ||||||
| 555 | SetTargetTriple(target_triple.str()); | ||||||
| 556 | // The caller didn't pass an ASTContext so create a new one for this | ||||||
| 557 | // TypeSystemClang. | ||||||
| 558 | CreateASTContext(); | ||||||
| 559 | } | ||||||
| 560 | |||||||
| 561 | TypeSystemClang::TypeSystemClang(llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 562 | ASTContext &existing_ctxt) { | ||||||
| 563 | m_display_name = name.str(); | ||||||
| 564 | SetTargetTriple(existing_ctxt.getTargetInfo().getTriple().str()); | ||||||
| 565 | |||||||
| 566 | m_ast_up.reset(&existing_ctxt); | ||||||
| 567 | GetASTMap().Insert(&existing_ctxt, this); | ||||||
| 568 | } | ||||||
| 569 | |||||||
| 570 | // Destructor | ||||||
| 571 | TypeSystemClang::~TypeSystemClang() { Finalize(); } | ||||||
| 572 | |||||||
| 573 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetPluginNameStatic() { | ||||||
| 574 | return ConstString("clang"); | ||||||
| 575 | } | ||||||
| 576 | |||||||
| 577 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetPluginName() { | ||||||
| 578 | return TypeSystemClang::GetPluginNameStatic(); | ||||||
| 579 | } | ||||||
| 580 | |||||||
| 581 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetPluginVersion() { return 1; } | ||||||
| 582 | |||||||
| 583 | lldb::TypeSystemSP TypeSystemClang::CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language, | ||||||
| 584 | lldb_private::Module *module, | ||||||
| 585 | Target *target) { | ||||||
| 586 | if (!TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(language)) | ||||||
| 587 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | ||||||
| 588 | ArchSpec arch; | ||||||
| 589 | if (module) | ||||||
| 590 | arch = module->GetArchitecture(); | ||||||
| 591 | else if (target) | ||||||
| 592 | arch = target->GetArchitecture(); | ||||||
| 593 | |||||||
| 594 | if (!arch.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 595 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | ||||||
| 596 | |||||||
| 597 | llvm::Triple triple = arch.GetTriple(); | ||||||
| 598 | // LLVM wants this to be set to iOS or MacOSX; if we're working on | ||||||
| 599 | // a bare-boards type image, change the triple for llvm's benefit. | ||||||
| 600 | if (triple.getVendor() == llvm::Triple::Apple && | ||||||
| 601 | triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::UnknownOS) { | ||||||
| 602 | if (triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::arm || | ||||||
| 603 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64 || | ||||||
| 604 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 || | ||||||
| 605 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::thumb) { | ||||||
| 606 | triple.setOS(llvm::Triple::IOS); | ||||||
| 607 | } else { | ||||||
| 608 | triple.setOS(llvm::Triple::MacOSX); | ||||||
| 609 | } | ||||||
| 610 | } | ||||||
| 611 | |||||||
| 612 | if (module) { | ||||||
| 613 | std::string ast_name = | ||||||
| 614 | "ASTContext for '" + module->GetFileSpec().GetPath() + "'"; | ||||||
| 615 | return std::make_shared<TypeSystemClang>(ast_name, triple); | ||||||
| 616 | } else if (target && target->IsValid()) | ||||||
| 617 | return std::make_shared<ScratchTypeSystemClang>(*target, triple); | ||||||
| 618 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | ||||||
| 619 | } | ||||||
| 620 | |||||||
| 621 | LanguageSet TypeSystemClang::GetSupportedLanguagesForTypes() { | ||||||
| 622 | LanguageSet languages; | ||||||
| 623 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC89); | ||||||
| 624 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC); | ||||||
| 625 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC11); | ||||||
| 626 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus); | ||||||
| 627 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC99); | ||||||
| 628 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC); | ||||||
| 629 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus); | ||||||
| 630 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_03); | ||||||
| 631 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_11); | ||||||
| 632 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC11); | ||||||
| 633 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_14); | ||||||
| 634 | return languages; | ||||||
| 635 | } | ||||||
| 636 | |||||||
| 637 | LanguageSet TypeSystemClang::GetSupportedLanguagesForExpressions() { | ||||||
| 638 | LanguageSet languages; | ||||||
| 639 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus); | ||||||
| 640 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus); | ||||||
| 641 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_03); | ||||||
| 642 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_11); | ||||||
| 643 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_14); | ||||||
| 644 | return languages; | ||||||
| 645 | } | ||||||
| 646 | |||||||
| 647 | void TypeSystemClang::Initialize() { | ||||||
| 648 | PluginManager::RegisterPlugin( | ||||||
| 649 | GetPluginNameStatic(), "clang base AST context plug-in", CreateInstance, | ||||||
| 650 | GetSupportedLanguagesForTypes(), GetSupportedLanguagesForExpressions()); | ||||||
| 651 | } | ||||||
| 652 | |||||||
| 653 | void TypeSystemClang::Terminate() { | ||||||
| 654 | PluginManager::UnregisterPlugin(CreateInstance); | ||||||
| 655 | } | ||||||
| 656 | |||||||
| 657 | void TypeSystemClang::Finalize() { | ||||||
| 658 | assert(m_ast_up)((void)0); | ||||||
| 659 | GetASTMap().Erase(m_ast_up.get()); | ||||||
| 660 | if (!m_ast_owned) | ||||||
| 661 | m_ast_up.release(); | ||||||
| 662 | |||||||
| 663 | m_builtins_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 664 | m_selector_table_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 665 | m_identifier_table_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 666 | m_target_info_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 667 | m_target_options_rp.reset(); | ||||||
| 668 | m_diagnostics_engine_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 669 | m_source_manager_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 670 | m_language_options_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 671 | } | ||||||
| 672 | |||||||
| 673 | void TypeSystemClang::setSema(Sema *s) { | ||||||
| 674 | // Ensure that the new sema actually belongs to our ASTContext. | ||||||
| 675 | assert(s == nullptr || &s->getASTContext() == m_ast_up.get())((void)0); | ||||||
| 676 | m_sema = s; | ||||||
| 677 | } | ||||||
| 678 | |||||||
| 679 | const char *TypeSystemClang::GetTargetTriple() { | ||||||
| 680 | return m_target_triple.c_str(); | ||||||
| 681 | } | ||||||
| 682 | |||||||
| 683 | void TypeSystemClang::SetTargetTriple(llvm::StringRef target_triple) { | ||||||
| 684 | m_target_triple = target_triple.str(); | ||||||
| 685 | } | ||||||
| 686 | |||||||
| 687 | void TypeSystemClang::SetExternalSource( | ||||||
| 688 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> &ast_source_up) { | ||||||
| 689 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 690 | ast.getTranslationUnitDecl()->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(true); | ||||||
| 691 | ast.setExternalSource(ast_source_up); | ||||||
| 692 | } | ||||||
| 693 | |||||||
| 694 | ASTContext &TypeSystemClang::getASTContext() { | ||||||
| 695 | assert(m_ast_up)((void)0); | ||||||
| 696 | return *m_ast_up; | ||||||
| 697 | } | ||||||
| 698 | |||||||
| 699 | class NullDiagnosticConsumer : public DiagnosticConsumer { | ||||||
| 700 | public: | ||||||
| 701 | NullDiagnosticConsumer() { | ||||||
| 702 | m_log = lldb_private::GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_EXPRESSIONS(1u << 8)); | ||||||
| 703 | } | ||||||
| 704 | |||||||
| 705 | void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel, | ||||||
| 706 | const clang::Diagnostic &info) override { | ||||||
| 707 | if (m_log) { | ||||||
| 708 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 32> diag_str(10); | ||||||
| 709 | info.FormatDiagnostic(diag_str); | ||||||
| 710 | diag_str.push_back('\0'); | ||||||
| 711 | LLDB_LOGF(m_log, "Compiler diagnostic: %s\n", diag_str.data())do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (m_log); if (log_private ) log_private->Printf("Compiler diagnostic: %s\n", diag_str .data()); } while (0); | ||||||
| 712 | } | ||||||
| 713 | } | ||||||
| 714 | |||||||
| 715 | DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const { | ||||||
| 716 | return new NullDiagnosticConsumer(); | ||||||
| 717 | } | ||||||
| 718 | |||||||
| 719 | private: | ||||||
| 720 | Log *m_log; | ||||||
| 721 | }; | ||||||
| 722 | |||||||
| 723 | void TypeSystemClang::CreateASTContext() { | ||||||
| 724 | assert(!m_ast_up)((void)0); | ||||||
| 725 | m_ast_owned = true; | ||||||
| 726 | |||||||
| 727 | m_language_options_up = std::make_unique<LangOptions>(); | ||||||
| 728 | ParseLangArgs(*m_language_options_up, clang::Language::ObjCXX, | ||||||
| 729 | GetTargetTriple()); | ||||||
| 730 | |||||||
| 731 | m_identifier_table_up = | ||||||
| 732 | std::make_unique<IdentifierTable>(*m_language_options_up, nullptr); | ||||||
| 733 | m_builtins_up = std::make_unique<Builtin::Context>(); | ||||||
| 734 | |||||||
| 735 | m_selector_table_up = std::make_unique<SelectorTable>(); | ||||||
| 736 | |||||||
| 737 | clang::FileSystemOptions file_system_options; | ||||||
| 738 | m_file_manager_up = std::make_unique<clang::FileManager>( | ||||||
| 739 | file_system_options, FileSystem::Instance().GetVirtualFileSystem()); | ||||||
| 740 | |||||||
| 741 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> diag_id_sp(new DiagnosticIDs()); | ||||||
| 742 | m_diagnostics_engine_up = | ||||||
| 743 | std::make_unique<DiagnosticsEngine>(diag_id_sp, new DiagnosticOptions()); | ||||||
| 744 | |||||||
| 745 | m_source_manager_up = std::make_unique<clang::SourceManager>( | ||||||
| 746 | *m_diagnostics_engine_up, *m_file_manager_up); | ||||||
| 747 | m_ast_up = std::make_unique<ASTContext>( | ||||||
| 748 | *m_language_options_up, *m_source_manager_up, *m_identifier_table_up, | ||||||
| 749 | *m_selector_table_up, *m_builtins_up, TU_Complete); | ||||||
| 750 | |||||||
| 751 | m_diagnostic_consumer_up = std::make_unique<NullDiagnosticConsumer>(); | ||||||
| 752 | m_ast_up->getDiagnostics().setClient(m_diagnostic_consumer_up.get(), false); | ||||||
| 753 | |||||||
| 754 | // This can be NULL if we don't know anything about the architecture or if | ||||||
| 755 | // the target for an architecture isn't enabled in the llvm/clang that we | ||||||
| 756 | // built | ||||||
| 757 | TargetInfo *target_info = getTargetInfo(); | ||||||
| 758 | if (target_info) | ||||||
| 759 | m_ast_up->InitBuiltinTypes(*target_info); | ||||||
| 760 | |||||||
| 761 | GetASTMap().Insert(m_ast_up.get(), this); | ||||||
| 762 | |||||||
| 763 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> ast_source_up( | ||||||
| 764 | new ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks(*this)); | ||||||
| 765 | SetExternalSource(ast_source_up); | ||||||
| 766 | } | ||||||
| 767 | |||||||
| 768 | TypeSystemClang *TypeSystemClang::GetASTContext(clang::ASTContext *ast) { | ||||||
| 769 | TypeSystemClang *clang_ast = GetASTMap().Lookup(ast); | ||||||
| 770 | return clang_ast; | ||||||
| 771 | } | ||||||
| 772 | |||||||
| 773 | clang::MangleContext *TypeSystemClang::getMangleContext() { | ||||||
| 774 | if (m_mangle_ctx_up == nullptr) | ||||||
| 775 | m_mangle_ctx_up.reset(getASTContext().createMangleContext()); | ||||||
| 776 | return m_mangle_ctx_up.get(); | ||||||
| 777 | } | ||||||
| 778 | |||||||
| 779 | std::shared_ptr<clang::TargetOptions> &TypeSystemClang::getTargetOptions() { | ||||||
| 780 | if (m_target_options_rp == nullptr && !m_target_triple.empty()) { | ||||||
| 781 | m_target_options_rp = std::make_shared<clang::TargetOptions>(); | ||||||
| 782 | if (m_target_options_rp != nullptr) | ||||||
| 783 | m_target_options_rp->Triple = m_target_triple; | ||||||
| 784 | } | ||||||
| 785 | return m_target_options_rp; | ||||||
| 786 | } | ||||||
| 787 | |||||||
| 788 | TargetInfo *TypeSystemClang::getTargetInfo() { | ||||||
| 789 | // target_triple should be something like "x86_64-apple-macosx" | ||||||
| 790 | if (m_target_info_up == nullptr && !m_target_triple.empty()) | ||||||
| 791 | m_target_info_up.reset(TargetInfo::CreateTargetInfo( | ||||||
| 792 | getASTContext().getDiagnostics(), getTargetOptions())); | ||||||
| 793 | return m_target_info_up.get(); | ||||||
| 794 | } | ||||||
| 795 | |||||||
| 796 | #pragma mark Basic Types | ||||||
| 797 | |||||||
| 798 | static inline bool QualTypeMatchesBitSize(const uint64_t bit_size, | ||||||
| 799 | ASTContext &ast, QualType qual_type) { | ||||||
| 800 | uint64_t qual_type_bit_size = ast.getTypeSize(qual_type); | ||||||
| 801 | return qual_type_bit_size == bit_size; | ||||||
| 802 | } | ||||||
| 803 | |||||||
| 804 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 805 | TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(Encoding encoding, | ||||||
| 806 | size_t bit_size) { | ||||||
| 807 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 808 | switch (encoding) { | ||||||
| 809 | case eEncodingInvalid: | ||||||
| 810 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidPtrTy)) | ||||||
| 811 | return GetType(ast.VoidPtrTy); | ||||||
| 812 | break; | ||||||
| 813 | |||||||
| 814 | case eEncodingUint: | ||||||
| 815 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 816 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 817 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | ||||||
| 818 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
| 819 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | ||||||
| 820 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
| 821 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | ||||||
| 822 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||
| 823 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 824 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||
| 825 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | ||||||
| 826 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||
| 827 | break; | ||||||
| 828 | |||||||
| 829 | case eEncodingSint: | ||||||
| 830 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 831 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 832 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | ||||||
| 833 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | ||||||
| 834 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | ||||||
| 835 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | ||||||
| 836 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | ||||||
| 837 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | ||||||
| 838 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 839 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | ||||||
| 840 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | ||||||
| 841 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | ||||||
| 842 | break; | ||||||
| 843 | |||||||
| 844 | case eEncodingIEEE754: | ||||||
| 845 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | ||||||
| 846 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | ||||||
| 847 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 848 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | ||||||
| 849 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 850 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||
| 851 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.HalfTy)) | ||||||
| 852 | return GetType(ast.HalfTy); | ||||||
| 853 | break; | ||||||
| 854 | |||||||
| 855 | case eEncodingVector: | ||||||
| 856 | // Sanity check that bit_size is a multiple of 8's. | ||||||
| 857 | if (bit_size && !(bit_size & 0x7u)) | ||||||
| 858 | return GetType(ast.getExtVectorType(ast.UnsignedCharTy, bit_size / 8)); | ||||||
| 859 | break; | ||||||
| 860 | } | ||||||
| 861 | |||||||
| 862 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 863 | } | ||||||
| 864 | |||||||
| 865 | lldb::BasicType | ||||||
| 866 | TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeEnumeration(ConstString name) { | ||||||
| 867 | if (name) { | ||||||
| 868 | typedef UniqueCStringMap<lldb::BasicType> TypeNameToBasicTypeMap; | ||||||
| 869 | static TypeNameToBasicTypeMap g_type_map; | ||||||
| 870 | static llvm::once_flag g_once_flag; | ||||||
| 871 | llvm::call_once(g_once_flag, []() { | ||||||
| 872 | // "void" | ||||||
| 873 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("void"), eBasicTypeVoid); | ||||||
| 874 | |||||||
| 875 | // "char" | ||||||
| 876 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("char"), eBasicTypeChar); | ||||||
| 877 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed char"), eBasicTypeSignedChar); | ||||||
| 878 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned char"), eBasicTypeUnsignedChar); | ||||||
| 879 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("wchar_t"), eBasicTypeWChar); | ||||||
| 880 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed wchar_t"), eBasicTypeSignedWChar); | ||||||
| 881 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned wchar_t"), | ||||||
| 882 | eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar); | ||||||
| 883 | // "short" | ||||||
| 884 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("short"), eBasicTypeShort); | ||||||
| 885 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("short int"), eBasicTypeShort); | ||||||
| 886 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned short"), eBasicTypeUnsignedShort); | ||||||
| 887 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned short int"), | ||||||
| 888 | eBasicTypeUnsignedShort); | ||||||
| 889 | |||||||
| 890 | // "int" | ||||||
| 891 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("int"), eBasicTypeInt); | ||||||
| 892 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed int"), eBasicTypeInt); | ||||||
| 893 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned int"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt); | ||||||
| 894 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt); | ||||||
| 895 | |||||||
| 896 | // "long" | ||||||
| 897 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long"), eBasicTypeLong); | ||||||
| 898 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long int"), eBasicTypeLong); | ||||||
| 899 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long"), eBasicTypeUnsignedLong); | ||||||
| 900 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long int"), | ||||||
| 901 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLong); | ||||||
| 902 | |||||||
| 903 | // "long long" | ||||||
| 904 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long long"), eBasicTypeLongLong); | ||||||
| 905 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long long int"), eBasicTypeLongLong); | ||||||
| 906 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long long"), | ||||||
| 907 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong); | ||||||
| 908 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long long int"), | ||||||
| 909 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong); | ||||||
| 910 | |||||||
| 911 | // "int128" | ||||||
| 912 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("__int128_t"), eBasicTypeInt128); | ||||||
| 913 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("__uint128_t"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128); | ||||||
| 914 | |||||||
| 915 | // Miscellaneous | ||||||
| 916 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("bool"), eBasicTypeBool); | ||||||
| 917 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("float"), eBasicTypeFloat); | ||||||
| 918 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("double"), eBasicTypeDouble); | ||||||
| 919 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long double"), eBasicTypeLongDouble); | ||||||
| 920 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("id"), eBasicTypeObjCID); | ||||||
| 921 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("SEL"), eBasicTypeObjCSel); | ||||||
| 922 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("nullptr"), eBasicTypeNullPtr); | ||||||
| 923 | g_type_map.Sort(); | ||||||
| 924 | }); | ||||||
| 925 | |||||||
| 926 | return g_type_map.Find(name, eBasicTypeInvalid); | ||||||
| 927 | } | ||||||
| 928 | return eBasicTypeInvalid; | ||||||
| 929 | } | ||||||
| 930 | |||||||
| 931 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetPointerByteSize() { | ||||||
| 932 | if (m_pointer_byte_size == 0) | ||||||
| 933 | if (auto size = GetBasicType(lldb::eBasicTypeVoid) | ||||||
| 934 | .GetPointerType() | ||||||
| 935 | .GetByteSize(nullptr)) | ||||||
| 936 | m_pointer_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 937 | return m_pointer_byte_size; | ||||||
| 938 | } | ||||||
| 939 | |||||||
| 940 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBasicType(lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | ||||||
| 941 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 942 | |||||||
| 943 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t clang_type = | ||||||
| 944 | GetOpaqueCompilerType(&ast, basic_type); | ||||||
| 945 | |||||||
| 946 | if (clang_type) | ||||||
| 947 | return CompilerType(this, clang_type); | ||||||
| 948 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 949 | } | ||||||
| 950 | |||||||
| 951 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize( | ||||||
| 952 | llvm::StringRef type_name, uint32_t dw_ate, uint32_t bit_size) { | ||||||
| 953 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 954 | |||||||
| 955 | switch (dw_ate) { | ||||||
| 956 | default: | ||||||
| 957 | break; | ||||||
| 958 | |||||||
| 959 | case DW_ATE_address: | ||||||
| 960 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidPtrTy)) | ||||||
| 961 | return GetType(ast.VoidPtrTy); | ||||||
| 962 | break; | ||||||
| 963 | |||||||
| 964 | case DW_ATE_boolean: | ||||||
| 965 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.BoolTy)) | ||||||
| 966 | return GetType(ast.BoolTy); | ||||||
| 967 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 968 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 969 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | ||||||
| 970 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
| 971 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | ||||||
| 972 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
| 973 | break; | ||||||
| 974 | |||||||
| 975 | case DW_ATE_lo_user: | ||||||
| 976 | // This has been seen to mean DW_AT_complex_integer | ||||||
| 977 | if (type_name.contains("complex")) { | ||||||
| 978 | CompilerType complex_int_clang_type = | ||||||
| 979 | GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize("int", DW_ATE_signed, | ||||||
| 980 | bit_size / 2); | ||||||
| 981 | return GetType( | ||||||
| 982 | ast.getComplexType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(complex_int_clang_type))); | ||||||
| 983 | } | ||||||
| 984 | break; | ||||||
| 985 | |||||||
| 986 | case DW_ATE_complex_float: | ||||||
| 987 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatComplexTy)) | ||||||
| 988 | return GetType(ast.FloatComplexTy); | ||||||
| 989 | else if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleComplexTy)) | ||||||
| 990 | return GetType(ast.DoubleComplexTy); | ||||||
| 991 | else if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleComplexTy)) | ||||||
| 992 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleComplexTy); | ||||||
| 993 | else { | ||||||
| 994 | CompilerType complex_float_clang_type = | ||||||
| 995 | GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize("float", DW_ATE_float, | ||||||
| 996 | bit_size / 2); | ||||||
| 997 | return GetType( | ||||||
| 998 | ast.getComplexType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(complex_float_clang_type))); | ||||||
| 999 | } | ||||||
| 1000 | break; | ||||||
| 1001 | |||||||
| 1002 | case DW_ATE_float: | ||||||
| 1003 | if (type_name == "float" && | ||||||
| 1004 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | ||||||
| 1005 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | ||||||
| 1006 | if (type_name == "double" && | ||||||
| 1007 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 1008 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | ||||||
| 1009 | if (type_name == "long double" && | ||||||
| 1010 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 1011 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||
| 1012 | // Fall back to not requiring a name match | ||||||
| 1013 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | ||||||
| 1014 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | ||||||
| 1015 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 1016 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | ||||||
| 1017 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 1018 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||
| 1019 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.HalfTy)) | ||||||
| 1020 | return GetType(ast.HalfTy); | ||||||
| 1021 | break; | ||||||
| 1022 | |||||||
| 1023 | case DW_ATE_signed: | ||||||
| 1024 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 1025 | if (type_name == "wchar_t" && | ||||||
| 1026 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.WCharTy) && | ||||||
| 1027 | (getTargetInfo() && | ||||||
| 1028 | TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(getTargetInfo()->getWCharType()))) | ||||||
| 1029 | return GetType(ast.WCharTy); | ||||||
| 1030 | if (type_name == "void" && | ||||||
| 1031 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidTy)) | ||||||
| 1032 | return GetType(ast.VoidTy); | ||||||
| 1033 | if (type_name.contains("long long") && | ||||||
| 1034 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 1035 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | ||||||
| 1036 | if (type_name.contains("long") && | ||||||
| 1037 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | ||||||
| 1038 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | ||||||
| 1039 | if (type_name.contains("short") && | ||||||
| 1040 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | ||||||
| 1041 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | ||||||
| 1042 | if (type_name.contains("char")) { | ||||||
| 1043 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | ||||||
| 1044 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | ||||||
| 1045 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 1046 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 1047 | } | ||||||
| 1048 | if (type_name.contains("int")) { | ||||||
| 1049 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | ||||||
| 1050 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | ||||||
| 1051 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | ||||||
| 1052 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | ||||||
| 1053 | } | ||||||
| 1054 | } | ||||||
| 1055 | // We weren't able to match up a type name, just search by size | ||||||
| 1056 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | ||||||
| 1057 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | ||||||
| 1058 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | ||||||
| 1059 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | ||||||
| 1060 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | ||||||
| 1061 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | ||||||
| 1062 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | ||||||
| 1063 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | ||||||
| 1064 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 1065 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | ||||||
| 1066 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | ||||||
| 1067 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | ||||||
| 1068 | break; | ||||||
| 1069 | |||||||
| 1070 | case DW_ATE_signed_char: | ||||||
| 1071 | if (ast.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned && type_name == "char") { | ||||||
| 1072 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | ||||||
| 1073 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | ||||||
| 1074 | } | ||||||
| 1075 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 1076 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 1077 | break; | ||||||
| 1078 | |||||||
| 1079 | case DW_ATE_unsigned: | ||||||
| 1080 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 1081 | if (type_name == "wchar_t") { | ||||||
| 1082 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.WCharTy)) { | ||||||
| 1083 | if (!(getTargetInfo() && | ||||||
| 1084 | TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(getTargetInfo()->getWCharType()))) | ||||||
| 1085 | return GetType(ast.WCharTy); | ||||||
| 1086 | } | ||||||
| 1087 | } | ||||||
| 1088 | if (type_name.contains("long long")) { | ||||||
| 1089 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 1090 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||
| 1091 | } else if (type_name.contains("long")) { | ||||||
| 1092 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | ||||||
| 1093 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||
| 1094 | } else if (type_name.contains("short")) { | ||||||
| 1095 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | ||||||
| 1096 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
| 1097 | } else if (type_name.contains("char")) { | ||||||
| 1098 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 1099 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 1100 | } else if (type_name.contains("int")) { | ||||||
| 1101 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | ||||||
| 1102 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
| 1103 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | ||||||
| 1104 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||
| 1105 | } | ||||||
| 1106 | } | ||||||
| 1107 | // We weren't able to match up a type name, just search by size | ||||||
| 1108 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 1109 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 1110 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | ||||||
| 1111 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
| 1112 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | ||||||
| 1113 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
| 1114 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | ||||||
| 1115 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||
| 1116 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 1117 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||
| 1118 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | ||||||
| 1119 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||
| 1120 | break; | ||||||
| 1121 | |||||||
| 1122 | case DW_ATE_unsigned_char: | ||||||
| 1123 | if (!ast.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned && type_name == "char") { | ||||||
| 1124 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | ||||||
| 1125 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | ||||||
| 1126 | } | ||||||
| 1127 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 1128 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 1129 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | ||||||
| 1130 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
| 1131 | break; | ||||||
| 1132 | |||||||
| 1133 | case DW_ATE_imaginary_float: | ||||||
| 1134 | break; | ||||||
| 1135 | |||||||
| 1136 | case DW_ATE_UTF: | ||||||
| 1137 | switch (bit_size) { | ||||||
| 1138 | case 8: | ||||||
| 1139 | return GetType(ast.Char8Ty); | ||||||
| 1140 | case 16: | ||||||
| 1141 | return GetType(ast.Char16Ty); | ||||||
| 1142 | case 32: | ||||||
| 1143 | return GetType(ast.Char32Ty); | ||||||
| 1144 | default: | ||||||
| 1145 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 1146 | if (type_name == "char16_t") | ||||||
| 1147 | return GetType(ast.Char16Ty); | ||||||
| 1148 | if (type_name == "char32_t") | ||||||
| 1149 | return GetType(ast.Char32Ty); | ||||||
| 1150 | if (type_name == "char8_t") | ||||||
| 1151 | return GetType(ast.Char8Ty); | ||||||
| 1152 | } | ||||||
| 1153 | } | ||||||
| 1154 | break; | ||||||
| 1155 | } | ||||||
| 1156 | // This assert should fire for anything that we don't catch above so we know | ||||||
| 1157 | // to fix any issues we run into. | ||||||
| 1158 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 1159 | std::string type_name_str = type_name.str(); | ||||||
| 1160 | Host::SystemLog(Host::eSystemLogError, | ||||||
| 1161 | "error: need to add support for DW_TAG_base_type '%s' " | ||||||
| 1162 | "encoded with DW_ATE = 0x%x, bit_size = %u\n", | ||||||
| 1163 | type_name_str.c_str(), dw_ate, bit_size); | ||||||
| 1164 | } else { | ||||||
| 1165 | Host::SystemLog(Host::eSystemLogError, "error: need to add support for " | ||||||
| 1166 | "DW_TAG_base_type encoded with " | ||||||
| 1167 | "DW_ATE = 0x%x, bit_size = %u\n", | ||||||
| 1168 | dw_ate, bit_size); | ||||||
| 1169 | } | ||||||
| 1170 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 1171 | } | ||||||
| 1172 | |||||||
| 1173 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetCStringType(bool is_const) { | ||||||
| 1174 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1175 | QualType char_type(ast.CharTy); | ||||||
| 1176 | |||||||
| 1177 | if (is_const) | ||||||
| 1178 | char_type.addConst(); | ||||||
| 1179 | |||||||
| 1180 | return GetType(ast.getPointerType(char_type)); | ||||||
| 1181 | } | ||||||
| 1182 | |||||||
| 1183 | bool TypeSystemClang::AreTypesSame(CompilerType type1, CompilerType type2, | ||||||
| 1184 | bool ignore_qualifiers) { | ||||||
| 1185 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | ||||||
| 1186 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type1.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 1187 | if (!ast || ast != type2.GetTypeSystem()) | ||||||
| 1188 | return false; | ||||||
| 1189 | |||||||
| 1190 | if (type1.GetOpaqueQualType() == type2.GetOpaqueQualType()) | ||||||
| 1191 | return true; | ||||||
| 1192 | |||||||
| 1193 | QualType type1_qual = ClangUtil::GetQualType(type1); | ||||||
| 1194 | QualType type2_qual = ClangUtil::GetQualType(type2); | ||||||
| 1195 | |||||||
| 1196 | if (ignore_qualifiers) { | ||||||
| 1197 | type1_qual = type1_qual.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
| 1198 | type2_qual = type2_qual.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
| 1199 | } | ||||||
| 1200 | |||||||
| 1201 | return ast->getASTContext().hasSameType(type1_qual, type2_qual); | ||||||
| 1202 | } | ||||||
| 1203 | |||||||
| 1204 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(void *opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 1205 | if (!opaque_decl) | ||||||
| 1206 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 1207 | |||||||
| 1208 | clang::Decl *decl = static_cast<clang::Decl *>(opaque_decl); | ||||||
| 1209 | if (auto *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl)) | ||||||
| 1210 | return GetTypeForDecl(named_decl); | ||||||
| 1211 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 1212 | } | ||||||
| 1213 | |||||||
| 1214 | CompilerDeclContext TypeSystemClang::CreateDeclContext(DeclContext *ctx) { | ||||||
| 1215 | // Check that the DeclContext actually belongs to this ASTContext. | ||||||
| 1216 | assert(&ctx->getParentASTContext() == &getASTContext())((void)0); | ||||||
| 1217 | return CompilerDeclContext(this, ctx); | ||||||
| 1218 | } | ||||||
| 1219 | |||||||
| 1220 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(clang::NamedDecl *decl) { | ||||||
| 1221 | if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = | ||||||
| 1222 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) | ||||||
| 1223 | return GetTypeForDecl(interface_decl); | ||||||
| 1224 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagDecl>(decl)) | ||||||
| 1225 | return GetTypeForDecl(tag_decl); | ||||||
| 1226 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 1227 | } | ||||||
| 1228 | |||||||
| 1229 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(TagDecl *decl) { | ||||||
| 1230 | return GetType(getASTContext().getTagDeclType(decl)); | ||||||
| 1231 | } | ||||||
| 1232 | |||||||
| 1233 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl) { | ||||||
| 1234 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType(decl)); | ||||||
| 1235 | } | ||||||
| 1236 | |||||||
| 1237 | #pragma mark Structure, Unions, Classes | ||||||
| 1238 | |||||||
| 1239 | void TypeSystemClang::SetOwningModule(clang::Decl *decl, | ||||||
| 1240 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module) { | ||||||
| 1241 | if (!decl || !owning_module.HasValue()) | ||||||
| 1242 | return; | ||||||
| 1243 | |||||||
| 1244 | decl->setFromASTFile(); | ||||||
| 1245 | decl->setOwningModuleID(owning_module.GetValue()); | ||||||
| 1246 | decl->setModuleOwnershipKind(clang::Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | ||||||
| 1247 | } | ||||||
| 1248 | |||||||
| 1249 | OptionalClangModuleID | ||||||
| 1250 | TypeSystemClang::GetOrCreateClangModule(llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 1251 | OptionalClangModuleID parent, | ||||||
| 1252 | bool is_framework, bool is_explicit) { | ||||||
| 1253 | // Get the external AST source which holds the modules. | ||||||
| 1254 | auto *ast_source = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks>( | ||||||
| 1255 | getASTContext().getExternalSource()); | ||||||
| 1256 | assert(ast_source && "external ast source was lost")((void)0); | ||||||
| 1257 | if (!ast_source) | ||||||
| 1258 | return {}; | ||||||
| 1259 | |||||||
| 1260 | // Lazily initialize the module map. | ||||||
| 1261 | if (!m_header_search_up) { | ||||||
| 1262 | auto HSOpts = std::make_shared<clang::HeaderSearchOptions>(); | ||||||
| 1263 | m_header_search_up = std::make_unique<clang::HeaderSearch>( | ||||||
| 1264 | HSOpts, *m_source_manager_up, *m_diagnostics_engine_up, | ||||||
| 1265 | *m_language_options_up, m_target_info_up.get()); | ||||||
| 1266 | m_module_map_up = std::make_unique<clang::ModuleMap>( | ||||||
| 1267 | *m_source_manager_up, *m_diagnostics_engine_up, *m_language_options_up, | ||||||
| 1268 | m_target_info_up.get(), *m_header_search_up); | ||||||
| 1269 | } | ||||||
| 1270 | |||||||
| 1271 | // Get or create the module context. | ||||||
| 1272 | bool created; | ||||||
| 1273 | clang::Module *module; | ||||||
| 1274 | auto parent_desc = ast_source->getSourceDescriptor(parent.GetValue()); | ||||||
| 1275 | std::tie(module, created) = m_module_map_up->findOrCreateModule( | ||||||
| 1276 | name, parent_desc ? parent_desc->getModuleOrNull() : nullptr, | ||||||
| 1277 | is_framework, is_explicit); | ||||||
| 1278 | if (!created) | ||||||
| 1279 | return ast_source->GetIDForModule(module); | ||||||
| 1280 | |||||||
| 1281 | return ast_source->RegisterModule(module); | ||||||
| 1282 | } | ||||||
| 1283 | |||||||
| 1284 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateRecordType( | ||||||
| 1285 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1286 | AccessType access_type, llvm::StringRef name, int kind, | ||||||
| 1287 | LanguageType language, ClangASTMetadata *metadata, bool exports_symbols) { | ||||||
| 1288 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1289 | |||||||
| 1290 | if (decl_ctx == nullptr) | ||||||
| 1291 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 1292 | |||||||
| 1293 | if (language == eLanguageTypeObjC || | ||||||
| 1294 | language == eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus) { | ||||||
| 1295 | bool isForwardDecl = true; | ||||||
| 1296 | bool isInternal = false; | ||||||
| 1297 | return CreateObjCClass(name, decl_ctx, owning_module, isForwardDecl, | ||||||
| 1298 | isInternal, metadata); | ||||||
| 1299 | } | ||||||
| 1300 | |||||||
| 1301 | // NOTE: Eventually CXXRecordDecl will be merged back into RecordDecl and | ||||||
| 1302 | // we will need to update this code. I was told to currently always use the | ||||||
| 1303 | // CXXRecordDecl class since we often don't know from debug information if | ||||||
| 1304 | // something is struct or a class, so we default to always use the more | ||||||
| 1305 | // complete definition just in case. | ||||||
| 1306 | |||||||
| 1307 | bool has_name = !name.empty(); | ||||||
| 1308 | CXXRecordDecl *decl = CXXRecordDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 1309 | decl->setTagKind(static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | ||||||
| 1310 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1311 | if (has_name) | ||||||
| 1312 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | ||||||
| 1313 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1314 | |||||||
| 1315 | if (!has_name) { | ||||||
| 1316 | // In C++ a lambda is also represented as an unnamed class. This is | ||||||
| 1317 | // different from an *anonymous class* that the user wrote: | ||||||
| 1318 | // | ||||||
| 1319 | // struct A { | ||||||
| 1320 | // // anonymous class (GNU/MSVC extension) | ||||||
| 1321 | // struct { | ||||||
| 1322 | // int x; | ||||||
| 1323 | // }; | ||||||
| 1324 | // // unnamed class within a class | ||||||
| 1325 | // struct { | ||||||
| 1326 | // int y; | ||||||
| 1327 | // } B; | ||||||
| 1328 | // }; | ||||||
| 1329 | // | ||||||
| 1330 | // void f() { | ||||||
| 1331 | // // unammed class outside of a class | ||||||
| 1332 | // struct { | ||||||
| 1333 | // int z; | ||||||
| 1334 | // } C; | ||||||
| 1335 | // } | ||||||
| 1336 | // | ||||||
| 1337 | // Anonymous classes is a GNU/MSVC extension that clang supports. It | ||||||
| 1338 | // requires the anonymous class be embedded within a class. So the new | ||||||
| 1339 | // heuristic verifies this condition. | ||||||
| 1340 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(decl_ctx) && exports_symbols) | ||||||
| 1341 | decl->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | ||||||
| 1342 | } | ||||||
| 1343 | |||||||
| 1344 | if (decl) { | ||||||
| 1345 | if (metadata) | ||||||
| 1346 | SetMetadata(decl, *metadata); | ||||||
| 1347 | |||||||
| 1348 | if (access_type != eAccessNone) | ||||||
| 1349 | decl->setAccess(ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access_type)); | ||||||
| 1350 | |||||||
| 1351 | if (decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 1352 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 1353 | |||||||
| 1354 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(decl)); | ||||||
| 1355 | } | ||||||
| 1356 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 1357 | } | ||||||
| 1358 | |||||||
| 1359 | namespace { | ||||||
| 1360 | /// Returns true iff the given TemplateArgument should be represented as an | ||||||
| 1361 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl in the AST. | ||||||
| 1362 | bool IsValueParam(const clang::TemplateArgument &argument) { | ||||||
| 1363 | return argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral; | ||||||
| 1364 | } | ||||||
| 1365 | } | ||||||
| 1366 | |||||||
| 1367 | static TemplateParameterList *CreateTemplateParameterList( | ||||||
| 1368 | ASTContext &ast, | ||||||
| 1369 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos, | ||||||
| 1370 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> &template_param_decls) { | ||||||
| 1371 | const bool parameter_pack = false; | ||||||
| 1372 | const bool is_typename = false; | ||||||
| 1373 | const unsigned depth = 0; | ||||||
| 1374 | const size_t num_template_params = template_param_infos.args.size(); | ||||||
| 1375 | DeclContext *const decl_context = | ||||||
| 1376 | ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); // Is this the right decl context?, | ||||||
| 1377 | for (size_t i = 0; i < num_template_params; ++i) { | ||||||
| 1378 | const char *name = template_param_infos.names[i]; | ||||||
| 1379 | |||||||
| 1380 | IdentifierInfo *identifier_info = nullptr; | ||||||
| 1381 | if (name && name[0]) | ||||||
| 1382 | identifier_info = &ast.Idents.get(name); | ||||||
| 1383 | if (IsValueParam(template_param_infos.args[i])) { | ||||||
| 1384 | QualType template_param_type = | ||||||
| 1385 | template_param_infos.args[i].getIntegralType(); | ||||||
| 1386 | template_param_decls.push_back(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1387 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, i, | ||||||
| 1388 | identifier_info, template_param_type, parameter_pack, | ||||||
| 1389 | ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(template_param_type))); | ||||||
| 1390 | } else { | ||||||
| 1391 | template_param_decls.push_back(TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1392 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, i, | ||||||
| 1393 | identifier_info, is_typename, parameter_pack)); | ||||||
| 1394 | } | ||||||
| 1395 | } | ||||||
| 1396 | |||||||
| 1397 | if (template_param_infos.packed_args) { | ||||||
| 1398 | IdentifierInfo *identifier_info = nullptr; | ||||||
| 1399 | if (template_param_infos.pack_name && template_param_infos.pack_name[0]) | ||||||
| 1400 | identifier_info = &ast.Idents.get(template_param_infos.pack_name); | ||||||
| 1401 | const bool parameter_pack_true = true; | ||||||
| 1402 | |||||||
| 1403 | if (!template_param_infos.packed_args->args.empty() && | ||||||
| 1404 | IsValueParam(template_param_infos.packed_args->args[0])) { | ||||||
| 1405 | QualType template_param_type = | ||||||
| 1406 | template_param_infos.packed_args->args[0].getIntegralType(); | ||||||
| 1407 | template_param_decls.push_back(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1408 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, | ||||||
| 1409 | num_template_params, identifier_info, template_param_type, | ||||||
| 1410 | parameter_pack_true, | ||||||
| 1411 | ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(template_param_type))); | ||||||
| 1412 | } else { | ||||||
| 1413 | template_param_decls.push_back(TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1414 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, | ||||||
| 1415 | num_template_params, identifier_info, is_typename, | ||||||
| 1416 | parameter_pack_true)); | ||||||
| 1417 | } | ||||||
| 1418 | } | ||||||
| 1419 | clang::Expr *const requires_clause = nullptr; // TODO: Concepts | ||||||
| 1420 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = TemplateParameterList::Create( | ||||||
| 1421 | ast, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), template_param_decls, | ||||||
| 1422 | SourceLocation(), requires_clause); | ||||||
| 1423 | return template_param_list; | ||||||
| 1424 | } | ||||||
| 1425 | |||||||
| 1426 | clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionTemplateDecl( | ||||||
| 1427 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1428 | clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl, | ||||||
| 1429 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | ||||||
| 1430 | // /// Create a function template node. | ||||||
| 1431 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1432 | |||||||
| 1433 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | ||||||
| 1434 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | ||||||
| 1435 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | ||||||
| 1436 | FunctionTemplateDecl *func_tmpl_decl = | ||||||
| 1437 | FunctionTemplateDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 1438 | func_tmpl_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1439 | func_tmpl_decl->setLocation(func_decl->getLocation()); | ||||||
| 1440 | func_tmpl_decl->setDeclName(func_decl->getDeclName()); | ||||||
| 1441 | func_tmpl_decl->init(func_decl, template_param_list); | ||||||
| 1442 | SetOwningModule(func_tmpl_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1443 | |||||||
| 1444 | for (size_t i = 0, template_param_decl_count = template_param_decls.size(); | ||||||
| 1445 | i < template_param_decl_count; ++i) { | ||||||
| 1446 | // TODO: verify which decl context we should put template_param_decls into.. | ||||||
| 1447 | template_param_decls[i]->setDeclContext(func_decl); | ||||||
| 1448 | } | ||||||
| 1449 | // Function templates inside a record need to have an access specifier. | ||||||
| 1450 | // It doesn't matter what access specifier we give the template as LLDB | ||||||
| 1451 | // anyway allows accessing everything inside a record. | ||||||
| 1452 | if (decl_ctx->isRecord()) | ||||||
| 1453 | func_tmpl_decl->setAccess(clang::AccessSpecifier::AS_public); | ||||||
| 1454 | |||||||
| 1455 | return func_tmpl_decl; | ||||||
| 1456 | } | ||||||
| 1457 | |||||||
| 1458 | void TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo( | ||||||
| 1459 | FunctionDecl *func_decl, clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *func_tmpl_decl, | ||||||
| 1460 | const TemplateParameterInfos &infos) { | ||||||
| 1461 | TemplateArgumentList *template_args_ptr = | ||||||
| 1462 | TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(func_decl->getASTContext(), infos.args); | ||||||
| 1463 | |||||||
| 1464 | func_decl->setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(func_tmpl_decl, | ||||||
| 1465 | template_args_ptr, nullptr); | ||||||
| 1466 | } | ||||||
| 1467 | |||||||
| 1468 | /// Returns true if the given template parameter can represent the given value. | ||||||
| 1469 | /// For example, `typename T` can represent `int` but not integral values such | ||||||
| 1470 | /// as `int I = 3`. | ||||||
| 1471 | static bool TemplateParameterAllowsValue(NamedDecl *param, | ||||||
| 1472 | const TemplateArgument &value) { | ||||||
| 1473 | if (auto *type_param = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(param)) { | ||||||
| 1474 | // Compare the argument kind, i.e. ensure that <typename> != <int>. | ||||||
| 1475 | if (value.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) | ||||||
| 1476 | return false; | ||||||
| 1477 | } else if (auto *type_param = | ||||||
| 1478 | llvm::dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(param)) { | ||||||
| 1479 | // Compare the argument kind, i.e. ensure that <typename> != <int>. | ||||||
| 1480 | if (!IsValueParam(value)) | ||||||
| 1481 | return false; | ||||||
| 1482 | // Compare the integral type, i.e. ensure that <int> != <char>. | ||||||
| 1483 | if (type_param->getType() != value.getIntegralType()) | ||||||
| 1484 | return false; | ||||||
| 1485 | } else { | ||||||
| 1486 | // There is no way to create other parameter decls at the moment, so we | ||||||
| 1487 | // can't reach this case during normal LLDB usage. Log that this happened | ||||||
| 1488 | // and assert. | ||||||
| 1489 | Log *log = lldb_private::GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_EXPRESSIONS(1u << 8)); | ||||||
| 1490 | LLDB_LOG(log,do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | ||||||
| 1491 | "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed"do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | ||||||
| 1492 | " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}",do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | ||||||
| 1493 | param->getDeclKindName())do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0); | ||||||
| 1494 | lldbassert(false && "Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(false && "Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass"), "false && \"Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 1494); | ||||||
| 1495 | // In release builds just fall back to marking the parameter as not | ||||||
| 1496 | // accepting the value so that we don't try to fit an instantiation to a | ||||||
| 1497 | // template that doesn't fit. E.g., avoid that `S<1>` is being connected to | ||||||
| 1498 | // `template<typename T> struct S;`. | ||||||
| 1499 | return false; | ||||||
| 1500 | } | ||||||
| 1501 | return true; | ||||||
| 1502 | } | ||||||
| 1503 | |||||||
| 1504 | /// Returns true if the given class template declaration could produce an | ||||||
| 1505 | /// instantiation with the specified values. | ||||||
| 1506 | /// For example, `<typename T>` allows the arguments `float`, but not for | ||||||
| 1507 | /// example `bool, float` or `3` (as an integer parameter value). | ||||||
| 1508 | static bool ClassTemplateAllowsToInstantiationArgs( | ||||||
| 1509 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, | ||||||
| 1510 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &instantiation_values) { | ||||||
| 1511 | |||||||
| 1512 | TemplateParameterList ¶ms = *class_template_decl->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||
| 1513 | |||||||
| 1514 | // Save some work by iterating only once over the found parameters and | ||||||
| 1515 | // calculate the information related to parameter packs. | ||||||
| 1516 | |||||||
| 1517 | // Contains the first pack parameter (or non if there are none). | ||||||
| 1518 | llvm::Optional<NamedDecl *> pack_parameter; | ||||||
| 1519 | // Contains the number of non-pack parameters. | ||||||
| 1520 | size_t non_pack_params = params.size(); | ||||||
| 1521 | for (size_t i = 0; i < params.size(); ++i) { | ||||||
| 1522 | NamedDecl *param = params.getParam(i); | ||||||
| 1523 | if (param->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||
| 1524 | pack_parameter = param; | ||||||
| 1525 | non_pack_params = i; | ||||||
| 1526 | break; | ||||||
| 1527 | } | ||||||
| 1528 | } | ||||||
| 1529 | |||||||
| 1530 | // The found template needs to have compatible non-pack template arguments. | ||||||
| 1531 | // E.g., ensure that <typename, typename> != <typename>. | ||||||
| 1532 | // The pack parameters are compared later. | ||||||
| 1533 | if (non_pack_params != instantiation_values.args.size()) | ||||||
| 1534 | return false; | ||||||
| 1535 | |||||||
| 1536 | // Ensure that <typename...> != <typename>. | ||||||
| 1537 | if (pack_parameter.hasValue() != instantiation_values.hasParameterPack()) | ||||||
| 1538 | return false; | ||||||
| 1539 | |||||||
| 1540 | // Compare the first pack parameter that was found with the first pack | ||||||
| 1541 | // parameter value. The special case of having an empty parameter pack value | ||||||
| 1542 | // always fits to a pack parameter. | ||||||
| 1543 | // E.g., ensure that <int...> != <typename...>. | ||||||
| 1544 | if (pack_parameter && !instantiation_values.packed_args->args.empty() && | ||||||
| 1545 | !TemplateParameterAllowsValue( | ||||||
| 1546 | *pack_parameter, instantiation_values.packed_args->args.front())) | ||||||
| 1547 | return false; | ||||||
| 1548 | |||||||
| 1549 | // Compare all the non-pack parameters now. | ||||||
| 1550 | // E.g., ensure that <int> != <long>. | ||||||
| 1551 | for (const auto pair : llvm::zip_first(instantiation_values.args, params)) { | ||||||
| 1552 | const TemplateArgument &passed_arg = std::get<0>(pair); | ||||||
| 1553 | NamedDecl *found_param = std::get<1>(pair); | ||||||
| 1554 | if (!TemplateParameterAllowsValue(found_param, passed_arg)) | ||||||
| 1555 | return false; | ||||||
| 1556 | } | ||||||
| 1557 | |||||||
| 1558 | return class_template_decl; | ||||||
| 1559 | } | ||||||
| 1560 | |||||||
| 1561 | ClassTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateDecl( | ||||||
| 1562 | DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1563 | lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *class_name, int kind, | ||||||
| 1564 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | ||||||
| 1565 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1566 | |||||||
| 1567 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 1568 | if (decl_ctx == nullptr) | ||||||
| 1569 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 1570 | |||||||
| 1571 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(class_name); | ||||||
| 1572 | DeclarationName decl_name(&identifier_info); | ||||||
| 1573 | |||||||
| 1574 | // Search the AST for an existing ClassTemplateDecl that could be reused. | ||||||
| 1575 | clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = decl_ctx->lookup(decl_name); | ||||||
| 1576 | for (NamedDecl *decl : result) { | ||||||
| 1577 | class_template_decl = dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateDecl>(decl); | ||||||
| 1578 | if (!class_template_decl) | ||||||
| 1579 | continue; | ||||||
| 1580 | // The class template has to be able to represents the instantiation | ||||||
| 1581 | // values we received. Without this we might end up putting an instantiation | ||||||
| 1582 | // with arguments such as <int, int> to a template such as: | ||||||
| 1583 | // template<typename T> struct S; | ||||||
| 1584 | // Connecting the instantiation to an incompatible template could cause | ||||||
| 1585 | // problems later on. | ||||||
| 1586 | if (!ClassTemplateAllowsToInstantiationArgs(class_template_decl, | ||||||
| 1587 | template_param_infos)) | ||||||
| 1588 | continue; | ||||||
| 1589 | return class_template_decl; | ||||||
| 1590 | } | ||||||
| 1591 | |||||||
| 1592 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | ||||||
| 1593 | |||||||
| 1594 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | ||||||
| 1595 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | ||||||
| 1596 | |||||||
| 1597 | CXXRecordDecl *template_cxx_decl = CXXRecordDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 1598 | template_cxx_decl->setTagKind(static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | ||||||
| 1599 | // What decl context do we use here? TU? The actual decl context? | ||||||
| 1600 | template_cxx_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1601 | template_cxx_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | ||||||
| 1602 | SetOwningModule(template_cxx_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1603 | |||||||
| 1604 | for (size_t i = 0, template_param_decl_count = template_param_decls.size(); | ||||||
| 1605 | i < template_param_decl_count; ++i) { | ||||||
| 1606 | template_param_decls[i]->setDeclContext(template_cxx_decl); | ||||||
| 1607 | } | ||||||
| 1608 | |||||||
| 1609 | // With templated classes, we say that a class is templated with | ||||||
| 1610 | // specializations, but that the bare class has no functions. | ||||||
| 1611 | // template_cxx_decl->startDefinition(); | ||||||
| 1612 | // template_cxx_decl->completeDefinition(); | ||||||
| 1613 | |||||||
| 1614 | class_template_decl = ClassTemplateDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 1615 | // What decl context do we use here? TU? The actual decl context? | ||||||
| 1616 | class_template_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1617 | class_template_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | ||||||
| 1618 | class_template_decl->init(template_cxx_decl, template_param_list); | ||||||
| 1619 | template_cxx_decl->setDescribedClassTemplate(class_template_decl); | ||||||
| 1620 | SetOwningModule(class_template_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1621 | |||||||
| 1622 | if (class_template_decl) { | ||||||
| 1623 | if (access_type != eAccessNone) | ||||||
| 1624 | class_template_decl->setAccess( | ||||||
| 1625 | ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access_type)); | ||||||
| 1626 | |||||||
| 1627 | decl_ctx->addDecl(class_template_decl); | ||||||
| 1628 | |||||||
| 1629 | VerifyDecl(class_template_decl); | ||||||
| 1630 | } | ||||||
| 1631 | |||||||
| 1632 | return class_template_decl; | ||||||
| 1633 | } | ||||||
| 1634 | |||||||
| 1635 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl * | ||||||
| 1636 | TypeSystemClang::CreateTemplateTemplateParmDecl(const char *template_name) { | ||||||
| 1637 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1638 | |||||||
| 1639 | auto *decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 1640 | |||||||
| 1641 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(template_name); | ||||||
| 1642 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | ||||||
| 1643 | |||||||
| 1644 | TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos template_param_infos; | ||||||
| 1645 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | ||||||
| 1646 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | ||||||
| 1647 | |||||||
| 1648 | // LLDB needs to create those decls only to be able to display a | ||||||
| 1649 | // type that includes a template template argument. Only the name matters for | ||||||
| 1650 | // this purpose, so we use dummy values for the other characteristics of the | ||||||
| 1651 | // type. | ||||||
| 1652 | return TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1653 | ast, decl_ctx, SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1654 | /*Depth*/ 0, /*Position*/ 0, | ||||||
| 1655 | /*IsParameterPack*/ false, &identifier_info, template_param_list); | ||||||
| 1656 | } | ||||||
| 1657 | |||||||
| 1658 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * | ||||||
| 1659 | TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateSpecializationDecl( | ||||||
| 1660 | DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1661 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, int kind, | ||||||
| 1662 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | ||||||
| 1663 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1664 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::TemplateArgument, 2> args( | ||||||
| 1665 | template_param_infos.args.size() + | ||||||
| 1666 | (template_param_infos.packed_args ? 1 : 0)); | ||||||
| 1667 | std::copy(template_param_infos.args.begin(), template_param_infos.args.end(), | ||||||
| 1668 | args.begin()); | ||||||
| 1669 | if (template_param_infos.packed_args) { | ||||||
| 1670 | args[args.size() - 1] = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy( | ||||||
| 1671 | ast, template_param_infos.packed_args->args); | ||||||
| 1672 | } | ||||||
| 1673 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl = | ||||||
| 1674 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 1675 | class_template_specialization_decl->setTagKind( | ||||||
| 1676 | static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | ||||||
| 1677 | class_template_specialization_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1678 | class_template_specialization_decl->setInstantiationOf(class_template_decl); | ||||||
| 1679 | class_template_specialization_decl->setTemplateArgs( | ||||||
| 1680 | TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(ast, args)); | ||||||
| 1681 | ast.getTypeDeclType(class_template_specialization_decl, nullptr); | ||||||
| 1682 | class_template_specialization_decl->setDeclName( | ||||||
| 1683 | class_template_decl->getDeclName()); | ||||||
| 1684 | SetOwningModule(class_template_specialization_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1685 | decl_ctx->addDecl(class_template_specialization_decl); | ||||||
| 1686 | |||||||
| 1687 | class_template_specialization_decl->setSpecializationKind( | ||||||
| 1688 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization); | ||||||
| 1689 | |||||||
| 1690 | return class_template_specialization_decl; | ||||||
| 1691 | } | ||||||
| 1692 | |||||||
| 1693 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateSpecializationType( | ||||||
| 1694 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl) { | ||||||
| 1695 | if (class_template_specialization_decl) { | ||||||
| 1696 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1697 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(class_template_specialization_decl)); | ||||||
| 1698 | } | ||||||
| 1699 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 1700 | } | ||||||
| 1701 | |||||||
| 1702 | static inline bool check_op_param(bool is_method, | ||||||
| 1703 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind, | ||||||
| 1704 | bool unary, bool binary, | ||||||
| 1705 | uint32_t num_params) { | ||||||
| 1706 | // Special-case call since it can take any number of operands | ||||||
| 1707 | if (op_kind == OO_Call) | ||||||
| 1708 | return true; | ||||||
| 1709 | |||||||
| 1710 | // The parameter count doesn't include "this" | ||||||
| 1711 | if (is_method) | ||||||
| 1712 | ++num_params; | ||||||
| 1713 | if (num_params == 1) | ||||||
| 1714 | return unary; | ||||||
| 1715 | if (num_params == 2) | ||||||
| 1716 | return binary; | ||||||
| 1717 | else | ||||||
| 1718 | return false; | ||||||
| 1719 | } | ||||||
| 1720 | |||||||
| 1721 | bool TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | ||||||
| 1722 | bool is_method, clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind, | ||||||
| 1723 | uint32_t num_params) { | ||||||
| 1724 | switch (op_kind) { | ||||||
| 1725 | default: | ||||||
| 1726 | break; | ||||||
| 1727 | // C++ standard allows any number of arguments to new/delete | ||||||
| 1728 | case OO_New: | ||||||
| 1729 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||||
| 1730 | case OO_Delete: | ||||||
| 1731 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||
| 1732 | return true; | ||||||
| 1733 | } | ||||||
| 1734 | |||||||
| 1735 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | ||||||
| 1736 | case OO_##Name: \ | ||||||
| 1737 | return check_op_param(is_method, op_kind, Unary, Binary, num_params); | ||||||
| 1738 | switch (op_kind) { | ||||||
| 1739 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | ||||||
| 1740 | default: | ||||||
| 1741 | break; | ||||||
| 1742 | } | ||||||
| 1743 | return false; | ||||||
| 1744 | } | ||||||
| 1745 | |||||||
| 1746 | clang::AccessSpecifier | ||||||
| 1747 | TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers(clang::AccessSpecifier lhs, | ||||||
| 1748 | clang::AccessSpecifier rhs) { | ||||||
| 1749 | // Make the access equal to the stricter of the field and the nested field's | ||||||
| 1750 | // access | ||||||
| 1751 | if (lhs == AS_none || rhs == AS_none) | ||||||
| 1752 | return AS_none; | ||||||
| 1753 | if (lhs == AS_private || rhs == AS_private) | ||||||
| 1754 | return AS_private; | ||||||
| 1755 | if (lhs == AS_protected || rhs == AS_protected) | ||||||
| 1756 | return AS_protected; | ||||||
| 1757 | return AS_public; | ||||||
| 1758 | } | ||||||
| 1759 | |||||||
| 1760 | bool TypeSystemClang::FieldIsBitfield(FieldDecl *field, | ||||||
| 1761 | uint32_t &bitfield_bit_size) { | ||||||
| 1762 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1763 | if (field == nullptr) | ||||||
| 1764 | return false; | ||||||
| 1765 | |||||||
| 1766 | if (field->isBitField()) { | ||||||
| 1767 | Expr *bit_width_expr = field->getBitWidth(); | ||||||
| 1768 | if (bit_width_expr) { | ||||||
| 1769 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> bit_width_apsint = | ||||||
| 1770 | bit_width_expr->getIntegerConstantExpr(ast)) { | ||||||
| 1771 | bitfield_bit_size = bit_width_apsint->getLimitedValue(UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU); | ||||||
| 1772 | return true; | ||||||
| 1773 | } | ||||||
| 1774 | } | ||||||
| 1775 | } | ||||||
| 1776 | return false; | ||||||
| 1777 | } | ||||||
| 1778 | |||||||
| 1779 | bool TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(const RecordDecl *record_decl) { | ||||||
| 1780 | if (record_decl == nullptr) | ||||||
| 1781 | return false; | ||||||
| 1782 | |||||||
| 1783 | if (!record_decl->field_empty()) | ||||||
| 1784 | return true; | ||||||
| 1785 | |||||||
| 1786 | // No fields, lets check this is a CXX record and check the base classes | ||||||
| 1787 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 1788 | if (cxx_record_decl
| ||||||
| 1789 | CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | ||||||
| 1790 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 1791 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 1792 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 1793 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 1794 | base_class->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
| |||||||
| 1795 | if (RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | ||||||
| 1796 | return true; | ||||||
| 1797 | } | ||||||
| 1798 | } | ||||||
| 1799 | return false; | ||||||
| 1800 | } | ||||||
| 1801 | |||||||
| 1802 | #pragma mark Objective-C Classes | ||||||
| 1803 | |||||||
| 1804 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateObjCClass( | ||||||
| 1805 | llvm::StringRef name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | ||||||
| 1806 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, bool isForwardDecl, bool isInternal, | ||||||
| 1807 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata) { | ||||||
| 1808 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1809 | assert(!name.empty())((void)0); | ||||||
| 1810 | if (!decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 1811 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 1812 | |||||||
| 1813 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 1814 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1815 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | ||||||
| 1816 | /*isForwardDecl,*/ | ||||||
| 1817 | decl->setImplicit(isInternal); | ||||||
| 1818 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1819 | |||||||
| 1820 | if (decl && metadata) | ||||||
| 1821 | SetMetadata(decl, *metadata); | ||||||
| 1822 | |||||||
| 1823 | return GetType(ast.getObjCInterfaceType(decl)); | ||||||
| 1824 | } | ||||||
| 1825 | |||||||
| 1826 | static inline bool BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(const CXXBaseSpecifier *b) { | ||||||
| 1827 | return !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(b->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); | ||||||
| 1828 | } | ||||||
| 1829 | |||||||
| 1830 | uint32_t | ||||||
| 1831 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses(const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | ||||||
| 1832 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 1833 | uint32_t num_bases = 0; | ||||||
| 1834 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 1835 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 1836 | CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | ||||||
| 1837 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 1838 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 1839 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 1840 | // Skip empty base classes | ||||||
| 1841 | if (BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(base_class)) | ||||||
| 1842 | continue; | ||||||
| 1843 | ++num_bases; | ||||||
| 1844 | } | ||||||
| 1845 | } else | ||||||
| 1846 | num_bases = cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | ||||||
| 1847 | } | ||||||
| 1848 | return num_bases; | ||||||
| 1849 | } | ||||||
| 1850 | |||||||
| 1851 | #pragma mark Namespace Declarations | ||||||
| 1852 | |||||||
| 1853 | NamespaceDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration( | ||||||
| 1854 | const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | ||||||
| 1855 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, bool is_inline) { | ||||||
| 1856 | NamespaceDecl *namespace_decl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 1857 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 1858 | TranslationUnitDecl *translation_unit_decl = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 1859 | if (!decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 1860 | decl_ctx = translation_unit_decl; | ||||||
| 1861 | |||||||
| 1862 | if (name) { | ||||||
| 1863 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(name); | ||||||
| 1864 | DeclarationName decl_name(&identifier_info); | ||||||
| 1865 | clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = decl_ctx->lookup(decl_name); | ||||||
| 1866 | for (NamedDecl *decl : result) { | ||||||
| 1867 | namespace_decl = dyn_cast<clang::NamespaceDecl>(decl); | ||||||
| 1868 | if (namespace_decl) | ||||||
| 1869 | return namespace_decl; | ||||||
| 1870 | } | ||||||
| 1871 | |||||||
| 1872 | namespace_decl = | ||||||
| 1873 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, is_inline, SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1874 | SourceLocation(), &identifier_info, nullptr); | ||||||
| 1875 | |||||||
| 1876 | decl_ctx->addDecl(namespace_decl); | ||||||
| 1877 | } else { | ||||||
| 1878 | if (decl_ctx == translation_unit_decl) { | ||||||
| 1879 | namespace_decl = translation_unit_decl->getAnonymousNamespace(); | ||||||
| 1880 | if (namespace_decl) | ||||||
| 1881 | return namespace_decl; | ||||||
| 1882 | |||||||
| 1883 | namespace_decl = | ||||||
| 1884 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, false, SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1885 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr); | ||||||
| 1886 | translation_unit_decl->setAnonymousNamespace(namespace_decl); | ||||||
| 1887 | translation_unit_decl->addDecl(namespace_decl); | ||||||
| 1888 | assert(namespace_decl == translation_unit_decl->getAnonymousNamespace())((void)0); | ||||||
| 1889 | } else { | ||||||
| 1890 | NamespaceDecl *parent_namespace_decl = cast<NamespaceDecl>(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 1891 | if (parent_namespace_decl) { | ||||||
| 1892 | namespace_decl = parent_namespace_decl->getAnonymousNamespace(); | ||||||
| 1893 | if (namespace_decl) | ||||||
| 1894 | return namespace_decl; | ||||||
| 1895 | namespace_decl = | ||||||
| 1896 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, false, SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1897 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr); | ||||||
| 1898 | parent_namespace_decl->setAnonymousNamespace(namespace_decl); | ||||||
| 1899 | parent_namespace_decl->addDecl(namespace_decl); | ||||||
| 1900 | assert(namespace_decl ==((void)0) | ||||||
| 1901 | parent_namespace_decl->getAnonymousNamespace())((void)0); | ||||||
| 1902 | } else { | ||||||
| 1903 | assert(false && "GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration called with no name and "((void)0) | ||||||
| 1904 | "no namespace as decl_ctx")((void)0); | ||||||
| 1905 | } | ||||||
| 1906 | } | ||||||
| 1907 | } | ||||||
| 1908 | // Note: namespaces can span multiple modules, so perhaps this isn't a good | ||||||
| 1909 | // idea. | ||||||
| 1910 | SetOwningModule(namespace_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1911 | |||||||
| 1912 | VerifyDecl(namespace_decl); | ||||||
| 1913 | return namespace_decl; | ||||||
| 1914 | } | ||||||
| 1915 | |||||||
| 1916 | clang::BlockDecl * | ||||||
| 1917 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBlockDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *ctx, | ||||||
| 1918 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module) { | ||||||
| 1919 | if (ctx) { | ||||||
| 1920 | clang::BlockDecl *decl = | ||||||
| 1921 | clang::BlockDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 1922 | decl->setDeclContext(ctx); | ||||||
| 1923 | ctx->addDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 1924 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1925 | return decl; | ||||||
| 1926 | } | ||||||
| 1927 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 1928 | } | ||||||
| 1929 | |||||||
| 1930 | clang::DeclContext *FindLCABetweenDecls(clang::DeclContext *left, | ||||||
| 1931 | clang::DeclContext *right, | ||||||
| 1932 | clang::DeclContext *root) { | ||||||
| 1933 | if (root == nullptr) | ||||||
| 1934 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 1935 | |||||||
| 1936 | std::set<clang::DeclContext *> path_left; | ||||||
| 1937 | for (clang::DeclContext *d = left; d != nullptr; d = d->getParent()) | ||||||
| 1938 | path_left.insert(d); | ||||||
| 1939 | |||||||
| 1940 | for (clang::DeclContext *d = right; d != nullptr; d = d->getParent()) | ||||||
| 1941 | if (path_left.find(d) != path_left.end()) | ||||||
| 1942 | return d; | ||||||
| 1943 | |||||||
| 1944 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 1945 | } | ||||||
| 1946 | |||||||
| 1947 | clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateUsingDirectiveDeclaration( | ||||||
| 1948 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1949 | clang::NamespaceDecl *ns_decl) { | ||||||
| 1950 | if (decl_ctx && ns_decl) { | ||||||
| 1951 | auto *translation_unit = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 1952 | clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *using_decl = clang::UsingDirectiveDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1953 | getASTContext(), decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1954 | clang::SourceLocation(), clang::NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||||
| 1955 | clang::SourceLocation(), ns_decl, | ||||||
| 1956 | FindLCABetweenDecls(decl_ctx, ns_decl, | ||||||
| 1957 | translation_unit)); | ||||||
| 1958 | decl_ctx->addDecl(using_decl); | ||||||
| 1959 | SetOwningModule(using_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1960 | return using_decl; | ||||||
| 1961 | } | ||||||
| 1962 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 1963 | } | ||||||
| 1964 | |||||||
| 1965 | clang::UsingDecl * | ||||||
| 1966 | TypeSystemClang::CreateUsingDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *current_decl_ctx, | ||||||
| 1967 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1968 | clang::NamedDecl *target) { | ||||||
| 1969 | if (current_decl_ctx && target) { | ||||||
| 1970 | clang::UsingDecl *using_decl = clang::UsingDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1971 | getASTContext(), current_decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1972 | clang::NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), clang::DeclarationNameInfo(), false); | ||||||
| 1973 | SetOwningModule(using_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1974 | clang::UsingShadowDecl *shadow_decl = clang::UsingShadowDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 1975 | getASTContext(), current_decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 1976 | target->getDeclName(), using_decl, target); | ||||||
| 1977 | SetOwningModule(shadow_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1978 | using_decl->addShadowDecl(shadow_decl); | ||||||
| 1979 | current_decl_ctx->addDecl(using_decl); | ||||||
| 1980 | return using_decl; | ||||||
| 1981 | } | ||||||
| 1982 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 1983 | } | ||||||
| 1984 | |||||||
| 1985 | clang::VarDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateVariableDeclaration( | ||||||
| 1986 | clang::DeclContext *decl_context, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 1987 | const char *name, clang::QualType type) { | ||||||
| 1988 | if (decl_context) { | ||||||
| 1989 | clang::VarDecl *var_decl = | ||||||
| 1990 | clang::VarDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 1991 | var_decl->setDeclContext(decl_context); | ||||||
| 1992 | if (name && name[0]) | ||||||
| 1993 | var_decl->setDeclName(&getASTContext().Idents.getOwn(name)); | ||||||
| 1994 | var_decl->setType(type); | ||||||
| 1995 | SetOwningModule(var_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 1996 | var_decl->setAccess(clang::AS_public); | ||||||
| 1997 | decl_context->addDecl(var_decl); | ||||||
| 1998 | return var_decl; | ||||||
| 1999 | } | ||||||
| 2000 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 2001 | } | ||||||
| 2002 | |||||||
| 2003 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t | ||||||
| 2004 | TypeSystemClang::GetOpaqueCompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast, | ||||||
| 2005 | lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | ||||||
| 2006 | switch (basic_type) { | ||||||
| 2007 | case eBasicTypeVoid: | ||||||
| 2008 | return ast->VoidTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2009 | case eBasicTypeChar: | ||||||
| 2010 | return ast->CharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2011 | case eBasicTypeSignedChar: | ||||||
| 2012 | return ast->SignedCharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2013 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedChar: | ||||||
| 2014 | return ast->UnsignedCharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2015 | case eBasicTypeWChar: | ||||||
| 2016 | return ast->getWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2017 | case eBasicTypeSignedWChar: | ||||||
| 2018 | return ast->getSignedWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2019 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar: | ||||||
| 2020 | return ast->getUnsignedWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2021 | case eBasicTypeChar16: | ||||||
| 2022 | return ast->Char16Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2023 | case eBasicTypeChar32: | ||||||
| 2024 | return ast->Char32Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2025 | case eBasicTypeShort: | ||||||
| 2026 | return ast->ShortTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2027 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedShort: | ||||||
| 2028 | return ast->UnsignedShortTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2029 | case eBasicTypeInt: | ||||||
| 2030 | return ast->IntTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2031 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedInt: | ||||||
| 2032 | return ast->UnsignedIntTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2033 | case eBasicTypeLong: | ||||||
| 2034 | return ast->LongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2035 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedLong: | ||||||
| 2036 | return ast->UnsignedLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2037 | case eBasicTypeLongLong: | ||||||
| 2038 | return ast->LongLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2039 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong: | ||||||
| 2040 | return ast->UnsignedLongLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2041 | case eBasicTypeInt128: | ||||||
| 2042 | return ast->Int128Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2043 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128: | ||||||
| 2044 | return ast->UnsignedInt128Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2045 | case eBasicTypeBool: | ||||||
| 2046 | return ast->BoolTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2047 | case eBasicTypeHalf: | ||||||
| 2048 | return ast->HalfTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2049 | case eBasicTypeFloat: | ||||||
| 2050 | return ast->FloatTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2051 | case eBasicTypeDouble: | ||||||
| 2052 | return ast->DoubleTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2053 | case eBasicTypeLongDouble: | ||||||
| 2054 | return ast->LongDoubleTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2055 | case eBasicTypeFloatComplex: | ||||||
| 2056 | return ast->FloatComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2057 | case eBasicTypeDoubleComplex: | ||||||
| 2058 | return ast->DoubleComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2059 | case eBasicTypeLongDoubleComplex: | ||||||
| 2060 | return ast->LongDoubleComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2061 | case eBasicTypeObjCID: | ||||||
| 2062 | return ast->getObjCIdType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2063 | case eBasicTypeObjCClass: | ||||||
| 2064 | return ast->getObjCClassType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2065 | case eBasicTypeObjCSel: | ||||||
| 2066 | return ast->getObjCSelType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2067 | case eBasicTypeNullPtr: | ||||||
| 2068 | return ast->NullPtrTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 2069 | default: | ||||||
| 2070 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 2071 | } | ||||||
| 2072 | } | ||||||
| 2073 | |||||||
| 2074 | #pragma mark Function Types | ||||||
| 2075 | |||||||
| 2076 | clang::DeclarationName | ||||||
| 2077 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclarationName(llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 2078 | const CompilerType &function_clang_type) { | ||||||
| 2079 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind = clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS; | ||||||
| 2080 | if (!IsOperator(name, op_kind) || op_kind == clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) | ||||||
| 2081 | return DeclarationName(&getASTContext().Idents.get( | ||||||
| 2082 | name)); // Not operator, but a regular function. | ||||||
| 2083 | |||||||
| 2084 | // Check the number of operator parameters. Sometimes we have seen bad DWARF | ||||||
| 2085 | // that doesn't correctly describe operators and if we try to create a method | ||||||
| 2086 | // and add it to the class, clang will assert and crash, so we need to make | ||||||
| 2087 | // sure things are acceptable. | ||||||
| 2088 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(function_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 2089 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *function_type = | ||||||
| 2090 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 2091 | if (function_type == nullptr) | ||||||
| 2092 | return clang::DeclarationName(); | ||||||
| 2093 | |||||||
| 2094 | const bool is_method = false; | ||||||
| 2095 | const unsigned int num_params = function_type->getNumParams(); | ||||||
| 2096 | if (!TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | ||||||
| 2097 | is_method, op_kind, num_params)) | ||||||
| 2098 | return clang::DeclarationName(); | ||||||
| 2099 | |||||||
| 2100 | return getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(op_kind); | ||||||
| 2101 | } | ||||||
| 2102 | |||||||
| 2103 | PrintingPolicy TypeSystemClang::GetTypePrintingPolicy() { | ||||||
| 2104 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy(getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||
| 2105 | printing_policy.SuppressTagKeyword = true; | ||||||
| 2106 | // Inline namespaces are important for some type formatters (e.g., libc++ | ||||||
| 2107 | // and libstdc++ are differentiated by their inline namespaces). | ||||||
| 2108 | printing_policy.SuppressInlineNamespace = false; | ||||||
| 2109 | printing_policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = false; | ||||||
| 2110 | // Default arguments are also always important for type formatters. Otherwise | ||||||
| 2111 | // we would need to always specify two type names for the setups where we do | ||||||
| 2112 | // know the default arguments and where we don't know default arguments. | ||||||
| 2113 | // | ||||||
| 2114 | // For example, without this we would need to have formatters for both: | ||||||
| 2115 | // std::basic_string<char> | ||||||
| 2116 | // and | ||||||
| 2117 | // std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> > | ||||||
| 2118 | // to support setups where LLDB was able to reconstruct default arguments | ||||||
| 2119 | // (and we then would have suppressed them from the type name) and also setups | ||||||
| 2120 | // where LLDB wasn't able to reconstruct the default arguments. | ||||||
| 2121 | printing_policy.SuppressDefaultTemplateArgs = false; | ||||||
| 2122 | return printing_policy; | ||||||
| 2123 | } | ||||||
| 2124 | |||||||
| 2125 | std::string TypeSystemClang::GetTypeNameForDecl(const NamedDecl *named_decl) { | ||||||
| 2126 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy = GetTypePrintingPolicy(); | ||||||
| 2127 | std::string result; | ||||||
| 2128 | llvm::raw_string_ostream os(result); | ||||||
| 2129 | named_decl->printQualifiedName(os, printing_policy); | ||||||
| 2130 | return result; | ||||||
| 2131 | } | ||||||
| 2132 | |||||||
| 2133 | FunctionDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionDeclaration( | ||||||
| 2134 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 2135 | llvm::StringRef name, const CompilerType &function_clang_type, | ||||||
| 2136 | clang::StorageClass storage, bool is_inline) { | ||||||
| 2137 | FunctionDecl *func_decl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 2138 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 2139 | if (!decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 2140 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 2141 | |||||||
| 2142 | const bool hasWrittenPrototype = true; | ||||||
| 2143 | const bool isConstexprSpecified = false; | ||||||
| 2144 | |||||||
| 2145 | clang::DeclarationName declarationName = | ||||||
| 2146 | GetDeclarationName(name, function_clang_type); | ||||||
| 2147 | func_decl = FunctionDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 2148 | func_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2149 | func_decl->setDeclName(declarationName); | ||||||
| 2150 | func_decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(function_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 2151 | func_decl->setStorageClass(storage); | ||||||
| 2152 | func_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | ||||||
| 2153 | func_decl->setHasWrittenPrototype(hasWrittenPrototype); | ||||||
| 2154 | func_decl->setConstexprKind(isConstexprSpecified | ||||||
| 2155 | ? ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr | ||||||
| 2156 | : ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||
| 2157 | SetOwningModule(func_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 2158 | if (func_decl) | ||||||
| 2159 | decl_ctx->addDecl(func_decl); | ||||||
| 2160 | |||||||
| 2161 | VerifyDecl(func_decl); | ||||||
| 2162 | |||||||
| 2163 | return func_decl; | ||||||
| 2164 | } | ||||||
| 2165 | |||||||
| 2166 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 2167 | TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionType(const CompilerType &result_type, | ||||||
| 2168 | const CompilerType *args, unsigned num_args, | ||||||
| 2169 | bool is_variadic, unsigned type_quals, | ||||||
| 2170 | clang::CallingConv cc) { | ||||||
| 2171 | if (!result_type || !ClangUtil::IsClangType(result_type)) | ||||||
| 2172 | return CompilerType(); // invalid return type | ||||||
| 2173 | |||||||
| 2174 | std::vector<QualType> qual_type_args; | ||||||
| 2175 | if (num_args > 0 && args == nullptr) | ||||||
| 2176 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument array passed in | ||||||
| 2177 | |||||||
| 2178 | // Verify that all arguments are valid and the right type | ||||||
| 2179 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_args; ++i) { | ||||||
| 2180 | if (args[i]) { | ||||||
| 2181 | // Make sure we have a clang type in args[i] and not a type from another | ||||||
| 2182 | // language whose name might match | ||||||
| 2183 | const bool is_clang_type = ClangUtil::IsClangType(args[i]); | ||||||
| 2184 | lldbassert(is_clang_type)lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(is_clang_type ), "is_clang_type", __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 2184); | ||||||
| 2185 | if (is_clang_type) | ||||||
| 2186 | qual_type_args.push_back(ClangUtil::GetQualType(args[i])); | ||||||
| 2187 | else | ||||||
| 2188 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument type (must be a clang type) | ||||||
| 2189 | } else | ||||||
| 2190 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument type (empty) | ||||||
| 2191 | } | ||||||
| 2192 | |||||||
| 2193 | // TODO: Detect calling convention in DWARF? | ||||||
| 2194 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo proto_info; | ||||||
| 2195 | proto_info.ExtInfo = cc; | ||||||
| 2196 | proto_info.Variadic = is_variadic; | ||||||
| 2197 | proto_info.ExceptionSpec = EST_None; | ||||||
| 2198 | proto_info.TypeQuals = clang::Qualifiers::fromFastMask(type_quals); | ||||||
| 2199 | proto_info.RefQualifier = RQ_None; | ||||||
| 2200 | |||||||
| 2201 | return GetType(getASTContext().getFunctionType( | ||||||
| 2202 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(result_type), qual_type_args, proto_info)); | ||||||
| 2203 | } | ||||||
| 2204 | |||||||
| 2205 | ParmVarDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateParameterDeclaration( | ||||||
| 2206 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 2207 | const char *name, const CompilerType ¶m_type, int storage, | ||||||
| 2208 | bool add_decl) { | ||||||
| 2209 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 2210 | auto *decl = ParmVarDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 2211 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2212 | if (name && name[0]) | ||||||
| 2213 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | ||||||
| 2214 | decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(param_type)); | ||||||
| 2215 | decl->setStorageClass(static_cast<clang::StorageClass>(storage)); | ||||||
| 2216 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 2217 | if (add_decl) | ||||||
| 2218 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 2219 | |||||||
| 2220 | return decl; | ||||||
| 2221 | } | ||||||
| 2222 | |||||||
| 2223 | void TypeSystemClang::SetFunctionParameters( | ||||||
| 2224 | FunctionDecl *function_decl, llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> params) { | ||||||
| 2225 | if (function_decl) | ||||||
| 2226 | function_decl->setParams(params); | ||||||
| 2227 | } | ||||||
| 2228 | |||||||
| 2229 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 2230 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBlockPointerType(const CompilerType &function_type) { | ||||||
| 2231 | QualType block_type = m_ast_up->getBlockPointerType( | ||||||
| 2232 | clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(function_type.GetOpaqueQualType())); | ||||||
| 2233 | |||||||
| 2234 | return GetType(block_type); | ||||||
| 2235 | } | ||||||
| 2236 | |||||||
| 2237 | #pragma mark Array Types | ||||||
| 2238 | |||||||
| 2239 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateArrayType(const CompilerType &element_type, | ||||||
| 2240 | size_t element_count, | ||||||
| 2241 | bool is_vector) { | ||||||
| 2242 | if (element_type.IsValid()) { | ||||||
| 2243 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 2244 | |||||||
| 2245 | if (is_vector) { | ||||||
| 2246 | return GetType(ast.getExtVectorType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), | ||||||
| 2247 | element_count)); | ||||||
| 2248 | } else { | ||||||
| 2249 | |||||||
| 2250 | llvm::APInt ap_element_count(64, element_count); | ||||||
| 2251 | if (element_count == 0) { | ||||||
| 2252 | return GetType(ast.getIncompleteArrayType( | ||||||
| 2253 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0)); | ||||||
| 2254 | } else { | ||||||
| 2255 | return GetType(ast.getConstantArrayType( | ||||||
| 2256 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), ap_element_count, nullptr, | ||||||
| 2257 | clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0)); | ||||||
| 2258 | } | ||||||
| 2259 | } | ||||||
| 2260 | } | ||||||
| 2261 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 2262 | } | ||||||
| 2263 | |||||||
| 2264 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateStructForIdentifier( | ||||||
| 2265 | ConstString type_name, | ||||||
| 2266 | const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>> | ||||||
| 2267 | &type_fields, | ||||||
| 2268 | bool packed) { | ||||||
| 2269 | CompilerType type; | ||||||
| 2270 | if (!type_name.IsEmpty() && | ||||||
| 2271 | (type = GetTypeForIdentifier<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(type_name)) | ||||||
| 2272 | .IsValid()) { | ||||||
| 2273 | lldbassert(0 && "Trying to create a type for an existing name")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(0 && "Trying to create a type for an existing name"), "0 && \"Trying to create a type for an existing name\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 2273); | ||||||
| 2274 | return type; | ||||||
| 2275 | } | ||||||
| 2276 | |||||||
| 2277 | type = CreateRecordType(nullptr, OptionalClangModuleID(), lldb::eAccessPublic, | ||||||
| 2278 | type_name.GetCString(), clang::TTK_Struct, | ||||||
| 2279 | lldb::eLanguageTypeC); | ||||||
| 2280 | StartTagDeclarationDefinition(type); | ||||||
| 2281 | for (const auto &field : type_fields) | ||||||
| 2282 | AddFieldToRecordType(type, field.first, field.second, lldb::eAccessPublic, | ||||||
| 2283 | 0); | ||||||
| 2284 | if (packed) | ||||||
| 2285 | SetIsPacked(type); | ||||||
| 2286 | CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition(type); | ||||||
| 2287 | return type; | ||||||
| 2288 | } | ||||||
| 2289 | |||||||
| 2290 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetOrCreateStructForIdentifier( | ||||||
| 2291 | ConstString type_name, | ||||||
| 2292 | const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>> | ||||||
| 2293 | &type_fields, | ||||||
| 2294 | bool packed) { | ||||||
| 2295 | CompilerType type; | ||||||
| 2296 | if ((type = GetTypeForIdentifier<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(type_name)).IsValid()) | ||||||
| 2297 | return type; | ||||||
| 2298 | |||||||
| 2299 | return CreateStructForIdentifier(type_name, type_fields, packed); | ||||||
| 2300 | } | ||||||
| 2301 | |||||||
| 2302 | #pragma mark Enumeration Types | ||||||
| 2303 | |||||||
| 2304 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateEnumerationType( | ||||||
| 2305 | const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | ||||||
| 2306 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, const Declaration &decl, | ||||||
| 2307 | const CompilerType &integer_clang_type, bool is_scoped) { | ||||||
| 2308 | // TODO: Do something intelligent with the Declaration object passed in | ||||||
| 2309 | // like maybe filling in the SourceLocation with it... | ||||||
| 2310 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 2311 | |||||||
| 2312 | // TODO: ask about these... | ||||||
| 2313 | // const bool IsFixed = false; | ||||||
| 2314 | EnumDecl *enum_decl = EnumDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 2315 | enum_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2316 | if (name && name[0]) | ||||||
| 2317 | enum_decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | ||||||
| 2318 | enum_decl->setScoped(is_scoped); | ||||||
| 2319 | enum_decl->setScopedUsingClassTag(is_scoped); | ||||||
| 2320 | enum_decl->setFixed(false); | ||||||
| 2321 | SetOwningModule(enum_decl, owning_module); | ||||||
| 2322 | if (enum_decl) { | ||||||
| 2323 | if (decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 2324 | decl_ctx->addDecl(enum_decl); | ||||||
| 2325 | |||||||
| 2326 | // TODO: check if we should be setting the promotion type too? | ||||||
| 2327 | enum_decl->setIntegerType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(integer_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 2328 | |||||||
| 2329 | enum_decl->setAccess(AS_public); // TODO respect what's in the debug info | ||||||
| 2330 | |||||||
| 2331 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(enum_decl)); | ||||||
| 2332 | } | ||||||
| 2333 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 2334 | } | ||||||
| 2335 | |||||||
| 2336 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetIntTypeFromBitSize(size_t bit_size, | ||||||
| 2337 | bool is_signed) { | ||||||
| 2338 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 2339 | |||||||
| 2340 | if (is_signed) { | ||||||
| 2341 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.SignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 2342 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 2343 | |||||||
| 2344 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.ShortTy)) | ||||||
| 2345 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | ||||||
| 2346 | |||||||
| 2347 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.IntTy)) | ||||||
| 2348 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | ||||||
| 2349 | |||||||
| 2350 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongTy)) | ||||||
| 2351 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | ||||||
| 2352 | |||||||
| 2353 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 2354 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | ||||||
| 2355 | |||||||
| 2356 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.Int128Ty)) | ||||||
| 2357 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | ||||||
| 2358 | } else { | ||||||
| 2359 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | ||||||
| 2360 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
| 2361 | |||||||
| 2362 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | ||||||
| 2363 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
| 2364 | |||||||
| 2365 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | ||||||
| 2366 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
| 2367 | |||||||
| 2368 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | ||||||
| 2369 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||
| 2370 | |||||||
| 2371 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | ||||||
| 2372 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||
| 2373 | |||||||
| 2374 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | ||||||
| 2375 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||
| 2376 | } | ||||||
| 2377 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 2378 | } | ||||||
| 2379 | |||||||
| 2380 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetPointerSizedIntType(bool is_signed) { | ||||||
| 2381 | return GetIntTypeFromBitSize( | ||||||
| 2382 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().VoidPtrTy), is_signed); | ||||||
| 2383 | } | ||||||
| 2384 | |||||||
| 2385 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpDeclContextHiearchy(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 2386 | if (decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 2387 | DumpDeclContextHiearchy(decl_ctx->getParent()); | ||||||
| 2388 | |||||||
| 2389 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2390 | if (named_decl) { | ||||||
| 2391 | printf("%20s: %s\n", decl_ctx->getDeclKindName(), | ||||||
| 2392 | named_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str()); | ||||||
| 2393 | } else { | ||||||
| 2394 | printf("%20s\n", decl_ctx->getDeclKindName()); | ||||||
| 2395 | } | ||||||
| 2396 | } | ||||||
| 2397 | } | ||||||
| 2398 | |||||||
| 2399 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpDeclHiearchy(clang::Decl *decl) { | ||||||
| 2400 | if (decl == nullptr) | ||||||
| 2401 | return; | ||||||
| 2402 | DumpDeclContextHiearchy(decl->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 2403 | |||||||
| 2404 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordDecl>(decl); | ||||||
| 2405 | if (record_decl) { | ||||||
| 2406 | printf("%20s: %s%s\n", decl->getDeclKindName(), | ||||||
| 2407 | record_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str(), | ||||||
| 2408 | record_decl->isInjectedClassName() ? " (injected class name)" : ""); | ||||||
| 2409 | |||||||
| 2410 | } else { | ||||||
| 2411 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl); | ||||||
| 2412 | if (named_decl) { | ||||||
| 2413 | printf("%20s: %s\n", decl->getDeclKindName(), | ||||||
| 2414 | named_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str()); | ||||||
| 2415 | } else { | ||||||
| 2416 | printf("%20s\n", decl->getDeclKindName()); | ||||||
| 2417 | } | ||||||
| 2418 | } | ||||||
| 2419 | } | ||||||
| 2420 | |||||||
| 2421 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclsAreEquivalent(clang::Decl *lhs_decl, | ||||||
| 2422 | clang::Decl *rhs_decl) { | ||||||
| 2423 | if (lhs_decl && rhs_decl) { | ||||||
| 2424 | // Make sure the decl kinds match first | ||||||
| 2425 | const clang::Decl::Kind lhs_decl_kind = lhs_decl->getKind(); | ||||||
| 2426 | const clang::Decl::Kind rhs_decl_kind = rhs_decl->getKind(); | ||||||
| 2427 | |||||||
| 2428 | if (lhs_decl_kind == rhs_decl_kind) { | ||||||
| 2429 | // Now check that the decl contexts kinds are all equivalent before we | ||||||
| 2430 | // have to check any names of the decl contexts... | ||||||
| 2431 | clang::DeclContext *lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
| 2432 | clang::DeclContext *rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
| 2433 | if (lhs_decl_ctx && rhs_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 2434 | while (true) { | ||||||
| 2435 | if (lhs_decl_ctx && rhs_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 2436 | const clang::Decl::Kind lhs_decl_ctx_kind = | ||||||
| 2437 | lhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind(); | ||||||
| 2438 | const clang::Decl::Kind rhs_decl_ctx_kind = | ||||||
| 2439 | rhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind(); | ||||||
| 2440 | if (lhs_decl_ctx_kind == rhs_decl_ctx_kind) { | ||||||
| 2441 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | ||||||
| 2442 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | ||||||
| 2443 | |||||||
| 2444 | if (lhs_decl_ctx == nullptr && rhs_decl_ctx == nullptr) | ||||||
| 2445 | break; | ||||||
| 2446 | } else | ||||||
| 2447 | return false; | ||||||
| 2448 | } else | ||||||
| 2449 | return false; | ||||||
| 2450 | } | ||||||
| 2451 | |||||||
| 2452 | // Now make sure the name of the decls match | ||||||
| 2453 | clang::NamedDecl *lhs_named_decl = | ||||||
| 2454 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(lhs_decl); | ||||||
| 2455 | clang::NamedDecl *rhs_named_decl = | ||||||
| 2456 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(rhs_decl); | ||||||
| 2457 | if (lhs_named_decl && rhs_named_decl) { | ||||||
| 2458 | clang::DeclarationName lhs_decl_name = lhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | ||||||
| 2459 | clang::DeclarationName rhs_decl_name = rhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | ||||||
| 2460 | if (lhs_decl_name.getNameKind() == rhs_decl_name.getNameKind()) { | ||||||
| 2461 | if (lhs_decl_name.getAsString() != rhs_decl_name.getAsString()) | ||||||
| 2462 | return false; | ||||||
| 2463 | } else | ||||||
| 2464 | return false; | ||||||
| 2465 | } else | ||||||
| 2466 | return false; | ||||||
| 2467 | |||||||
| 2468 | // We know that the decl context kinds all match, so now we need to | ||||||
| 2469 | // make sure the names match as well | ||||||
| 2470 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
| 2471 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
| 2472 | while (true) { | ||||||
| 2473 | switch (lhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind()) { | ||||||
| 2474 | case clang::Decl::TranslationUnit: | ||||||
| 2475 | // We don't care about the translation unit names | ||||||
| 2476 | return true; | ||||||
| 2477 | default: { | ||||||
| 2478 | clang::NamedDecl *lhs_named_decl = | ||||||
| 2479 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(lhs_decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2480 | clang::NamedDecl *rhs_named_decl = | ||||||
| 2481 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(rhs_decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2482 | if (lhs_named_decl && rhs_named_decl) { | ||||||
| 2483 | clang::DeclarationName lhs_decl_name = | ||||||
| 2484 | lhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | ||||||
| 2485 | clang::DeclarationName rhs_decl_name = | ||||||
| 2486 | rhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | ||||||
| 2487 | if (lhs_decl_name.getNameKind() == rhs_decl_name.getNameKind()) { | ||||||
| 2488 | if (lhs_decl_name.getAsString() != rhs_decl_name.getAsString()) | ||||||
| 2489 | return false; | ||||||
| 2490 | } else | ||||||
| 2491 | return false; | ||||||
| 2492 | } else | ||||||
| 2493 | return false; | ||||||
| 2494 | } break; | ||||||
| 2495 | } | ||||||
| 2496 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | ||||||
| 2497 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | ||||||
| 2498 | } | ||||||
| 2499 | } | ||||||
| 2500 | } | ||||||
| 2501 | } | ||||||
| 2502 | return false; | ||||||
| 2503 | } | ||||||
| 2504 | bool TypeSystemClang::GetCompleteDecl(clang::ASTContext *ast, | ||||||
| 2505 | clang::Decl *decl) { | ||||||
| 2506 | if (!decl) | ||||||
| 2507 | return false; | ||||||
| 2508 | |||||||
| 2509 | ExternalASTSource *ast_source = ast->getExternalSource(); | ||||||
| 2510 | |||||||
| 2511 | if (!ast_source) | ||||||
| 2512 | return false; | ||||||
| 2513 | |||||||
| 2514 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagDecl>(decl)) { | ||||||
| 2515 | if (tag_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | ||||||
| 2516 | return true; | ||||||
| 2517 | |||||||
| 2518 | if (!tag_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | ||||||
| 2519 | return false; | ||||||
| 2520 | |||||||
| 2521 | ast_source->CompleteType(tag_decl); | ||||||
| 2522 | |||||||
| 2523 | return !tag_decl->getTypeForDecl()->isIncompleteType(); | ||||||
| 2524 | } else if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 2525 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) { | ||||||
| 2526 | if (objc_interface_decl->getDefinition()) | ||||||
| 2527 | return true; | ||||||
| 2528 | |||||||
| 2529 | if (!objc_interface_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | ||||||
| 2530 | return false; | ||||||
| 2531 | |||||||
| 2532 | ast_source->CompleteType(objc_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 2533 | |||||||
| 2534 | return !objc_interface_decl->getTypeForDecl()->isIncompleteType(); | ||||||
| 2535 | } else { | ||||||
| 2536 | return false; | ||||||
| 2537 | } | ||||||
| 2538 | } | ||||||
| 2539 | |||||||
| 2540 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadataAsUserID(const clang::Decl *decl, | ||||||
| 2541 | user_id_t user_id) { | ||||||
| 2542 | ClangASTMetadata meta_data; | ||||||
| 2543 | meta_data.SetUserID(user_id); | ||||||
| 2544 | SetMetadata(decl, meta_data); | ||||||
| 2545 | } | ||||||
| 2546 | |||||||
| 2547 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadataAsUserID(const clang::Type *type, | ||||||
| 2548 | user_id_t user_id) { | ||||||
| 2549 | ClangASTMetadata meta_data; | ||||||
| 2550 | meta_data.SetUserID(user_id); | ||||||
| 2551 | SetMetadata(type, meta_data); | ||||||
| 2552 | } | ||||||
| 2553 | |||||||
| 2554 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadata(const clang::Decl *object, | ||||||
| 2555 | ClangASTMetadata &metadata) { | ||||||
| 2556 | m_decl_metadata[object] = metadata; | ||||||
| 2557 | } | ||||||
| 2558 | |||||||
| 2559 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadata(const clang::Type *object, | ||||||
| 2560 | ClangASTMetadata &metadata) { | ||||||
| 2561 | m_type_metadata[object] = metadata; | ||||||
| 2562 | } | ||||||
| 2563 | |||||||
| 2564 | ClangASTMetadata *TypeSystemClang::GetMetadata(const clang::Decl *object) { | ||||||
| 2565 | auto It = m_decl_metadata.find(object); | ||||||
| 2566 | if (It != m_decl_metadata.end()) | ||||||
| 2567 | return &It->second; | ||||||
| 2568 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 2569 | } | ||||||
| 2570 | |||||||
| 2571 | ClangASTMetadata *TypeSystemClang::GetMetadata(const clang::Type *object) { | ||||||
| 2572 | auto It = m_type_metadata.find(object); | ||||||
| 2573 | if (It != m_type_metadata.end()) | ||||||
| 2574 | return &It->second; | ||||||
| 2575 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 2576 | } | ||||||
| 2577 | |||||||
| 2578 | clang::DeclContext * | ||||||
| 2579 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclContextForType(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 2580 | return GetDeclContextForType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 2581 | } | ||||||
| 2582 | |||||||
| 2583 | /// Aggressively desugar the provided type, skipping past various kinds of | ||||||
| 2584 | /// syntactic sugar and other constructs one typically wants to ignore. | ||||||
| 2585 | /// The \p mask argument allows one to skip certain kinds of simplifications, | ||||||
| 2586 | /// when one wishes to handle a certain kind of type directly. | ||||||
| 2587 | static QualType | ||||||
| 2588 | RemoveWrappingTypes(QualType type, ArrayRef<clang::Type::TypeClass> mask = {}) { | ||||||
| 2589 | while (true) { | ||||||
| 2590 | if (find(mask, type->getTypeClass()) != mask.end()) | ||||||
| 2591 | return type; | ||||||
| 2592 | switch (type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 2593 | // This is not fully correct as _Atomic is more than sugar, but it is | ||||||
| 2594 | // sufficient for the purposes we care about. | ||||||
| 2595 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | ||||||
| 2596 | type = cast<clang::AtomicType>(type)->getValueType(); | ||||||
| 2597 | break; | ||||||
| 2598 | case clang::Type::Auto: | ||||||
| 2599 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | ||||||
| 2600 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | ||||||
| 2601 | case clang::Type::Paren: | ||||||
| 2602 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 2603 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 2604 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 2605 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | ||||||
| 2606 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | ||||||
| 2607 | type = type->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType(); | ||||||
| 2608 | break; | ||||||
| 2609 | default: | ||||||
| 2610 | return type; | ||||||
| 2611 | } | ||||||
| 2612 | } | ||||||
| 2613 | } | ||||||
| 2614 | |||||||
| 2615 | clang::DeclContext * | ||||||
| 2616 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclContextForType(clang::QualType type) { | ||||||
| 2617 | if (type.isNull()) | ||||||
| 2618 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 2619 | |||||||
| 2620 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(type.getCanonicalType()); | ||||||
| 2621 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2622 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2623 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 2624 | return llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 2625 | ->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 2626 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 2627 | return GetDeclContextForType( | ||||||
| 2628 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 2629 | ->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 2630 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 2631 | return llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 2632 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 2633 | return llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 2634 | default: | ||||||
| 2635 | break; | ||||||
| 2636 | } | ||||||
| 2637 | // No DeclContext in this type... | ||||||
| 2638 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 2639 | } | ||||||
| 2640 | |||||||
| 2641 | static bool GetCompleteQualType(clang::ASTContext *ast, | ||||||
| 2642 | clang::QualType qual_type, | ||||||
| 2643 | bool allow_completion = true) { | ||||||
| 2644 | qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(qual_type); | ||||||
| 2645 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2646 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2647 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 2648 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 2649 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: { | ||||||
| 2650 | const clang::ArrayType *array_type = | ||||||
| 2651 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 2652 | |||||||
| 2653 | if (array_type) | ||||||
| 2654 | return GetCompleteQualType(ast, array_type->getElementType(), | ||||||
| 2655 | allow_completion); | ||||||
| 2656 | } break; | ||||||
| 2657 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 2658 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 2659 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 2660 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | ||||||
| 2661 | const bool is_complete = cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | ||||||
| 2662 | const bool fields_loaded = | ||||||
| 2663 | cxx_record_decl->hasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(); | ||||||
| 2664 | if (is_complete && fields_loaded) | ||||||
| 2665 | return true; | ||||||
| 2666 | |||||||
| 2667 | if (!allow_completion) | ||||||
| 2668 | return false; | ||||||
| 2669 | |||||||
| 2670 | // Call the field_begin() accessor to for it to use the external source | ||||||
| 2671 | // to load the fields... | ||||||
| 2672 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | ||||||
| 2673 | ast->getExternalSource(); | ||||||
| 2674 | if (external_ast_source) { | ||||||
| 2675 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 2676 | if (cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) { | ||||||
| 2677 | cxx_record_decl->field_begin(); | ||||||
| 2678 | cxx_record_decl->setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(true); | ||||||
| 2679 | } | ||||||
| 2680 | } | ||||||
| 2681 | } | ||||||
| 2682 | } | ||||||
| 2683 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | ||||||
| 2684 | llvm::cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 2685 | return !tag_type->isIncompleteType(); | ||||||
| 2686 | } break; | ||||||
| 2687 | |||||||
| 2688 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | ||||||
| 2689 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | ||||||
| 2690 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 2691 | if (tag_type) { | ||||||
| 2692 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 2693 | if (tag_decl) { | ||||||
| 2694 | if (tag_decl->getDefinition()) | ||||||
| 2695 | return true; | ||||||
| 2696 | |||||||
| 2697 | if (!allow_completion) | ||||||
| 2698 | return false; | ||||||
| 2699 | |||||||
| 2700 | if (tag_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | ||||||
| 2701 | if (ast) { | ||||||
| 2702 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | ||||||
| 2703 | ast->getExternalSource(); | ||||||
| 2704 | if (external_ast_source) { | ||||||
| 2705 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(tag_decl); | ||||||
| 2706 | return !tag_type->isIncompleteType(); | ||||||
| 2707 | } | ||||||
| 2708 | } | ||||||
| 2709 | } | ||||||
| 2710 | return false; | ||||||
| 2711 | } | ||||||
| 2712 | } | ||||||
| 2713 | |||||||
| 2714 | } break; | ||||||
| 2715 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 2716 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | ||||||
| 2717 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 2718 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | ||||||
| 2719 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 2720 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 2721 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 2722 | // We currently can't complete objective C types through the newly added | ||||||
| 2723 | // ASTContext because it only supports TagDecl objects right now... | ||||||
| 2724 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 2725 | if (class_interface_decl->getDefinition()) | ||||||
| 2726 | return true; | ||||||
| 2727 | |||||||
| 2728 | if (!allow_completion) | ||||||
| 2729 | return false; | ||||||
| 2730 | |||||||
| 2731 | if (class_interface_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | ||||||
| 2732 | if (ast) { | ||||||
| 2733 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | ||||||
| 2734 | ast->getExternalSource(); | ||||||
| 2735 | if (external_ast_source) { | ||||||
| 2736 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 2737 | return !objc_class_type->isIncompleteType(); | ||||||
| 2738 | } | ||||||
| 2739 | } | ||||||
| 2740 | } | ||||||
| 2741 | return false; | ||||||
| 2742 | } | ||||||
| 2743 | } | ||||||
| 2744 | } break; | ||||||
| 2745 | |||||||
| 2746 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | ||||||
| 2747 | return GetCompleteQualType( | ||||||
| 2748 | ast, llvm::cast<clang::AttributedType>(qual_type)->getModifiedType(), | ||||||
| 2749 | allow_completion); | ||||||
| 2750 | |||||||
| 2751 | default: | ||||||
| 2752 | break; | ||||||
| 2753 | } | ||||||
| 2754 | |||||||
| 2755 | return true; | ||||||
| 2756 | } | ||||||
| 2757 | |||||||
| 2758 | static clang::ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl | ||||||
| 2759 | ConvertAccessTypeToObjCIvarAccessControl(AccessType access) { | ||||||
| 2760 | switch (access) { | ||||||
| 2761 | case eAccessNone: | ||||||
| 2762 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::None; | ||||||
| 2763 | case eAccessPublic: | ||||||
| 2764 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Public; | ||||||
| 2765 | case eAccessPrivate: | ||||||
| 2766 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Private; | ||||||
| 2767 | case eAccessProtected: | ||||||
| 2768 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; | ||||||
| 2769 | case eAccessPackage: | ||||||
| 2770 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | ||||||
| 2771 | } | ||||||
| 2772 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::None; | ||||||
| 2773 | } | ||||||
| 2774 | |||||||
| 2775 | // Tests | ||||||
| 2776 | |||||||
| 2777 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | ||||||
| 2778 | bool TypeSystemClang::Verify(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2779 | return !type || llvm::isa<clang::Type>(GetQualType(type).getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 2780 | } | ||||||
| 2781 | #endif | ||||||
| 2782 | |||||||
| 2783 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2784 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 2785 | |||||||
| 2786 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2787 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2788 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 2789 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 2790 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 2791 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 2792 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 2793 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 2794 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 2795 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 2796 | return true; | ||||||
| 2797 | default: | ||||||
| 2798 | break; | ||||||
| 2799 | } | ||||||
| 2800 | // The clang type does have a value | ||||||
| 2801 | return false; | ||||||
| 2802 | } | ||||||
| 2803 | |||||||
| 2804 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsAnonymousType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2805 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 2806 | |||||||
| 2807 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2808 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2809 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 2810 | if (const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 2811 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::RecordType>( | ||||||
| 2812 | qual_type.getTypePtrOrNull())) { | ||||||
| 2813 | if (const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl()) { | ||||||
| 2814 | return record_decl->isAnonymousStructOrUnion(); | ||||||
| 2815 | } | ||||||
| 2816 | } | ||||||
| 2817 | break; | ||||||
| 2818 | } | ||||||
| 2819 | default: | ||||||
| 2820 | break; | ||||||
| 2821 | } | ||||||
| 2822 | // The clang type does have a value | ||||||
| 2823 | return false; | ||||||
| 2824 | } | ||||||
| 2825 | |||||||
| 2826 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 2827 | CompilerType *element_type_ptr, | ||||||
| 2828 | uint64_t *size, bool *is_incomplete) { | ||||||
| 2829 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 2830 | |||||||
| 2831 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2832 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2833 | default: | ||||||
| 2834 | break; | ||||||
| 2835 | |||||||
| 2836 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 2837 | if (element_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 2838 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 2839 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 2840 | ->getElementType() | ||||||
| 2841 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 2842 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2843 | *size = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 2844 | ->getSize() | ||||||
| 2845 | .getLimitedValue(ULLONG_MAX(9223372036854775807LL*2ULL+1ULL)); | ||||||
| 2846 | if (is_incomplete) | ||||||
| 2847 | *is_incomplete = false; | ||||||
| 2848 | return true; | ||||||
| 2849 | |||||||
| 2850 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 2851 | if (element_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 2852 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 2853 | this, llvm::cast<clang::IncompleteArrayType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 2854 | ->getElementType() | ||||||
| 2855 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 2856 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2857 | *size = 0; | ||||||
| 2858 | if (is_incomplete) | ||||||
| 2859 | *is_incomplete = true; | ||||||
| 2860 | return true; | ||||||
| 2861 | |||||||
| 2862 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 2863 | if (element_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 2864 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 2865 | this, llvm::cast<clang::VariableArrayType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 2866 | ->getElementType() | ||||||
| 2867 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 2868 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2869 | *size = 0; | ||||||
| 2870 | if (is_incomplete) | ||||||
| 2871 | *is_incomplete = false; | ||||||
| 2872 | return true; | ||||||
| 2873 | |||||||
| 2874 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
| 2875 | if (element_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 2876 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 2877 | this, llvm::cast<clang::DependentSizedArrayType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 2878 | ->getElementType() | ||||||
| 2879 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 2880 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2881 | *size = 0; | ||||||
| 2882 | if (is_incomplete) | ||||||
| 2883 | *is_incomplete = false; | ||||||
| 2884 | return true; | ||||||
| 2885 | } | ||||||
| 2886 | if (element_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 2887 | element_type_ptr->Clear(); | ||||||
| 2888 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2889 | *size = 0; | ||||||
| 2890 | if (is_incomplete) | ||||||
| 2891 | *is_incomplete = false; | ||||||
| 2892 | return false; | ||||||
| 2893 | } | ||||||
| 2894 | |||||||
| 2895 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 2896 | CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) { | ||||||
| 2897 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 2898 | |||||||
| 2899 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2900 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2901 | case clang::Type::Vector: { | ||||||
| 2902 | const clang::VectorType *vector_type = | ||||||
| 2903 | qual_type->getAs<clang::VectorType>(); | ||||||
| 2904 | if (vector_type) { | ||||||
| 2905 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2906 | *size = vector_type->getNumElements(); | ||||||
| 2907 | if (element_type) | ||||||
| 2908 | *element_type = GetType(vector_type->getElementType()); | ||||||
| 2909 | } | ||||||
| 2910 | return true; | ||||||
| 2911 | } break; | ||||||
| 2912 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: { | ||||||
| 2913 | const clang::ExtVectorType *ext_vector_type = | ||||||
| 2914 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ExtVectorType>(); | ||||||
| 2915 | if (ext_vector_type) { | ||||||
| 2916 | if (size) | ||||||
| 2917 | *size = ext_vector_type->getNumElements(); | ||||||
| 2918 | if (element_type) | ||||||
| 2919 | *element_type = | ||||||
| 2920 | CompilerType(this, ext_vector_type->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 2921 | } | ||||||
| 2922 | return true; | ||||||
| 2923 | } | ||||||
| 2924 | default: | ||||||
| 2925 | break; | ||||||
| 2926 | } | ||||||
| 2927 | return false; | ||||||
| 2928 | } | ||||||
| 2929 | |||||||
| 2930 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsRuntimeGeneratedType( | ||||||
| 2931 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2932 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = GetDeclContextForType(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 2933 | if (!decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 2934 | return false; | ||||||
| 2935 | |||||||
| 2936 | if (!llvm::isa<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl_ctx)) | ||||||
| 2937 | return false; | ||||||
| 2938 | |||||||
| 2939 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *result_iface_decl = | ||||||
| 2940 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 2941 | |||||||
| 2942 | ClangASTMetadata *ast_metadata = GetMetadata(result_iface_decl); | ||||||
| 2943 | if (!ast_metadata) | ||||||
| 2944 | return false; | ||||||
| 2945 | return (ast_metadata->GetISAPtr() != 0); | ||||||
| 2946 | } | ||||||
| 2947 | |||||||
| 2948 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2949 | return GetQualType(type).getUnqualifiedType()->isCharType(); | ||||||
| 2950 | } | ||||||
| 2951 | |||||||
| 2952 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2953 | const bool allow_completion = false; | ||||||
| 2954 | return GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type), | ||||||
| 2955 | allow_completion); | ||||||
| 2956 | } | ||||||
| 2957 | |||||||
| 2958 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2959 | return GetQualType(type).isConstQualified(); | ||||||
| 2960 | } | ||||||
| 2961 | |||||||
| 2962 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 2963 | uint32_t &length) { | ||||||
| 2964 | CompilerType pointee_or_element_clang_type; | ||||||
| 2965 | length = 0; | ||||||
| 2966 | Flags type_flags(GetTypeInfo(type, &pointee_or_element_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 2967 | |||||||
| 2968 | if (!pointee_or_element_clang_type.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 2969 | return false; | ||||||
| 2970 | |||||||
| 2971 | if (type_flags.AnySet(eTypeIsArray | eTypeIsPointer)) { | ||||||
| 2972 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type.IsCharType()) { | ||||||
| 2973 | if (type_flags.Test(eTypeIsArray)) { | ||||||
| 2974 | // We know the size of the array and it could be a C string since it is | ||||||
| 2975 | // an array of characters | ||||||
| 2976 | length = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>( | ||||||
| 2977 | GetCanonicalQualType(type).getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 2978 | ->getSize() | ||||||
| 2979 | .getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 2980 | } | ||||||
| 2981 | return true; | ||||||
| 2982 | } | ||||||
| 2983 | } | ||||||
| 2984 | return false; | ||||||
| 2985 | } | ||||||
| 2986 | |||||||
| 2987 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 2988 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 2989 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 2990 | |||||||
| 2991 | if (qual_type->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||
| 2992 | return true; | ||||||
| 2993 | } | ||||||
| 2994 | |||||||
| 2995 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 2996 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 2997 | default: | ||||||
| 2998 | break; | ||||||
| 2999 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3000 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | ||||||
| 3001 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | ||||||
| 3002 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3003 | if (reference_type) | ||||||
| 3004 | return IsFunctionType( | ||||||
| 3005 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3006 | } break; | ||||||
| 3007 | } | ||||||
| 3008 | } | ||||||
| 3009 | return false; | ||||||
| 3010 | } | ||||||
| 3011 | |||||||
| 3012 | // Used to detect "Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates" | ||||||
| 3013 | uint32_t | ||||||
| 3014 | TypeSystemClang::IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3015 | CompilerType *base_type_ptr) { | ||||||
| 3016 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3017 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3018 | |||||||
| 3019 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 3020 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3021 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3022 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 3023 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 3024 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 3025 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 3026 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 3027 | if (cxx_record_decl->getNumBases() || cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass()) | ||||||
| 3028 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3029 | } | ||||||
| 3030 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 3031 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3032 | if (record_type) { | ||||||
| 3033 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 3034 | if (record_decl) { | ||||||
| 3035 | // We are looking for a structure that contains only floating point | ||||||
| 3036 | // types | ||||||
| 3037 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_pos, | ||||||
| 3038 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 3039 | uint32_t num_fields = 0; | ||||||
| 3040 | bool is_hva = false; | ||||||
| 3041 | bool is_hfa = false; | ||||||
| 3042 | clang::QualType base_qual_type; | ||||||
| 3043 | uint64_t base_bitwidth = 0; | ||||||
| 3044 | for (field_pos = record_decl->field_begin(); field_pos != field_end; | ||||||
| 3045 | ++field_pos) { | ||||||
| 3046 | clang::QualType field_qual_type = field_pos->getType(); | ||||||
| 3047 | uint64_t field_bitwidth = getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | ||||||
| 3048 | if (field_qual_type->isFloatingType()) { | ||||||
| 3049 | if (field_qual_type->isComplexType()) | ||||||
| 3050 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3051 | else { | ||||||
| 3052 | if (num_fields == 0) | ||||||
| 3053 | base_qual_type = field_qual_type; | ||||||
| 3054 | else { | ||||||
| 3055 | if (is_hva) | ||||||
| 3056 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3057 | is_hfa = true; | ||||||
| 3058 | if (field_qual_type.getTypePtr() != | ||||||
| 3059 | base_qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 3060 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3061 | } | ||||||
| 3062 | } | ||||||
| 3063 | } else if (field_qual_type->isVectorType() || | ||||||
| 3064 | field_qual_type->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||
| 3065 | if (num_fields == 0) { | ||||||
| 3066 | base_qual_type = field_qual_type; | ||||||
| 3067 | base_bitwidth = field_bitwidth; | ||||||
| 3068 | } else { | ||||||
| 3069 | if (is_hfa) | ||||||
| 3070 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3071 | is_hva = true; | ||||||
| 3072 | if (base_bitwidth != field_bitwidth) | ||||||
| 3073 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3074 | if (field_qual_type.getTypePtr() != base_qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 3075 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3076 | } | ||||||
| 3077 | } else | ||||||
| 3078 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3079 | ++num_fields; | ||||||
| 3080 | } | ||||||
| 3081 | if (base_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 3082 | *base_type_ptr = CompilerType(this, base_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3083 | return num_fields; | ||||||
| 3084 | } | ||||||
| 3085 | } | ||||||
| 3086 | } | ||||||
| 3087 | break; | ||||||
| 3088 | |||||||
| 3089 | default: | ||||||
| 3090 | break; | ||||||
| 3091 | } | ||||||
| 3092 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3093 | } | ||||||
| 3094 | |||||||
| 3095 | size_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumberOfFunctionArguments( | ||||||
| 3096 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3097 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3098 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3099 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | ||||||
| 3100 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3101 | if (func) | ||||||
| 3102 | return func->getNumParams(); | ||||||
| 3103 | } | ||||||
| 3104 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3105 | } | ||||||
| 3106 | |||||||
| 3107 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 3108 | TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3109 | const size_t index) { | ||||||
| 3110 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3111 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3112 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | ||||||
| 3113 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3114 | if (func) { | ||||||
| 3115 | if (index < func->getNumParams()) | ||||||
| 3116 | return CompilerType(this, func->getParamType(index).getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3117 | } | ||||||
| 3118 | } | ||||||
| 3119 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 3120 | } | ||||||
| 3121 | |||||||
| 3122 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3123 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3124 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3125 | |||||||
| 3126 | if (qual_type->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||||
| 3127 | return true; | ||||||
| 3128 | |||||||
| 3129 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3130 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3131 | default: | ||||||
| 3132 | break; | ||||||
| 3133 | |||||||
| 3134 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3135 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | ||||||
| 3136 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | ||||||
| 3137 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3138 | if (reference_type) | ||||||
| 3139 | return IsFunctionPointerType( | ||||||
| 3140 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3141 | } break; | ||||||
| 3142 | } | ||||||
| 3143 | } | ||||||
| 3144 | return false; | ||||||
| 3145 | } | ||||||
| 3146 | |||||||
| 3147 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsBlockPointerType( | ||||||
| 3148 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3149 | CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) { | ||||||
| 3150 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3151 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3152 | |||||||
| 3153 | if (qual_type->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
| 3154 | if (function_pointer_type_ptr) { | ||||||
| 3155 | const clang::BlockPointerType *block_pointer_type = | ||||||
| 3156 | qual_type->getAs<clang::BlockPointerType>(); | ||||||
| 3157 | QualType pointee_type = block_pointer_type->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 3158 | QualType function_pointer_type = m_ast_up->getPointerType(pointee_type); | ||||||
| 3159 | *function_pointer_type_ptr = | ||||||
| 3160 | CompilerType(this, function_pointer_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3161 | } | ||||||
| 3162 | return true; | ||||||
| 3163 | } | ||||||
| 3164 | |||||||
| 3165 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3166 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3167 | default: | ||||||
| 3168 | break; | ||||||
| 3169 | |||||||
| 3170 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3171 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | ||||||
| 3172 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | ||||||
| 3173 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3174 | if (reference_type) | ||||||
| 3175 | return IsBlockPointerType( | ||||||
| 3176 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | ||||||
| 3177 | function_pointer_type_ptr); | ||||||
| 3178 | } break; | ||||||
| 3179 | } | ||||||
| 3180 | } | ||||||
| 3181 | return false; | ||||||
| 3182 | } | ||||||
| 3183 | |||||||
| 3184 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3185 | bool &is_signed) { | ||||||
| 3186 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3187 | return false; | ||||||
| 3188 | |||||||
| 3189 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3190 | const clang::BuiltinType *builtin_type = | ||||||
| 3191 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
| 3192 | |||||||
| 3193 | if (builtin_type) { | ||||||
| 3194 | if (builtin_type->isInteger()) { | ||||||
| 3195 | is_signed = builtin_type->isSignedInteger(); | ||||||
| 3196 | return true; | ||||||
| 3197 | } | ||||||
| 3198 | } | ||||||
| 3199 | |||||||
| 3200 | return false; | ||||||
| 3201 | } | ||||||
| 3202 | |||||||
| 3203 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsEnumerationType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3204 | bool &is_signed) { | ||||||
| 3205 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3206 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>( | ||||||
| 3207 | GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
| 3208 | |||||||
| 3209 | if (enum_type) { | ||||||
| 3210 | IsIntegerType(enum_type->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | ||||||
| 3211 | is_signed); | ||||||
| 3212 | return true; | ||||||
| 3213 | } | ||||||
| 3214 | } | ||||||
| 3215 | |||||||
| 3216 | return false; | ||||||
| 3217 | } | ||||||
| 3218 | |||||||
| 3219 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsScopedEnumerationType( | ||||||
| 3220 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3221 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3222 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>( | ||||||
| 3223 | GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
| 3224 | |||||||
| 3225 | if (enum_type) { | ||||||
| 3226 | return enum_type->isScopedEnumeralType(); | ||||||
| 3227 | } | ||||||
| 3228 | } | ||||||
| 3229 | |||||||
| 3230 | return false; | ||||||
| 3231 | } | ||||||
| 3232 | |||||||
| 3233 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3234 | CompilerType *pointee_type) { | ||||||
| 3235 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3236 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3237 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3238 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3239 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 3240 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 3241 | default: | ||||||
| 3242 | break; | ||||||
| 3243 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 3244 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 3245 | return true; | ||||||
| 3246 | } | ||||||
| 3247 | return false; | ||||||
| 3248 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 3249 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3250 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3251 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3252 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3253 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3254 | return true; | ||||||
| 3255 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 3256 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3257 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3258 | this, llvm::cast<clang::BlockPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3259 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3260 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3261 | return true; | ||||||
| 3262 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 3263 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3264 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, | ||||||
| 3265 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3266 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3267 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3268 | return true; | ||||||
| 3269 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 3270 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3271 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3272 | this, llvm::cast<clang::MemberPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3273 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3274 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3275 | return true; | ||||||
| 3276 | default: | ||||||
| 3277 | break; | ||||||
| 3278 | } | ||||||
| 3279 | } | ||||||
| 3280 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3281 | pointee_type->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3282 | return false; | ||||||
| 3283 | } | ||||||
| 3284 | |||||||
| 3285 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPointerOrReferenceType( | ||||||
| 3286 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type) { | ||||||
| 3287 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3288 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3289 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3290 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3291 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 3292 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 3293 | default: | ||||||
| 3294 | break; | ||||||
| 3295 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 3296 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 3297 | return true; | ||||||
| 3298 | } | ||||||
| 3299 | return false; | ||||||
| 3300 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 3301 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3302 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3303 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3304 | ->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3305 | return true; | ||||||
| 3306 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 3307 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3308 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3309 | this, llvm::cast<clang::BlockPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3310 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3311 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3312 | return true; | ||||||
| 3313 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 3314 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3315 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, | ||||||
| 3316 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3317 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3318 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3319 | return true; | ||||||
| 3320 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 3321 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3322 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3323 | this, llvm::cast<clang::MemberPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3324 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3325 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3326 | return true; | ||||||
| 3327 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3328 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3329 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3330 | this, llvm::cast<clang::LValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3331 | ->desugar() | ||||||
| 3332 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3333 | return true; | ||||||
| 3334 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 3335 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3336 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3337 | this, llvm::cast<clang::RValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3338 | ->desugar() | ||||||
| 3339 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3340 | return true; | ||||||
| 3341 | default: | ||||||
| 3342 | break; | ||||||
| 3343 | } | ||||||
| 3344 | } | ||||||
| 3345 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3346 | pointee_type->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3347 | return false; | ||||||
| 3348 | } | ||||||
| 3349 | |||||||
| 3350 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3351 | CompilerType *pointee_type, | ||||||
| 3352 | bool *is_rvalue) { | ||||||
| 3353 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3354 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3355 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3356 | |||||||
| 3357 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3358 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3359 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3360 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3361 | this, llvm::cast<clang::LValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3362 | ->desugar() | ||||||
| 3363 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3364 | if (is_rvalue) | ||||||
| 3365 | *is_rvalue = false; | ||||||
| 3366 | return true; | ||||||
| 3367 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 3368 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3369 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3370 | this, llvm::cast<clang::RValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3371 | ->desugar() | ||||||
| 3372 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3373 | if (is_rvalue) | ||||||
| 3374 | *is_rvalue = true; | ||||||
| 3375 | return true; | ||||||
| 3376 | |||||||
| 3377 | default: | ||||||
| 3378 | break; | ||||||
| 3379 | } | ||||||
| 3380 | } | ||||||
| 3381 | if (pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3382 | pointee_type->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3383 | return false; | ||||||
| 3384 | } | ||||||
| 3385 | |||||||
| 3386 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3387 | uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) { | ||||||
| 3388 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3389 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3390 | |||||||
| 3391 | if (const clang::BuiltinType *BT = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>( | ||||||
| 3392 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | ||||||
| 3393 | clang::BuiltinType::Kind kind = BT->getKind(); | ||||||
| 3394 | if (kind >= clang::BuiltinType::Float && | ||||||
| 3395 | kind <= clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble) { | ||||||
| 3396 | count = 1; | ||||||
| 3397 | is_complex = false; | ||||||
| 3398 | return true; | ||||||
| 3399 | } | ||||||
| 3400 | } else if (const clang::ComplexType *CT = | ||||||
| 3401 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ComplexType>( | ||||||
| 3402 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | ||||||
| 3403 | if (IsFloatingPointType(CT->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(), count, | ||||||
| 3404 | is_complex)) { | ||||||
| 3405 | count = 2; | ||||||
| 3406 | is_complex = true; | ||||||
| 3407 | return true; | ||||||
| 3408 | } | ||||||
| 3409 | } else if (const clang::VectorType *VT = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::VectorType>( | ||||||
| 3410 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | ||||||
| 3411 | if (IsFloatingPointType(VT->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(), count, | ||||||
| 3412 | is_complex)) { | ||||||
| 3413 | count = VT->getNumElements(); | ||||||
| 3414 | is_complex = false; | ||||||
| 3415 | return true; | ||||||
| 3416 | } | ||||||
| 3417 | } | ||||||
| 3418 | } | ||||||
| 3419 | count = 0; | ||||||
| 3420 | is_complex = false; | ||||||
| 3421 | return false; | ||||||
| 3422 | } | ||||||
| 3423 | |||||||
| 3424 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3425 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3426 | return false; | ||||||
| 3427 | |||||||
| 3428 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3429 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | ||||||
| 3430 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3431 | if (tag_type) { | ||||||
| 3432 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 3433 | if (tag_decl) | ||||||
| 3434 | return tag_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | ||||||
| 3435 | return false; | ||||||
| 3436 | } else { | ||||||
| 3437 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 3438 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | ||||||
| 3439 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 3440 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 3441 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 3442 | if (class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 3443 | return class_interface_decl->getDefinition() != nullptr; | ||||||
| 3444 | return false; | ||||||
| 3445 | } | ||||||
| 3446 | } | ||||||
| 3447 | return true; | ||||||
| 3448 | } | ||||||
| 3449 | |||||||
| 3450 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCClassType(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 3451 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) { | ||||||
| 3452 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3453 | |||||||
| 3454 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *obj_pointer_type = | ||||||
| 3455 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type); | ||||||
| 3456 | |||||||
| 3457 | if (obj_pointer_type) | ||||||
| 3458 | return obj_pointer_type->isObjCClassType(); | ||||||
| 3459 | } | ||||||
| 3460 | return false; | ||||||
| 3461 | } | ||||||
| 3462 | |||||||
| 3463 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 3464 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) | ||||||
| 3465 | return ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 3466 | return false; | ||||||
| 3467 | } | ||||||
| 3468 | |||||||
| 3469 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsClassType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3470 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3471 | return false; | ||||||
| 3472 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3473 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3474 | return (type_class == clang::Type::Record); | ||||||
| 3475 | } | ||||||
| 3476 | |||||||
| 3477 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsEnumType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3478 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3479 | return false; | ||||||
| 3480 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3481 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3482 | return (type_class == clang::Type::Enum); | ||||||
| 3483 | } | ||||||
| 3484 | |||||||
| 3485 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3486 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3487 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3488 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3489 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3490 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 3491 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 3492 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 3493 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 3494 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 3495 | if (record_decl) { | ||||||
| 3496 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 3497 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 3498 | if (cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 3499 | return cxx_record_decl->isPolymorphic(); | ||||||
| 3500 | } | ||||||
| 3501 | } | ||||||
| 3502 | break; | ||||||
| 3503 | |||||||
| 3504 | default: | ||||||
| 3505 | break; | ||||||
| 3506 | } | ||||||
| 3507 | } | ||||||
| 3508 | return false; | ||||||
| 3509 | } | ||||||
| 3510 | |||||||
| 3511 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3512 | CompilerType *dynamic_pointee_type, | ||||||
| 3513 | bool check_cplusplus, | ||||||
| 3514 | bool check_objc) { | ||||||
| 3515 | clang::QualType pointee_qual_type; | ||||||
| 3516 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 3517 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3518 | bool success = false; | ||||||
| 3519 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3520 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3521 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 3522 | if (check_objc && | ||||||
| 3523 | llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind() == | ||||||
| 3524 | clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId) { | ||||||
| 3525 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3526 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, type); | ||||||
| 3527 | return true; | ||||||
| 3528 | } | ||||||
| 3529 | break; | ||||||
| 3530 | |||||||
| 3531 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 3532 | if (check_objc) { | ||||||
| 3533 | if (const auto *objc_pointee_type = | ||||||
| 3534 | qual_type->getPointeeType().getTypePtrOrNull()) { | ||||||
| 3535 | if (const auto *objc_object_type = | ||||||
| 3536 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | ||||||
| 3537 | objc_pointee_type)) { | ||||||
| 3538 | if (objc_object_type->isObjCClass()) | ||||||
| 3539 | return false; | ||||||
| 3540 | } | ||||||
| 3541 | } | ||||||
| 3542 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3543 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3544 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3545 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3546 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3547 | return true; | ||||||
| 3548 | } | ||||||
| 3549 | break; | ||||||
| 3550 | |||||||
| 3551 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 3552 | pointee_qual_type = | ||||||
| 3553 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 3554 | success = true; | ||||||
| 3555 | break; | ||||||
| 3556 | |||||||
| 3557 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3558 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 3559 | pointee_qual_type = | ||||||
| 3560 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 3561 | success = true; | ||||||
| 3562 | break; | ||||||
| 3563 | |||||||
| 3564 | default: | ||||||
| 3565 | break; | ||||||
| 3566 | } | ||||||
| 3567 | |||||||
| 3568 | if (success) { | ||||||
| 3569 | // Check to make sure what we are pointing too is a possible dynamic C++ | ||||||
| 3570 | // type We currently accept any "void *" (in case we have a class that | ||||||
| 3571 | // has been watered down to an opaque pointer) and virtual C++ classes. | ||||||
| 3572 | const clang::Type::TypeClass pointee_type_class = | ||||||
| 3573 | pointee_qual_type.getCanonicalType()->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3574 | switch (pointee_type_class) { | ||||||
| 3575 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 3576 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(pointee_qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 3577 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||||
| 3578 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
| 3579 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3580 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3581 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3582 | return true; | ||||||
| 3583 | default: | ||||||
| 3584 | break; | ||||||
| 3585 | } | ||||||
| 3586 | break; | ||||||
| 3587 | |||||||
| 3588 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 3589 | if (check_cplusplus) { | ||||||
| 3590 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 3591 | pointee_qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 3592 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 3593 | bool is_complete = cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | ||||||
| 3594 | |||||||
| 3595 | if (is_complete) | ||||||
| 3596 | success = cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass(); | ||||||
| 3597 | else { | ||||||
| 3598 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 3599 | if (metadata) | ||||||
| 3600 | success = metadata->GetIsDynamicCXXType(); | ||||||
| 3601 | else { | ||||||
| 3602 | is_complete = GetType(pointee_qual_type).GetCompleteType(); | ||||||
| 3603 | if (is_complete) | ||||||
| 3604 | success = cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass(); | ||||||
| 3605 | else | ||||||
| 3606 | success = false; | ||||||
| 3607 | } | ||||||
| 3608 | } | ||||||
| 3609 | |||||||
| 3610 | if (success) { | ||||||
| 3611 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3612 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3613 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3614 | return true; | ||||||
| 3615 | } | ||||||
| 3616 | } | ||||||
| 3617 | } | ||||||
| 3618 | break; | ||||||
| 3619 | |||||||
| 3620 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 3621 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 3622 | if (check_objc) { | ||||||
| 3623 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3624 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3625 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3626 | return true; | ||||||
| 3627 | } | ||||||
| 3628 | break; | ||||||
| 3629 | |||||||
| 3630 | default: | ||||||
| 3631 | break; | ||||||
| 3632 | } | ||||||
| 3633 | } | ||||||
| 3634 | } | ||||||
| 3635 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | ||||||
| 3636 | dynamic_pointee_type->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3637 | return false; | ||||||
| 3638 | } | ||||||
| 3639 | |||||||
| 3640 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3641 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3642 | return false; | ||||||
| 3643 | |||||||
| 3644 | return (GetTypeInfo(type, nullptr) & eTypeIsScalar) != 0; | ||||||
| 3645 | } | ||||||
| 3646 | |||||||
| 3647 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3648 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3649 | return false; | ||||||
| 3650 | return RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}) | ||||||
| 3651 | ->getTypeClass() == clang::Type::Typedef; | ||||||
| 3652 | } | ||||||
| 3653 | |||||||
| 3654 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3655 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3656 | return false; | ||||||
| 3657 | return GetCanonicalQualType(type)->isVoidType(); | ||||||
| 3658 | } | ||||||
| 3659 | |||||||
| 3660 | bool TypeSystemClang::CanPassInRegisters(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 3661 | if (auto *record_decl = | ||||||
| 3662 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsRecordDecl(type)) { | ||||||
| 3663 | return record_decl->canPassInRegisters(); | ||||||
| 3664 | } | ||||||
| 3665 | return false; | ||||||
| 3666 | } | ||||||
| 3667 | |||||||
| 3668 | bool TypeSystemClang::SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) { | ||||||
| 3669 | return TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(language); | ||||||
| 3670 | } | ||||||
| 3671 | |||||||
| 3672 | Optional<std::string> | ||||||
| 3673 | TypeSystemClang::GetCXXClassName(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 3674 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3675 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
| 3676 | |||||||
| 3677 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3678 | if (qual_type.isNull()) | ||||||
| 3679 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
| 3680 | |||||||
| 3681 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 3682 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 3683 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
| 3684 | |||||||
| 3685 | return std::string(cxx_record_decl->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); | ||||||
| 3686 | } | ||||||
| 3687 | |||||||
| 3688 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCXXClassType(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 3689 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3690 | return false; | ||||||
| 3691 | |||||||
| 3692 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3693 | return !qual_type.isNull() && qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() != nullptr; | ||||||
| 3694 | } | ||||||
| 3695 | |||||||
| 3696 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3697 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3698 | return false; | ||||||
| 3699 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3700 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type); | ||||||
| 3701 | if (tag_type) | ||||||
| 3702 | return tag_type->isBeingDefined(); | ||||||
| 3703 | return false; | ||||||
| 3704 | } | ||||||
| 3705 | |||||||
| 3706 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCObjectPointerType(const CompilerType &type, | ||||||
| 3707 | CompilerType *class_type_ptr) { | ||||||
| 3708 | if (!ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) | ||||||
| 3709 | return false; | ||||||
| 3710 | |||||||
| 3711 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3712 | |||||||
| 3713 | if (!qual_type.isNull() && qual_type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||
| 3714 | if (class_type_ptr) { | ||||||
| 3715 | if (!qual_type->isObjCClassType() && !qual_type->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||
| 3716 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *obj_pointer_type = | ||||||
| 3717 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type); | ||||||
| 3718 | if (obj_pointer_type == nullptr) | ||||||
| 3719 | class_type_ptr->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3720 | else | ||||||
| 3721 | class_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3722 | type.GetTypeSystem(), | ||||||
| 3723 | clang::QualType(obj_pointer_type->getInterfaceType(), 0) | ||||||
| 3724 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3725 | } | ||||||
| 3726 | } | ||||||
| 3727 | return true; | ||||||
| 3728 | } | ||||||
| 3729 | if (class_type_ptr) | ||||||
| 3730 | class_type_ptr->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3731 | return false; | ||||||
| 3732 | } | ||||||
| 3733 | |||||||
| 3734 | // Type Completion | ||||||
| 3735 | |||||||
| 3736 | bool TypeSystemClang::GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3737 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3738 | return false; | ||||||
| 3739 | const bool allow_completion = true; | ||||||
| 3740 | return GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type), | ||||||
| 3741 | allow_completion); | ||||||
| 3742 | } | ||||||
| 3743 | |||||||
| 3744 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3745 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3746 | return ConstString(); | ||||||
| 3747 | |||||||
| 3748 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3749 | |||||||
| 3750 | // Remove certain type sugar from the name. Sugar such as elaborated types | ||||||
| 3751 | // or template types which only serve to improve diagnostics shouldn't | ||||||
| 3752 | // act as their own types from the user's perspective (e.g., formatter | ||||||
| 3753 | // shouldn't format a variable differently depending on how the ser has | ||||||
| 3754 | // specified the type. '::Type' and 'Type' should behave the same). | ||||||
| 3755 | // Typedefs and atomic derived types are not removed as they are actually | ||||||
| 3756 | // useful for identifiying specific types. | ||||||
| 3757 | qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(qual_type, | ||||||
| 3758 | {clang::Type::Typedef, clang::Type::Atomic}); | ||||||
| 3759 | |||||||
| 3760 | // For a typedef just return the qualified name. | ||||||
| 3761 | if (const auto *typedef_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TypedefType>()) { | ||||||
| 3762 | const clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = typedef_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 3763 | return ConstString(GetTypeNameForDecl(typedef_decl)); | ||||||
| 3764 | } | ||||||
| 3765 | |||||||
| 3766 | return ConstString(qual_type.getAsString(GetTypePrintingPolicy())); | ||||||
| 3767 | } | ||||||
| 3768 | |||||||
| 3769 | ConstString | ||||||
| 3770 | TypeSystemClang::GetDisplayTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3771 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3772 | return ConstString(); | ||||||
| 3773 | |||||||
| 3774 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 3775 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy(getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||
| 3776 | printing_policy.SuppressTagKeyword = true; | ||||||
| 3777 | printing_policy.SuppressScope = false; | ||||||
| 3778 | printing_policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; | ||||||
| 3779 | printing_policy.SuppressInlineNamespace = true; | ||||||
| 3780 | return ConstString(qual_type.getAsString(printing_policy)); | ||||||
| 3781 | } | ||||||
| 3782 | |||||||
| 3783 | uint32_t | ||||||
| 3784 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeInfo(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 3785 | CompilerType *pointee_or_element_clang_type) { | ||||||
| 3786 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3787 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3788 | |||||||
| 3789 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3790 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->Clear(); | ||||||
| 3791 | |||||||
| 3792 | clang::QualType qual_type = | ||||||
| 3793 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | ||||||
| 3794 | |||||||
| 3795 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 3796 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 3797 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | ||||||
| 3798 | return GetTypeInfo( | ||||||
| 3799 | qual_type->getAs<clang::AttributedType>() | ||||||
| 3800 | ->getModifiedType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | ||||||
| 3801 | pointee_or_element_clang_type); | ||||||
| 3802 | case clang::Type::Builtin: { | ||||||
| 3803 | const clang::BuiltinType *builtin_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>( | ||||||
| 3804 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
| 3805 | |||||||
| 3806 | uint32_t builtin_type_flags = eTypeIsBuiltIn | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3807 | switch (builtin_type->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 3808 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 3809 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 3810 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3811 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3812 | this, getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3813 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsObjC; | ||||||
| 3814 | break; | ||||||
| 3815 | |||||||
| 3816 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
| 3817 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3818 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3819 | this, getASTContext().CharTy.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3820 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsObjC; | ||||||
| 3821 | break; | ||||||
| 3822 | |||||||
| 3823 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | ||||||
| 3824 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | ||||||
| 3825 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | ||||||
| 3826 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | ||||||
| 3827 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | ||||||
| 3828 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | ||||||
| 3829 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | ||||||
| 3830 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | ||||||
| 3831 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | ||||||
| 3832 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | ||||||
| 3833 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | ||||||
| 3834 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | ||||||
| 3835 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | ||||||
| 3836 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | ||||||
| 3837 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | ||||||
| 3838 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | ||||||
| 3839 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | ||||||
| 3840 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | ||||||
| 3841 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | ||||||
| 3842 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | ||||||
| 3843 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | ||||||
| 3844 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | ||||||
| 3845 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsScalar; | ||||||
| 3846 | if (builtin_type->isInteger()) { | ||||||
| 3847 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | ||||||
| 3848 | if (builtin_type->isSignedInteger()) | ||||||
| 3849 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsSigned; | ||||||
| 3850 | } else if (builtin_type->isFloatingPoint()) | ||||||
| 3851 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | ||||||
| 3852 | break; | ||||||
| 3853 | default: | ||||||
| 3854 | break; | ||||||
| 3855 | } | ||||||
| 3856 | return builtin_type_flags; | ||||||
| 3857 | } | ||||||
| 3858 | |||||||
| 3859 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 3860 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3861 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3862 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3863 | return eTypeIsPointer | eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsBlock; | ||||||
| 3864 | |||||||
| 3865 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | ||||||
| 3866 | uint32_t complex_type_flags = | ||||||
| 3867 | eTypeIsBuiltIn | eTypeHasValue | eTypeIsComplex; | ||||||
| 3868 | const clang::ComplexType *complex_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ComplexType>( | ||||||
| 3869 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
| 3870 | if (complex_type) { | ||||||
| 3871 | clang::QualType complex_element_type(complex_type->getElementType()); | ||||||
| 3872 | if (complex_element_type->isIntegerType()) | ||||||
| 3873 | complex_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | ||||||
| 3874 | else if (complex_element_type->isFloatingType()) | ||||||
| 3875 | complex_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | ||||||
| 3876 | } | ||||||
| 3877 | return complex_type_flags; | ||||||
| 3878 | } break; | ||||||
| 3879 | |||||||
| 3880 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 3881 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
| 3882 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 3883 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 3884 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3885 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3886 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 3887 | ->getElementType() | ||||||
| 3888 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3889 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsArray; | ||||||
| 3890 | |||||||
| 3891 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | ||||||
| 3892 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3893 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||||
| 3894 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsVector; | ||||||
| 3895 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 3896 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | ||||||
| 3897 | |||||||
| 3898 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 3899 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3900 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3901 | this, llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3902 | ->getDecl() | ||||||
| 3903 | ->getIntegerType() | ||||||
| 3904 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3905 | return eTypeIsEnumeration | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3906 | |||||||
| 3907 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||
| 3908 | return eTypeIsFuncPrototype | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3909 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||
| 3910 | return eTypeIsFuncPrototype | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3911 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | ||||||
| 3912 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3913 | |||||||
| 3914 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 3915 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 3916 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3917 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3918 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 3919 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||||
| 3920 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3921 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsReference | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3922 | |||||||
| 3923 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 3924 | return eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsMember | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3925 | |||||||
| 3926 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 3927 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3928 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3929 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3930 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsPointer | | ||||||
| 3931 | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3932 | |||||||
| 3933 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 3934 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass; | ||||||
| 3935 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 3936 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass; | ||||||
| 3937 | |||||||
| 3938 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 3939 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | ||||||
| 3940 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | ||||||
| 3941 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
| 3942 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsPointer | eTypeHasValue; | ||||||
| 3943 | |||||||
| 3944 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 3945 | if (qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||
| 3946 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsCPlusPlus; | ||||||
| 3947 | else | ||||||
| 3948 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsStructUnion; | ||||||
| 3949 | break; | ||||||
| 3950 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 3951 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | ||||||
| 3952 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 3953 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | ||||||
| 3954 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 3955 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | ||||||
| 3956 | |||||||
| 3957 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 3958 | return eTypeIsTypedef | GetType(llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 3959 | ->getDecl() | ||||||
| 3960 | ->getUnderlyingType()) | ||||||
| 3961 | .GetTypeInfo(pointee_or_element_clang_type); | ||||||
| 3962 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | ||||||
| 3963 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3964 | |||||||
| 3965 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 3966 | case clang::Type::Vector: { | ||||||
| 3967 | uint32_t vector_type_flags = eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsVector; | ||||||
| 3968 | const clang::VectorType *vector_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::VectorType>( | ||||||
| 3969 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
| 3970 | if (vector_type) { | ||||||
| 3971 | if (vector_type->isIntegerType()) | ||||||
| 3972 | vector_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | ||||||
| 3973 | else if (vector_type->isFloatingType()) | ||||||
| 3974 | vector_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | ||||||
| 3975 | } | ||||||
| 3976 | return vector_type_flags; | ||||||
| 3977 | } | ||||||
| 3978 | default: | ||||||
| 3979 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3980 | } | ||||||
| 3981 | return 0; | ||||||
| 3982 | } | ||||||
| 3983 | |||||||
| 3984 | lldb::LanguageType | ||||||
| 3985 | TypeSystemClang::GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 3986 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 3987 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC; | ||||||
| 3988 | |||||||
| 3989 | // If the type is a reference, then resolve it to what it refers to first: | ||||||
| 3990 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type).getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||
| 3991 | if (qual_type->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||||
| 3992 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||||
| 3993 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 3994 | if (qual_type->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||
| 3995 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | ||||||
| 3996 | |||||||
| 3997 | clang::QualType pointee_type(qual_type->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 3998 | if (pointee_type->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||
| 3999 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | ||||||
| 4000 | if (pointee_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | ||||||
| 4001 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 4002 | if (pointee_type->isObjCClassType()) | ||||||
| 4003 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 4004 | if (pointee_type.getTypePtr() == | ||||||
| 4005 | getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinIdTy.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 4006 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 4007 | } else { | ||||||
| 4008 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | ||||||
| 4009 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 4010 | if (qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||
| 4011 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | ||||||
| 4012 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 4013 | default: | ||||||
| 4014 | break; | ||||||
| 4015 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 4016 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 4017 | default: | ||||||
| 4018 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
| 4019 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | ||||||
| 4020 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | ||||||
| 4021 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | ||||||
| 4022 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | ||||||
| 4023 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | ||||||
| 4024 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | ||||||
| 4025 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | ||||||
| 4026 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | ||||||
| 4027 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | ||||||
| 4028 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | ||||||
| 4029 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | ||||||
| 4030 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | ||||||
| 4031 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | ||||||
| 4032 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | ||||||
| 4033 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | ||||||
| 4034 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | ||||||
| 4035 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | ||||||
| 4036 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | ||||||
| 4037 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | ||||||
| 4038 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | ||||||
| 4039 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | ||||||
| 4040 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | ||||||
| 4041 | break; | ||||||
| 4042 | |||||||
| 4043 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | ||||||
| 4044 | return eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | ||||||
| 4045 | |||||||
| 4046 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 4047 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 4048 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
| 4049 | return eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 4050 | |||||||
| 4051 | case clang::BuiltinType::Dependent: | ||||||
| 4052 | case clang::BuiltinType::Overload: | ||||||
| 4053 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | ||||||
| 4054 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||||
| 4055 | break; | ||||||
| 4056 | } | ||||||
| 4057 | break; | ||||||
| 4058 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 4059 | return GetType(llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 4060 | ->getDecl() | ||||||
| 4061 | ->getUnderlyingType()) | ||||||
| 4062 | .GetMinimumLanguage(); | ||||||
| 4063 | } | ||||||
| 4064 | } | ||||||
| 4065 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC; | ||||||
| 4066 | } | ||||||
| 4067 | |||||||
| 4068 | lldb::TypeClass | ||||||
| 4069 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4070 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 4071 | return lldb::eTypeClassInvalid; | ||||||
| 4072 | |||||||
| 4073 | clang::QualType qual_type = | ||||||
| 4074 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | ||||||
| 4075 | |||||||
| 4076 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 4077 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | ||||||
| 4078 | case clang::Type::Auto: | ||||||
| 4079 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | ||||||
| 4080 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | ||||||
| 4081 | case clang::Type::Paren: | ||||||
| 4082 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | ||||||
| 4083 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | ||||||
| 4084 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||
| 4085 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | ||||||
| 4086 | break; | ||||||
| 4087 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||
| 4088 | return lldb::eTypeClassFunction; | ||||||
| 4089 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||
| 4090 | return lldb::eTypeClassFunction; | ||||||
| 4091 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 4092 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | ||||||
| 4093 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 4094 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | ||||||
| 4095 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 4096 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | ||||||
| 4097 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
| 4098 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | ||||||
| 4099 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||||
| 4100 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | ||||||
| 4101 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | ||||||
| 4102 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | ||||||
| 4103 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 4104 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | ||||||
| 4105 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 4106 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | ||||||
| 4107 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 4108 | // Ext-Int is just an integer type. | ||||||
| 4109 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | ||||||
| 4110 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | ||||||
| 4111 | return lldb::eTypeClassBuiltin; | ||||||
| 4112 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 4113 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCObjectPointer; | ||||||
| 4114 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 4115 | return lldb::eTypeClassBlockPointer; | ||||||
| 4116 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 4117 | return lldb::eTypeClassPointer; | ||||||
| 4118 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 4119 | return lldb::eTypeClassReference; | ||||||
| 4120 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 4121 | return lldb::eTypeClassReference; | ||||||
| 4122 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 4123 | return lldb::eTypeClassMemberPointer; | ||||||
| 4124 | case clang::Type::Complex: | ||||||
| 4125 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | ||||||
| 4126 | return lldb::eTypeClassComplexFloat; | ||||||
| 4127 | else | ||||||
| 4128 | return lldb::eTypeClassComplexInteger; | ||||||
| 4129 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 4130 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCObject; | ||||||
| 4131 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 4132 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCInterface; | ||||||
| 4133 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 4134 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 4135 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 4136 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4137 | if (record_decl->isUnion()) | ||||||
| 4138 | return lldb::eTypeClassUnion; | ||||||
| 4139 | else if (record_decl->isStruct()) | ||||||
| 4140 | return lldb::eTypeClassStruct; | ||||||
| 4141 | else | ||||||
| 4142 | return lldb::eTypeClassClass; | ||||||
| 4143 | } break; | ||||||
| 4144 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 4145 | return lldb::eTypeClassEnumeration; | ||||||
| 4146 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 4147 | return lldb::eTypeClassTypedef; | ||||||
| 4148 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | ||||||
| 4149 | break; | ||||||
| 4150 | |||||||
| 4151 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | ||||||
| 4152 | break; | ||||||
| 4153 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 4154 | break; | ||||||
| 4155 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 4156 | break; | ||||||
| 4157 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | ||||||
| 4158 | break; | ||||||
| 4159 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | ||||||
| 4160 | break; | ||||||
| 4161 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | ||||||
| 4162 | break; | ||||||
| 4163 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 4164 | break; | ||||||
| 4165 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | ||||||
| 4166 | break; | ||||||
| 4167 | |||||||
| 4168 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 4169 | break; | ||||||
| 4170 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 4171 | break; | ||||||
| 4172 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | ||||||
| 4173 | break; | ||||||
| 4174 | |||||||
| 4175 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | ||||||
| 4176 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | ||||||
| 4177 | break; | ||||||
| 4178 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | ||||||
| 4179 | break; | ||||||
| 4180 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||||
| 4181 | break; | ||||||
| 4182 | |||||||
| 4183 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | ||||||
| 4184 | break; | ||||||
| 4185 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | ||||||
| 4186 | break; | ||||||
| 4187 | |||||||
| 4188 | // Matrix types that we're not sure how to display at the moment. | ||||||
| 4189 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | ||||||
| 4190 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | ||||||
| 4191 | break; | ||||||
| 4192 | } | ||||||
| 4193 | // We don't know hot to display this type... | ||||||
| 4194 | return lldb::eTypeClassOther; | ||||||
| 4195 | } | ||||||
| 4196 | |||||||
| 4197 | unsigned TypeSystemClang::GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4198 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4199 | return GetQualType(type).getQualifiers().getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
| 4200 | return 0; | ||||||
| 4201 | } | ||||||
| 4202 | |||||||
| 4203 | // Creating related types | ||||||
| 4204 | |||||||
| 4205 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4206 | TypeSystemClang::GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 4207 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | ||||||
| 4208 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4209 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4210 | |||||||
| 4211 | const clang::Type *array_eletype = | ||||||
| 4212 | qual_type.getTypePtr()->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual(); | ||||||
| 4213 | |||||||
| 4214 | if (!array_eletype) | ||||||
| 4215 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4216 | |||||||
| 4217 | return GetType(clang::QualType(array_eletype, 0)); | ||||||
| 4218 | } | ||||||
| 4219 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4220 | } | ||||||
| 4221 | |||||||
| 4222 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 4223 | uint64_t size) { | ||||||
| 4224 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4225 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4226 | clang::ASTContext &ast_ctx = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 4227 | if (size != 0) | ||||||
| 4228 | return GetType(ast_ctx.getConstantArrayType( | ||||||
| 4229 | qual_type, llvm::APInt(64, size), nullptr, | ||||||
| 4230 | clang::ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0)); | ||||||
| 4231 | else | ||||||
| 4232 | return GetType(ast_ctx.getIncompleteArrayType( | ||||||
| 4233 | qual_type, clang::ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0)); | ||||||
| 4234 | } | ||||||
| 4235 | |||||||
| 4236 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4237 | } | ||||||
| 4238 | |||||||
| 4239 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4240 | TypeSystemClang::GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4241 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4242 | return GetType(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4243 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4244 | } | ||||||
| 4245 | |||||||
| 4246 | static clang::QualType GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(clang::ASTContext *ast, | ||||||
| 4247 | clang::QualType qual_type) { | ||||||
| 4248 | if (qual_type->isPointerType()) | ||||||
| 4249 | qual_type = ast->getPointerType( | ||||||
| 4250 | GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(ast, qual_type->getPointeeType())); | ||||||
| 4251 | else | ||||||
| 4252 | qual_type = qual_type.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
| 4253 | qual_type.removeLocalConst(); | ||||||
| 4254 | qual_type.removeLocalRestrict(); | ||||||
| 4255 | qual_type.removeLocalVolatile(); | ||||||
| 4256 | return qual_type; | ||||||
| 4257 | } | ||||||
| 4258 | |||||||
| 4259 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4260 | TypeSystemClang::GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4261 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4262 | return GetType( | ||||||
| 4263 | GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 4264 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4265 | } | ||||||
| 4266 | |||||||
| 4267 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4268 | TypeSystemClang::GetEnumerationIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4269 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4270 | return GetEnumerationIntegerType(GetType(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 4271 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4272 | } | ||||||
| 4273 | |||||||
| 4274 | int TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentCount( | ||||||
| 4275 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4276 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4277 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | ||||||
| 4278 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4279 | if (func) | ||||||
| 4280 | return func->getNumParams(); | ||||||
| 4281 | } | ||||||
| 4282 | return -1; | ||||||
| 4283 | } | ||||||
| 4284 | |||||||
| 4285 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex( | ||||||
| 4286 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) { | ||||||
| 4287 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4288 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | ||||||
| 4289 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4290 | if (func) { | ||||||
| 4291 | const uint32_t num_args = func->getNumParams(); | ||||||
| 4292 | if (idx < num_args) | ||||||
| 4293 | return GetType(func->getParamType(idx)); | ||||||
| 4294 | } | ||||||
| 4295 | } | ||||||
| 4296 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4297 | } | ||||||
| 4298 | |||||||
| 4299 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4300 | TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4301 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4302 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4303 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | ||||||
| 4304 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 4305 | if (func) | ||||||
| 4306 | return GetType(func->getReturnType()); | ||||||
| 4307 | } | ||||||
| 4308 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4309 | } | ||||||
| 4310 | |||||||
| 4311 | size_t | ||||||
| 4312 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4313 | size_t num_functions = 0; | ||||||
| 4314 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4315 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4316 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 4317 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 4318 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | ||||||
| 4319 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 4320 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 4321 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4322 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 4323 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 4324 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 4325 | if (cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 4326 | num_functions = std::distance(cxx_record_decl->method_begin(), | ||||||
| 4327 | cxx_record_decl->method_end()); | ||||||
| 4328 | } | ||||||
| 4329 | break; | ||||||
| 4330 | |||||||
| 4331 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 4332 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 4333 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
| 4334 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | ||||||
| 4335 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 4336 | if (objc_interface_type && | ||||||
| 4337 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | ||||||
| 4338 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | ||||||
| 4339 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 4340 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4341 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 4342 | num_functions = std::distance(class_interface_decl->meth_begin(), | ||||||
| 4343 | class_interface_decl->meth_end()); | ||||||
| 4344 | } | ||||||
| 4345 | } | ||||||
| 4346 | break; | ||||||
| 4347 | } | ||||||
| 4348 | |||||||
| 4349 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 4350 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 4351 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 4352 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 4353 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 4354 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 4355 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 4356 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 4357 | if (class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 4358 | num_functions = std::distance(class_interface_decl->meth_begin(), | ||||||
| 4359 | class_interface_decl->meth_end()); | ||||||
| 4360 | } | ||||||
| 4361 | } | ||||||
| 4362 | break; | ||||||
| 4363 | |||||||
| 4364 | default: | ||||||
| 4365 | break; | ||||||
| 4366 | } | ||||||
| 4367 | } | ||||||
| 4368 | return num_functions; | ||||||
| 4369 | } | ||||||
| 4370 | |||||||
| 4371 | TypeMemberFunctionImpl | ||||||
| 4372 | TypeSystemClang::GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 4373 | size_t idx) { | ||||||
| 4374 | std::string name; | ||||||
| 4375 | MemberFunctionKind kind(MemberFunctionKind::eMemberFunctionKindUnknown); | ||||||
| 4376 | CompilerType clang_type; | ||||||
| 4377 | CompilerDecl clang_decl; | ||||||
| 4378 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4379 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4380 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 4381 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 4382 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | ||||||
| 4383 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 4384 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 4385 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4386 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 4387 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 4388 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 4389 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 4390 | auto method_iter = cxx_record_decl->method_begin(); | ||||||
| 4391 | auto method_end = cxx_record_decl->method_end(); | ||||||
| 4392 | if (idx < | ||||||
| 4393 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | ||||||
| 4394 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | ||||||
| 4395 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl = | ||||||
| 4396 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||
| 4397 | if (cxx_method_decl) { | ||||||
| 4398 | name = cxx_method_decl->getDeclName().getAsString(); | ||||||
| 4399 | if (cxx_method_decl->isStatic()) | ||||||
| 4400 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | ||||||
| 4401 | else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(cxx_method_decl)) | ||||||
| 4402 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindConstructor; | ||||||
| 4403 | else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(cxx_method_decl)) | ||||||
| 4404 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindDestructor; | ||||||
| 4405 | else | ||||||
| 4406 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | ||||||
| 4407 | clang_type = GetType(cxx_method_decl->getType()); | ||||||
| 4408 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(cxx_method_decl); | ||||||
| 4409 | } | ||||||
| 4410 | } | ||||||
| 4411 | } | ||||||
| 4412 | } | ||||||
| 4413 | break; | ||||||
| 4414 | |||||||
| 4415 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 4416 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 4417 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
| 4418 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | ||||||
| 4419 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 4420 | if (objc_interface_type && | ||||||
| 4421 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | ||||||
| 4422 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | ||||||
| 4423 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 4424 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4425 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 4426 | auto method_iter = class_interface_decl->meth_begin(); | ||||||
| 4427 | auto method_end = class_interface_decl->meth_end(); | ||||||
| 4428 | if (idx < | ||||||
| 4429 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | ||||||
| 4430 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | ||||||
| 4431 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl = | ||||||
| 4432 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||
| 4433 | if (objc_method_decl) { | ||||||
| 4434 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(objc_method_decl); | ||||||
| 4435 | name = objc_method_decl->getSelector().getAsString(); | ||||||
| 4436 | if (objc_method_decl->isClassMethod()) | ||||||
| 4437 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | ||||||
| 4438 | else | ||||||
| 4439 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | ||||||
| 4440 | } | ||||||
| 4441 | } | ||||||
| 4442 | } | ||||||
| 4443 | } | ||||||
| 4444 | break; | ||||||
| 4445 | } | ||||||
| 4446 | |||||||
| 4447 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 4448 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 4449 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 4450 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 4451 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 4452 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 4453 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 4454 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 4455 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 4456 | auto method_iter = class_interface_decl->meth_begin(); | ||||||
| 4457 | auto method_end = class_interface_decl->meth_end(); | ||||||
| 4458 | if (idx < | ||||||
| 4459 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | ||||||
| 4460 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | ||||||
| 4461 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl = | ||||||
| 4462 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||
| 4463 | if (objc_method_decl) { | ||||||
| 4464 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(objc_method_decl); | ||||||
| 4465 | name = objc_method_decl->getSelector().getAsString(); | ||||||
| 4466 | if (objc_method_decl->isClassMethod()) | ||||||
| 4467 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | ||||||
| 4468 | else | ||||||
| 4469 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | ||||||
| 4470 | } | ||||||
| 4471 | } | ||||||
| 4472 | } | ||||||
| 4473 | } | ||||||
| 4474 | } | ||||||
| 4475 | break; | ||||||
| 4476 | |||||||
| 4477 | default: | ||||||
| 4478 | break; | ||||||
| 4479 | } | ||||||
| 4480 | } | ||||||
| 4481 | |||||||
| 4482 | if (kind == eMemberFunctionKindUnknown) | ||||||
| 4483 | return TypeMemberFunctionImpl(); | ||||||
| 4484 | else | ||||||
| 4485 | return TypeMemberFunctionImpl(clang_type, clang_decl, name, kind); | ||||||
| 4486 | } | ||||||
| 4487 | |||||||
| 4488 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4489 | TypeSystemClang::GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4490 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4491 | return GetType(GetQualType(type).getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||
| 4492 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4493 | } | ||||||
| 4494 | |||||||
| 4495 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4496 | TypeSystemClang::GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4497 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4498 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4499 | return GetType(qual_type.getTypePtr()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 4500 | } | ||||||
| 4501 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4502 | } | ||||||
| 4503 | |||||||
| 4504 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4505 | TypeSystemClang::GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4506 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4507 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4508 | |||||||
| 4509 | switch (qual_type.getDesugaredType(getASTContext())->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 4510 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 4511 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 4512 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCObjectPointerType(qual_type)); | ||||||
| 4513 | |||||||
| 4514 | default: | ||||||
| 4515 | return GetType(getASTContext().getPointerType(qual_type)); | ||||||
| 4516 | } | ||||||
| 4517 | } | ||||||
| 4518 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4519 | } | ||||||
| 4520 | |||||||
| 4521 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4522 | TypeSystemClang::GetLValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4523 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4524 | return GetType(getASTContext().getLValueReferenceType(GetQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 4525 | else | ||||||
| 4526 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4527 | } | ||||||
| 4528 | |||||||
| 4529 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4530 | TypeSystemClang::GetRValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4531 | if (type) | ||||||
| 4532 | return GetType(getASTContext().getRValueReferenceType(GetQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 4533 | else | ||||||
| 4534 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4535 | } | ||||||
| 4536 | |||||||
| 4537 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetAtomicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4538 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 4539 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4540 | return GetType(getASTContext().getAtomicType(GetQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 4541 | } | ||||||
| 4542 | |||||||
| 4543 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4544 | TypeSystemClang::AddConstModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4545 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4546 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4547 | result.addConst(); | ||||||
| 4548 | return GetType(result); | ||||||
| 4549 | } | ||||||
| 4550 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4551 | } | ||||||
| 4552 | |||||||
| 4553 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4554 | TypeSystemClang::AddVolatileModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4555 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4556 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4557 | result.addVolatile(); | ||||||
| 4558 | return GetType(result); | ||||||
| 4559 | } | ||||||
| 4560 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4561 | } | ||||||
| 4562 | |||||||
| 4563 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4564 | TypeSystemClang::AddRestrictModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4565 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4566 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4567 | result.addRestrict(); | ||||||
| 4568 | return GetType(result); | ||||||
| 4569 | } | ||||||
| 4570 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4571 | } | ||||||
| 4572 | |||||||
| 4573 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateTypedef( | ||||||
| 4574 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *typedef_name, | ||||||
| 4575 | const CompilerDeclContext &compiler_decl_ctx, uint32_t payload) { | ||||||
| 4576 | if (type && typedef_name && typedef_name[0]) { | ||||||
| 4577 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 4578 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4579 | |||||||
| 4580 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = | ||||||
| 4581 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(compiler_decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 4582 | if (!decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 4583 | decl_ctx = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
| 4584 | |||||||
| 4585 | clang::TypedefDecl *decl = | ||||||
| 4586 | clang::TypedefDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | ||||||
| 4587 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 4588 | decl->setDeclName(&clang_ast.Idents.get(typedef_name)); | ||||||
| 4589 | decl->setTypeSourceInfo(clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(qual_type)); | ||||||
| 4590 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 4591 | SetOwningModule(decl, TypePayloadClang(payload).GetOwningModule()); | ||||||
| 4592 | |||||||
| 4593 | clang::TagDecl *tdecl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 4594 | if (!qual_type.isNull()) { | ||||||
| 4595 | if (const clang::RecordType *rt = qual_type->getAs<clang::RecordType>()) | ||||||
| 4596 | tdecl = rt->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4597 | if (const clang::EnumType *et = qual_type->getAs<clang::EnumType>()) | ||||||
| 4598 | tdecl = et->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 4599 | } | ||||||
| 4600 | |||||||
| 4601 | // Check whether this declaration is an anonymous struct, union, or enum, | ||||||
| 4602 | // hidden behind a typedef. If so, we try to check whether we have a | ||||||
| 4603 | // typedef tag to attach to the original record declaration | ||||||
| 4604 | if (tdecl && !tdecl->getIdentifier() && !tdecl->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) | ||||||
| 4605 | tdecl->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 4606 | |||||||
| 4607 | decl->setAccess(clang::AS_public); // TODO respect proper access specifier | ||||||
| 4608 | |||||||
| 4609 | // Get a uniqued clang::QualType for the typedef decl type | ||||||
| 4610 | return GetType(clang_ast.getTypedefType(decl)); | ||||||
| 4611 | } | ||||||
| 4612 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4613 | } | ||||||
| 4614 | |||||||
| 4615 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 4616 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 4617 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 4618 | const clang::TypedefType *typedef_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TypedefType>( | ||||||
| 4619 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef})); | ||||||
| 4620 | if (typedef_type) | ||||||
| 4621 | return GetType(typedef_type->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType()); | ||||||
| 4622 | } | ||||||
| 4623 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 4624 | } | ||||||
| 4625 | |||||||
| 4626 | // Create related types using the current type's AST | ||||||
| 4627 | |||||||
| 4628 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | ||||||
| 4629 | return TypeSystemClang::GetBasicType(basic_type); | ||||||
| 4630 | } | ||||||
| 4631 | // Exploring the type | ||||||
| 4632 | |||||||
| 4633 | const llvm::fltSemantics & | ||||||
| 4634 | TypeSystemClang::GetFloatTypeSemantics(size_t byte_size) { | ||||||
| 4635 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 4636 | const size_t bit_size = byte_size * 8; | ||||||
| 4637 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.FloatTy)) | ||||||
| 4638 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.FloatTy); | ||||||
| 4639 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.DoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 4640 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.DoubleTy); | ||||||
| 4641 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongDoubleTy)) | ||||||
| 4642 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||
| 4643 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.HalfTy)) | ||||||
| 4644 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.HalfTy); | ||||||
| 4645 | return llvm::APFloatBase::Bogus(); | ||||||
| 4646 | } | ||||||
| 4647 | |||||||
| 4648 | Optional<uint64_t> | ||||||
| 4649 | TypeSystemClang::GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 4650 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | ||||||
| 4651 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 4652 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4653 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 4654 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 4655 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 4656 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) | ||||||
| 4657 | return getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | ||||||
| 4658 | else | ||||||
| 4659 | return None; | ||||||
| 4660 | break; | ||||||
| 4661 | |||||||
| 4662 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 4663 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: { | ||||||
| 4664 | ExecutionContext exe_ctx(exe_scope); | ||||||
| 4665 | Process *process = exe_ctx.GetProcessPtr(); | ||||||
| 4666 | if (process) { | ||||||
| 4667 | ObjCLanguageRuntime *objc_runtime = ObjCLanguageRuntime::Get(*process); | ||||||
| 4668 | if (objc_runtime) { | ||||||
| 4669 | uint64_t bit_size = 0; | ||||||
| 4670 | if (objc_runtime->GetTypeBitSize(GetType(qual_type), bit_size)) | ||||||
| 4671 | return bit_size; | ||||||
| 4672 | } | ||||||
| 4673 | } else { | ||||||
| 4674 | static bool g_printed = false; | ||||||
| 4675 | if (!g_printed) { | ||||||
| 4676 | StreamString s; | ||||||
| 4677 | DumpTypeDescription(type, &s); | ||||||
| 4678 | |||||||
| 4679 | llvm::outs() << "warning: trying to determine the size of type "; | ||||||
| 4680 | llvm::outs() << s.GetString() << "\n"; | ||||||
| 4681 | llvm::outs() << "without a valid ExecutionContext. this is not " | ||||||
| 4682 | "reliable. please file a bug against LLDB.\n"; | ||||||
| 4683 | llvm::outs() << "backtrace:\n"; | ||||||
| 4684 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTrace(llvm::outs()); | ||||||
| 4685 | llvm::outs() << "\n"; | ||||||
| 4686 | g_printed = true; | ||||||
| 4687 | } | ||||||
| 4688 | } | ||||||
| 4689 | } | ||||||
| 4690 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
| 4691 | default: | ||||||
| 4692 | const uint32_t bit_size = getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | ||||||
| 4693 | if (bit_size == 0) { | ||||||
| 4694 | if (qual_type->isIncompleteArrayType()) | ||||||
| 4695 | return getASTContext().getTypeSize( | ||||||
| 4696 | qual_type->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() | ||||||
| 4697 | ->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()); | ||||||
| 4698 | } | ||||||
| 4699 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | ||||||
| 4700 | return bit_size + | ||||||
| 4701 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy); | ||||||
| 4702 | // Function types actually have a size of 0, that's not an error. | ||||||
| 4703 | if (qual_type->isFunctionProtoType()) | ||||||
| 4704 | return bit_size; | ||||||
| 4705 | if (bit_size) | ||||||
| 4706 | return bit_size; | ||||||
| 4707 | } | ||||||
| 4708 | } | ||||||
| 4709 | return None; | ||||||
| 4710 | } | ||||||
| 4711 | |||||||
| 4712 | llvm::Optional<size_t> | ||||||
| 4713 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 4714 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | ||||||
| 4715 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) | ||||||
| 4716 | return getASTContext().getTypeAlign(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4717 | return {}; | ||||||
| 4718 | } | ||||||
| 4719 | |||||||
| 4720 | lldb::Encoding TypeSystemClang::GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 4721 | uint64_t &count) { | ||||||
| 4722 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 4723 | return lldb::eEncodingInvalid; | ||||||
| 4724 | |||||||
| 4725 | count = 1; | ||||||
| 4726 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 4727 | |||||||
| 4728 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 4729 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | ||||||
| 4730 | case clang::Type::Auto: | ||||||
| 4731 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | ||||||
| 4732 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | ||||||
| 4733 | case clang::Type::Paren: | ||||||
| 4734 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 4735 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | ||||||
| 4736 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | ||||||
| 4737 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||
| 4738 | |||||||
| 4739 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | ||||||
| 4740 | break; | ||||||
| 4741 | |||||||
| 4742 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||
| 4743 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||
| 4744 | break; | ||||||
| 4745 | |||||||
| 4746 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 4747 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 4748 | break; | ||||||
| 4749 | |||||||
| 4750 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 4751 | break; | ||||||
| 4752 | |||||||
| 4753 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | ||||||
| 4754 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 4755 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 4756 | // TODO: Set this to more than one??? | ||||||
| 4757 | break; | ||||||
| 4758 | |||||||
| 4759 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | ||||||
| 4760 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | ||||||
| 4761 | return qual_type->isUnsignedIntegerType() ? lldb::eEncodingUint | ||||||
| 4762 | : lldb::eEncodingSint; | ||||||
| 4763 | |||||||
| 4764 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 4765 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 4766 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
| 4767 | break; | ||||||
| 4768 | |||||||
| 4769 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | ||||||
| 4770 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | ||||||
| 4771 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | ||||||
| 4772 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | ||||||
| 4773 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | ||||||
| 4774 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | ||||||
| 4775 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | ||||||
| 4776 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | ||||||
| 4777 | return lldb::eEncodingSint; | ||||||
| 4778 | |||||||
| 4779 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | ||||||
| 4780 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | ||||||
| 4781 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | ||||||
| 4782 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | ||||||
| 4783 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char8: | ||||||
| 4784 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | ||||||
| 4785 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | ||||||
| 4786 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | ||||||
| 4787 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | ||||||
| 4788 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | ||||||
| 4789 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | ||||||
| 4790 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | ||||||
| 4791 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | ||||||
| 4792 | |||||||
| 4793 | // Fixed point types. Note that they are currently ignored. | ||||||
| 4794 | case clang::BuiltinType::ShortAccum: | ||||||
| 4795 | case clang::BuiltinType::Accum: | ||||||
| 4796 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongAccum: | ||||||
| 4797 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShortAccum: | ||||||
| 4798 | case clang::BuiltinType::UAccum: | ||||||
| 4799 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongAccum: | ||||||
| 4800 | case clang::BuiltinType::ShortFract: | ||||||
| 4801 | case clang::BuiltinType::Fract: | ||||||
| 4802 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongFract: | ||||||
| 4803 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShortFract: | ||||||
| 4804 | case clang::BuiltinType::UFract: | ||||||
| 4805 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongFract: | ||||||
| 4806 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: | ||||||
| 4807 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatAccum: | ||||||
| 4808 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: | ||||||
| 4809 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: | ||||||
| 4810 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUAccum: | ||||||
| 4811 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: | ||||||
| 4812 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatShortFract: | ||||||
| 4813 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatFract: | ||||||
| 4814 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatLongFract: | ||||||
| 4815 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: | ||||||
| 4816 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUFract: | ||||||
| 4817 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatULongFract: | ||||||
| 4818 | break; | ||||||
| 4819 | |||||||
| 4820 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | ||||||
| 4821 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | ||||||
| 4822 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float16: | ||||||
| 4823 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float128: | ||||||
| 4824 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | ||||||
| 4825 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | ||||||
| 4826 | case clang::BuiltinType::BFloat16: | ||||||
| 4827 | return lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | ||||||
| 4828 | |||||||
| 4829 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 4830 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 4831 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
| 4832 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | ||||||
| 4833 | |||||||
| 4834 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | ||||||
| 4835 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | ||||||
| 4836 | |||||||
| 4837 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::ARCUnbridgedCast: | ||||||
| 4838 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::BoundMember: | ||||||
| 4839 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::BuiltinFn: | ||||||
| 4840 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::Dependent: | ||||||
| 4841 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLClkEvent: | ||||||
| 4842 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLEvent: | ||||||
| 4843 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dRO: | ||||||
| 4844 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dWO: | ||||||
| 4845 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dRW: | ||||||
| 4846 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayRO: | ||||||
| 4847 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayWO: | ||||||
| 4848 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayRW: | ||||||
| 4849 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferRO: | ||||||
| 4850 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferWO: | ||||||
| 4851 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferRW: | ||||||
| 4852 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dRO: | ||||||
| 4853 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dWO: | ||||||
| 4854 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dRW: | ||||||
| 4855 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayRO: | ||||||
| 4856 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayWO: | ||||||
| 4857 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayRW: | ||||||
| 4858 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO: | ||||||
| 4859 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO: | ||||||
| 4860 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW: | ||||||
| 4861 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO: | ||||||
| 4862 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO: | ||||||
| 4863 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW: | ||||||
| 4864 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO: | ||||||
| 4865 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO: | ||||||
| 4866 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW: | ||||||
| 4867 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthRO: | ||||||
| 4868 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthWO: | ||||||
| 4869 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthRW: | ||||||
| 4870 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAARO: | ||||||
| 4871 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAAWO: | ||||||
| 4872 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAARW: | ||||||
| 4873 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO: | ||||||
| 4874 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO: | ||||||
| 4875 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW: | ||||||
| 4876 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dRO: | ||||||
| 4877 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dWO: | ||||||
| 4878 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dRW: | ||||||
| 4879 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLQueue: | ||||||
| 4880 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLReserveID: | ||||||
| 4881 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLSampler: | ||||||
| 4882 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPArraySection: | ||||||
| 4883 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPArrayShaping: | ||||||
| 4884 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPIterator: | ||||||
| 4885 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::Overload: | ||||||
| 4886 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::PseudoObject: | ||||||
| 4887 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::UnknownAny: | ||||||
| 4888 | break; | ||||||
| 4889 | |||||||
| 4890 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMcePayload: | ||||||
| 4891 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImePayload: | ||||||
| 4892 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefPayload: | ||||||
| 4893 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicPayload: | ||||||
| 4894 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMceResult: | ||||||
| 4895 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResult: | ||||||
| 4896 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefResult: | ||||||
| 4897 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicResult: | ||||||
| 4898 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleRefStreamout: | ||||||
| 4899 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualRefStreamout: | ||||||
| 4900 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleRefStreamin: | ||||||
| 4901 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualRefStreamin: | ||||||
| 4902 | break; | ||||||
| 4903 | |||||||
| 4904 | // PowerPC -- Matrix Multiply Assist | ||||||
| 4905 | case clang::BuiltinType::VectorPair: | ||||||
| 4906 | case clang::BuiltinType::VectorQuad: | ||||||
| 4907 | break; | ||||||
| 4908 | |||||||
| 4909 | // ARM -- Scalable Vector Extension | ||||||
| 4910 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBool: | ||||||
| 4911 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8: | ||||||
| 4912 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x2: | ||||||
| 4913 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x3: | ||||||
| 4914 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x4: | ||||||
| 4915 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16: | ||||||
| 4916 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x2: | ||||||
| 4917 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x3: | ||||||
| 4918 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x4: | ||||||
| 4919 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32: | ||||||
| 4920 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x2: | ||||||
| 4921 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x3: | ||||||
| 4922 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x4: | ||||||
| 4923 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64: | ||||||
| 4924 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x2: | ||||||
| 4925 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x3: | ||||||
| 4926 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x4: | ||||||
| 4927 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8: | ||||||
| 4928 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x2: | ||||||
| 4929 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x3: | ||||||
| 4930 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x4: | ||||||
| 4931 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16: | ||||||
| 4932 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x2: | ||||||
| 4933 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x3: | ||||||
| 4934 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x4: | ||||||
| 4935 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32: | ||||||
| 4936 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x2: | ||||||
| 4937 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x3: | ||||||
| 4938 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x4: | ||||||
| 4939 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64: | ||||||
| 4940 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x2: | ||||||
| 4941 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x3: | ||||||
| 4942 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x4: | ||||||
| 4943 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16: | ||||||
| 4944 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16: | ||||||
| 4945 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x2: | ||||||
| 4946 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x3: | ||||||
| 4947 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x4: | ||||||
| 4948 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x2: | ||||||
| 4949 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x3: | ||||||
| 4950 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x4: | ||||||
| 4951 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32: | ||||||
| 4952 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x2: | ||||||
| 4953 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x3: | ||||||
| 4954 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x4: | ||||||
| 4955 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64: | ||||||
| 4956 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x2: | ||||||
| 4957 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x3: | ||||||
| 4958 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x4: | ||||||
| 4959 | break; | ||||||
| 4960 | |||||||
| 4961 | // RISC-V V builtin types. | ||||||
| 4962 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf8: | ||||||
| 4963 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf4: | ||||||
| 4964 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf2: | ||||||
| 4965 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m1: | ||||||
| 4966 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m2: | ||||||
| 4967 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m4: | ||||||
| 4968 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m8: | ||||||
| 4969 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf8: | ||||||
| 4970 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf4: | ||||||
| 4971 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf2: | ||||||
| 4972 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m1: | ||||||
| 4973 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m2: | ||||||
| 4974 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m4: | ||||||
| 4975 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m8: | ||||||
| 4976 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16mf4: | ||||||
| 4977 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16mf2: | ||||||
| 4978 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m1: | ||||||
| 4979 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m2: | ||||||
| 4980 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m4: | ||||||
| 4981 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m8: | ||||||
| 4982 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16mf4: | ||||||
| 4983 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16mf2: | ||||||
| 4984 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m1: | ||||||
| 4985 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m2: | ||||||
| 4986 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m4: | ||||||
| 4987 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m8: | ||||||
| 4988 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32mf2: | ||||||
| 4989 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m1: | ||||||
| 4990 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m2: | ||||||
| 4991 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m4: | ||||||
| 4992 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m8: | ||||||
| 4993 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32mf2: | ||||||
| 4994 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m1: | ||||||
| 4995 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m2: | ||||||
| 4996 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m4: | ||||||
| 4997 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m8: | ||||||
| 4998 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m1: | ||||||
| 4999 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m2: | ||||||
| 5000 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m4: | ||||||
| 5001 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m8: | ||||||
| 5002 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m1: | ||||||
| 5003 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m2: | ||||||
| 5004 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m4: | ||||||
| 5005 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m8: | ||||||
| 5006 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16mf4: | ||||||
| 5007 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16mf2: | ||||||
| 5008 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m1: | ||||||
| 5009 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m2: | ||||||
| 5010 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m4: | ||||||
| 5011 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m8: | ||||||
| 5012 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32mf2: | ||||||
| 5013 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m1: | ||||||
| 5014 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m2: | ||||||
| 5015 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m4: | ||||||
| 5016 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m8: | ||||||
| 5017 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m1: | ||||||
| 5018 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m2: | ||||||
| 5019 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m4: | ||||||
| 5020 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m8: | ||||||
| 5021 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool1: | ||||||
| 5022 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool2: | ||||||
| 5023 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool4: | ||||||
| 5024 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool8: | ||||||
| 5025 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool16: | ||||||
| 5026 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool32: | ||||||
| 5027 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool64: | ||||||
| 5028 | break; | ||||||
| 5029 | |||||||
| 5030 | case clang::BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | ||||||
| 5031 | break; | ||||||
| 5032 | } | ||||||
| 5033 | break; | ||||||
| 5034 | // All pointer types are represented as unsigned integer encodings. We may | ||||||
| 5035 | // nee to add a eEncodingPointer if we ever need to know the difference | ||||||
| 5036 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 5037 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 5038 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 5039 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 5040 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 5041 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 5042 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | ||||||
| 5043 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | ||||||
| 5044 | lldb::Encoding encoding = lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | ||||||
| 5045 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | ||||||
| 5046 | encoding = lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | ||||||
| 5047 | else { | ||||||
| 5048 | const clang::ComplexType *complex_type = | ||||||
| 5049 | qual_type->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | ||||||
| 5050 | if (complex_type) | ||||||
| 5051 | encoding = GetType(complex_type->getElementType()).GetEncoding(count); | ||||||
| 5052 | else | ||||||
| 5053 | encoding = lldb::eEncodingSint; | ||||||
| 5054 | } | ||||||
| 5055 | count = 2; | ||||||
| 5056 | return encoding; | ||||||
| 5057 | } | ||||||
| 5058 | |||||||
| 5059 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5060 | break; | ||||||
| 5061 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5062 | break; | ||||||
| 5063 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 5064 | return lldb::eEncodingSint; | ||||||
| 5065 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
| 5066 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||||
| 5067 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | ||||||
| 5068 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | ||||||
| 5069 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 5070 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 5071 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | ||||||
| 5072 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | ||||||
| 5073 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | ||||||
| 5074 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 5075 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | ||||||
| 5076 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5077 | |||||||
| 5078 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 5079 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 5080 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | ||||||
| 5081 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | ||||||
| 5082 | break; | ||||||
| 5083 | |||||||
| 5084 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | ||||||
| 5085 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | ||||||
| 5086 | break; | ||||||
| 5087 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||||
| 5088 | break; | ||||||
| 5089 | |||||||
| 5090 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | ||||||
| 5091 | break; | ||||||
| 5092 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | ||||||
| 5093 | break; | ||||||
| 5094 | |||||||
| 5095 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | ||||||
| 5096 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | ||||||
| 5097 | break; | ||||||
| 5098 | } | ||||||
| 5099 | count = 0; | ||||||
| 5100 | return lldb::eEncodingInvalid; | ||||||
| 5101 | } | ||||||
| 5102 | |||||||
| 5103 | lldb::Format TypeSystemClang::GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 5104 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 5105 | return lldb::eFormatDefault; | ||||||
| 5106 | |||||||
| 5107 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5108 | |||||||
| 5109 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 5110 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | ||||||
| 5111 | case clang::Type::Auto: | ||||||
| 5112 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | ||||||
| 5113 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | ||||||
| 5114 | case clang::Type::Paren: | ||||||
| 5115 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 5116 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | ||||||
| 5117 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | ||||||
| 5118 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||
| 5119 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | ||||||
| 5120 | break; | ||||||
| 5121 | |||||||
| 5122 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||
| 5123 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||
| 5124 | break; | ||||||
| 5125 | |||||||
| 5126 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 5127 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 5128 | break; | ||||||
| 5129 | |||||||
| 5130 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 5131 | return lldb::eFormatVoid; // no value | ||||||
| 5132 | |||||||
| 5133 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | ||||||
| 5134 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 5135 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 5136 | break; | ||||||
| 5137 | |||||||
| 5138 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | ||||||
| 5139 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | ||||||
| 5140 | return qual_type->isUnsignedIntegerType() ? lldb::eFormatUnsigned | ||||||
| 5141 | : lldb::eFormatDecimal; | ||||||
| 5142 | |||||||
| 5143 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 5144 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 5145 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||||
| 5146 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
| 5147 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | ||||||
| 5148 | break; | ||||||
| 5149 | |||||||
| 5150 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | ||||||
| 5151 | return lldb::eFormatBoolean; | ||||||
| 5152 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | ||||||
| 5153 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | ||||||
| 5154 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | ||||||
| 5155 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | ||||||
| 5156 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | ||||||
| 5157 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | ||||||
| 5158 | return lldb::eFormatChar; | ||||||
| 5159 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | ||||||
| 5160 | return lldb::eFormatUnicode16; | ||||||
| 5161 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | ||||||
| 5162 | return lldb::eFormatUnicode32; | ||||||
| 5163 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | ||||||
| 5164 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | ||||||
| 5165 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | ||||||
| 5166 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | ||||||
| 5167 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | ||||||
| 5168 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | ||||||
| 5169 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | ||||||
| 5170 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | ||||||
| 5171 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | ||||||
| 5172 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | ||||||
| 5173 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | ||||||
| 5174 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | ||||||
| 5175 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | ||||||
| 5176 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | ||||||
| 5177 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | ||||||
| 5178 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | ||||||
| 5179 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | ||||||
| 5180 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | ||||||
| 5181 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | ||||||
| 5182 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | ||||||
| 5183 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | ||||||
| 5184 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | ||||||
| 5185 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | ||||||
| 5186 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | ||||||
| 5187 | return lldb::eFormatFloat; | ||||||
| 5188 | default: | ||||||
| 5189 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | ||||||
| 5190 | } | ||||||
| 5191 | break; | ||||||
| 5192 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 5193 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | ||||||
| 5194 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 5195 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | ||||||
| 5196 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 5197 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | ||||||
| 5198 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 5199 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 5200 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | ||||||
| 5201 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 5202 | break; | ||||||
| 5203 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | ||||||
| 5204 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | ||||||
| 5205 | return lldb::eFormatComplex; | ||||||
| 5206 | else | ||||||
| 5207 | return lldb::eFormatComplexInteger; | ||||||
| 5208 | } | ||||||
| 5209 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5210 | break; | ||||||
| 5211 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5212 | break; | ||||||
| 5213 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 5214 | return lldb::eFormatEnum; | ||||||
| 5215 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
| 5216 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||||
| 5217 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | ||||||
| 5218 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | ||||||
| 5219 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 5220 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 5221 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | ||||||
| 5222 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | ||||||
| 5223 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | ||||||
| 5224 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 5225 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | ||||||
| 5226 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5227 | |||||||
| 5228 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 5229 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 5230 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | ||||||
| 5231 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | ||||||
| 5232 | break; | ||||||
| 5233 | |||||||
| 5234 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | ||||||
| 5235 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | ||||||
| 5236 | break; | ||||||
| 5237 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||||
| 5238 | break; | ||||||
| 5239 | |||||||
| 5240 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | ||||||
| 5241 | break; | ||||||
| 5242 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | ||||||
| 5243 | break; | ||||||
| 5244 | |||||||
| 5245 | // Matrix types we're not sure how to display yet. | ||||||
| 5246 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | ||||||
| 5247 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | ||||||
| 5248 | break; | ||||||
| 5249 | } | ||||||
| 5250 | // We don't know hot to display this type... | ||||||
| 5251 | return lldb::eFormatBytes; | ||||||
| 5252 | } | ||||||
| 5253 | |||||||
| 5254 | static bool ObjCDeclHasIVars(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl, | ||||||
| 5255 | bool check_superclass) { | ||||||
| 5256 | while (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5257 | if (class_interface_decl->ivar_size() > 0) | ||||||
| 5258 | return true; | ||||||
| 5259 | |||||||
| 5260 | if (check_superclass) | ||||||
| 5261 | class_interface_decl = class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 5262 | else | ||||||
| 5263 | break; | ||||||
| 5264 | } | ||||||
| 5265 | return false; | ||||||
| 5266 | } | ||||||
| 5267 | |||||||
| 5268 | static Optional<SymbolFile::ArrayInfo> | ||||||
| 5269 | GetDynamicArrayInfo(TypeSystemClang &ast, SymbolFile *sym_file, | ||||||
| 5270 | clang::QualType qual_type, | ||||||
| 5271 | const ExecutionContext *exe_ctx) { | ||||||
| 5272 | if (qual_type->isIncompleteArrayType()) | ||||||
| 5273 | if (auto *metadata = ast.GetMetadata(qual_type.getTypePtr())) | ||||||
| 5274 | return sym_file->GetDynamicArrayInfoForUID(metadata->GetUserID(), | ||||||
| 5275 | exe_ctx); | ||||||
| 5276 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
| 5277 | } | ||||||
| 5278 | |||||||
| 5279 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 5280 | bool omit_empty_base_classes, | ||||||
| 5281 | const ExecutionContext *exe_ctx) { | ||||||
| 5282 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 5283 | return 0; | ||||||
| 5284 | |||||||
| 5285 | uint32_t num_children = 0; | ||||||
| 5286 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 5287 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5288 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5289 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 5290 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 5291 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: // child is Class | ||||||
| 5292 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: // child is Class | ||||||
| 5293 | num_children = 1; | ||||||
| 5294 | break; | ||||||
| 5295 | |||||||
| 5296 | default: | ||||||
| 5297 | break; | ||||||
| 5298 | } | ||||||
| 5299 | break; | ||||||
| 5300 | |||||||
| 5301 | case clang::Type::Complex: | ||||||
| 5302 | return 0; | ||||||
| 5303 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5304 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | ||||||
| 5305 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 5306 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5307 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 5308 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 5309 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 5310 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 5311 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 5312 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 5313 | // Check each base classes to see if it or any of its base classes | ||||||
| 5314 | // contain any fields. This can help limit the noise in variable | ||||||
| 5315 | // views by not having to show base classes that contain no members. | ||||||
| 5316 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | ||||||
| 5317 | base_class_end; | ||||||
| 5318 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 5319 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 5320 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 5321 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | ||||||
| 5322 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 5323 | base_class->getType() | ||||||
| 5324 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | ||||||
| 5325 | ->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 5326 | |||||||
| 5327 | // Skip empty base classes | ||||||
| 5328 | if (!TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | ||||||
| 5329 | continue; | ||||||
| 5330 | |||||||
| 5331 | num_children++; | ||||||
| 5332 | } | ||||||
| 5333 | } else { | ||||||
| 5334 | // Include all base classes | ||||||
| 5335 | num_children += cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | ||||||
| 5336 | } | ||||||
| 5337 | } | ||||||
| 5338 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 5339 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 5340 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 5341 | field != field_end; ++field) | ||||||
| 5342 | ++num_children; | ||||||
| 5343 | } | ||||||
| 5344 | break; | ||||||
| 5345 | |||||||
| 5346 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5347 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5348 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | ||||||
| 5349 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5350 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5351 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 5352 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 5353 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5354 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5355 | |||||||
| 5356 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5357 | |||||||
| 5358 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5359 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 5360 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5361 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 5362 | if (ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true)) | ||||||
| 5363 | ++num_children; | ||||||
| 5364 | } else | ||||||
| 5365 | ++num_children; | ||||||
| 5366 | } | ||||||
| 5367 | |||||||
| 5368 | num_children += class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | ||||||
| 5369 | } | ||||||
| 5370 | } | ||||||
| 5371 | } | ||||||
| 5372 | break; | ||||||
| 5373 | |||||||
| 5374 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 5375 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 5376 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 5377 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | ||||||
| 5378 | |||||||
| 5379 | uint32_t num_pointee_children = 0; | ||||||
| 5380 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) | ||||||
| 5381 | num_pointee_children = | ||||||
| 5382 | pointee_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | ||||||
| 5383 | // If this type points to a simple type, then it has 1 child | ||||||
| 5384 | if (num_pointee_children == 0) | ||||||
| 5385 | num_children = 1; | ||||||
| 5386 | else | ||||||
| 5387 | num_children = num_pointee_children; | ||||||
| 5388 | } break; | ||||||
| 5389 | |||||||
| 5390 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 5391 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 5392 | num_children = | ||||||
| 5393 | llvm::cast<clang::VectorType>(qual_type.getTypePtr())->getNumElements(); | ||||||
| 5394 | break; | ||||||
| 5395 | |||||||
| 5396 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 5397 | num_children = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 5398 | ->getSize() | ||||||
| 5399 | .getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 5400 | break; | ||||||
| 5401 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 5402 | if (auto array_info = | ||||||
| 5403 | GetDynamicArrayInfo(*this, GetSymbolFile(), qual_type, exe_ctx)) | ||||||
| 5404 | // Only 1-dimensional arrays are supported. | ||||||
| 5405 | num_children = array_info->element_orders.size() | ||||||
| 5406 | ? array_info->element_orders.back() | ||||||
| 5407 | : 0; | ||||||
| 5408 | break; | ||||||
| 5409 | |||||||
| 5410 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | ||||||
| 5411 | const clang::PointerType *pointer_type = | ||||||
| 5412 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5413 | clang::QualType pointee_type(pointer_type->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 5414 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetType(pointee_type)); | ||||||
| 5415 | uint32_t num_pointee_children = 0; | ||||||
| 5416 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) | ||||||
| 5417 | num_pointee_children = | ||||||
| 5418 | pointee_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | ||||||
| 5419 | if (num_pointee_children == 0) { | ||||||
| 5420 | // We have a pointer to a pointee type that claims it has no children. We | ||||||
| 5421 | // will want to look at | ||||||
| 5422 | num_children = GetNumPointeeChildren(pointee_type); | ||||||
| 5423 | } else | ||||||
| 5424 | num_children = num_pointee_children; | ||||||
| 5425 | } break; | ||||||
| 5426 | |||||||
| 5427 | default: | ||||||
| 5428 | break; | ||||||
| 5429 | } | ||||||
| 5430 | return num_children; | ||||||
| 5431 | } | ||||||
| 5432 | |||||||
| 5433 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeByName(ConstString name) { | ||||||
| 5434 | return GetBasicType(GetBasicTypeEnumeration(name)); | ||||||
| 5435 | } | ||||||
| 5436 | |||||||
| 5437 | lldb::BasicType | ||||||
| 5438 | TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 5439 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 5440 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5441 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5442 | if (type_class == clang::Type::Builtin) { | ||||||
| 5443 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 5444 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
| 5445 | return eBasicTypeVoid; | ||||||
| 5446 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | ||||||
| 5447 | return eBasicTypeBool; | ||||||
| 5448 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | ||||||
| 5449 | return eBasicTypeSignedChar; | ||||||
| 5450 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | ||||||
| 5451 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedChar; | ||||||
| 5452 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | ||||||
| 5453 | return eBasicTypeChar16; | ||||||
| 5454 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | ||||||
| 5455 | return eBasicTypeChar32; | ||||||
| 5456 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | ||||||
| 5457 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedChar; | ||||||
| 5458 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | ||||||
| 5459 | return eBasicTypeSignedChar; | ||||||
| 5460 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | ||||||
| 5461 | return eBasicTypeSignedWChar; | ||||||
| 5462 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | ||||||
| 5463 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar; | ||||||
| 5464 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | ||||||
| 5465 | return eBasicTypeShort; | ||||||
| 5466 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | ||||||
| 5467 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedShort; | ||||||
| 5468 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | ||||||
| 5469 | return eBasicTypeInt; | ||||||
| 5470 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | ||||||
| 5471 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedInt; | ||||||
| 5472 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | ||||||
| 5473 | return eBasicTypeLong; | ||||||
| 5474 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | ||||||
| 5475 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedLong; | ||||||
| 5476 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | ||||||
| 5477 | return eBasicTypeLongLong; | ||||||
| 5478 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | ||||||
| 5479 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong; | ||||||
| 5480 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | ||||||
| 5481 | return eBasicTypeInt128; | ||||||
| 5482 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | ||||||
| 5483 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128; | ||||||
| 5484 | |||||||
| 5485 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | ||||||
| 5486 | return eBasicTypeHalf; | ||||||
| 5487 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | ||||||
| 5488 | return eBasicTypeFloat; | ||||||
| 5489 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | ||||||
| 5490 | return eBasicTypeDouble; | ||||||
| 5491 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | ||||||
| 5492 | return eBasicTypeLongDouble; | ||||||
| 5493 | |||||||
| 5494 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | ||||||
| 5495 | return eBasicTypeNullPtr; | ||||||
| 5496 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 5497 | return eBasicTypeObjCID; | ||||||
| 5498 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 5499 | return eBasicTypeObjCClass; | ||||||
| 5500 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
| 5501 | return eBasicTypeObjCSel; | ||||||
| 5502 | default: | ||||||
| 5503 | return eBasicTypeOther; | ||||||
| 5504 | } | ||||||
| 5505 | } | ||||||
| 5506 | } | ||||||
| 5507 | return eBasicTypeInvalid; | ||||||
| 5508 | } | ||||||
| 5509 | |||||||
| 5510 | void TypeSystemClang::ForEachEnumerator( | ||||||
| 5511 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 5512 | std::function<bool(const CompilerType &integer_type, | ||||||
| 5513 | ConstString name, | ||||||
| 5514 | const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) { | ||||||
| 5515 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = | ||||||
| 5516 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5517 | if (enum_type) { | ||||||
| 5518 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enum_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 5519 | if (enum_decl) { | ||||||
| 5520 | CompilerType integer_type = GetType(enum_decl->getIntegerType()); | ||||||
| 5521 | |||||||
| 5522 | clang::EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator enum_pos, enum_end_pos; | ||||||
| 5523 | for (enum_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_begin(), | ||||||
| 5524 | enum_end_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_end(); | ||||||
| 5525 | enum_pos != enum_end_pos; ++enum_pos) { | ||||||
| 5526 | ConstString name(enum_pos->getNameAsString().c_str()); | ||||||
| 5527 | if (!callback(integer_type, name, enum_pos->getInitVal())) | ||||||
| 5528 | break; | ||||||
| 5529 | } | ||||||
| 5530 | } | ||||||
| 5531 | } | ||||||
| 5532 | } | ||||||
| 5533 | |||||||
| 5534 | #pragma mark Aggregate Types | ||||||
| 5535 | |||||||
| 5536 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 5537 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 5538 | return 0; | ||||||
| 5539 | |||||||
| 5540 | uint32_t count = 0; | ||||||
| 5541 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 5542 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5543 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5544 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5545 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5546 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 5547 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5548 | if (record_type) { | ||||||
| 5549 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 5550 | if (record_decl) { | ||||||
| 5551 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 5552 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 5553 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 5554 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 5555 | field != field_end; ++field) | ||||||
| 5556 | ++field_idx; | ||||||
| 5557 | count = field_idx; | ||||||
| 5558 | } | ||||||
| 5559 | } | ||||||
| 5560 | } | ||||||
| 5561 | break; | ||||||
| 5562 | |||||||
| 5563 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 5564 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5565 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
| 5566 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | ||||||
| 5567 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 5568 | if (objc_interface_type && | ||||||
| 5569 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | ||||||
| 5570 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | ||||||
| 5571 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5572 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 5573 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5574 | count = class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | ||||||
| 5575 | } | ||||||
| 5576 | } | ||||||
| 5577 | break; | ||||||
| 5578 | } | ||||||
| 5579 | |||||||
| 5580 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5581 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5582 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5583 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5584 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5585 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 5586 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5587 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5588 | |||||||
| 5589 | if (class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 5590 | count = class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | ||||||
| 5591 | } | ||||||
| 5592 | } | ||||||
| 5593 | break; | ||||||
| 5594 | |||||||
| 5595 | default: | ||||||
| 5596 | break; | ||||||
| 5597 | } | ||||||
| 5598 | return count; | ||||||
| 5599 | } | ||||||
| 5600 | |||||||
| 5601 | static lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t | ||||||
| 5602 | GetObjCFieldAtIndex(clang::ASTContext *ast, | ||||||
| 5603 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl, size_t idx, | ||||||
| 5604 | std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr, | ||||||
| 5605 | uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, bool *is_bitfield_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5606 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5607 | if (idx < (class_interface_decl->ivar_size())) { | ||||||
| 5608 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | ||||||
| 5609 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | ||||||
| 5610 | uint32_t ivar_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 5611 | |||||||
| 5612 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); ivar_pos != ivar_end; | ||||||
| 5613 | ++ivar_pos, ++ivar_idx) { | ||||||
| 5614 | if (ivar_idx == idx) { | ||||||
| 5615 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | ||||||
| 5616 | |||||||
| 5617 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type(ivar_decl->getType()); | ||||||
| 5618 | |||||||
| 5619 | name.assign(ivar_decl->getNameAsString()); | ||||||
| 5620 | |||||||
| 5621 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5622 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &interface_layout = | ||||||
| 5623 | ast->getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 5624 | *bit_offset_ptr = interface_layout.getFieldOffset(ivar_idx); | ||||||
| 5625 | } | ||||||
| 5626 | |||||||
| 5627 | const bool is_bitfield = ivar_pos->isBitField(); | ||||||
| 5628 | |||||||
| 5629 | if (bitfield_bit_size_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5630 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = 0; | ||||||
| 5631 | |||||||
| 5632 | if (is_bitfield && ast) { | ||||||
| 5633 | clang::Expr *bitfield_bit_size_expr = ivar_pos->getBitWidth(); | ||||||
| 5634 | clang::Expr::EvalResult result; | ||||||
| 5635 | if (bitfield_bit_size_expr && | ||||||
| 5636 | bitfield_bit_size_expr->EvaluateAsInt(result, *ast)) { | ||||||
| 5637 | llvm::APSInt bitfield_apsint = result.Val.getInt(); | ||||||
| 5638 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = bitfield_apsint.getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 5639 | } | ||||||
| 5640 | } | ||||||
| 5641 | } | ||||||
| 5642 | if (is_bitfield_ptr) | ||||||
| 5643 | *is_bitfield_ptr = is_bitfield; | ||||||
| 5644 | |||||||
| 5645 | return ivar_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 5646 | } | ||||||
| 5647 | } | ||||||
| 5648 | } | ||||||
| 5649 | } | ||||||
| 5650 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 5651 | } | ||||||
| 5652 | |||||||
| 5653 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 5654 | size_t idx, std::string &name, | ||||||
| 5655 | uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr, | ||||||
| 5656 | uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, | ||||||
| 5657 | bool *is_bitfield_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5658 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 5659 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 5660 | |||||||
| 5661 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 5662 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5663 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5664 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5665 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5666 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 5667 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5668 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 5669 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 5670 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 5671 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 5672 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 5673 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx) { | ||||||
| 5674 | if (idx == field_idx) { | ||||||
| 5675 | // Print the member type if requested | ||||||
| 5676 | // Print the member name and equal sign | ||||||
| 5677 | name.assign(field->getNameAsString()); | ||||||
| 5678 | |||||||
| 5679 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and | ||||||
| 5680 | // alignment (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | ||||||
| 5681 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5682 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | ||||||
| 5683 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | ||||||
| 5684 | *bit_offset_ptr = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | ||||||
| 5685 | } | ||||||
| 5686 | |||||||
| 5687 | const bool is_bitfield = field->isBitField(); | ||||||
| 5688 | |||||||
| 5689 | if (bitfield_bit_size_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5690 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = 0; | ||||||
| 5691 | |||||||
| 5692 | if (is_bitfield) { | ||||||
| 5693 | clang::Expr *bitfield_bit_size_expr = field->getBitWidth(); | ||||||
| 5694 | clang::Expr::EvalResult result; | ||||||
| 5695 | if (bitfield_bit_size_expr && | ||||||
| 5696 | bitfield_bit_size_expr->EvaluateAsInt(result, | ||||||
| 5697 | getASTContext())) { | ||||||
| 5698 | llvm::APSInt bitfield_apsint = result.Val.getInt(); | ||||||
| 5699 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = bitfield_apsint.getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 5700 | } | ||||||
| 5701 | } | ||||||
| 5702 | } | ||||||
| 5703 | if (is_bitfield_ptr) | ||||||
| 5704 | *is_bitfield_ptr = is_bitfield; | ||||||
| 5705 | |||||||
| 5706 | return GetType(field->getType()); | ||||||
| 5707 | } | ||||||
| 5708 | } | ||||||
| 5709 | } | ||||||
| 5710 | break; | ||||||
| 5711 | |||||||
| 5712 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 5713 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5714 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
| 5715 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | ||||||
| 5716 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 5717 | if (objc_interface_type && | ||||||
| 5718 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | ||||||
| 5719 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | ||||||
| 5720 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5721 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 5722 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5723 | return CompilerType( | ||||||
| 5724 | this, GetObjCFieldAtIndex(&getASTContext(), class_interface_decl, | ||||||
| 5725 | idx, name, bit_offset_ptr, | ||||||
| 5726 | bitfield_bit_size_ptr, is_bitfield_ptr)); | ||||||
| 5727 | } | ||||||
| 5728 | } | ||||||
| 5729 | break; | ||||||
| 5730 | } | ||||||
| 5731 | |||||||
| 5732 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5733 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5734 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5735 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5736 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 5737 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 5738 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 5739 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5740 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5741 | return CompilerType( | ||||||
| 5742 | this, GetObjCFieldAtIndex(&getASTContext(), class_interface_decl, | ||||||
| 5743 | idx, name, bit_offset_ptr, | ||||||
| 5744 | bitfield_bit_size_ptr, is_bitfield_ptr)); | ||||||
| 5745 | } | ||||||
| 5746 | } | ||||||
| 5747 | break; | ||||||
| 5748 | |||||||
| 5749 | default: | ||||||
| 5750 | break; | ||||||
| 5751 | } | ||||||
| 5752 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 5753 | } | ||||||
| 5754 | |||||||
| 5755 | uint32_t | ||||||
| 5756 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 5757 | uint32_t count = 0; | ||||||
| 5758 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5759 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5760 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5761 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5762 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5763 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 5764 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 5765 | if (cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 5766 | count = cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | ||||||
| 5767 | } | ||||||
| 5768 | break; | ||||||
| 5769 | |||||||
| 5770 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 5771 | count = GetPointeeType(type).GetNumDirectBaseClasses(); | ||||||
| 5772 | break; | ||||||
| 5773 | |||||||
| 5774 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5775 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5776 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5777 | qual_type->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 5778 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 5779 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5780 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5781 | |||||||
| 5782 | if (class_interface_decl && class_interface_decl->getSuperClass()) | ||||||
| 5783 | count = 1; | ||||||
| 5784 | } | ||||||
| 5785 | } | ||||||
| 5786 | break; | ||||||
| 5787 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5788 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5789 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | ||||||
| 5790 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCInterfaceType>(); | ||||||
| 5791 | if (objc_interface_type) { | ||||||
| 5792 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5793 | objc_interface_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5794 | |||||||
| 5795 | if (class_interface_decl && class_interface_decl->getSuperClass()) | ||||||
| 5796 | count = 1; | ||||||
| 5797 | } | ||||||
| 5798 | } | ||||||
| 5799 | break; | ||||||
| 5800 | |||||||
| 5801 | default: | ||||||
| 5802 | break; | ||||||
| 5803 | } | ||||||
| 5804 | return count; | ||||||
| 5805 | } | ||||||
| 5806 | |||||||
| 5807 | uint32_t | ||||||
| 5808 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 5809 | uint32_t count = 0; | ||||||
| 5810 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5811 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5812 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5813 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5814 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5815 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 5816 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 5817 | if (cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 5818 | count = cxx_record_decl->getNumVBases(); | ||||||
| 5819 | } | ||||||
| 5820 | break; | ||||||
| 5821 | |||||||
| 5822 | default: | ||||||
| 5823 | break; | ||||||
| 5824 | } | ||||||
| 5825 | return count; | ||||||
| 5826 | } | ||||||
| 5827 | |||||||
| 5828 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex( | ||||||
| 5829 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5830 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5831 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5832 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5833 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5834 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5835 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 5836 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 5837 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 5838 | uint32_t curr_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 5839 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | ||||||
| 5840 | base_class_end; | ||||||
| 5841 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 5842 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 5843 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class, ++curr_idx) { | ||||||
| 5844 | if (curr_idx == idx) { | ||||||
| 5845 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5846 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | ||||||
| 5847 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 5848 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | ||||||
| 5849 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 5850 | base_class->getType() | ||||||
| 5851 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | ||||||
| 5852 | ->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 5853 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) | ||||||
| 5854 | *bit_offset_ptr = | ||||||
| 5855 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 5856 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 5857 | 8; | ||||||
| 5858 | else | ||||||
| 5859 | *bit_offset_ptr = | ||||||
| 5860 | record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 5861 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 5862 | 8; | ||||||
| 5863 | } | ||||||
| 5864 | return GetType(base_class->getType()); | ||||||
| 5865 | } | ||||||
| 5866 | } | ||||||
| 5867 | } | ||||||
| 5868 | } | ||||||
| 5869 | break; | ||||||
| 5870 | |||||||
| 5871 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 5872 | return GetPointeeType(type).GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(idx, bit_offset_ptr); | ||||||
| 5873 | |||||||
| 5874 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 5875 | if (idx == 0 && GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5876 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 5877 | qual_type->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(); | ||||||
| 5878 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 5879 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5880 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5881 | |||||||
| 5882 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5883 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5884 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 5885 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5886 | if (bit_offset_ptr) | ||||||
| 5887 | *bit_offset_ptr = 0; | ||||||
| 5888 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | ||||||
| 5889 | superclass_interface_decl)); | ||||||
| 5890 | } | ||||||
| 5891 | } | ||||||
| 5892 | } | ||||||
| 5893 | } | ||||||
| 5894 | break; | ||||||
| 5895 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 5896 | if (idx == 0 && GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5897 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_interface_type = | ||||||
| 5898 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCInterfaceType>(); | ||||||
| 5899 | if (objc_interface_type) { | ||||||
| 5900 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5901 | objc_interface_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 5902 | |||||||
| 5903 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5904 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 5905 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 5906 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 5907 | if (bit_offset_ptr) | ||||||
| 5908 | *bit_offset_ptr = 0; | ||||||
| 5909 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | ||||||
| 5910 | superclass_interface_decl)); | ||||||
| 5911 | } | ||||||
| 5912 | } | ||||||
| 5913 | } | ||||||
| 5914 | } | ||||||
| 5915 | break; | ||||||
| 5916 | |||||||
| 5917 | default: | ||||||
| 5918 | break; | ||||||
| 5919 | } | ||||||
| 5920 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 5921 | } | ||||||
| 5922 | |||||||
| 5923 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex( | ||||||
| 5924 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5925 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 5926 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5927 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5928 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 5929 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 5930 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 5931 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 5932 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 5933 | uint32_t curr_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 5934 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | ||||||
| 5935 | base_class_end; | ||||||
| 5936 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->vbases_begin(), | ||||||
| 5937 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->vbases_end(); | ||||||
| 5938 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class, ++curr_idx) { | ||||||
| 5939 | if (curr_idx == idx) { | ||||||
| 5940 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | ||||||
| 5941 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | ||||||
| 5942 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 5943 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | ||||||
| 5944 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 5945 | base_class->getType() | ||||||
| 5946 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | ||||||
| 5947 | ->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 5948 | *bit_offset_ptr = | ||||||
| 5949 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 5950 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 5951 | 8; | ||||||
| 5952 | } | ||||||
| 5953 | return GetType(base_class->getType()); | ||||||
| 5954 | } | ||||||
| 5955 | } | ||||||
| 5956 | } | ||||||
| 5957 | } | ||||||
| 5958 | break; | ||||||
| 5959 | |||||||
| 5960 | default: | ||||||
| 5961 | break; | ||||||
| 5962 | } | ||||||
| 5963 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 5964 | } | ||||||
| 5965 | |||||||
| 5966 | // If a pointer to a pointee type (the clang_type arg) says that it has no | ||||||
| 5967 | // children, then we either need to trust it, or override it and return a | ||||||
| 5968 | // different result. For example, an "int *" has one child that is an integer, | ||||||
| 5969 | // but a function pointer doesn't have any children. Likewise if a Record type | ||||||
| 5970 | // claims it has no children, then there really is nothing to show. | ||||||
| 5971 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumPointeeChildren(clang::QualType type) { | ||||||
| 5972 | if (type.isNull()) | ||||||
| 5973 | return 0; | ||||||
| 5974 | |||||||
| 5975 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(type.getCanonicalType()); | ||||||
| 5976 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 5977 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 5978 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 5979 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 5980 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||||
| 5981 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
| 5982 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | ||||||
| 5983 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLEvent: | ||||||
| 5984 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dRO: | ||||||
| 5985 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dWO: | ||||||
| 5986 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dRW: | ||||||
| 5987 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayRO: | ||||||
| 5988 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayWO: | ||||||
| 5989 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayRW: | ||||||
| 5990 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferRO: | ||||||
| 5991 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferWO: | ||||||
| 5992 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferRW: | ||||||
| 5993 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dRO: | ||||||
| 5994 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dWO: | ||||||
| 5995 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dRW: | ||||||
| 5996 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayRO: | ||||||
| 5997 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayWO: | ||||||
| 5998 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayRW: | ||||||
| 5999 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dRO: | ||||||
| 6000 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dWO: | ||||||
| 6001 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dRW: | ||||||
| 6002 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLSampler: | ||||||
| 6003 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6004 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | ||||||
| 6005 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | ||||||
| 6006 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | ||||||
| 6007 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | ||||||
| 6008 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | ||||||
| 6009 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | ||||||
| 6010 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | ||||||
| 6011 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | ||||||
| 6012 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | ||||||
| 6013 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | ||||||
| 6014 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | ||||||
| 6015 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | ||||||
| 6016 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | ||||||
| 6017 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | ||||||
| 6018 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | ||||||
| 6019 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | ||||||
| 6020 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | ||||||
| 6021 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | ||||||
| 6022 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | ||||||
| 6023 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | ||||||
| 6024 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | ||||||
| 6025 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | ||||||
| 6026 | case clang::BuiltinType::Dependent: | ||||||
| 6027 | case clang::BuiltinType::Overload: | ||||||
| 6028 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 6029 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 6030 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
| 6031 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | ||||||
| 6032 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | ||||||
| 6033 | case clang::BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: | ||||||
| 6034 | case clang::BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | ||||||
| 6035 | case clang::BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: | ||||||
| 6036 | case clang::BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | ||||||
| 6037 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6038 | default: | ||||||
| 6039 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6040 | } | ||||||
| 6041 | break; | ||||||
| 6042 | |||||||
| 6043 | case clang::Type::Complex: | ||||||
| 6044 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6045 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | ||||||
| 6046 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6047 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
| 6048 | return 0; // If block pointers don't have debug info, then no children for | ||||||
| 6049 | // them | ||||||
| 6050 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 6051 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6052 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 6053 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6054 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | ||||||
| 6055 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6056 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 6057 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6058 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 6059 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6060 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
| 6061 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6062 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
| 6063 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6064 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||||
| 6065 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6066 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 6067 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6068 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 6069 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6070 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||
| 6071 | return 0; // When we function pointers, they have no children... | ||||||
| 6072 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||
| 6073 | return 0; // When we function pointers, they have no children... | ||||||
| 6074 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | ||||||
| 6075 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6076 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 6077 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6078 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 6079 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6080 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 6081 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6082 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
| 6083 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6084 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 6085 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6086 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | ||||||
| 6087 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6088 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | ||||||
| 6089 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6090 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||
| 6091 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6092 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 6093 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6094 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 6095 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6096 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 6097 | return 1; | ||||||
| 6098 | default: | ||||||
| 6099 | break; | ||||||
| 6100 | } | ||||||
| 6101 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6102 | } | ||||||
| 6103 | |||||||
| 6104 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | ||||||
| 6105 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx, | ||||||
| 6106 | bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes, | ||||||
| 6107 | bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name, | ||||||
| 6108 | uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset, | ||||||
| 6109 | uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 6110 | bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent, | ||||||
| 6111 | ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) { | ||||||
| 6112 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 6113 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 6114 | |||||||
| 6115 | auto get_exe_scope = [&exe_ctx]() { | ||||||
| 6116 | return exe_ctx ? exe_ctx->GetBestExecutionContextScope() : nullptr; | ||||||
| 6117 | }; | ||||||
| 6118 | |||||||
| 6119 | clang::QualType parent_qual_type( | ||||||
| 6120 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 6121 | const clang::Type::TypeClass parent_type_class = | ||||||
| 6122 | parent_qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 6123 | child_bitfield_bit_size = 0; | ||||||
| 6124 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 6125 | child_is_base_class = false; | ||||||
| 6126 | language_flags = 0; | ||||||
| 6127 | |||||||
| 6128 | const bool idx_is_valid = | ||||||
| 6129 | idx < GetNumChildren(type, omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | ||||||
| 6130 | int32_t bit_offset; | ||||||
| 6131 | switch (parent_type_class) { | ||||||
| 6132 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | ||||||
| 6133 | if (idx_is_valid) { | ||||||
| 6134 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(parent_qual_type)->getKind()) { | ||||||
| 6135 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
| 6136 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
| 6137 | child_name = "isa"; | ||||||
| 6138 | child_byte_size = | ||||||
| 6139 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy) / | ||||||
| 6140 | CHAR_BIT8; | ||||||
| 6141 | return GetType(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy); | ||||||
| 6142 | |||||||
| 6143 | default: | ||||||
| 6144 | break; | ||||||
| 6145 | } | ||||||
| 6146 | } | ||||||
| 6147 | break; | ||||||
| 6148 | |||||||
| 6149 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 6150 | if (idx_is_valid && GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 6151 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 6152 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6153 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 6154 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6155 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | ||||||
| 6156 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | ||||||
| 6157 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6158 | |||||||
| 6159 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 6160 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 6161 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 6162 | // We might have base classes to print out first | ||||||
| 6163 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | ||||||
| 6164 | base_class_end; | ||||||
| 6165 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 6166 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 6167 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 6168 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 6169 | |||||||
| 6170 | // Skip empty base classes | ||||||
| 6171 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 6172 | base_class_decl = llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 6173 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 6174 | if (!TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | ||||||
| 6175 | continue; | ||||||
| 6176 | } | ||||||
| 6177 | |||||||
| 6178 | if (idx == child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6179 | if (base_class_decl == nullptr) | ||||||
| 6180 | base_class_decl = llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 6181 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 6182 | |||||||
| 6183 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) { | ||||||
| 6184 | bool handled = false; | ||||||
| 6185 | if (valobj) { | ||||||
| 6186 | clang::VTableContextBase *vtable_ctx = | ||||||
| 6187 | getASTContext().getVTableContext(); | ||||||
| 6188 | if (vtable_ctx) | ||||||
| 6189 | handled = GetVBaseBitOffset(*vtable_ctx, *valobj, | ||||||
| 6190 | record_layout, cxx_record_decl, | ||||||
| 6191 | base_class_decl, bit_offset); | ||||||
| 6192 | } | ||||||
| 6193 | if (!handled) | ||||||
| 6194 | bit_offset = record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 6195 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 6196 | 8; | ||||||
| 6197 | } else | ||||||
| 6198 | bit_offset = record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 6199 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 6200 | 8; | ||||||
| 6201 | |||||||
| 6202 | // Base classes should be a multiple of 8 bits in size | ||||||
| 6203 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | ||||||
| 6204 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = GetType(base_class->getType()); | ||||||
| 6205 | child_name = base_class_clang_type.GetTypeName().AsCString(""); | ||||||
| 6206 | Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6207 | base_class_clang_type.GetBitSize(get_exe_scope()); | ||||||
| 6208 | if (!size) | ||||||
| 6209 | return {}; | ||||||
| 6210 | uint64_t base_class_clang_type_bit_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6211 | |||||||
| 6212 | // Base classes bit sizes should be a multiple of 8 bits in size | ||||||
| 6213 | assert(base_class_clang_type_bit_size % 8 == 0)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6214 | child_byte_size = base_class_clang_type_bit_size / 8; | ||||||
| 6215 | child_is_base_class = true; | ||||||
| 6216 | return base_class_clang_type; | ||||||
| 6217 | } | ||||||
| 6218 | // We don't increment the child index in the for loop since we might | ||||||
| 6219 | // be skipping empty base classes | ||||||
| 6220 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6221 | } | ||||||
| 6222 | } | ||||||
| 6223 | // Make sure index is in range... | ||||||
| 6224 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6225 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 6226 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 6227 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 6228 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6229 | if (idx == child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6230 | // Print the member type if requested | ||||||
| 6231 | // Print the member name and equal sign | ||||||
| 6232 | child_name.assign(field->getNameAsString()); | ||||||
| 6233 | |||||||
| 6234 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and | ||||||
| 6235 | // alignment (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | ||||||
| 6236 | CompilerType field_clang_type = GetType(field->getType()); | ||||||
| 6237 | assert(field_idx < record_layout.getFieldCount())((void)0); | ||||||
| 6238 | Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6239 | field_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope()); | ||||||
| 6240 | if (!size) | ||||||
| 6241 | return {}; | ||||||
| 6242 | child_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6243 | const uint32_t child_bit_size = child_byte_size * 8; | ||||||
| 6244 | |||||||
| 6245 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | ||||||
| 6246 | // type | ||||||
| 6247 | bit_offset = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | ||||||
| 6248 | if (FieldIsBitfield(*field, child_bitfield_bit_size)) { | ||||||
| 6249 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = bit_offset % child_bit_size; | ||||||
| 6250 | const uint32_t child_bit_offset = | ||||||
| 6251 | bit_offset - child_bitfield_bit_offset; | ||||||
| 6252 | child_byte_offset = child_bit_offset / 8; | ||||||
| 6253 | } else { | ||||||
| 6254 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | ||||||
| 6255 | } | ||||||
| 6256 | |||||||
| 6257 | return field_clang_type; | ||||||
| 6258 | } | ||||||
| 6259 | } | ||||||
| 6260 | } | ||||||
| 6261 | break; | ||||||
| 6262 | |||||||
| 6263 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 6264 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 6265 | if (idx_is_valid && GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 6266 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 6267 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6268 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6269 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 6270 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6271 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 6272 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 6273 | |||||||
| 6274 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 6275 | |||||||
| 6276 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &interface_layout = | ||||||
| 6277 | getASTContext().getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 6278 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 6279 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 6280 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 6281 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 6282 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = | ||||||
| 6283 | GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | ||||||
| 6284 | superclass_interface_decl)); | ||||||
| 6285 | if (base_class_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, | ||||||
| 6286 | exe_ctx) > 0) { | ||||||
| 6287 | if (idx == 0) { | ||||||
| 6288 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type( | ||||||
| 6289 | getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | ||||||
| 6290 | superclass_interface_decl)); | ||||||
| 6291 | |||||||
| 6292 | child_name.assign( | ||||||
| 6293 | superclass_interface_decl->getNameAsString()); | ||||||
| 6294 | |||||||
| 6295 | clang::TypeInfo ivar_type_info = | ||||||
| 6296 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(ivar_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6297 | |||||||
| 6298 | child_byte_size = ivar_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 6299 | child_byte_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 6300 | child_is_base_class = true; | ||||||
| 6301 | |||||||
| 6302 | return GetType(ivar_qual_type); | ||||||
| 6303 | } | ||||||
| 6304 | |||||||
| 6305 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6306 | } | ||||||
| 6307 | } else | ||||||
| 6308 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6309 | } | ||||||
| 6310 | |||||||
| 6311 | const uint32_t superclass_idx = child_idx; | ||||||
| 6312 | |||||||
| 6313 | if (idx < (child_idx + class_interface_decl->ivar_size())) { | ||||||
| 6314 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | ||||||
| 6315 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | ||||||
| 6316 | |||||||
| 6317 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | ||||||
| 6318 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos) { | ||||||
| 6319 | if (child_idx == idx) { | ||||||
| 6320 | clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | ||||||
| 6321 | |||||||
| 6322 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type(ivar_decl->getType()); | ||||||
| 6323 | |||||||
| 6324 | child_name.assign(ivar_decl->getNameAsString()); | ||||||
| 6325 | |||||||
| 6326 | clang::TypeInfo ivar_type_info = | ||||||
| 6327 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(ivar_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6328 | |||||||
| 6329 | child_byte_size = ivar_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 6330 | |||||||
| 6331 | // Figure out the field offset within the current | ||||||
| 6332 | // struct/union/class type For ObjC objects, we can't trust the | ||||||
| 6333 | // bit offset we get from the Clang AST, since that doesn't | ||||||
| 6334 | // account for the space taken up by unbacked properties, or | ||||||
| 6335 | // from the changing size of base classes that are newer than | ||||||
| 6336 | // this class. So if we have a process around that we can ask | ||||||
| 6337 | // about this object, do so. | ||||||
| 6338 | child_byte_offset = LLDB_INVALID_IVAR_OFFSET0xffffffffU; | ||||||
| 6339 | Process *process = nullptr; | ||||||
| 6340 | if (exe_ctx) | ||||||
| 6341 | process = exe_ctx->GetProcessPtr(); | ||||||
| 6342 | if (process) { | ||||||
| 6343 | ObjCLanguageRuntime *objc_runtime = | ||||||
| 6344 | ObjCLanguageRuntime::Get(*process); | ||||||
| 6345 | if (objc_runtime != nullptr) { | ||||||
| 6346 | CompilerType parent_ast_type = GetType(parent_qual_type); | ||||||
| 6347 | child_byte_offset = objc_runtime->GetByteOffsetForIvar( | ||||||
| 6348 | parent_ast_type, ivar_decl->getNameAsString().c_str()); | ||||||
| 6349 | } | ||||||
| 6350 | } | ||||||
| 6351 | |||||||
| 6352 | // Setting this to INT32_MAX to make sure we don't compute it | ||||||
| 6353 | // twice... | ||||||
| 6354 | bit_offset = INT32_MAX0x7fffffff; | ||||||
| 6355 | |||||||
| 6356 | if (child_byte_offset == | ||||||
| 6357 | static_cast<int32_t>(LLDB_INVALID_IVAR_OFFSET0xffffffffU)) { | ||||||
| 6358 | bit_offset = interface_layout.getFieldOffset(child_idx - | ||||||
| 6359 | superclass_idx); | ||||||
| 6360 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | ||||||
| 6361 | } | ||||||
| 6362 | |||||||
| 6363 | // Note, the ObjC Ivar Byte offset is just that, it doesn't | ||||||
| 6364 | // account for the bit offset of a bitfield within its | ||||||
| 6365 | // containing object. So regardless of where we get the byte | ||||||
| 6366 | // offset from, we still need to get the bit offset for | ||||||
| 6367 | // bitfields from the layout. | ||||||
| 6368 | |||||||
| 6369 | if (FieldIsBitfield(ivar_decl, child_bitfield_bit_size)) { | ||||||
| 6370 | if (bit_offset == INT32_MAX0x7fffffff) | ||||||
| 6371 | bit_offset = interface_layout.getFieldOffset( | ||||||
| 6372 | child_idx - superclass_idx); | ||||||
| 6373 | |||||||
| 6374 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = bit_offset % 8; | ||||||
| 6375 | } | ||||||
| 6376 | return GetType(ivar_qual_type); | ||||||
| 6377 | } | ||||||
| 6378 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6379 | } | ||||||
| 6380 | } | ||||||
| 6381 | } | ||||||
| 6382 | } | ||||||
| 6383 | } | ||||||
| 6384 | break; | ||||||
| 6385 | |||||||
| 6386 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
| 6387 | if (idx_is_valid) { | ||||||
| 6388 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | ||||||
| 6389 | |||||||
| 6390 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 6391 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | ||||||
| 6392 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | ||||||
| 6393 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | ||||||
| 6394 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | ||||||
| 6395 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | ||||||
| 6396 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 6397 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | ||||||
| 6398 | language_flags); | ||||||
| 6399 | } else { | ||||||
| 6400 | child_is_deref_of_parent = true; | ||||||
| 6401 | const char *parent_name = | ||||||
| 6402 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | ||||||
| 6403 | if (parent_name) { | ||||||
| 6404 | child_name.assign(1, '*'); | ||||||
| 6405 | child_name += parent_name; | ||||||
| 6406 | } | ||||||
| 6407 | |||||||
| 6408 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | ||||||
| 6409 | if (idx == 0 && pointee_clang_type.GetCompleteType()) { | ||||||
| 6410 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6411 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | ||||||
| 6412 | child_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6413 | child_byte_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 6414 | return pointee_clang_type; | ||||||
| 6415 | } | ||||||
| 6416 | } | ||||||
| 6417 | } | ||||||
| 6418 | } | ||||||
| 6419 | break; | ||||||
| 6420 | |||||||
| 6421 | case clang::Type::Vector: | ||||||
| 6422 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
| 6423 | if (idx_is_valid) { | ||||||
| 6424 | const clang::VectorType *array = | ||||||
| 6425 | llvm::cast<clang::VectorType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6426 | if (array) { | ||||||
| 6427 | CompilerType element_type = GetType(array->getElementType()); | ||||||
| 6428 | if (element_type.GetCompleteType()) { | ||||||
| 6429 | char element_name[64]; | ||||||
| 6430 | ::snprintf(element_name, sizeof(element_name), "[%" PRIu64"llu" "]", | ||||||
| 6431 | static_cast<uint64_t>(idx)); | ||||||
| 6432 | child_name.assign(element_name); | ||||||
| 6433 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6434 | element_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | ||||||
| 6435 | child_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6436 | child_byte_offset = (int32_t)idx * (int32_t)child_byte_size; | ||||||
| 6437 | return element_type; | ||||||
| 6438 | } | ||||||
| 6439 | } | ||||||
| 6440 | } | ||||||
| 6441 | } | ||||||
| 6442 | break; | ||||||
| 6443 | |||||||
| 6444 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
| 6445 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
| 6446 | if (ignore_array_bounds || idx_is_valid) { | ||||||
| 6447 | const clang::ArrayType *array = GetQualType(type)->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); | ||||||
| 6448 | if (array) { | ||||||
| 6449 | CompilerType element_type = GetType(array->getElementType()); | ||||||
| 6450 | if (element_type.GetCompleteType()) { | ||||||
| 6451 | child_name = std::string(llvm::formatv("[{0}]", idx)); | ||||||
| 6452 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6453 | element_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | ||||||
| 6454 | child_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6455 | child_byte_offset = (int32_t)idx * (int32_t)child_byte_size; | ||||||
| 6456 | return element_type; | ||||||
| 6457 | } | ||||||
| 6458 | } | ||||||
| 6459 | } | ||||||
| 6460 | } | ||||||
| 6461 | break; | ||||||
| 6462 | |||||||
| 6463 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | ||||||
| 6464 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | ||||||
| 6465 | |||||||
| 6466 | // Don't dereference "void *" pointers | ||||||
| 6467 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsVoidType()) | ||||||
| 6468 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 6469 | |||||||
| 6470 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 6471 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | ||||||
| 6472 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | ||||||
| 6473 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | ||||||
| 6474 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | ||||||
| 6475 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | ||||||
| 6476 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 6477 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | ||||||
| 6478 | language_flags); | ||||||
| 6479 | } else { | ||||||
| 6480 | child_is_deref_of_parent = true; | ||||||
| 6481 | |||||||
| 6482 | const char *parent_name = | ||||||
| 6483 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | ||||||
| 6484 | if (parent_name) { | ||||||
| 6485 | child_name.assign(1, '*'); | ||||||
| 6486 | child_name += parent_name; | ||||||
| 6487 | } | ||||||
| 6488 | |||||||
| 6489 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | ||||||
| 6490 | if (idx == 0) { | ||||||
| 6491 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6492 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | ||||||
| 6493 | child_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6494 | child_byte_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 6495 | return pointee_clang_type; | ||||||
| 6496 | } | ||||||
| 6497 | } | ||||||
| 6498 | } | ||||||
| 6499 | break; | ||||||
| 6500 | } | ||||||
| 6501 | |||||||
| 6502 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 6503 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
| 6504 | if (idx_is_valid) { | ||||||
| 6505 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | ||||||
| 6506 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(GetQualType(type).getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6507 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = | ||||||
| 6508 | GetType(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 6509 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 6510 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | ||||||
| 6511 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | ||||||
| 6512 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | ||||||
| 6513 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | ||||||
| 6514 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | ||||||
| 6515 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 6516 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | ||||||
| 6517 | language_flags); | ||||||
| 6518 | } else { | ||||||
| 6519 | const char *parent_name = | ||||||
| 6520 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | ||||||
| 6521 | if (parent_name) { | ||||||
| 6522 | child_name.assign(1, '&'); | ||||||
| 6523 | child_name += parent_name; | ||||||
| 6524 | } | ||||||
| 6525 | |||||||
| 6526 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | ||||||
| 6527 | if (idx == 0) { | ||||||
| 6528 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | ||||||
| 6529 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | ||||||
| 6530 | child_byte_size = *size; | ||||||
| 6531 | child_byte_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 6532 | return pointee_clang_type; | ||||||
| 6533 | } | ||||||
| 6534 | } | ||||||
| 6535 | } | ||||||
| 6536 | } | ||||||
| 6537 | break; | ||||||
| 6538 | |||||||
| 6539 | default: | ||||||
| 6540 | break; | ||||||
| 6541 | } | ||||||
| 6542 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 6543 | } | ||||||
| 6544 | |||||||
| 6545 | static uint32_t GetIndexForRecordBase(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, | ||||||
| 6546 | const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *base_spec, | ||||||
| 6547 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 6548 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6549 | |||||||
| 6550 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 6551 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 6552 | |||||||
| 6553 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 6554 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | ||||||
| 6555 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 6556 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 6557 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 6558 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 6559 | if (BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(base_class)) | ||||||
| 6560 | continue; | ||||||
| 6561 | } | ||||||
| 6562 | |||||||
| 6563 | if (base_class == base_spec) | ||||||
| 6564 | return child_idx; | ||||||
| 6565 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6566 | } | ||||||
| 6567 | } | ||||||
| 6568 | |||||||
| 6569 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | ||||||
| 6570 | } | ||||||
| 6571 | |||||||
| 6572 | static uint32_t GetIndexForRecordChild(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, | ||||||
| 6573 | clang::NamedDecl *canonical_decl, | ||||||
| 6574 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 6575 | uint32_t child_idx = TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses( | ||||||
| 6576 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl), | ||||||
| 6577 | omit_empty_base_classes); | ||||||
| 6578 | |||||||
| 6579 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 6580 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 6581 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6582 | if (field->getCanonicalDecl() == canonical_decl) | ||||||
| 6583 | return child_idx; | ||||||
| 6584 | } | ||||||
| 6585 | |||||||
| 6586 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | ||||||
| 6587 | } | ||||||
| 6588 | |||||||
| 6589 | // Look for a child member (doesn't include base classes, but it does include | ||||||
| 6590 | // their members) in the type hierarchy. Returns an index path into | ||||||
| 6591 | // "clang_type" on how to reach the appropriate member. | ||||||
| 6592 | // | ||||||
| 6593 | // class A | ||||||
| 6594 | // { | ||||||
| 6595 | // public: | ||||||
| 6596 | // int m_a; | ||||||
| 6597 | // int m_b; | ||||||
| 6598 | // }; | ||||||
| 6599 | // | ||||||
| 6600 | // class B | ||||||
| 6601 | // { | ||||||
| 6602 | // }; | ||||||
| 6603 | // | ||||||
| 6604 | // class C : | ||||||
| 6605 | // public B, | ||||||
| 6606 | // public A | ||||||
| 6607 | // { | ||||||
| 6608 | // }; | ||||||
| 6609 | // | ||||||
| 6610 | // If we have a clang type that describes "class C", and we wanted to looked | ||||||
| 6611 | // "m_b" in it: | ||||||
| 6612 | // | ||||||
| 6613 | // With omit_empty_base_classes == false we would get an integer array back | ||||||
| 6614 | // with: { 1, 1 } The first index 1 is the child index for "class A" within | ||||||
| 6615 | // class C The second index 1 is the child index for "m_b" within class A | ||||||
| 6616 | // | ||||||
| 6617 | // With omit_empty_base_classes == true we would get an integer array back | ||||||
| 6618 | // with: { 0, 1 } The first index 0 is the child index for "class A" within | ||||||
| 6619 | // class C (since class B doesn't have any members it doesn't count) The second | ||||||
| 6620 | // index 1 is the child index for "m_b" within class A | ||||||
| 6621 | |||||||
| 6622 | size_t TypeSystemClang::GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | ||||||
| 6623 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, | ||||||
| 6624 | bool omit_empty_base_classes, std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) { | ||||||
| 6625 | if (type && name && name[0]) { | ||||||
| 6626 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 6627 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 6628 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 6629 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 6630 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 6631 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 6632 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6633 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 6634 | |||||||
| 6635 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6636 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6637 | |||||||
| 6638 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 6639 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 6640 | |||||||
| 6641 | // Try and find a field that matches NAME | ||||||
| 6642 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 6643 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | ||||||
| 6644 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 6645 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 6646 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6647 | llvm::StringRef field_name = field->getName(); | ||||||
| 6648 | if (field_name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 6649 | CompilerType field_type = GetType(field->getType()); | ||||||
| 6650 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | ||||||
| 6651 | if (field_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | ||||||
| 6652 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes)) | ||||||
| 6653 | return child_indexes.size(); | ||||||
| 6654 | child_indexes.pop_back(); | ||||||
| 6655 | |||||||
| 6656 | } else if (field_name.equals(name_sref)) { | ||||||
| 6657 | // We have to add on the number of base classes to this index! | ||||||
| 6658 | child_indexes.push_back( | ||||||
| 6659 | child_idx + TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses( | ||||||
| 6660 | cxx_record_decl, omit_empty_base_classes)); | ||||||
| 6661 | return child_indexes.size(); | ||||||
| 6662 | } | ||||||
| 6663 | } | ||||||
| 6664 | |||||||
| 6665 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 6666 | const clang::RecordDecl *parent_record_decl = cxx_record_decl; | ||||||
| 6667 | |||||||
| 6668 | // Didn't find things easily, lets let clang do its thang... | ||||||
| 6669 | clang::IdentifierInfo &ident_ref = | ||||||
| 6670 | getASTContext().Idents.get(name_sref); | ||||||
| 6671 | clang::DeclarationName decl_name(&ident_ref); | ||||||
| 6672 | |||||||
| 6673 | clang::CXXBasePaths paths; | ||||||
| 6674 | if (cxx_record_decl->lookupInBases( | ||||||
| 6675 | [decl_name](const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *specifier, | ||||||
| 6676 | clang::CXXBasePath &path) { | ||||||
| 6677 | CXXRecordDecl *record = | ||||||
| 6678 | specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 6679 | auto r = record->lookup(decl_name); | ||||||
| 6680 | path.Decls = r.begin(); | ||||||
| 6681 | return !r.empty(); | ||||||
| 6682 | }, | ||||||
| 6683 | paths)) { | ||||||
| 6684 | clang::CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator path, | ||||||
| 6685 | path_end = paths.end(); | ||||||
| 6686 | for (path = paths.begin(); path != path_end; ++path) { | ||||||
| 6687 | const size_t num_path_elements = path->size(); | ||||||
| 6688 | for (size_t e = 0; e < num_path_elements; ++e) { | ||||||
| 6689 | clang::CXXBasePathElement elem = (*path)[e]; | ||||||
| 6690 | |||||||
| 6691 | child_idx = GetIndexForRecordBase(parent_record_decl, elem.Base, | ||||||
| 6692 | omit_empty_base_classes); | ||||||
| 6693 | if (child_idx == UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU) { | ||||||
| 6694 | child_indexes.clear(); | ||||||
| 6695 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6696 | } else { | ||||||
| 6697 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | ||||||
| 6698 | parent_record_decl = llvm::cast<clang::RecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 6699 | elem.Base->getType() | ||||||
| 6700 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | ||||||
| 6701 | ->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 6702 | } | ||||||
| 6703 | } | ||||||
| 6704 | for (clang::DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = path->Decls, E; | ||||||
| 6705 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
| 6706 | child_idx = GetIndexForRecordChild( | ||||||
| 6707 | parent_record_decl, *I, omit_empty_base_classes); | ||||||
| 6708 | if (child_idx == UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU) { | ||||||
| 6709 | child_indexes.clear(); | ||||||
| 6710 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6711 | } else { | ||||||
| 6712 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | ||||||
| 6713 | } | ||||||
| 6714 | } | ||||||
| 6715 | } | ||||||
| 6716 | return child_indexes.size(); | ||||||
| 6717 | } | ||||||
| 6718 | } | ||||||
| 6719 | } | ||||||
| 6720 | break; | ||||||
| 6721 | |||||||
| 6722 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 6723 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 6724 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 6725 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | ||||||
| 6726 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 6727 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6728 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6729 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 6730 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6731 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 6732 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 6733 | |||||||
| 6734 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 6735 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | ||||||
| 6736 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | ||||||
| 6737 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 6738 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 6739 | |||||||
| 6740 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | ||||||
| 6741 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6742 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | ||||||
| 6743 | |||||||
| 6744 | if (ivar_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) { | ||||||
| 6745 | if ((!omit_empty_base_classes && superclass_interface_decl) || | ||||||
| 6746 | (omit_empty_base_classes && | ||||||
| 6747 | ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true))) | ||||||
| 6748 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6749 | |||||||
| 6750 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | ||||||
| 6751 | return child_indexes.size(); | ||||||
| 6752 | } | ||||||
| 6753 | } | ||||||
| 6754 | |||||||
| 6755 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 6756 | // The super class index is always zero for ObjC classes, so we | ||||||
| 6757 | // push it onto the child indexes in case we find an ivar in our | ||||||
| 6758 | // superclass... | ||||||
| 6759 | child_indexes.push_back(0); | ||||||
| 6760 | |||||||
| 6761 | CompilerType superclass_clang_type = | ||||||
| 6762 | GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | ||||||
| 6763 | superclass_interface_decl)); | ||||||
| 6764 | if (superclass_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | ||||||
| 6765 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes)) { | ||||||
| 6766 | // We did find an ivar in a superclass so just return the | ||||||
| 6767 | // results! | ||||||
| 6768 | return child_indexes.size(); | ||||||
| 6769 | } | ||||||
| 6770 | |||||||
| 6771 | // We didn't find an ivar matching "name" in our superclass, pop | ||||||
| 6772 | // the superclass zero index that we pushed on above. | ||||||
| 6773 | child_indexes.pop_back(); | ||||||
| 6774 | } | ||||||
| 6775 | } | ||||||
| 6776 | } | ||||||
| 6777 | } | ||||||
| 6778 | break; | ||||||
| 6779 | |||||||
| 6780 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 6781 | CompilerType objc_object_clang_type = GetType( | ||||||
| 6782 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 6783 | ->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 6784 | return objc_object_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | ||||||
| 6785 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | ||||||
| 6786 | } break; | ||||||
| 6787 | |||||||
| 6788 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | ||||||
| 6789 | // const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | ||||||
| 6790 | // llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6791 | // const uint64_t element_count = | ||||||
| 6792 | // array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 6793 | // | ||||||
| 6794 | // if (idx < element_count) | ||||||
| 6795 | // { | ||||||
| 6796 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> field_type_info = | ||||||
| 6797 | // ast->getTypeInfo(array->getElementType()); | ||||||
| 6798 | // | ||||||
| 6799 | // char element_name[32]; | ||||||
| 6800 | // ::snprintf (element_name, sizeof (element_name), | ||||||
| 6801 | // "%s[%u]", parent_name ? parent_name : "", idx); | ||||||
| 6802 | // | ||||||
| 6803 | // child_name.assign(element_name); | ||||||
| 6804 | // assert(field_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | ||||||
| 6805 | // child_byte_size = field_type_info.first / 8; | ||||||
| 6806 | // child_byte_offset = idx * child_byte_size; | ||||||
| 6807 | // return array->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 6808 | // } | ||||||
| 6809 | } break; | ||||||
| 6810 | |||||||
| 6811 | // case clang::Type::MemberPointerType: | ||||||
| 6812 | // { | ||||||
| 6813 | // MemberPointerType *mem_ptr_type = | ||||||
| 6814 | // llvm::cast<MemberPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6815 | // clang::QualType pointee_type = | ||||||
| 6816 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 6817 | // | ||||||
| 6818 | // if (TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType | ||||||
| 6819 | // (pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr())) | ||||||
| 6820 | // { | ||||||
| 6821 | // return GetIndexOfChildWithName (ast, | ||||||
| 6822 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | ||||||
| 6823 | // name); | ||||||
| 6824 | // } | ||||||
| 6825 | // } | ||||||
| 6826 | // break; | ||||||
| 6827 | // | ||||||
| 6828 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 6829 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | ||||||
| 6830 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | ||||||
| 6831 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6832 | clang::QualType pointee_type(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 6833 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = GetType(pointee_type); | ||||||
| 6834 | |||||||
| 6835 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 6836 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | ||||||
| 6837 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | ||||||
| 6838 | } | ||||||
| 6839 | } break; | ||||||
| 6840 | |||||||
| 6841 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | ||||||
| 6842 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | ||||||
| 6843 | |||||||
| 6844 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 6845 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | ||||||
| 6846 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | ||||||
| 6847 | } | ||||||
| 6848 | } break; | ||||||
| 6849 | |||||||
| 6850 | default: | ||||||
| 6851 | break; | ||||||
| 6852 | } | ||||||
| 6853 | } | ||||||
| 6854 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6855 | } | ||||||
| 6856 | |||||||
| 6857 | // Get the index of the child of "clang_type" whose name matches. This function | ||||||
| 6858 | // doesn't descend into the children, but only looks one level deep and name | ||||||
| 6859 | // matches can include base class names. | ||||||
| 6860 | |||||||
| 6861 | uint32_t | ||||||
| 6862 | TypeSystemClang::GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 6863 | const char *name, | ||||||
| 6864 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | ||||||
| 6865 | if (type && name && name[0]) { | ||||||
| 6866 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 6867 | |||||||
| 6868 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 6869 | |||||||
| 6870 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 6871 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 6872 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 6873 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 6874 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6875 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 6876 | |||||||
| 6877 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6878 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6879 | |||||||
| 6880 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 6881 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 6882 | |||||||
| 6883 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 6884 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | ||||||
| 6885 | base_class_end; | ||||||
| 6886 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 6887 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 6888 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 6889 | // Skip empty base classes | ||||||
| 6890 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | ||||||
| 6891 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 6892 | base_class->getType() | ||||||
| 6893 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | ||||||
| 6894 | ->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 6895 | if (omit_empty_base_classes && | ||||||
| 6896 | !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | ||||||
| 6897 | continue; | ||||||
| 6898 | |||||||
| 6899 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = GetType(base_class->getType()); | ||||||
| 6900 | std::string base_class_type_name( | ||||||
| 6901 | base_class_clang_type.GetTypeName().AsCString("")); | ||||||
| 6902 | if (base_class_type_name == name) | ||||||
| 6903 | return child_idx; | ||||||
| 6904 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6905 | } | ||||||
| 6906 | } | ||||||
| 6907 | |||||||
| 6908 | // Try and find a field that matches NAME | ||||||
| 6909 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 6910 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | ||||||
| 6911 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 6912 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 6913 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6914 | if (field->getName().equals(name_sref)) | ||||||
| 6915 | return child_idx; | ||||||
| 6916 | } | ||||||
| 6917 | } | ||||||
| 6918 | break; | ||||||
| 6919 | |||||||
| 6920 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 6921 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
| 6922 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 6923 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | ||||||
| 6924 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 6925 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6926 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 6927 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 6928 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 6929 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 6930 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 6931 | |||||||
| 6932 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 6933 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | ||||||
| 6934 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | ||||||
| 6935 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 6936 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
| 6937 | |||||||
| 6938 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | ||||||
| 6939 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 6940 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | ||||||
| 6941 | |||||||
| 6942 | if (ivar_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) { | ||||||
| 6943 | if ((!omit_empty_base_classes && superclass_interface_decl) || | ||||||
| 6944 | (omit_empty_base_classes && | ||||||
| 6945 | ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true))) | ||||||
| 6946 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 6947 | |||||||
| 6948 | return child_idx; | ||||||
| 6949 | } | ||||||
| 6950 | } | ||||||
| 6951 | |||||||
| 6952 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 6953 | if (superclass_interface_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) | ||||||
| 6954 | return 0; | ||||||
| 6955 | } | ||||||
| 6956 | } | ||||||
| 6957 | } | ||||||
| 6958 | } | ||||||
| 6959 | break; | ||||||
| 6960 | |||||||
| 6961 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | ||||||
| 6962 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = GetType( | ||||||
| 6963 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | ||||||
| 6964 | ->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 6965 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName( | ||||||
| 6966 | name, omit_empty_base_classes); | ||||||
| 6967 | } break; | ||||||
| 6968 | |||||||
| 6969 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | ||||||
| 6970 | // const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | ||||||
| 6971 | // llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6972 | // const uint64_t element_count = | ||||||
| 6973 | // array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 6974 | // | ||||||
| 6975 | // if (idx < element_count) | ||||||
| 6976 | // { | ||||||
| 6977 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> field_type_info = | ||||||
| 6978 | // ast->getTypeInfo(array->getElementType()); | ||||||
| 6979 | // | ||||||
| 6980 | // char element_name[32]; | ||||||
| 6981 | // ::snprintf (element_name, sizeof (element_name), | ||||||
| 6982 | // "%s[%u]", parent_name ? parent_name : "", idx); | ||||||
| 6983 | // | ||||||
| 6984 | // child_name.assign(element_name); | ||||||
| 6985 | // assert(field_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | ||||||
| 6986 | // child_byte_size = field_type_info.first / 8; | ||||||
| 6987 | // child_byte_offset = idx * child_byte_size; | ||||||
| 6988 | // return array->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 6989 | // } | ||||||
| 6990 | } break; | ||||||
| 6991 | |||||||
| 6992 | // case clang::Type::MemberPointerType: | ||||||
| 6993 | // { | ||||||
| 6994 | // MemberPointerType *mem_ptr_type = | ||||||
| 6995 | // llvm::cast<MemberPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 6996 | // clang::QualType pointee_type = | ||||||
| 6997 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
| 6998 | // | ||||||
| 6999 | // if (TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType | ||||||
| 7000 | // (pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr())) | ||||||
| 7001 | // { | ||||||
| 7002 | // return GetIndexOfChildWithName (ast, | ||||||
| 7003 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | ||||||
| 7004 | // name); | ||||||
| 7005 | // } | ||||||
| 7006 | // } | ||||||
| 7007 | // break; | ||||||
| 7008 | // | ||||||
| 7009 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
| 7010 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | ||||||
| 7011 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | ||||||
| 7012 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 7013 | CompilerType pointee_type = GetType(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 7014 | |||||||
| 7015 | if (pointee_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 7016 | return pointee_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName(name, | ||||||
| 7017 | omit_empty_base_classes); | ||||||
| 7018 | } | ||||||
| 7019 | } break; | ||||||
| 7020 | |||||||
| 7021 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | ||||||
| 7022 | const clang::PointerType *pointer_type = | ||||||
| 7023 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 7024 | CompilerType pointee_type = GetType(pointer_type->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
| 7025 | |||||||
| 7026 | if (pointee_type.IsAggregateType()) { | ||||||
| 7027 | return pointee_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName(name, | ||||||
| 7028 | omit_empty_base_classes); | ||||||
| 7029 | } else { | ||||||
| 7030 | // if (parent_name) | ||||||
| 7031 | // { | ||||||
| 7032 | // child_name.assign(1, '*'); | ||||||
| 7033 | // child_name += parent_name; | ||||||
| 7034 | // } | ||||||
| 7035 | // | ||||||
| 7036 | // // We have a pointer to an simple type | ||||||
| 7037 | // if (idx == 0) | ||||||
| 7038 | // { | ||||||
| 7039 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> clang_type_info | ||||||
| 7040 | // = ast->getTypeInfo(pointee_type); | ||||||
| 7041 | // assert(clang_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | ||||||
| 7042 | // child_byte_size = clang_type_info.first / 8; | ||||||
| 7043 | // child_byte_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 7044 | // return pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
| 7045 | // } | ||||||
| 7046 | } | ||||||
| 7047 | } break; | ||||||
| 7048 | |||||||
| 7049 | default: | ||||||
| 7050 | break; | ||||||
| 7051 | } | ||||||
| 7052 | } | ||||||
| 7053 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | ||||||
| 7054 | } | ||||||
| 7055 | |||||||
| 7056 | size_t | ||||||
| 7057 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 7058 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 7059 | return 0; | ||||||
| 7060 | |||||||
| 7061 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 7062 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 7063 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 7064 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 7065 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 7066 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 7067 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 7068 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 7069 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | ||||||
| 7070 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>( | ||||||
| 7071 | cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7072 | if (template_decl) | ||||||
| 7073 | return template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size(); | ||||||
| 7074 | } | ||||||
| 7075 | } | ||||||
| 7076 | break; | ||||||
| 7077 | |||||||
| 7078 | default: | ||||||
| 7079 | break; | ||||||
| 7080 | } | ||||||
| 7081 | |||||||
| 7082 | return 0; | ||||||
| 7083 | } | ||||||
| 7084 | |||||||
| 7085 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * | ||||||
| 7086 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||
| 7087 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 7088 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 7089 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7090 | |||||||
| 7091 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 7092 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 7093 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 7094 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 7095 | if (! GetCompleteType(type)) | ||||||
| 7096 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7097 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 7098 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 7099 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 7100 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7101 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>( | ||||||
| 7102 | cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7103 | } | ||||||
| 7104 | |||||||
| 7105 | default: | ||||||
| 7106 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7107 | } | ||||||
| 7108 | } | ||||||
| 7109 | |||||||
| 7110 | lldb::TemplateArgumentKind | ||||||
| 7111 | TypeSystemClang::GetTemplateArgumentKind(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 7112 | size_t arg_idx) { | ||||||
| 7113 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | ||||||
| 7114 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | ||||||
| 7115 | if (! template_decl || arg_idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | ||||||
| 7116 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNull; | ||||||
| 7117 | |||||||
| 7118 | switch (template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[arg_idx].getKind()) { | ||||||
| 7119 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Null: | ||||||
| 7120 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNull; | ||||||
| 7121 | |||||||
| 7122 | case clang::TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | ||||||
| 7123 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNullPtr; | ||||||
| 7124 | |||||||
| 7125 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Type: | ||||||
| 7126 | return eTemplateArgumentKindType; | ||||||
| 7127 | |||||||
| 7128 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Declaration: | ||||||
| 7129 | return eTemplateArgumentKindDeclaration; | ||||||
| 7130 | |||||||
| 7131 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Integral: | ||||||
| 7132 | return eTemplateArgumentKindIntegral; | ||||||
| 7133 | |||||||
| 7134 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Template: | ||||||
| 7135 | return eTemplateArgumentKindTemplate; | ||||||
| 7136 | |||||||
| 7137 | case clang::TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | ||||||
| 7138 | return eTemplateArgumentKindTemplateExpansion; | ||||||
| 7139 | |||||||
| 7140 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Expression: | ||||||
| 7141 | return eTemplateArgumentKindExpression; | ||||||
| 7142 | |||||||
| 7143 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Pack: | ||||||
| 7144 | return eTemplateArgumentKindPack; | ||||||
| 7145 | } | ||||||
| 7146 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||
| 7147 | } | ||||||
| 7148 | |||||||
| 7149 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 7150 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 7151 | size_t idx) { | ||||||
| 7152 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | ||||||
| 7153 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | ||||||
| 7154 | if (!template_decl || idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | ||||||
| 7155 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 7156 | |||||||
| 7157 | const clang::TemplateArgument &template_arg = | ||||||
| 7158 | template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[idx]; | ||||||
| 7159 | if (template_arg.getKind() != clang::TemplateArgument::Type) | ||||||
| 7160 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 7161 | |||||||
| 7162 | return GetType(template_arg.getAsType()); | ||||||
| 7163 | } | ||||||
| 7164 | |||||||
| 7165 | Optional<CompilerType::IntegralTemplateArgument> | ||||||
| 7166 | TypeSystemClang::GetIntegralTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 7167 | size_t idx) { | ||||||
| 7168 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | ||||||
| 7169 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | ||||||
| 7170 | if (! template_decl || idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | ||||||
| 7171 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
| 7172 | |||||||
| 7173 | const clang::TemplateArgument &template_arg = | ||||||
| 7174 | template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[idx]; | ||||||
| 7175 | if (template_arg.getKind() != clang::TemplateArgument::Integral) | ||||||
| 7176 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
| 7177 | |||||||
| 7178 | return { | ||||||
| 7179 | {template_arg.getAsIntegral(), GetType(template_arg.getIntegralType())}}; | ||||||
| 7180 | } | ||||||
| 7181 | |||||||
| 7182 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForFormatters(void *type) { | ||||||
| 7183 | if (type) | ||||||
| 7184 | return ClangUtil::RemoveFastQualifiers(CompilerType(this, type)); | ||||||
| 7185 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 7186 | } | ||||||
| 7187 | |||||||
| 7188 | clang::EnumDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsEnumDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7189 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | ||||||
| 7190 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 7191 | if (enutype) | ||||||
| 7192 | return enutype->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 7193 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7194 | } | ||||||
| 7195 | |||||||
| 7196 | clang::RecordDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsRecordDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7197 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 7198 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordType>(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 7199 | if (record_type) | ||||||
| 7200 | return record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 7201 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7202 | } | ||||||
| 7203 | |||||||
| 7204 | clang::TagDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsTagDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7205 | return ClangUtil::GetAsTagDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7206 | } | ||||||
| 7207 | |||||||
| 7208 | clang::TypedefNameDecl * | ||||||
| 7209 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsTypedefDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7210 | const clang::TypedefType *typedef_type = | ||||||
| 7211 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TypedefType>(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 7212 | if (typedef_type) | ||||||
| 7213 | return typedef_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 7214 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7215 | } | ||||||
| 7216 | |||||||
| 7217 | clang::CXXRecordDecl * | ||||||
| 7218 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsCXXRecordDecl(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 7219 | return GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 7220 | } | ||||||
| 7221 | |||||||
| 7222 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl * | ||||||
| 7223 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7224 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 7225 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | ||||||
| 7226 | ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 7227 | if (objc_class_type) | ||||||
| 7228 | return objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 7229 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7230 | } | ||||||
| 7231 | |||||||
| 7232 | clang::FieldDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddFieldToRecordType( | ||||||
| 7233 | const CompilerType &type, llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 7234 | const CompilerType &field_clang_type, AccessType access, | ||||||
| 7235 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size) { | ||||||
| 7236 | if (!type.IsValid() || !field_clang_type.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 7237 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7238 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | ||||||
| 7239 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7240 | if (!ast) | ||||||
| 7241 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7242 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 7243 | clang::IdentifierInfo *ident = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7244 | if (!name.empty()) | ||||||
| 7245 | ident = &clang_ast.Idents.get(name); | ||||||
| 7246 | |||||||
| 7247 | clang::FieldDecl *field = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7248 | |||||||
| 7249 | clang::Expr *bit_width = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7250 | if (bitfield_bit_size != 0) { | ||||||
| 7251 | llvm::APInt bitfield_bit_size_apint(clang_ast.getTypeSize(clang_ast.IntTy), | ||||||
| 7252 | bitfield_bit_size); | ||||||
| 7253 | bit_width = new (clang_ast) | ||||||
| 7254 | clang::IntegerLiteral(clang_ast, bitfield_bit_size_apint, | ||||||
| 7255 | clang_ast.IntTy, clang::SourceLocation()); | ||||||
| 7256 | } | ||||||
| 7257 | |||||||
| 7258 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7259 | if (record_decl) { | ||||||
| 7260 | field = clang::FieldDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | ||||||
| 7261 | field->setDeclContext(record_decl); | ||||||
| 7262 | field->setDeclName(ident); | ||||||
| 7263 | field->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(field_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 7264 | if (bit_width) | ||||||
| 7265 | field->setBitWidth(bit_width); | ||||||
| 7266 | SetMemberOwningModule(field, record_decl); | ||||||
| 7267 | |||||||
| 7268 | if (name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 7269 | // Determine whether this field corresponds to an anonymous struct or | ||||||
| 7270 | // union. | ||||||
| 7271 | if (const clang::TagType *TagT = | ||||||
| 7272 | field->getType()->getAs<clang::TagType>()) { | ||||||
| 7273 | if (clang::RecordDecl *Rec = | ||||||
| 7274 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordDecl>(TagT->getDecl())) | ||||||
| 7275 | if (!Rec->getDeclName()) { | ||||||
| 7276 | Rec->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | ||||||
| 7277 | field->setImplicit(); | ||||||
| 7278 | } | ||||||
| 7279 | } | ||||||
| 7280 | } | ||||||
| 7281 | |||||||
| 7282 | if (field) { | ||||||
| 7283 | field->setAccess( | ||||||
| 7284 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access)); | ||||||
| 7285 | |||||||
| 7286 | record_decl->addDecl(field); | ||||||
| 7287 | |||||||
| 7288 | VerifyDecl(field); | ||||||
| 7289 | } | ||||||
| 7290 | } else { | ||||||
| 7291 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 7292 | ast->GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7293 | |||||||
| 7294 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 7295 | const bool is_synthesized = false; | ||||||
| 7296 | |||||||
| 7297 | field_clang_type.GetCompleteType(); | ||||||
| 7298 | |||||||
| 7299 | auto *ivar = clang::ObjCIvarDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | ||||||
| 7300 | ivar->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7301 | ivar->setDeclName(ident); | ||||||
| 7302 | ivar->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(field_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 7303 | ivar->setAccessControl(ConvertAccessTypeToObjCIvarAccessControl(access)); | ||||||
| 7304 | if (bit_width) | ||||||
| 7305 | ivar->setBitWidth(bit_width); | ||||||
| 7306 | ivar->setSynthesize(is_synthesized); | ||||||
| 7307 | field = ivar; | ||||||
| 7308 | SetMemberOwningModule(field, class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7309 | |||||||
| 7310 | if (field) { | ||||||
| 7311 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(field); | ||||||
| 7312 | |||||||
| 7313 | VerifyDecl(field); | ||||||
| 7314 | } | ||||||
| 7315 | } | ||||||
| 7316 | } | ||||||
| 7317 | return field; | ||||||
| 7318 | } | ||||||
| 7319 | |||||||
| 7320 | void TypeSystemClang::BuildIndirectFields(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7321 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 7322 | return; | ||||||
| 7323 | |||||||
| 7324 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7325 | if (!ast) | ||||||
| 7326 | return; | ||||||
| 7327 | |||||||
| 7328 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7329 | |||||||
| 7330 | if (!record_decl) | ||||||
| 7331 | return; | ||||||
| 7332 | |||||||
| 7333 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<clang::IndirectFieldDecl *, 1> IndirectFieldVector; | ||||||
| 7334 | |||||||
| 7335 | IndirectFieldVector indirect_fields; | ||||||
| 7336 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_pos; | ||||||
| 7337 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_end_pos = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 7338 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator last_field_pos = field_end_pos; | ||||||
| 7339 | for (field_pos = record_decl->field_begin(); field_pos != field_end_pos; | ||||||
| 7340 | last_field_pos = field_pos++) { | ||||||
| 7341 | if (field_pos->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { | ||||||
| 7342 | clang::QualType field_qual_type = field_pos->getType(); | ||||||
| 7343 | |||||||
| 7344 | const clang::RecordType *field_record_type = | ||||||
| 7345 | field_qual_type->getAs<clang::RecordType>(); | ||||||
| 7346 | |||||||
| 7347 | if (!field_record_type) | ||||||
| 7348 | continue; | ||||||
| 7349 | |||||||
| 7350 | clang::RecordDecl *field_record_decl = field_record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 7351 | |||||||
| 7352 | if (!field_record_decl) | ||||||
| 7353 | continue; | ||||||
| 7354 | |||||||
| 7355 | for (clang::RecordDecl::decl_iterator | ||||||
| 7356 | di = field_record_decl->decls_begin(), | ||||||
| 7357 | de = field_record_decl->decls_end(); | ||||||
| 7358 | di != de; ++di) { | ||||||
| 7359 | if (clang::FieldDecl *nested_field_decl = | ||||||
| 7360 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FieldDecl>(*di)) { | ||||||
| 7361 | clang::NamedDecl **chain = | ||||||
| 7362 | new (ast->getASTContext()) clang::NamedDecl *[2]; | ||||||
| 7363 | chain[0] = *field_pos; | ||||||
| 7364 | chain[1] = nested_field_decl; | ||||||
| 7365 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl *indirect_field = | ||||||
| 7366 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 7367 | ast->getASTContext(), record_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 7368 | nested_field_decl->getIdentifier(), | ||||||
| 7369 | nested_field_decl->getType(), {chain, 2}); | ||||||
| 7370 | SetMemberOwningModule(indirect_field, record_decl); | ||||||
| 7371 | |||||||
| 7372 | indirect_field->setImplicit(); | ||||||
| 7373 | |||||||
| 7374 | indirect_field->setAccess(TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers( | ||||||
| 7375 | field_pos->getAccess(), nested_field_decl->getAccess())); | ||||||
| 7376 | |||||||
| 7377 | indirect_fields.push_back(indirect_field); | ||||||
| 7378 | } else if (clang::IndirectFieldDecl *nested_indirect_field_decl = | ||||||
| 7379 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::IndirectFieldDecl>(*di)) { | ||||||
| 7380 | size_t nested_chain_size = | ||||||
| 7381 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getChainingSize(); | ||||||
| 7382 | clang::NamedDecl **chain = new (ast->getASTContext()) | ||||||
| 7383 | clang::NamedDecl *[nested_chain_size + 1]; | ||||||
| 7384 | chain[0] = *field_pos; | ||||||
| 7385 | |||||||
| 7386 | int chain_index = 1; | ||||||
| 7387 | for (clang::IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator | ||||||
| 7388 | nci = nested_indirect_field_decl->chain_begin(), | ||||||
| 7389 | nce = nested_indirect_field_decl->chain_end(); | ||||||
| 7390 | nci < nce; ++nci) { | ||||||
| 7391 | chain[chain_index] = *nci; | ||||||
| 7392 | chain_index++; | ||||||
| 7393 | } | ||||||
| 7394 | |||||||
| 7395 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl *indirect_field = | ||||||
| 7396 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 7397 | ast->getASTContext(), record_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 7398 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getIdentifier(), | ||||||
| 7399 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getType(), | ||||||
| 7400 | {chain, nested_chain_size + 1}); | ||||||
| 7401 | SetMemberOwningModule(indirect_field, record_decl); | ||||||
| 7402 | |||||||
| 7403 | indirect_field->setImplicit(); | ||||||
| 7404 | |||||||
| 7405 | indirect_field->setAccess(TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers( | ||||||
| 7406 | field_pos->getAccess(), nested_indirect_field_decl->getAccess())); | ||||||
| 7407 | |||||||
| 7408 | indirect_fields.push_back(indirect_field); | ||||||
| 7409 | } | ||||||
| 7410 | } | ||||||
| 7411 | } | ||||||
| 7412 | } | ||||||
| 7413 | |||||||
| 7414 | // Check the last field to see if it has an incomplete array type as its last | ||||||
| 7415 | // member and if it does, the tell the record decl about it | ||||||
| 7416 | if (last_field_pos != field_end_pos) { | ||||||
| 7417 | if (last_field_pos->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) | ||||||
| 7418 | record_decl->hasFlexibleArrayMember(); | ||||||
| 7419 | } | ||||||
| 7420 | |||||||
| 7421 | for (IndirectFieldVector::iterator ifi = indirect_fields.begin(), | ||||||
| 7422 | ife = indirect_fields.end(); | ||||||
| 7423 | ifi < ife; ++ifi) { | ||||||
| 7424 | record_decl->addDecl(*ifi); | ||||||
| 7425 | } | ||||||
| 7426 | } | ||||||
| 7427 | |||||||
| 7428 | void TypeSystemClang::SetIsPacked(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 7429 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 7430 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | ||||||
| 7431 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7432 | if (ast) { | ||||||
| 7433 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = GetAsRecordDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7434 | |||||||
| 7435 | if (!record_decl) | ||||||
| 7436 | return; | ||||||
| 7437 | |||||||
| 7438 | record_decl->addAttr( | ||||||
| 7439 | clang::PackedAttr::CreateImplicit(ast->getASTContext())); | ||||||
| 7440 | } | ||||||
| 7441 | } | ||||||
| 7442 | } | ||||||
| 7443 | |||||||
| 7444 | clang::VarDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddVariableToRecordType( | ||||||
| 7445 | const CompilerType &type, llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 7446 | const CompilerType &var_type, AccessType access) { | ||||||
| 7447 | if (!type.IsValid() || !var_type.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 7448 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7449 | |||||||
| 7450 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7451 | if (!ast) | ||||||
| 7452 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7453 | |||||||
| 7454 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7455 | if (!record_decl) | ||||||
| 7456 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7457 | |||||||
| 7458 | clang::VarDecl *var_decl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7459 | clang::IdentifierInfo *ident = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7460 | if (!name.empty()) | ||||||
| 7461 | ident = &ast->getASTContext().Idents.get(name); | ||||||
| 7462 | |||||||
| 7463 | var_decl = clang::VarDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast->getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 7464 | var_decl->setDeclContext(record_decl); | ||||||
| 7465 | var_decl->setDeclName(ident); | ||||||
| 7466 | var_decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(var_type)); | ||||||
| 7467 | var_decl->setStorageClass(clang::SC_Static); | ||||||
| 7468 | SetMemberOwningModule(var_decl, record_decl); | ||||||
| 7469 | if (!var_decl) | ||||||
| 7470 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7471 | |||||||
| 7472 | var_decl->setAccess( | ||||||
| 7473 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access)); | ||||||
| 7474 | record_decl->addDecl(var_decl); | ||||||
| 7475 | |||||||
| 7476 | VerifyDecl(var_decl); | ||||||
| 7477 | |||||||
| 7478 | return var_decl; | ||||||
| 7479 | } | ||||||
| 7480 | |||||||
| 7481 | void TypeSystemClang::SetIntegerInitializerForVariable( | ||||||
| 7482 | VarDecl *var, const llvm::APInt &init_value) { | ||||||
| 7483 | assert(!var->hasInit() && "variable already initialized")((void)0); | ||||||
| 7484 | |||||||
| 7485 | clang::ASTContext &ast = var->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 7486 | QualType qt = var->getType(); | ||||||
| 7487 | assert(qt->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&((void)0) | ||||||
| 7488 | "only integer or enum types supported")((void)0); | ||||||
| 7489 | // If the variable is an enum type, take the underlying integer type as | ||||||
| 7490 | // the type of the integer literal. | ||||||
| 7491 | if (const EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<EnumType>(qt.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||
| 7492 | const EnumDecl *enum_decl = enum_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 7493 | qt = enum_decl->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
| 7494 | } | ||||||
| 7495 | var->setInit(IntegerLiteral::Create(ast, init_value, qt.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||
| 7496 | SourceLocation())); | ||||||
| 7497 | } | ||||||
| 7498 | |||||||
| 7499 | void TypeSystemClang::SetFloatingInitializerForVariable( | ||||||
| 7500 | clang::VarDecl *var, const llvm::APFloat &init_value) { | ||||||
| 7501 | assert(!var->hasInit() && "variable already initialized")((void)0); | ||||||
| 7502 | |||||||
| 7503 | clang::ASTContext &ast = var->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 7504 | QualType qt = var->getType(); | ||||||
| 7505 | assert(qt->isFloatingType() && "only floating point types supported")((void)0); | ||||||
| 7506 | var->setInit(FloatingLiteral::Create( | ||||||
| 7507 | ast, init_value, true, qt.getUnqualifiedType(), SourceLocation())); | ||||||
| 7508 | } | ||||||
| 7509 | |||||||
| 7510 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddMethodToCXXRecordType( | ||||||
| 7511 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, llvm::StringRef name, | ||||||
| 7512 | const char *mangled_name, const CompilerType &method_clang_type, | ||||||
| 7513 | lldb::AccessType access, bool is_virtual, bool is_static, bool is_inline, | ||||||
| 7514 | bool is_explicit, bool is_attr_used, bool is_artificial) { | ||||||
| 7515 | if (!type || !method_clang_type.IsValid() || name.empty()) | ||||||
| 7516 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7517 | |||||||
| 7518 | clang::QualType record_qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 7519 | |||||||
| 7520 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 7521 | record_qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 7522 | |||||||
| 7523 | if (cxx_record_decl == nullptr) | ||||||
| 7524 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7525 | |||||||
| 7526 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(method_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 7527 | |||||||
| 7528 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7529 | |||||||
| 7530 | clang::DeclarationName decl_name(&getASTContext().Idents.get(name)); | ||||||
| 7531 | |||||||
| 7532 | const clang::FunctionType *function_type = | ||||||
| 7533 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionType>(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 7534 | |||||||
| 7535 | if (function_type == nullptr) | ||||||
| 7536 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7537 | |||||||
| 7538 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *method_function_prototype( | ||||||
| 7539 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(function_type)); | ||||||
| 7540 | |||||||
| 7541 | if (!method_function_prototype) | ||||||
| 7542 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7543 | |||||||
| 7544 | unsigned int num_params = method_function_prototype->getNumParams(); | ||||||
| 7545 | |||||||
| 7546 | clang::CXXDestructorDecl *cxx_dtor_decl(nullptr); | ||||||
| 7547 | clang::CXXConstructorDecl *cxx_ctor_decl(nullptr); | ||||||
| 7548 | |||||||
| 7549 | if (is_artificial) | ||||||
| 7550 | return nullptr; // skip everything artificial | ||||||
| 7551 | |||||||
| 7552 | const clang::ExplicitSpecifier explicit_spec( | ||||||
| 7553 | nullptr /*expr*/, is_explicit ? clang::ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue | ||||||
| 7554 | : clang::ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse); | ||||||
| 7555 | |||||||
| 7556 | if (name.startswith("~")) { | ||||||
| 7557 | cxx_dtor_decl = | ||||||
| 7558 | clang::CXXDestructorDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 7559 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7560 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDeclName( | ||||||
| 7561 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | ||||||
| 7562 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType(record_qual_type))); | ||||||
| 7563 | cxx_dtor_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | ||||||
| 7564 | cxx_dtor_decl->setImplicit(is_artificial); | ||||||
| 7565 | cxx_dtor_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | ||||||
| 7566 | cxx_dtor_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||
| 7567 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_dtor_decl; | ||||||
| 7568 | } else if (decl_name == cxx_record_decl->getDeclName()) { | ||||||
| 7569 | cxx_ctor_decl = clang::CXXConstructorDecl::CreateDeserialized( | ||||||
| 7570 | getASTContext(), 0, 0); | ||||||
| 7571 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7572 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDeclName( | ||||||
| 7573 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | ||||||
| 7574 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType(record_qual_type))); | ||||||
| 7575 | cxx_ctor_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | ||||||
| 7576 | cxx_ctor_decl->setImplicit(is_artificial); | ||||||
| 7577 | cxx_ctor_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | ||||||
| 7578 | cxx_ctor_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||
| 7579 | cxx_ctor_decl->setNumCtorInitializers(0); | ||||||
| 7580 | cxx_ctor_decl->setExplicitSpecifier(explicit_spec); | ||||||
| 7581 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_ctor_decl; | ||||||
| 7582 | } else { | ||||||
| 7583 | clang::StorageClass SC = is_static ? clang::SC_Static : clang::SC_None; | ||||||
| 7584 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind = clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS; | ||||||
| 7585 | |||||||
| 7586 | if (IsOperator(name, op_kind)) { | ||||||
| 7587 | if (op_kind != clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) { | ||||||
| 7588 | // Check the number of operator parameters. Sometimes we have seen bad | ||||||
| 7589 | // DWARF that doesn't correctly describe operators and if we try to | ||||||
| 7590 | // create a method and add it to the class, clang will assert and | ||||||
| 7591 | // crash, so we need to make sure things are acceptable. | ||||||
| 7592 | const bool is_method = true; | ||||||
| 7593 | if (!TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | ||||||
| 7594 | is_method, op_kind, num_params)) | ||||||
| 7595 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7596 | cxx_method_decl = | ||||||
| 7597 | clang::CXXMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 7598 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7599 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclName( | ||||||
| 7600 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(op_kind)); | ||||||
| 7601 | cxx_method_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | ||||||
| 7602 | cxx_method_decl->setStorageClass(SC); | ||||||
| 7603 | cxx_method_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | ||||||
| 7604 | cxx_method_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||
| 7605 | } else if (num_params == 0) { | ||||||
| 7606 | // Conversion operators don't take params... | ||||||
| 7607 | auto *cxx_conversion_decl = | ||||||
| 7608 | clang::CXXConversionDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 7609 | cxx_conversion_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7610 | cxx_conversion_decl->setDeclName( | ||||||
| 7611 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( | ||||||
| 7612 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType( | ||||||
| 7613 | function_type->getReturnType()))); | ||||||
| 7614 | cxx_conversion_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | ||||||
| 7615 | cxx_conversion_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | ||||||
| 7616 | cxx_conversion_decl->setExplicitSpecifier(explicit_spec); | ||||||
| 7617 | cxx_conversion_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||
| 7618 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_conversion_decl; | ||||||
| 7619 | } | ||||||
| 7620 | } | ||||||
| 7621 | |||||||
| 7622 | if (cxx_method_decl == nullptr) { | ||||||
| 7623 | cxx_method_decl = | ||||||
| 7624 | clang::CXXMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 7625 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7626 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | ||||||
| 7627 | cxx_method_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | ||||||
| 7628 | cxx_method_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | ||||||
| 7629 | cxx_method_decl->setStorageClass(SC); | ||||||
| 7630 | cxx_method_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||||
| 7631 | } | ||||||
| 7632 | } | ||||||
| 7633 | SetMemberOwningModule(cxx_method_decl, cxx_record_decl); | ||||||
| 7634 | |||||||
| 7635 | clang::AccessSpecifier access_specifier = | ||||||
| 7636 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access); | ||||||
| 7637 | |||||||
| 7638 | cxx_method_decl->setAccess(access_specifier); | ||||||
| 7639 | cxx_method_decl->setVirtualAsWritten(is_virtual); | ||||||
| 7640 | |||||||
| 7641 | if (is_attr_used) | ||||||
| 7642 | cxx_method_decl->addAttr(clang::UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext())); | ||||||
| 7643 | |||||||
| 7644 | if (mangled_name != nullptr) { | ||||||
| 7645 | cxx_method_decl->addAttr(clang::AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( | ||||||
| 7646 | getASTContext(), mangled_name, /*literal=*/false)); | ||||||
| 7647 | } | ||||||
| 7648 | |||||||
| 7649 | // Populate the method decl with parameter decls | ||||||
| 7650 | |||||||
| 7651 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 12> params; | ||||||
| 7652 | |||||||
| 7653 | for (unsigned param_index = 0; param_index < num_params; ++param_index) { | ||||||
| 7654 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 7655 | getASTContext(), cxx_method_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 7656 | clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 7657 | nullptr, // anonymous | ||||||
| 7658 | method_function_prototype->getParamType(param_index), nullptr, | ||||||
| 7659 | clang::SC_None, nullptr)); | ||||||
| 7660 | } | ||||||
| 7661 | |||||||
| 7662 | cxx_method_decl->setParams(llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params)); | ||||||
| 7663 | |||||||
| 7664 | cxx_record_decl->addDecl(cxx_method_decl); | ||||||
| 7665 | |||||||
| 7666 | // Sometimes the debug info will mention a constructor (default/copy/move), | ||||||
| 7667 | // destructor, or assignment operator (copy/move) but there won't be any | ||||||
| 7668 | // version of this in the code. So we check if the function was artificially | ||||||
| 7669 | // generated and if it is trivial and this lets the compiler/backend know | ||||||
| 7670 | // that it can inline the IR for these when it needs to and we can avoid a | ||||||
| 7671 | // "missing function" error when running expressions. | ||||||
| 7672 | |||||||
| 7673 | if (is_artificial) { | ||||||
| 7674 | if (cxx_ctor_decl && ((cxx_ctor_decl->isDefaultConstructor() && | ||||||
| 7675 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) || | ||||||
| 7676 | (cxx_ctor_decl->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||||
| 7677 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) || | ||||||
| 7678 | (cxx_ctor_decl->isMoveConstructor() && | ||||||
| 7679 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialMoveConstructor()))) { | ||||||
| 7680 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDefaulted(); | ||||||
| 7681 | cxx_ctor_decl->setTrivial(true); | ||||||
| 7682 | } else if (cxx_dtor_decl) { | ||||||
| 7683 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | ||||||
| 7684 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDefaulted(); | ||||||
| 7685 | cxx_dtor_decl->setTrivial(true); | ||||||
| 7686 | } | ||||||
| 7687 | } else if ((cxx_method_decl->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && | ||||||
| 7688 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) || | ||||||
| 7689 | (cxx_method_decl->isMoveAssignmentOperator() && | ||||||
| 7690 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialMoveAssignment())) { | ||||||
| 7691 | cxx_method_decl->setDefaulted(); | ||||||
| 7692 | cxx_method_decl->setTrivial(true); | ||||||
| 7693 | } | ||||||
| 7694 | } | ||||||
| 7695 | |||||||
| 7696 | VerifyDecl(cxx_method_decl); | ||||||
| 7697 | |||||||
| 7698 | return cxx_method_decl; | ||||||
| 7699 | } | ||||||
| 7700 | |||||||
| 7701 | void TypeSystemClang::AddMethodOverridesForCXXRecordType( | ||||||
| 7702 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | ||||||
| 7703 | if (auto *record = GetAsCXXRecordDecl(type)) | ||||||
| 7704 | for (auto *method : record->methods()) | ||||||
| 7705 | addOverridesForMethod(method); | ||||||
| 7706 | } | ||||||
| 7707 | |||||||
| 7708 | #pragma mark C++ Base Classes | ||||||
| 7709 | |||||||
| 7710 | std::unique_ptr<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier> | ||||||
| 7711 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBaseClassSpecifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 7712 | AccessType access, bool is_virtual, | ||||||
| 7713 | bool base_of_class) { | ||||||
| 7714 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 7715 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7716 | |||||||
| 7717 | return std::make_unique<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier>( | ||||||
| 7718 | clang::SourceRange(), is_virtual, base_of_class, | ||||||
| 7719 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access), | ||||||
| 7720 | getASTContext().getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(GetQualType(type)), | ||||||
| 7721 | clang::SourceLocation()); | ||||||
| 7722 | } | ||||||
| 7723 | |||||||
| 7724 | bool TypeSystemClang::TransferBaseClasses( | ||||||
| 7725 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 7726 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier>> bases) { | ||||||
| 7727 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 7728 | return false; | ||||||
| 7729 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = GetAsCXXRecordDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7730 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 7731 | return false; | ||||||
| 7732 | std::vector<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *> raw_bases; | ||||||
| 7733 | raw_bases.reserve(bases.size()); | ||||||
| 7734 | |||||||
| 7735 | // Clang will make a copy of them, so it's ok that we pass pointers that we're | ||||||
| 7736 | // about to destroy. | ||||||
| 7737 | for (auto &b : bases) | ||||||
| 7738 | raw_bases.push_back(b.get()); | ||||||
| 7739 | cxx_record_decl->setBases(raw_bases.data(), raw_bases.size()); | ||||||
| 7740 | return true; | ||||||
| 7741 | } | ||||||
| 7742 | |||||||
| 7743 | bool TypeSystemClang::SetObjCSuperClass( | ||||||
| 7744 | const CompilerType &type, const CompilerType &superclass_clang_type) { | ||||||
| 7745 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | ||||||
| 7746 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7747 | if (!ast) | ||||||
| 7748 | return false; | ||||||
| 7749 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 7750 | |||||||
| 7751 | if (type && superclass_clang_type.IsValid() && | ||||||
| 7752 | superclass_clang_type.GetTypeSystem() == type.GetTypeSystem()) { | ||||||
| 7753 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 7754 | GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7755 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *super_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 7756 | GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(superclass_clang_type); | ||||||
| 7757 | if (class_interface_decl && super_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 7758 | class_interface_decl->setSuperClass(clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | ||||||
| 7759 | clang_ast.getObjCInterfaceType(super_interface_decl))); | ||||||
| 7760 | return true; | ||||||
| 7761 | } | ||||||
| 7762 | } | ||||||
| 7763 | return false; | ||||||
| 7764 | } | ||||||
| 7765 | |||||||
| 7766 | bool TypeSystemClang::AddObjCClassProperty( | ||||||
| 7767 | const CompilerType &type, const char *property_name, | ||||||
| 7768 | const CompilerType &property_clang_type, clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl, | ||||||
| 7769 | const char *property_setter_name, const char *property_getter_name, | ||||||
| 7770 | uint32_t property_attributes, ClangASTMetadata *metadata) { | ||||||
| 7771 | if (!type || !property_clang_type.IsValid() || property_name == nullptr || | ||||||
| 7772 | property_name[0] == '\0') | ||||||
| 7773 | return false; | ||||||
| 7774 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7775 | if (!ast) | ||||||
| 7776 | return false; | ||||||
| 7777 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 7778 | |||||||
| 7779 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7780 | if (!class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 7781 | return false; | ||||||
| 7782 | |||||||
| 7783 | CompilerType property_clang_type_to_access; | ||||||
| 7784 | |||||||
| 7785 | if (property_clang_type.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 7786 | property_clang_type_to_access = property_clang_type; | ||||||
| 7787 | else if (ivar_decl) | ||||||
| 7788 | property_clang_type_to_access = ast->GetType(ivar_decl->getType()); | ||||||
| 7789 | |||||||
| 7790 | if (!class_interface_decl || !property_clang_type_to_access.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 7791 | return false; | ||||||
| 7792 | |||||||
| 7793 | clang::TypeSourceInfo *prop_type_source; | ||||||
| 7794 | if (ivar_decl) | ||||||
| 7795 | prop_type_source = clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ivar_decl->getType()); | ||||||
| 7796 | else | ||||||
| 7797 | prop_type_source = clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | ||||||
| 7798 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 7799 | |||||||
| 7800 | clang::ObjCPropertyDecl *property_decl = | ||||||
| 7801 | clang::ObjCPropertyDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | ||||||
| 7802 | property_decl->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7803 | property_decl->setDeclName(&clang_ast.Idents.get(property_name)); | ||||||
| 7804 | property_decl->setType(ivar_decl | ||||||
| 7805 | ? ivar_decl->getType() | ||||||
| 7806 | : ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type), | ||||||
| 7807 | prop_type_source); | ||||||
| 7808 | SetMemberOwningModule(property_decl, class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7809 | |||||||
| 7810 | if (!property_decl) | ||||||
| 7811 | return false; | ||||||
| 7812 | |||||||
| 7813 | if (metadata) | ||||||
| 7814 | ast->SetMetadata(property_decl, *metadata); | ||||||
| 7815 | |||||||
| 7816 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(property_decl); | ||||||
| 7817 | |||||||
| 7818 | clang::Selector setter_sel, getter_sel; | ||||||
| 7819 | |||||||
| 7820 | if (property_setter_name) { | ||||||
| 7821 | std::string property_setter_no_colon(property_setter_name, | ||||||
| 7822 | strlen(property_setter_name) - 1); | ||||||
| 7823 | clang::IdentifierInfo *setter_ident = | ||||||
| 7824 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_setter_no_colon); | ||||||
| 7825 | setter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(1, &setter_ident); | ||||||
| 7826 | } else if (!(property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly)) { | ||||||
| 7827 | std::string setter_sel_string("set"); | ||||||
| 7828 | setter_sel_string.push_back(::toupper(property_name[0])); | ||||||
| 7829 | setter_sel_string.append(&property_name[1]); | ||||||
| 7830 | clang::IdentifierInfo *setter_ident = | ||||||
| 7831 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(setter_sel_string); | ||||||
| 7832 | setter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(1, &setter_ident); | ||||||
| 7833 | } | ||||||
| 7834 | property_decl->setSetterName(setter_sel); | ||||||
| 7835 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter); | ||||||
| 7836 | |||||||
| 7837 | if (property_getter_name != nullptr) { | ||||||
| 7838 | clang::IdentifierInfo *getter_ident = | ||||||
| 7839 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_getter_name); | ||||||
| 7840 | getter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(0, &getter_ident); | ||||||
| 7841 | } else { | ||||||
| 7842 | clang::IdentifierInfo *getter_ident = &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_name); | ||||||
| 7843 | getter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(0, &getter_ident); | ||||||
| 7844 | } | ||||||
| 7845 | property_decl->setGetterName(getter_sel); | ||||||
| 7846 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter); | ||||||
| 7847 | |||||||
| 7848 | if (ivar_decl) | ||||||
| 7849 | property_decl->setPropertyIvarDecl(ivar_decl); | ||||||
| 7850 | |||||||
| 7851 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly) | ||||||
| 7852 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly); | ||||||
| 7853 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readwrite) | ||||||
| 7854 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite); | ||||||
| 7855 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_assign) | ||||||
| 7856 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign); | ||||||
| 7857 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_retain) | ||||||
| 7858 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain); | ||||||
| 7859 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_copy) | ||||||
| 7860 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy); | ||||||
| 7861 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_nonatomic) | ||||||
| 7862 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic); | ||||||
| 7863 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability) | ||||||
| 7864 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes( | ||||||
| 7865 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability); | ||||||
| 7866 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_null_resettable) | ||||||
| 7867 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes( | ||||||
| 7868 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_null_resettable); | ||||||
| 7869 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class) | ||||||
| 7870 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class); | ||||||
| 7871 | |||||||
| 7872 | const bool isInstance = | ||||||
| 7873 | (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class) == 0; | ||||||
| 7874 | |||||||
| 7875 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *getter = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7876 | if (!getter_sel.isNull()) | ||||||
| 7877 | getter = isInstance ? class_interface_decl->lookupInstanceMethod(getter_sel) | ||||||
| 7878 | : class_interface_decl->lookupClassMethod(getter_sel); | ||||||
| 7879 | if (!getter_sel.isNull() && !getter) { | ||||||
| 7880 | const bool isVariadic = false; | ||||||
| 7881 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = true; | ||||||
| 7882 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | ||||||
| 7883 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | ||||||
| 7884 | const bool isDefined = false; | ||||||
| 7885 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | ||||||
| 7886 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | ||||||
| 7887 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | ||||||
| 7888 | |||||||
| 7889 | getter = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | ||||||
| 7890 | getter->setDeclName(getter_sel); | ||||||
| 7891 | getter->setReturnType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type_to_access)); | ||||||
| 7892 | getter->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7893 | getter->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | ||||||
| 7894 | getter->setVariadic(isVariadic); | ||||||
| 7895 | getter->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | ||||||
| 7896 | getter->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | ||||||
| 7897 | getter->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | ||||||
| 7898 | getter->setDefined(isDefined); | ||||||
| 7899 | getter->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | ||||||
| 7900 | getter->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | ||||||
| 7901 | SetMemberOwningModule(getter, class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7902 | |||||||
| 7903 | if (getter) { | ||||||
| 7904 | if (metadata) | ||||||
| 7905 | ast->SetMetadata(getter, *metadata); | ||||||
| 7906 | |||||||
| 7907 | getter->setMethodParams(clang_ast, llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(), | ||||||
| 7908 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | ||||||
| 7909 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(getter); | ||||||
| 7910 | } | ||||||
| 7911 | } | ||||||
| 7912 | if (getter) { | ||||||
| 7913 | getter->setPropertyAccessor(true); | ||||||
| 7914 | property_decl->setGetterMethodDecl(getter); | ||||||
| 7915 | } | ||||||
| 7916 | |||||||
| 7917 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *setter = nullptr; | ||||||
| 7918 | setter = isInstance ? class_interface_decl->lookupInstanceMethod(setter_sel) | ||||||
| 7919 | : class_interface_decl->lookupClassMethod(setter_sel); | ||||||
| 7920 | if (!setter_sel.isNull() && !setter) { | ||||||
| 7921 | clang::QualType result_type = clang_ast.VoidTy; | ||||||
| 7922 | const bool isVariadic = false; | ||||||
| 7923 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = true; | ||||||
| 7924 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | ||||||
| 7925 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | ||||||
| 7926 | const bool isDefined = false; | ||||||
| 7927 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | ||||||
| 7928 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | ||||||
| 7929 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | ||||||
| 7930 | |||||||
| 7931 | setter = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | ||||||
| 7932 | setter->setDeclName(setter_sel); | ||||||
| 7933 | setter->setReturnType(result_type); | ||||||
| 7934 | setter->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7935 | setter->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | ||||||
| 7936 | setter->setVariadic(isVariadic); | ||||||
| 7937 | setter->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | ||||||
| 7938 | setter->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | ||||||
| 7939 | setter->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | ||||||
| 7940 | setter->setDefined(isDefined); | ||||||
| 7941 | setter->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | ||||||
| 7942 | setter->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | ||||||
| 7943 | SetMemberOwningModule(setter, class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 7944 | |||||||
| 7945 | if (setter) { | ||||||
| 7946 | if (metadata) | ||||||
| 7947 | ast->SetMetadata(setter, *metadata); | ||||||
| 7948 | |||||||
| 7949 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 1> params; | ||||||
| 7950 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 7951 | clang_ast, setter, clang::SourceLocation(), clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 7952 | nullptr, // anonymous | ||||||
| 7953 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type_to_access), nullptr, | ||||||
| 7954 | clang::SC_Auto, nullptr)); | ||||||
| 7955 | |||||||
| 7956 | setter->setMethodParams(clang_ast, | ||||||
| 7957 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params), | ||||||
| 7958 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | ||||||
| 7959 | |||||||
| 7960 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(setter); | ||||||
| 7961 | } | ||||||
| 7962 | } | ||||||
| 7963 | if (setter) { | ||||||
| 7964 | setter->setPropertyAccessor(true); | ||||||
| 7965 | property_decl->setSetterMethodDecl(setter); | ||||||
| 7966 | } | ||||||
| 7967 | |||||||
| 7968 | return true; | ||||||
| 7969 | } | ||||||
| 7970 | |||||||
| 7971 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCClassTypeAndHasIVars(const CompilerType &type, | ||||||
| 7972 | bool check_superclass) { | ||||||
| 7973 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7974 | if (class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 7975 | return ObjCDeclHasIVars(class_interface_decl, check_superclass); | ||||||
| 7976 | return false; | ||||||
| 7977 | } | ||||||
| 7978 | |||||||
| 7979 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddMethodToObjCObjectType( | ||||||
| 7980 | const CompilerType &type, | ||||||
| 7981 | const char *name, // the full symbol name as seen in the symbol table | ||||||
| 7982 | // (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, "-[NString | ||||||
| 7983 | // stringWithCString:]") | ||||||
| 7984 | const CompilerType &method_clang_type, lldb::AccessType access, | ||||||
| 7985 | bool is_artificial, bool is_variadic, bool is_objc_direct_call) { | ||||||
| 7986 | if (!type || !method_clang_type.IsValid()) | ||||||
| 7987 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7988 | |||||||
| 7989 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | ||||||
| 7990 | |||||||
| 7991 | if (class_interface_decl == nullptr) | ||||||
| 7992 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7993 | TypeSystemClang *lldb_ast = | ||||||
| 7994 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 7995 | if (lldb_ast == nullptr) | ||||||
| 7996 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 7997 | clang::ASTContext &ast = lldb_ast->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 7998 | |||||||
| 7999 | const char *selector_start = ::strchr(name, ' '); | ||||||
| 8000 | if (selector_start == nullptr) | ||||||
| 8001 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8002 | |||||||
| 8003 | selector_start++; | ||||||
| 8004 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::IdentifierInfo *, 12> selector_idents; | ||||||
| 8005 | |||||||
| 8006 | size_t len = 0; | ||||||
| 8007 | const char *start; | ||||||
| 8008 | |||||||
| 8009 | unsigned num_selectors_with_args = 0; | ||||||
| 8010 | for (start = selector_start; start && *start != '\0' && *start != ']'; | ||||||
| 8011 | start += len) { | ||||||
| 8012 | len = ::strcspn(start, ":]"); | ||||||
| 8013 | bool has_arg = (start[len] == ':'); | ||||||
| 8014 | if (has_arg) | ||||||
| 8015 | ++num_selectors_with_args; | ||||||
| 8016 | selector_idents.push_back(&ast.Idents.get(llvm::StringRef(start, len))); | ||||||
| 8017 | if (has_arg) | ||||||
| 8018 | len += 1; | ||||||
| 8019 | } | ||||||
| 8020 | |||||||
| 8021 | if (selector_idents.size() == 0) | ||||||
| 8022 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8023 | |||||||
| 8024 | clang::Selector method_selector = ast.Selectors.getSelector( | ||||||
| 8025 | num_selectors_with_args ? selector_idents.size() : 0, | ||||||
| 8026 | selector_idents.data()); | ||||||
| 8027 | |||||||
| 8028 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(method_clang_type)); | ||||||
| 8029 | |||||||
| 8030 | // Populate the method decl with parameter decls | ||||||
| 8031 | const clang::Type *method_type(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 8032 | |||||||
| 8033 | if (method_type == nullptr) | ||||||
| 8034 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8035 | |||||||
| 8036 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *method_function_prototype( | ||||||
| 8037 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(method_type)); | ||||||
| 8038 | |||||||
| 8039 | if (!method_function_prototype) | ||||||
| 8040 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8041 | |||||||
| 8042 | const bool isInstance = (name[0] == '-'); | ||||||
| 8043 | const bool isVariadic = is_variadic; | ||||||
| 8044 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = false; | ||||||
| 8045 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | ||||||
| 8046 | /// Force this to true because we don't have source locations. | ||||||
| 8047 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | ||||||
| 8048 | const bool isDefined = false; | ||||||
| 8049 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | ||||||
| 8050 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | ||||||
| 8051 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | ||||||
| 8052 | |||||||
| 8053 | const unsigned num_args = method_function_prototype->getNumParams(); | ||||||
| 8054 | |||||||
| 8055 | if (num_args != num_selectors_with_args) | ||||||
| 8056 | return nullptr; // some debug information is corrupt. We are not going to | ||||||
| 8057 | // deal with it. | ||||||
| 8058 | |||||||
| 8059 | auto *objc_method_decl = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | ||||||
| 8060 | objc_method_decl->setDeclName(method_selector); | ||||||
| 8061 | objc_method_decl->setReturnType(method_function_prototype->getReturnType()); | ||||||
| 8062 | objc_method_decl->setDeclContext( | ||||||
| 8063 | lldb_ast->GetDeclContextForType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 8064 | objc_method_decl->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | ||||||
| 8065 | objc_method_decl->setVariadic(isVariadic); | ||||||
| 8066 | objc_method_decl->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | ||||||
| 8067 | objc_method_decl->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | ||||||
| 8068 | objc_method_decl->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | ||||||
| 8069 | objc_method_decl->setDefined(isDefined); | ||||||
| 8070 | objc_method_decl->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | ||||||
| 8071 | objc_method_decl->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | ||||||
| 8072 | SetMemberOwningModule(objc_method_decl, class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 8073 | |||||||
| 8074 | if (objc_method_decl == nullptr) | ||||||
| 8075 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8076 | |||||||
| 8077 | if (num_args > 0) { | ||||||
| 8078 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 12> params; | ||||||
| 8079 | |||||||
| 8080 | for (unsigned param_index = 0; param_index < num_args; ++param_index) { | ||||||
| 8081 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | ||||||
| 8082 | ast, objc_method_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 8083 | clang::SourceLocation(), | ||||||
| 8084 | nullptr, // anonymous | ||||||
| 8085 | method_function_prototype->getParamType(param_index), nullptr, | ||||||
| 8086 | clang::SC_Auto, nullptr)); | ||||||
| 8087 | } | ||||||
| 8088 | |||||||
| 8089 | objc_method_decl->setMethodParams( | ||||||
| 8090 | ast, llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params), | ||||||
| 8091 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | ||||||
| 8092 | } | ||||||
| 8093 | |||||||
| 8094 | if (is_objc_direct_call) { | ||||||
| 8095 | // Add a the objc_direct attribute to the declaration we generate that | ||||||
| 8096 | // we generate a direct method call for this ObjCMethodDecl. | ||||||
| 8097 | objc_method_decl->addAttr( | ||||||
| 8098 | clang::ObjCDirectAttr::CreateImplicit(ast, SourceLocation())); | ||||||
| 8099 | // Usually Sema is creating implicit parameters (e.g., self) when it | ||||||
| 8100 | // parses the method. We don't have a parsing Sema when we build our own | ||||||
| 8101 | // AST here so we manually need to create these implicit parameters to | ||||||
| 8102 | // make the direct call code generation happy. | ||||||
| 8103 | objc_method_decl->createImplicitParams(ast, class_interface_decl); | ||||||
| 8104 | } | ||||||
| 8105 | |||||||
| 8106 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(objc_method_decl); | ||||||
| 8107 | |||||||
| 8108 | VerifyDecl(objc_method_decl); | ||||||
| 8109 | |||||||
| 8110 | return objc_method_decl; | ||||||
| 8111 | } | ||||||
| 8112 | |||||||
| 8113 | bool TypeSystemClang::SetHasExternalStorage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 8114 | bool has_extern) { | ||||||
| 8115 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 8116 | return false; | ||||||
| 8117 | |||||||
| 8118 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | ||||||
| 8119 | |||||||
| 8120 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 8121 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 8122 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 8123 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 8124 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | ||||||
| 8125 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | ||||||
| 8126 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | ||||||
| 8127 | return true; | ||||||
| 8128 | } | ||||||
| 8129 | } break; | ||||||
| 8130 | |||||||
| 8131 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | ||||||
| 8132 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = | ||||||
| 8133 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8134 | if (enum_decl) { | ||||||
| 8135 | enum_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | ||||||
| 8136 | enum_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | ||||||
| 8137 | return true; | ||||||
| 8138 | } | ||||||
| 8139 | } break; | ||||||
| 8140 | |||||||
| 8141 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 8142 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | ||||||
| 8143 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 8144 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 8145 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 8146 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 8147 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 8148 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 8149 | |||||||
| 8150 | if (class_interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 8151 | class_interface_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | ||||||
| 8152 | class_interface_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | ||||||
| 8153 | return true; | ||||||
| 8154 | } | ||||||
| 8155 | } | ||||||
| 8156 | } break; | ||||||
| 8157 | |||||||
| 8158 | default: | ||||||
| 8159 | break; | ||||||
| 8160 | } | ||||||
| 8161 | return false; | ||||||
| 8162 | } | ||||||
| 8163 | |||||||
| 8164 | #pragma mark TagDecl | ||||||
| 8165 | |||||||
| 8166 | bool TypeSystemClang::StartTagDeclarationDefinition(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 8167 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 8168 | if (!qual_type.isNull()) { | ||||||
| 8169 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TagType>(); | ||||||
| 8170 | if (tag_type) { | ||||||
| 8171 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8172 | if (tag_decl) { | ||||||
| 8173 | tag_decl->startDefinition(); | ||||||
| 8174 | return true; | ||||||
| 8175 | } | ||||||
| 8176 | } | ||||||
| 8177 | |||||||
| 8178 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *object_type = | ||||||
| 8179 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||
| 8180 | if (object_type) { | ||||||
| 8181 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = object_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 8182 | if (interface_decl) { | ||||||
| 8183 | interface_decl->startDefinition(); | ||||||
| 8184 | return true; | ||||||
| 8185 | } | ||||||
| 8186 | } | ||||||
| 8187 | } | ||||||
| 8188 | return false; | ||||||
| 8189 | } | ||||||
| 8190 | |||||||
| 8191 | bool TypeSystemClang::CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition( | ||||||
| 8192 | const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 8193 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 8194 | if (qual_type.isNull()) | ||||||
| 8195 | return false; | ||||||
| 8196 | |||||||
| 8197 | // Make sure we use the same methodology as | ||||||
| 8198 | // TypeSystemClang::StartTagDeclarationDefinition() as to how we start/end | ||||||
| 8199 | // the definition. | ||||||
| 8200 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TagType>(); | ||||||
| 8201 | if (tag_type) { | ||||||
| 8202 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8203 | |||||||
| 8204 | if (auto *cxx_record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(tag_decl)) { | ||||||
| 8205 | // If we have a move constructor declared but no copy constructor we | ||||||
| 8206 | // need to explicitly mark it as deleted. Usually Sema would do this for | ||||||
| 8207 | // us in Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor but we don't have a Sema | ||||||
| 8208 | // when building an AST from debug information. | ||||||
| 8209 | // See also: | ||||||
| 8210 | // C++11 [class.copy]p7, p18: | ||||||
| 8211 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment | ||||||
| 8212 | // operator, an implicitly declared copy constructor or copy assignment | ||||||
| 8213 | // operator is defined as deleted. | ||||||
| 8214 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() || | ||||||
| 8215 | cxx_record_decl->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { | ||||||
| 8216 | if (cxx_record_decl->needsImplicitCopyConstructor()) | ||||||
| 8217 | cxx_record_decl->setImplicitCopyConstructorIsDeleted(); | ||||||
| 8218 | if (cxx_record_decl->needsImplicitCopyAssignment()) | ||||||
| 8219 | cxx_record_decl->setImplicitCopyAssignmentIsDeleted(); | ||||||
| 8220 | } | ||||||
| 8221 | |||||||
| 8222 | if (!cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | ||||||
| 8223 | cxx_record_decl->completeDefinition(); | ||||||
| 8224 | cxx_record_decl->setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(true); | ||||||
| 8225 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(false); | ||||||
| 8226 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(false); | ||||||
| 8227 | return true; | ||||||
| 8228 | } | ||||||
| 8229 | } | ||||||
| 8230 | |||||||
| 8231 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = qual_type->getAs<clang::EnumType>(); | ||||||
| 8232 | |||||||
| 8233 | if (!enutype) | ||||||
| 8234 | return false; | ||||||
| 8235 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8236 | |||||||
| 8237 | if (enum_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | ||||||
| 8238 | return true; | ||||||
| 8239 | |||||||
| 8240 | TypeSystemClang *lldb_ast = | ||||||
| 8241 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 8242 | if (lldb_ast == nullptr) | ||||||
| 8243 | return false; | ||||||
| 8244 | clang::ASTContext &ast = lldb_ast->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 8245 | |||||||
| 8246 | /// TODO This really needs to be fixed. | ||||||
| 8247 | |||||||
| 8248 | QualType integer_type(enum_decl->getIntegerType()); | ||||||
| 8249 | if (!integer_type.isNull()) { | ||||||
| 8250 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 1; | ||||||
| 8251 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; | ||||||
| 8252 | |||||||
| 8253 | clang::QualType promotion_qual_type; | ||||||
| 8254 | // If the enum integer type is less than an integer in bit width, | ||||||
| 8255 | // then we must promote it to an integer size. | ||||||
| 8256 | if (ast.getTypeSize(enum_decl->getIntegerType()) < | ||||||
| 8257 | ast.getTypeSize(ast.IntTy)) { | ||||||
| 8258 | if (enum_decl->getIntegerType()->isSignedIntegerType()) | ||||||
| 8259 | promotion_qual_type = ast.IntTy; | ||||||
| 8260 | else | ||||||
| 8261 | promotion_qual_type = ast.UnsignedIntTy; | ||||||
| 8262 | } else | ||||||
| 8263 | promotion_qual_type = enum_decl->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
| 8264 | |||||||
| 8265 | enum_decl->completeDefinition(enum_decl->getIntegerType(), | ||||||
| 8266 | promotion_qual_type, NumPositiveBits, | ||||||
| 8267 | NumNegativeBits); | ||||||
| 8268 | } | ||||||
| 8269 | return true; | ||||||
| 8270 | } | ||||||
| 8271 | |||||||
| 8272 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType( | ||||||
| 8273 | const CompilerType &enum_type, const Declaration &decl, const char *name, | ||||||
| 8274 | const llvm::APSInt &value) { | ||||||
| 8275 | |||||||
| 8276 | if (!enum_type || ConstString(name).IsEmpty()) | ||||||
| 8277 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8278 | |||||||
| 8279 | lldbassert(enum_type.GetTypeSystem() == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this))lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(enum_type.GetTypeSystem () == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this)), "enum_type.GetTypeSystem() == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this)" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 8279); | ||||||
| 8280 | |||||||
| 8281 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t enum_opaque_compiler_type = | ||||||
| 8282 | enum_type.GetOpaqueQualType(); | ||||||
| 8283 | |||||||
| 8284 | if (!enum_opaque_compiler_type) | ||||||
| 8285 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8286 | |||||||
| 8287 | clang::QualType enum_qual_type( | ||||||
| 8288 | GetCanonicalQualType(enum_opaque_compiler_type)); | ||||||
| 8289 | |||||||
| 8290 | const clang::Type *clang_type = enum_qual_type.getTypePtr(); | ||||||
| 8291 | |||||||
| 8292 | if (!clang_type) | ||||||
| 8293 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8294 | |||||||
| 8295 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(clang_type); | ||||||
| 8296 | |||||||
| 8297 | if (!enutype) | ||||||
| 8298 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8299 | |||||||
| 8300 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *enumerator_decl = | ||||||
| 8301 | clang::EnumConstantDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | ||||||
| 8302 | enumerator_decl->setDeclContext(enutype->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 8303 | if (name && name[0]) | ||||||
| 8304 | enumerator_decl->setDeclName(&getASTContext().Idents.get(name)); | ||||||
| 8305 | enumerator_decl->setType(clang::QualType(enutype, 0)); | ||||||
| 8306 | enumerator_decl->setInitVal(value); | ||||||
| 8307 | SetMemberOwningModule(enumerator_decl, enutype->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 8308 | |||||||
| 8309 | if (!enumerator_decl) | ||||||
| 8310 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 8311 | |||||||
| 8312 | enutype->getDecl()->addDecl(enumerator_decl); | ||||||
| 8313 | |||||||
| 8314 | VerifyDecl(enumerator_decl); | ||||||
| 8315 | return enumerator_decl; | ||||||
| 8316 | } | ||||||
| 8317 | |||||||
| 8318 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType( | ||||||
| 8319 | const CompilerType &enum_type, const Declaration &decl, const char *name, | ||||||
| 8320 | int64_t enum_value, uint32_t enum_value_bit_size) { | ||||||
| 8321 | CompilerType underlying_type = GetEnumerationIntegerType(enum_type); | ||||||
| 8322 | bool is_signed = false; | ||||||
| 8323 | underlying_type.IsIntegerType(is_signed); | ||||||
| 8324 | |||||||
| 8325 | llvm::APSInt value(enum_value_bit_size, is_signed); | ||||||
| 8326 | value = enum_value; | ||||||
| 8327 | |||||||
| 8328 | return AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType(enum_type, decl, name, value); | ||||||
| 8329 | } | ||||||
| 8330 | |||||||
| 8331 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetEnumerationIntegerType(CompilerType type) { | ||||||
| 8332 | clang::QualType qt(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 8333 | const clang::Type *clang_type = qt.getTypePtrOrNull(); | ||||||
| 8334 | const auto *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::EnumType>(clang_type); | ||||||
| 8335 | if (!enum_type) | ||||||
| 8336 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 8337 | |||||||
| 8338 | return GetType(enum_type->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); | ||||||
| 8339 | } | ||||||
| 8340 | |||||||
| 8341 | CompilerType | ||||||
| 8342 | TypeSystemClang::CreateMemberPointerType(const CompilerType &type, | ||||||
| 8343 | const CompilerType &pointee_type) { | ||||||
| 8344 | if (type && pointee_type.IsValid() && | ||||||
| 8345 | type.GetTypeSystem() == pointee_type.GetTypeSystem()) { | ||||||
| 8346 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | ||||||
| 8347 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 8348 | if (!ast) | ||||||
| 8349 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 8350 | return ast->GetType(ast->getASTContext().getMemberPointerType( | ||||||
| 8351 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(pointee_type), | ||||||
| 8352 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(type).getTypePtr())); | ||||||
| 8353 | } | ||||||
| 8354 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 8355 | } | ||||||
| 8356 | |||||||
| 8357 | // Dumping types | ||||||
| 8358 | #define DEPTH_INCREMENT2 2 | ||||||
| 8359 | |||||||
| 8360 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | ||||||
| 8361 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) void | ||||||
| 8362 | TypeSystemClang::dump(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) const { | ||||||
| 8363 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 8364 | return; | ||||||
| 8365 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 8366 | qual_type.dump(); | ||||||
| 8367 | } | ||||||
| 8368 | #endif | ||||||
| 8369 | |||||||
| 8370 | void TypeSystemClang::Dump(Stream &s) { | ||||||
| 8371 | Decl *tu = Decl::castFromDeclContext(GetTranslationUnitDecl()); | ||||||
| 8372 | tu->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | ||||||
| 8373 | } | ||||||
| 8374 | |||||||
| 8375 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpFromSymbolFile(Stream &s, | ||||||
| 8376 | llvm::StringRef symbol_name) { | ||||||
| 8377 | SymbolFile *symfile = GetSymbolFile(); | ||||||
| 8378 | |||||||
| 8379 | if (!symfile) | ||||||
| 8380 | return; | ||||||
| 8381 | |||||||
| 8382 | lldb_private::TypeList type_list; | ||||||
| 8383 | symfile->GetTypes(nullptr, eTypeClassAny, type_list); | ||||||
| 8384 | size_t ntypes = type_list.GetSize(); | ||||||
| 8385 | |||||||
| 8386 | for (size_t i = 0; i < ntypes; ++i) { | ||||||
| 8387 | TypeSP type = type_list.GetTypeAtIndex(i); | ||||||
| 8388 | |||||||
| 8389 | if (!symbol_name.empty()) | ||||||
| 8390 | if (symbol_name != type->GetName().GetStringRef()) | ||||||
| 8391 | continue; | ||||||
| 8392 | |||||||
| 8393 | s << type->GetName().AsCString() << "\n"; | ||||||
| 8394 | |||||||
| 8395 | CompilerType full_type = type->GetFullCompilerType(); | ||||||
| 8396 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = GetAsTagDecl(full_type)) { | ||||||
| 8397 | tag_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | ||||||
| 8398 | continue; | ||||||
| 8399 | } | ||||||
| 8400 | if (clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = GetAsTypedefDecl(full_type)) { | ||||||
| 8401 | typedef_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | ||||||
| 8402 | continue; | ||||||
| 8403 | } | ||||||
| 8404 | if (auto *objc_obj = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | ||||||
| 8405 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(full_type).getTypePtr())) { | ||||||
| 8406 | if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = objc_obj->getInterface()) { | ||||||
| 8407 | interface_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | ||||||
| 8408 | continue; | ||||||
| 8409 | } | ||||||
| 8410 | } | ||||||
| 8411 | GetCanonicalQualType(full_type.GetOpaqueQualType()) | ||||||
| 8412 | .dump(s.AsRawOstream(), getASTContext()); | ||||||
| 8413 | } | ||||||
| 8414 | } | ||||||
| 8415 | |||||||
| 8416 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8417 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, | ||||||
| 8418 | lldb::Format format, const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, | ||||||
| 8419 | lldb::offset_t data_byte_offset, size_t data_byte_size, | ||||||
| 8420 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, bool show_types, | ||||||
| 8421 | bool show_summary, bool verbose, uint32_t depth) { | ||||||
| 8422 | if (!type) | ||||||
| |||||||
| 8423 | return; | ||||||
| 8424 | |||||||
| 8425 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 8426 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
| 8427 | case clang::Type::Record: | ||||||
| 8428 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 8429 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | ||||||
| 8430 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 8431 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8432 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 8433 | uint32_t field_bit_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 8434 | uint32_t field_byte_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 8435 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | ||||||
| 8436 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | ||||||
| 8437 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 8438 | |||||||
| 8439 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 8440 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | ||||||
| 8441 | if (cxx_record_decl
| ||||||
| 8442 | // We might have base classes to print out first | ||||||
| 8443 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | ||||||
| 8444 | base_class_end; | ||||||
| 8445 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | ||||||
| 8446 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | ||||||
| 8447 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | ||||||
| 8448 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | ||||||
| 8449 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
| 8450 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
| 8451 | |||||||
| 8452 | // Skip empty base classes | ||||||
| 8453 | if (!verbose && !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | ||||||
| 8454 | continue; | ||||||
| 8455 | |||||||
| 8456 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) | ||||||
| 8457 | field_bit_offset = | ||||||
| 8458 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 8459 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 8460 | 8; | ||||||
| 8461 | else | ||||||
| 8462 | field_bit_offset = record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | ||||||
| 8463 | .getQuantity() * | ||||||
| 8464 | 8; | ||||||
| 8465 | field_byte_offset = field_bit_offset / 8; | ||||||
| 8466 | assert(field_bit_offset % 8 == 0)((void)0); | ||||||
| 8467 | if (child_idx == 0) | ||||||
| 8468 | s->PutChar('{'); | ||||||
| 8469 | else | ||||||
| 8470 | s->PutChar(','); | ||||||
| 8471 | |||||||
| 8472 | clang::QualType base_class_qual_type = base_class->getType(); | ||||||
| 8473 | std::string base_class_type_name(base_class_qual_type.getAsString()); | ||||||
| 8474 | |||||||
| 8475 | // Indent and print the base class type name | ||||||
| 8476 | s->Format("\n{0}{1}", llvm::fmt_repeat(" ", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2), | ||||||
| 8477 | base_class_type_name); | ||||||
| 8478 | |||||||
| 8479 | clang::TypeInfo base_class_type_info = | ||||||
| 8480 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(base_class_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8481 | |||||||
| 8482 | // Dump the value of the member | ||||||
| 8483 | CompilerType base_clang_type = GetType(base_class_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8484 | base_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8485 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8486 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8487 | base_clang_type | ||||||
| 8488 | .GetFormat(), // The format with which to display the member | ||||||
| 8489 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8490 | data_byte_offset + field_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where | ||||||
| 8491 | // to grab value from | ||||||
| 8492 | base_class_type_info.Width / 8, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8493 | 0, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8494 | 0, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8495 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | ||||||
| 8496 | // types | ||||||
| 8497 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary | ||||||
| 8498 | // for the current type | ||||||
| 8499 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8500 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | ||||||
| 8501 | // children | ||||||
| 8502 | |||||||
| 8503 | ++child_idx; | ||||||
| 8504 | } | ||||||
| 8505 | } | ||||||
| 8506 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 8507 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | ||||||
| 8508 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | ||||||
| 8509 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | ||||||
| 8510 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx, ++child_idx) { | ||||||
| 8511 | // Print the starting squiggly bracket (if this is the first member) or | ||||||
| 8512 | // comma (for member 2 and beyond) for the struct/union/class member. | ||||||
| 8513 | if (child_idx == 0) | ||||||
| 8514 | s->PutChar('{'); | ||||||
| 8515 | else | ||||||
| 8516 | s->PutChar(','); | ||||||
| 8517 | |||||||
| 8518 | // Indent | ||||||
| 8519 | s->Printf("\n%*s", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2, ""); | ||||||
| 8520 | |||||||
| 8521 | clang::QualType field_type = field->getType(); | ||||||
| 8522 | // Print the member type if requested | ||||||
| 8523 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and alignment | ||||||
| 8524 | // (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | ||||||
| 8525 | clang::TypeInfo field_type_info = | ||||||
| 8526 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(field_type); | ||||||
| 8527 | assert(field_idx < record_layout.getFieldCount())((void)0); | ||||||
| 8528 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | ||||||
| 8529 | // type | ||||||
| 8530 | field_bit_offset = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | ||||||
| 8531 | field_byte_offset = field_bit_offset / 8; | ||||||
| 8532 | uint32_t field_bitfield_bit_size = 0; | ||||||
| 8533 | uint32_t field_bitfield_bit_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 8534 | if (FieldIsBitfield(*field, field_bitfield_bit_size)) | ||||||
| 8535 | field_bitfield_bit_offset = field_bit_offset % 8; | ||||||
| 8536 | |||||||
| 8537 | if (show_types) { | ||||||
| 8538 | std::string field_type_name(field_type.getAsString()); | ||||||
| 8539 | if (field_bitfield_bit_size > 0) | ||||||
| 8540 | s->Printf("(%s:%u) ", field_type_name.c_str(), | ||||||
| 8541 | field_bitfield_bit_size); | ||||||
| 8542 | else | ||||||
| 8543 | s->Printf("(%s) ", field_type_name.c_str()); | ||||||
| 8544 | } | ||||||
| 8545 | // Print the member name and equal sign | ||||||
| 8546 | s->Printf("%s = ", field->getNameAsString().c_str()); | ||||||
| 8547 | |||||||
| 8548 | // Dump the value of the member | ||||||
| 8549 | CompilerType field_clang_type = GetType(field_type); | ||||||
| 8550 | field_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8551 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8552 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8553 | field_clang_type | ||||||
| 8554 | .GetFormat(), // The format with which to display the member | ||||||
| 8555 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8556 | data_byte_offset + field_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to | ||||||
| 8557 | // grab value from | ||||||
| 8558 | field_type_info.Width / 8, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8559 | field_bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8560 | field_bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8561 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | ||||||
| 8562 | // types | ||||||
| 8563 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for | ||||||
| 8564 | // the current type | ||||||
| 8565 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8566 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | ||||||
| 8567 | // children | ||||||
| 8568 | } | ||||||
| 8569 | |||||||
| 8570 | // Indent the trailing squiggly bracket | ||||||
| 8571 | if (child_idx > 0) | ||||||
| 8572 | s->Printf("\n%*s}", depth, ""); | ||||||
| 8573 | } | ||||||
| 8574 | return; | ||||||
| 8575 | |||||||
| 8576 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 8577 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | ||||||
| 8578 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | ||||||
| 8579 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 8580 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8581 | assert(enum_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 8582 | clang::EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator enum_pos, enum_end_pos; | ||||||
| 8583 | lldb::offset_t offset = data_byte_offset; | ||||||
| 8584 | const int64_t enum_value = data.GetMaxU64Bitfield( | ||||||
| 8585 | &offset, data_byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | ||||||
| 8586 | for (enum_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_begin(), | ||||||
| 8587 | enum_end_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_end(); | ||||||
| 8588 | enum_pos != enum_end_pos; ++enum_pos) { | ||||||
| 8589 | if (enum_pos->getInitVal() == enum_value) { | ||||||
| 8590 | s->Printf("%s", enum_pos->getNameAsString().c_str()); | ||||||
| 8591 | return; | ||||||
| 8592 | } | ||||||
| 8593 | } | ||||||
| 8594 | // If we have gotten here we didn't get find the enumerator in the enum | ||||||
| 8595 | // decl, so just print the integer. | ||||||
| 8596 | s->Printf("%" PRIi64"lli", enum_value); | ||||||
| 8597 | } | ||||||
| 8598 | return; | ||||||
| 8599 | |||||||
| 8600 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | ||||||
| 8601 | const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | ||||||
| 8602 | llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 8603 | bool is_array_of_characters = false; | ||||||
| 8604 | clang::QualType element_qual_type = array->getElementType(); | ||||||
| 8605 | |||||||
| 8606 | const clang::Type *canonical_type = | ||||||
| 8607 | element_qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
| 8608 | if (canonical_type) | ||||||
| 8609 | is_array_of_characters = canonical_type->isCharType(); | ||||||
| 8610 | |||||||
| 8611 | const uint64_t element_count = array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | ||||||
| 8612 | |||||||
| 8613 | clang::TypeInfo field_type_info = | ||||||
| 8614 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(element_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8615 | |||||||
| 8616 | uint32_t element_idx = 0; | ||||||
| 8617 | uint32_t element_offset = 0; | ||||||
| 8618 | uint64_t element_byte_size = field_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 8619 | uint32_t element_stride = element_byte_size; | ||||||
| 8620 | |||||||
| 8621 | if (is_array_of_characters) { | ||||||
| 8622 | s->PutChar('"'); | ||||||
| 8623 | DumpDataExtractor(data, s, data_byte_offset, lldb::eFormatChar, | ||||||
| 8624 | element_byte_size, element_count, UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, | ||||||
| 8625 | LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, 0); | ||||||
| 8626 | s->PutChar('"'); | ||||||
| 8627 | return; | ||||||
| 8628 | } else { | ||||||
| 8629 | CompilerType element_clang_type = GetType(element_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8630 | lldb::Format element_format = element_clang_type.GetFormat(); | ||||||
| 8631 | |||||||
| 8632 | for (element_idx = 0; element_idx < element_count; ++element_idx) { | ||||||
| 8633 | // Print the starting squiggly bracket (if this is the first member) or | ||||||
| 8634 | // comman (for member 2 and beyong) for the struct/union/class member. | ||||||
| 8635 | if (element_idx == 0) | ||||||
| 8636 | s->PutChar('{'); | ||||||
| 8637 | else | ||||||
| 8638 | s->PutChar(','); | ||||||
| 8639 | |||||||
| 8640 | // Indent and print the index | ||||||
| 8641 | s->Printf("\n%*s[%u] ", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2, "", element_idx); | ||||||
| 8642 | |||||||
| 8643 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | ||||||
| 8644 | // type | ||||||
| 8645 | element_offset = element_idx * element_stride; | ||||||
| 8646 | |||||||
| 8647 | // Dump the value of the member | ||||||
| 8648 | element_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8649 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8650 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8651 | element_format, // The format with which to display the element | ||||||
| 8652 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8653 | data_byte_offset + | ||||||
| 8654 | element_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | ||||||
| 8655 | element_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8656 | 0, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8657 | 0, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8658 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | ||||||
| 8659 | // types | ||||||
| 8660 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for | ||||||
| 8661 | // the current type | ||||||
| 8662 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8663 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | ||||||
| 8664 | // children | ||||||
| 8665 | } | ||||||
| 8666 | |||||||
| 8667 | // Indent the trailing squiggly bracket | ||||||
| 8668 | if (element_idx > 0) | ||||||
| 8669 | s->Printf("\n%*s}", depth, ""); | ||||||
| 8670 | } | ||||||
| 8671 | } | ||||||
| 8672 | return; | ||||||
| 8673 | |||||||
| 8674 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | ||||||
| 8675 | clang::QualType typedef_qual_type = | ||||||
| 8676 | llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 8677 | ->getDecl() | ||||||
| 8678 | ->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
| 8679 | |||||||
| 8680 | CompilerType typedef_clang_type = GetType(typedef_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8681 | lldb::Format typedef_format = typedef_clang_type.GetFormat(); | ||||||
| 8682 | clang::TypeInfo typedef_type_info = | ||||||
| 8683 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(typedef_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8684 | uint64_t typedef_byte_size = typedef_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 8685 | |||||||
| 8686 | return typedef_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8687 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8688 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8689 | typedef_format, // The format with which to display the element | ||||||
| 8690 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8691 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | ||||||
| 8692 | typedef_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8693 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8694 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8695 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | ||||||
| 8696 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | ||||||
| 8697 | // current type | ||||||
| 8698 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8699 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | ||||||
| 8700 | } break; | ||||||
| 8701 | |||||||
| 8702 | case clang::Type::Auto: { | ||||||
| 8703 | clang::QualType elaborated_qual_type = | ||||||
| 8704 | llvm::cast<clang::AutoType>(qual_type)->getDeducedType(); | ||||||
| 8705 | CompilerType elaborated_clang_type = GetType(elaborated_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8706 | lldb::Format elaborated_format = elaborated_clang_type.GetFormat(); | ||||||
| 8707 | clang::TypeInfo elaborated_type_info = | ||||||
| 8708 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(elaborated_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8709 | uint64_t elaborated_byte_size = elaborated_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 8710 | |||||||
| 8711 | return elaborated_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8712 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8713 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8714 | elaborated_format, // The format with which to display the element | ||||||
| 8715 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8716 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | ||||||
| 8717 | elaborated_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8718 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8719 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8720 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | ||||||
| 8721 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | ||||||
| 8722 | // current type | ||||||
| 8723 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8724 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | ||||||
| 8725 | } break; | ||||||
| 8726 | |||||||
| 8727 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: { | ||||||
| 8728 | clang::QualType elaborated_qual_type = | ||||||
| 8729 | llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type)->getNamedType(); | ||||||
| 8730 | CompilerType elaborated_clang_type = GetType(elaborated_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8731 | lldb::Format elaborated_format = elaborated_clang_type.GetFormat(); | ||||||
| 8732 | clang::TypeInfo elaborated_type_info = | ||||||
| 8733 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(elaborated_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8734 | uint64_t elaborated_byte_size = elaborated_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 8735 | |||||||
| 8736 | return elaborated_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8737 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8738 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8739 | elaborated_format, // The format with which to display the element | ||||||
| 8740 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8741 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | ||||||
| 8742 | elaborated_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8743 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8744 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8745 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | ||||||
| 8746 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | ||||||
| 8747 | // current type | ||||||
| 8748 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8749 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | ||||||
| 8750 | } break; | ||||||
| 8751 | |||||||
| 8752 | case clang::Type::Paren: { | ||||||
| 8753 | clang::QualType desugar_qual_type = | ||||||
| 8754 | llvm::cast<clang::ParenType>(qual_type)->desugar(); | ||||||
| 8755 | CompilerType desugar_clang_type = GetType(desugar_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8756 | |||||||
| 8757 | lldb::Format desugar_format = desugar_clang_type.GetFormat(); | ||||||
| 8758 | clang::TypeInfo desugar_type_info = | ||||||
| 8759 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(desugar_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8760 | uint64_t desugar_byte_size = desugar_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 8761 | |||||||
| 8762 | return desugar_clang_type.DumpValue( | ||||||
| 8763 | exe_ctx, | ||||||
| 8764 | s, // Stream to dump to | ||||||
| 8765 | desugar_format, // The format with which to display the element | ||||||
| 8766 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8767 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | ||||||
| 8768 | desugar_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8769 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | ||||||
| 8770 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | ||||||
| 8771 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | ||||||
| 8772 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | ||||||
| 8773 | // current type | ||||||
| 8774 | verbose, // Verbose output? | ||||||
| 8775 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | ||||||
| 8776 | } break; | ||||||
| 8777 | |||||||
| 8778 | default: | ||||||
| 8779 | // We are down to a scalar type that we just need to display. | ||||||
| 8780 | DumpDataExtractor(data, s, data_byte_offset, format, data_byte_size, 1, | ||||||
| 8781 | UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, bitfield_bit_size, | ||||||
| 8782 | bitfield_bit_offset); | ||||||
| 8783 | |||||||
| 8784 | if (show_summary) | ||||||
| 8785 | DumpSummary(type, exe_ctx, s, data, data_byte_offset, data_byte_size); | ||||||
| 8786 | break; | ||||||
| 8787 | } | ||||||
| 8788 | } | ||||||
| 8789 | |||||||
| 8790 | static bool DumpEnumValue(const clang::QualType &qual_type, Stream *s, | ||||||
| 8791 | const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t byte_offset, | ||||||
| 8792 | size_t byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 8793 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size) { | ||||||
| 8794 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | ||||||
| 8795 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 8796 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 8797 | assert(enum_decl)((void)0); | ||||||
| 8798 | lldb::offset_t offset = byte_offset; | ||||||
| 8799 | const uint64_t enum_svalue = data.GetMaxS64Bitfield( | ||||||
| 8800 | &offset, byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | ||||||
| 8801 | bool can_be_bitfield = true; | ||||||
| 8802 | uint64_t covered_bits = 0; | ||||||
| 8803 | int num_enumerators = 0; | ||||||
| 8804 | |||||||
| 8805 | // Try to find an exact match for the value. | ||||||
| 8806 | // At the same time, we're applying a heuristic to determine whether we want | ||||||
| 8807 | // to print this enum as a bitfield. We're likely dealing with a bitfield if | ||||||
| 8808 | // every enumerator is either a one bit value or a superset of the previous | ||||||
| 8809 | // enumerators. Also 0 doesn't make sense when the enumerators are used as | ||||||
| 8810 | // flags. | ||||||
| 8811 | for (auto *enumerator : enum_decl->enumerators()) { | ||||||
| 8812 | uint64_t val = enumerator->getInitVal().getSExtValue(); | ||||||
| 8813 | val = llvm::SignExtend64(val, 8*byte_size); | ||||||
| 8814 | if (llvm::countPopulation(val) != 1 && (val & ~covered_bits) != 0) | ||||||
| 8815 | can_be_bitfield = false; | ||||||
| 8816 | covered_bits |= val; | ||||||
| 8817 | ++num_enumerators; | ||||||
| 8818 | if (val == enum_svalue) { | ||||||
| 8819 | // Found an exact match, that's all we need to do. | ||||||
| 8820 | s->PutCString(enumerator->getNameAsString()); | ||||||
| 8821 | return true; | ||||||
| 8822 | } | ||||||
| 8823 | } | ||||||
| 8824 | |||||||
| 8825 | // Unsigned values make more sense for flags. | ||||||
| 8826 | offset = byte_offset; | ||||||
| 8827 | const uint64_t enum_uvalue = data.GetMaxU64Bitfield( | ||||||
| 8828 | &offset, byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | ||||||
| 8829 | |||||||
| 8830 | // No exact match, but we don't think this is a bitfield. Print the value as | ||||||
| 8831 | // decimal. | ||||||
| 8832 | if (!can_be_bitfield) { | ||||||
| 8833 | if (qual_type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) | ||||||
| 8834 | s->Printf("%" PRIi64"lli", enum_svalue); | ||||||
| 8835 | else | ||||||
| 8836 | s->Printf("%" PRIu64"llu", enum_uvalue); | ||||||
| 8837 | return true; | ||||||
| 8838 | } | ||||||
| 8839 | |||||||
| 8840 | uint64_t remaining_value = enum_uvalue; | ||||||
| 8841 | std::vector<std::pair<uint64_t, llvm::StringRef>> values; | ||||||
| 8842 | values.reserve(num_enumerators); | ||||||
| 8843 | for (auto *enumerator : enum_decl->enumerators()) | ||||||
| 8844 | if (auto val = enumerator->getInitVal().getZExtValue()) | ||||||
| 8845 | values.emplace_back(val, enumerator->getName()); | ||||||
| 8846 | |||||||
| 8847 | // Sort in reverse order of the number of the population count, so that in | ||||||
| 8848 | // `enum {A, B, ALL = A|B }` we visit ALL first. Use a stable sort so that | ||||||
| 8849 | // A | C where A is declared before C is displayed in this order. | ||||||
| 8850 | std::stable_sort(values.begin(), values.end(), [](const auto &a, const auto &b) { | ||||||
| 8851 | return llvm::countPopulation(a.first) > llvm::countPopulation(b.first); | ||||||
| 8852 | }); | ||||||
| 8853 | |||||||
| 8854 | for (const auto &val : values) { | ||||||
| 8855 | if ((remaining_value & val.first) != val.first) | ||||||
| 8856 | continue; | ||||||
| 8857 | remaining_value &= ~val.first; | ||||||
| 8858 | s->PutCString(val.second); | ||||||
| 8859 | if (remaining_value) | ||||||
| 8860 | s->PutCString(" | "); | ||||||
| 8861 | } | ||||||
| 8862 | |||||||
| 8863 | // If there is a remainder that is not covered by the value, print it as hex. | ||||||
| 8864 | if (remaining_value) | ||||||
| 8865 | s->Printf("0x%" PRIx64"llx", remaining_value); | ||||||
| 8866 | |||||||
| 8867 | return true; | ||||||
| 8868 | } | ||||||
| 8869 | |||||||
| 8870 | bool TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeValue( | ||||||
| 8871 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s, lldb::Format format, | ||||||
| 8872 | const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t byte_offset, | ||||||
| 8873 | size_t byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 8874 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | ||||||
| 8875 | if (!type) | ||||||
| 8876 | return false; | ||||||
| 8877 | if (IsAggregateType(type)) { | ||||||
| 8878 | return false; | ||||||
| 8879 | } else { | ||||||
| 8880 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | ||||||
| 8881 | |||||||
| 8882 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 8883 | |||||||
| 8884 | if (type_class == clang::Type::Elaborated) { | ||||||
| 8885 | qual_type = llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type)->getNamedType(); | ||||||
| 8886 | return DumpTypeValue(qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr(), s, format, data, byte_offset, byte_size, | ||||||
| 8887 | bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset, exe_scope); | ||||||
| 8888 | } | ||||||
| 8889 | |||||||
| 8890 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 8891 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | ||||||
| 8892 | clang::QualType typedef_qual_type = | ||||||
| 8893 | llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 8894 | ->getDecl() | ||||||
| 8895 | ->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||
| 8896 | CompilerType typedef_clang_type = GetType(typedef_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8897 | if (format == eFormatDefault) | ||||||
| 8898 | format = typedef_clang_type.GetFormat(); | ||||||
| 8899 | clang::TypeInfo typedef_type_info = | ||||||
| 8900 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(typedef_qual_type); | ||||||
| 8901 | uint64_t typedef_byte_size = typedef_type_info.Width / 8; | ||||||
| 8902 | |||||||
| 8903 | return typedef_clang_type.DumpTypeValue( | ||||||
| 8904 | s, | ||||||
| 8905 | format, // The format with which to display the element | ||||||
| 8906 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | ||||||
| 8907 | byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | ||||||
| 8908 | typedef_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | ||||||
| 8909 | bitfield_bit_size, // Size in bits of a bitfield value, if zero don't | ||||||
| 8910 | // treat as a bitfield | ||||||
| 8911 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Offset in bits of a bitfield value if | ||||||
| 8912 | // bitfield_bit_size != 0 | ||||||
| 8913 | exe_scope); | ||||||
| 8914 | } break; | ||||||
| 8915 | |||||||
| 8916 | case clang::Type::Enum: | ||||||
| 8917 | // If our format is enum or default, show the enumeration value as its | ||||||
| 8918 | // enumeration string value, else just display it as requested. | ||||||
| 8919 | if ((format == eFormatEnum || format == eFormatDefault) && | ||||||
| 8920 | GetCompleteType(type)) | ||||||
| 8921 | return DumpEnumValue(qual_type, s, data, byte_offset, byte_size, | ||||||
| 8922 | bitfield_bit_offset, bitfield_bit_size); | ||||||
| 8923 | // format was not enum, just fall through and dump the value as | ||||||
| 8924 | // requested.... | ||||||
| 8925 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
| 8926 | |||||||
| 8927 | default: | ||||||
| 8928 | // We are down to a scalar type that we just need to display. | ||||||
| 8929 | { | ||||||
| 8930 | uint32_t item_count = 1; | ||||||
| 8931 | // A few formats, we might need to modify our size and count for | ||||||
| 8932 | // depending | ||||||
| 8933 | // on how we are trying to display the value... | ||||||
| 8934 | switch (format) { | ||||||
| 8935 | default: | ||||||
| 8936 | case eFormatBoolean: | ||||||
| 8937 | case eFormatBinary: | ||||||
| 8938 | case eFormatComplex: | ||||||
| 8939 | case eFormatCString: // NULL terminated C strings | ||||||
| 8940 | case eFormatDecimal: | ||||||
| 8941 | case eFormatEnum: | ||||||
| 8942 | case eFormatHex: | ||||||
| 8943 | case eFormatHexUppercase: | ||||||
| 8944 | case eFormatFloat: | ||||||
| 8945 | case eFormatOctal: | ||||||
| 8946 | case eFormatOSType: | ||||||
| 8947 | case eFormatUnsigned: | ||||||
| 8948 | case eFormatPointer: | ||||||
| 8949 | case eFormatVectorOfChar: | ||||||
| 8950 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt8: | ||||||
| 8951 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt8: | ||||||
| 8952 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt16: | ||||||
| 8953 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt16: | ||||||
| 8954 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt32: | ||||||
| 8955 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt32: | ||||||
| 8956 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt64: | ||||||
| 8957 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt64: | ||||||
| 8958 | case eFormatVectorOfFloat32: | ||||||
| 8959 | case eFormatVectorOfFloat64: | ||||||
| 8960 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt128: | ||||||
| 8961 | break; | ||||||
| 8962 | |||||||
| 8963 | case eFormatChar: | ||||||
| 8964 | case eFormatCharPrintable: | ||||||
| 8965 | case eFormatCharArray: | ||||||
| 8966 | case eFormatBytes: | ||||||
| 8967 | case eFormatBytesWithASCII: | ||||||
| 8968 | item_count = byte_size; | ||||||
| 8969 | byte_size = 1; | ||||||
| 8970 | break; | ||||||
| 8971 | |||||||
| 8972 | case eFormatUnicode16: | ||||||
| 8973 | item_count = byte_size / 2; | ||||||
| 8974 | byte_size = 2; | ||||||
| 8975 | break; | ||||||
| 8976 | |||||||
| 8977 | case eFormatUnicode32: | ||||||
| 8978 | item_count = byte_size / 4; | ||||||
| 8979 | byte_size = 4; | ||||||
| 8980 | break; | ||||||
| 8981 | } | ||||||
| 8982 | return DumpDataExtractor(data, s, byte_offset, format, byte_size, | ||||||
| 8983 | item_count, UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, | ||||||
| 8984 | bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset, | ||||||
| 8985 | exe_scope); | ||||||
| 8986 | } | ||||||
| 8987 | break; | ||||||
| 8988 | } | ||||||
| 8989 | } | ||||||
| 8990 | return false; | ||||||
| 8991 | } | ||||||
| 8992 | |||||||
| 8993 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 8994 | ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, | ||||||
| 8995 | const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, | ||||||
| 8996 | lldb::offset_t data_byte_offset, | ||||||
| 8997 | size_t data_byte_size) { | ||||||
| 8998 | uint32_t length = 0; | ||||||
| 8999 | if (IsCStringType(type, length)) { | ||||||
| 9000 | if (exe_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9001 | Process *process = exe_ctx->GetProcessPtr(); | ||||||
| 9002 | if (process) { | ||||||
| 9003 | lldb::offset_t offset = data_byte_offset; | ||||||
| 9004 | lldb::addr_t pointer_address = data.GetMaxU64(&offset, data_byte_size); | ||||||
| 9005 | std::vector<uint8_t> buf; | ||||||
| 9006 | if (length > 0) | ||||||
| 9007 | buf.resize(length); | ||||||
| 9008 | else | ||||||
| 9009 | buf.resize(256); | ||||||
| 9010 | |||||||
| 9011 | DataExtractor cstr_data(&buf.front(), buf.size(), | ||||||
| 9012 | process->GetByteOrder(), 4); | ||||||
| 9013 | buf.back() = '\0'; | ||||||
| 9014 | size_t bytes_read; | ||||||
| 9015 | size_t total_cstr_len = 0; | ||||||
| 9016 | Status error; | ||||||
| 9017 | while ((bytes_read = process->ReadMemory(pointer_address, &buf.front(), | ||||||
| 9018 | buf.size(), error)) > 0) { | ||||||
| 9019 | const size_t len = strlen((const char *)&buf.front()); | ||||||
| 9020 | if (len == 0) | ||||||
| 9021 | break; | ||||||
| 9022 | if (total_cstr_len == 0) | ||||||
| 9023 | s->PutCString(" \""); | ||||||
| 9024 | DumpDataExtractor(cstr_data, s, 0, lldb::eFormatChar, 1, len, | ||||||
| 9025 | UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, 0); | ||||||
| 9026 | total_cstr_len += len; | ||||||
| 9027 | if (len < buf.size()) | ||||||
| 9028 | break; | ||||||
| 9029 | pointer_address += total_cstr_len; | ||||||
| 9030 | } | ||||||
| 9031 | if (total_cstr_len > 0) | ||||||
| 9032 | s->PutChar('"'); | ||||||
| 9033 | } | ||||||
| 9034 | } | ||||||
| 9035 | } | ||||||
| 9036 | } | ||||||
| 9037 | |||||||
| 9038 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 9039 | lldb::DescriptionLevel level) { | ||||||
| 9040 | StreamFile s(stdout(&__sF[1]), false); | ||||||
| 9041 | DumpTypeDescription(type, &s, level); | ||||||
| 9042 | |||||||
| 9043 | CompilerType ct(this, type); | ||||||
| 9044 | const clang::Type *clang_type = ClangUtil::GetQualType(ct).getTypePtr(); | ||||||
| 9045 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(clang_type); | ||||||
| 9046 | if (metadata) { | ||||||
| 9047 | metadata->Dump(&s); | ||||||
| 9048 | } | ||||||
| 9049 | } | ||||||
| 9050 | |||||||
| 9051 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | ||||||
| 9052 | Stream *s, | ||||||
| 9053 | lldb::DescriptionLevel level) { | ||||||
| 9054 | if (type) { | ||||||
| 9055 | clang::QualType qual_type = | ||||||
| 9056 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | ||||||
| 9057 | |||||||
| 9058 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 1024> buf; | ||||||
| 9059 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream llvm_ostrm(buf); | ||||||
| 9060 | |||||||
| 9061 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 9062 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 9063 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 9064 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | ||||||
| 9065 | GetCompleteType(type); | ||||||
| 9066 | |||||||
| 9067 | auto *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 9068 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 9069 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | ||||||
| 9070 | if (!objc_class_type) | ||||||
| 9071 | break; | ||||||
| 9072 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 9073 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 9074 | if (!class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 9075 | break; | ||||||
| 9076 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | ||||||
| 9077 | class_interface_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9078 | else | ||||||
| 9079 | class_interface_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, | ||||||
| 9080 | getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | ||||||
| 9081 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | ||||||
| 9082 | } break; | ||||||
| 9083 | |||||||
| 9084 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | ||||||
| 9085 | auto *typedef_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TypedefType>(); | ||||||
| 9086 | if (!typedef_type) | ||||||
| 9087 | break; | ||||||
| 9088 | const clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = typedef_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 9089 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | ||||||
| 9090 | typedef_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9091 | else { | ||||||
| 9092 | std::string clang_typedef_name(GetTypeNameForDecl(typedef_decl)); | ||||||
| 9093 | if (!clang_typedef_name.empty()) { | ||||||
| 9094 | s->PutCString("typedef "); | ||||||
| 9095 | s->PutCString(clang_typedef_name); | ||||||
| 9096 | } | ||||||
| 9097 | } | ||||||
| 9098 | } break; | ||||||
| 9099 | |||||||
| 9100 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 9101 | GetCompleteType(type); | ||||||
| 9102 | |||||||
| 9103 | auto *record_type = llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
| 9104 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 9105 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | ||||||
| 9106 | record_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9107 | else { | ||||||
| 9108 | if (auto *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 9109 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl)) | ||||||
| 9110 | cxx_record_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, | ||||||
| 9111 | getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | ||||||
| 9112 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | ||||||
| 9113 | else | ||||||
| 9114 | record_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | ||||||
| 9115 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | ||||||
| 9116 | } | ||||||
| 9117 | } break; | ||||||
| 9118 | |||||||
| 9119 | default: { | ||||||
| 9120 | if (auto *tag_type = | ||||||
| 9121 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||
| 9122 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl()) { | ||||||
| 9123 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | ||||||
| 9124 | tag_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9125 | else | ||||||
| 9126 | tag_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, 0); | ||||||
| 9127 | } | ||||||
| 9128 | } else { | ||||||
| 9129 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | ||||||
| 9130 | qual_type->dump(llvm_ostrm, getASTContext()); | ||||||
| 9131 | else { | ||||||
| 9132 | std::string clang_type_name(qual_type.getAsString()); | ||||||
| 9133 | if (!clang_type_name.empty()) | ||||||
| 9134 | s->PutCString(clang_type_name); | ||||||
| 9135 | } | ||||||
| 9136 | } | ||||||
| 9137 | } | ||||||
| 9138 | } | ||||||
| 9139 | |||||||
| 9140 | if (buf.size() > 0) { | ||||||
| 9141 | s->Write(buf.data(), buf.size()); | ||||||
| 9142 | } | ||||||
| 9143 | } | ||||||
| 9144 | } | ||||||
| 9145 | |||||||
| 9146 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeName(const CompilerType &type) { | ||||||
| 9147 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) { | ||||||
| 9148 | clang::QualType qual_type( | ||||||
| 9149 | ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(ClangUtil::RemoveFastQualifiers(type))); | ||||||
| 9150 | |||||||
| 9151 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
| 9152 | switch (type_class) { | ||||||
| 9153 | case clang::Type::Record: { | ||||||
| 9154 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | ||||||
| 9155 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
| 9156 | if (cxx_record_decl) | ||||||
| 9157 | printf("class %s", cxx_record_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | ||||||
| 9158 | } break; | ||||||
| 9159 | |||||||
| 9160 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | ||||||
| 9161 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = | ||||||
| 9162 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | ||||||
| 9163 | if (enum_decl) { | ||||||
| 9164 | printf("enum %s", enum_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | ||||||
| 9165 | } | ||||||
| 9166 | } break; | ||||||
| 9167 | |||||||
| 9168 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
| 9169 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | ||||||
| 9170 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | ||||||
| 9171 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | ||||||
| 9172 | if (objc_class_type) { | ||||||
| 9173 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | ||||||
| 9174 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | ||||||
| 9175 | // We currently can't complete objective C types through the newly | ||||||
| 9176 | // added ASTContext because it only supports TagDecl objects right | ||||||
| 9177 | // now... | ||||||
| 9178 | if (class_interface_decl) | ||||||
| 9179 | printf("@class %s", class_interface_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | ||||||
| 9180 | } | ||||||
| 9181 | } break; | ||||||
| 9182 | |||||||
| 9183 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | ||||||
| 9184 | printf("typedef %s", llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 9185 | ->getDecl() | ||||||
| 9186 | ->getName() | ||||||
| 9187 | .str() | ||||||
| 9188 | .c_str()); | ||||||
| 9189 | break; | ||||||
| 9190 | |||||||
| 9191 | case clang::Type::Auto: | ||||||
| 9192 | printf("auto "); | ||||||
| 9193 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType(type.GetTypeSystem(), | ||||||
| 9194 | llvm::cast<clang::AutoType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 9195 | ->getDeducedType() | ||||||
| 9196 | .getAsOpaquePtr())); | ||||||
| 9197 | |||||||
| 9198 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | ||||||
| 9199 | printf("elaborated "); | ||||||
| 9200 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType( | ||||||
| 9201 | type.GetTypeSystem(), llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type) | ||||||
| 9202 | ->getNamedType() | ||||||
| 9203 | .getAsOpaquePtr())); | ||||||
| 9204 | |||||||
| 9205 | case clang::Type::Paren: | ||||||
| 9206 | printf("paren "); | ||||||
| 9207 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType( | ||||||
| 9208 | type.GetTypeSystem(), | ||||||
| 9209 | llvm::cast<clang::ParenType>(qual_type)->desugar().getAsOpaquePtr())); | ||||||
| 9210 | |||||||
| 9211 | default: | ||||||
| 9212 | printf("TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeName() type_class = %u", type_class); | ||||||
| 9213 | break; | ||||||
| 9214 | } | ||||||
| 9215 | } | ||||||
| 9216 | } | ||||||
| 9217 | |||||||
| 9218 | clang::ClassTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::ParseClassTemplateDecl( | ||||||
| 9219 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | ||||||
| 9220 | lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *parent_name, int tag_decl_kind, | ||||||
| 9221 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | ||||||
| 9222 | if (template_param_infos.IsValid()) { | ||||||
| 9223 | std::string template_basename(parent_name); | ||||||
| 9224 | template_basename.erase(template_basename.find('<')); | ||||||
| 9225 | |||||||
| 9226 | return CreateClassTemplateDecl(decl_ctx, owning_module, access_type, | ||||||
| 9227 | template_basename.c_str(), tag_decl_kind, | ||||||
| 9228 | template_param_infos); | ||||||
| 9229 | } | ||||||
| 9230 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9231 | } | ||||||
| 9232 | |||||||
| 9233 | void TypeSystemClang::CompleteTagDecl(clang::TagDecl *decl) { | ||||||
| 9234 | SymbolFile *sym_file = GetSymbolFile(); | ||||||
| 9235 | if (sym_file) { | ||||||
| 9236 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 9237 | if (clang_type) | ||||||
| 9238 | sym_file->CompleteType(clang_type); | ||||||
| 9239 | } | ||||||
| 9240 | } | ||||||
| 9241 | |||||||
| 9242 | void TypeSystemClang::CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl( | ||||||
| 9243 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl) { | ||||||
| 9244 | SymbolFile *sym_file = GetSymbolFile(); | ||||||
| 9245 | if (sym_file) { | ||||||
| 9246 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(decl); | ||||||
| 9247 | if (clang_type) | ||||||
| 9248 | sym_file->CompleteType(clang_type); | ||||||
| 9249 | } | ||||||
| 9250 | } | ||||||
| 9251 | |||||||
| 9252 | DWARFASTParser *TypeSystemClang::GetDWARFParser() { | ||||||
| 9253 | if (!m_dwarf_ast_parser_up) | ||||||
| 9254 | m_dwarf_ast_parser_up = std::make_unique<DWARFASTParserClang>(*this); | ||||||
| 9255 | return m_dwarf_ast_parser_up.get(); | ||||||
| 9256 | } | ||||||
| 9257 | |||||||
| 9258 | PDBASTParser *TypeSystemClang::GetPDBParser() { | ||||||
| 9259 | if (!m_pdb_ast_parser_up) | ||||||
| 9260 | m_pdb_ast_parser_up = std::make_unique<PDBASTParser>(*this); | ||||||
| 9261 | return m_pdb_ast_parser_up.get(); | ||||||
| 9262 | } | ||||||
| 9263 | |||||||
| 9264 | bool TypeSystemClang::LayoutRecordType( | ||||||
| 9265 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, uint64_t &bit_size, | ||||||
| 9266 | uint64_t &alignment, | ||||||
| 9267 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets, | ||||||
| 9268 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> | ||||||
| 9269 | &base_offsets, | ||||||
| 9270 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> | ||||||
| 9271 | &vbase_offsets) { | ||||||
| 9272 | lldb_private::ClangASTImporter *importer = nullptr; | ||||||
| 9273 | if (m_dwarf_ast_parser_up) | ||||||
| 9274 | importer = &m_dwarf_ast_parser_up->GetClangASTImporter(); | ||||||
| 9275 | if (!importer && m_pdb_ast_parser_up) | ||||||
| 9276 | importer = &m_pdb_ast_parser_up->GetClangASTImporter(); | ||||||
| 9277 | if (!importer) | ||||||
| 9278 | return false; | ||||||
| 9279 | |||||||
| 9280 | return importer->LayoutRecordType(record_decl, bit_size, alignment, | ||||||
| 9281 | field_offsets, base_offsets, vbase_offsets); | ||||||
| 9282 | } | ||||||
| 9283 | |||||||
| 9284 | // CompilerDecl override functions | ||||||
| 9285 | |||||||
| 9286 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9287 | if (opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9288 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = | ||||||
| 9289 | llvm::dyn_cast<NamedDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl); | ||||||
| 9290 | if (nd != nullptr) | ||||||
| 9291 | return ConstString(nd->getDeclName().getAsString()); | ||||||
| 9292 | } | ||||||
| 9293 | return ConstString(); | ||||||
| 9294 | } | ||||||
| 9295 | |||||||
| 9296 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclGetMangledName(void *opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9297 | if (opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9298 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = | ||||||
| 9299 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl); | ||||||
| 9300 | if (nd != nullptr && !llvm::isa<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>(nd)) { | ||||||
| 9301 | clang::MangleContext *mc = getMangleContext(); | ||||||
| 9302 | if (mc && mc->shouldMangleCXXName(nd)) { | ||||||
| 9303 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 1024> buf; | ||||||
| 9304 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream llvm_ostrm(buf); | ||||||
| 9305 | if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(nd)) { | ||||||
| 9306 | mc->mangleName( | ||||||
| 9307 | clang::GlobalDecl(llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(nd), | ||||||
| 9308 | Ctor_Complete), | ||||||
| 9309 | llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9310 | } else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(nd)) { | ||||||
| 9311 | mc->mangleName( | ||||||
| 9312 | clang::GlobalDecl(llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(nd), | ||||||
| 9313 | Dtor_Complete), | ||||||
| 9314 | llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9315 | } else { | ||||||
| 9316 | mc->mangleName(nd, llvm_ostrm); | ||||||
| 9317 | } | ||||||
| 9318 | if (buf.size() > 0) | ||||||
| 9319 | return ConstString(buf.data(), buf.size()); | ||||||
| 9320 | } | ||||||
| 9321 | } | ||||||
| 9322 | } | ||||||
| 9323 | return ConstString(); | ||||||
| 9324 | } | ||||||
| 9325 | |||||||
| 9326 | CompilerDeclContext TypeSystemClang::DeclGetDeclContext(void *opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9327 | if (opaque_decl) | ||||||
| 9328 | return CreateDeclContext(((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 9329 | return CompilerDeclContext(); | ||||||
| 9330 | } | ||||||
| 9331 | |||||||
| 9332 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionReturnType(void *opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9333 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | ||||||
| 9334 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | ||||||
| 9335 | return GetType(func_decl->getReturnType()); | ||||||
| 9336 | if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | ||||||
| 9337 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | ||||||
| 9338 | return GetType(objc_method->getReturnType()); | ||||||
| 9339 | else | ||||||
| 9340 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 9341 | } | ||||||
| 9342 | |||||||
| 9343 | size_t TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionNumArguments(void *opaque_decl) { | ||||||
| 9344 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | ||||||
| 9345 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | ||||||
| 9346 | return func_decl->param_size(); | ||||||
| 9347 | if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | ||||||
| 9348 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | ||||||
| 9349 | return objc_method->param_size(); | ||||||
| 9350 | else | ||||||
| 9351 | return 0; | ||||||
| 9352 | } | ||||||
| 9353 | |||||||
| 9354 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionArgumentType(void *opaque_decl, | ||||||
| 9355 | size_t idx) { | ||||||
| 9356 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | ||||||
| 9357 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) { | ||||||
| 9358 | if (idx < func_decl->param_size()) { | ||||||
| 9359 | ParmVarDecl *var_decl = func_decl->getParamDecl(idx); | ||||||
| 9360 | if (var_decl) | ||||||
| 9361 | return GetType(var_decl->getOriginalType()); | ||||||
| 9362 | } | ||||||
| 9363 | } else if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | ||||||
| 9364 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>( | ||||||
| 9365 | (clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) { | ||||||
| 9366 | if (idx < objc_method->param_size()) | ||||||
| 9367 | return GetType(objc_method->parameters()[idx]->getOriginalType()); | ||||||
| 9368 | } | ||||||
| 9369 | return CompilerType(); | ||||||
| 9370 | } | ||||||
| 9371 | |||||||
| 9372 | // CompilerDeclContext functions | ||||||
| 9373 | |||||||
| 9374 | std::vector<CompilerDecl> TypeSystemClang::DeclContextFindDeclByName( | ||||||
| 9375 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, ConstString name, const bool ignore_using_decls) { | ||||||
| 9376 | std::vector<CompilerDecl> found_decls; | ||||||
| 9377 | SymbolFile *symbol_file = GetSymbolFile(); | ||||||
| 9378 | if (opaque_decl_ctx && symbol_file) { | ||||||
| 9379 | DeclContext *root_decl_ctx = (DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | ||||||
| 9380 | std::set<DeclContext *> searched; | ||||||
| 9381 | std::multimap<DeclContext *, DeclContext *> search_queue; | ||||||
| 9382 | |||||||
| 9383 | for (clang::DeclContext *decl_context = root_decl_ctx; | ||||||
| 9384 | decl_context != nullptr && found_decls.empty(); | ||||||
| 9385 | decl_context = decl_context->getParent()) { | ||||||
| 9386 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(decl_context, decl_context)); | ||||||
| 9387 | |||||||
| 9388 | for (auto it = search_queue.find(decl_context); it != search_queue.end(); | ||||||
| 9389 | it++) { | ||||||
| 9390 | if (!searched.insert(it->second).second) | ||||||
| 9391 | continue; | ||||||
| 9392 | symbol_file->ParseDeclsForContext( | ||||||
| 9393 | CreateDeclContext(it->second)); | ||||||
| 9394 | |||||||
| 9395 | for (clang::Decl *child : it->second->decls()) { | ||||||
| 9396 | if (clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *ud = | ||||||
| 9397 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDirectiveDecl>(child)) { | ||||||
| 9398 | if (ignore_using_decls) | ||||||
| 9399 | continue; | ||||||
| 9400 | clang::DeclContext *from = ud->getCommonAncestor(); | ||||||
| 9401 | if (searched.find(ud->getNominatedNamespace()) == searched.end()) | ||||||
| 9402 | search_queue.insert( | ||||||
| 9403 | std::make_pair(from, ud->getNominatedNamespace())); | ||||||
| 9404 | } else if (clang::UsingDecl *ud = | ||||||
| 9405 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDecl>(child)) { | ||||||
| 9406 | if (ignore_using_decls) | ||||||
| 9407 | continue; | ||||||
| 9408 | for (clang::UsingShadowDecl *usd : ud->shadows()) { | ||||||
| 9409 | clang::Decl *target = usd->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
| 9410 | if (clang::NamedDecl *nd = | ||||||
| 9411 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(target)) { | ||||||
| 9412 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
| 9413 | if (ii != nullptr && | ||||||
| 9414 | ii->getName().equals(name.AsCString(nullptr))) | ||||||
| 9415 | found_decls.push_back(GetCompilerDecl(nd)); | ||||||
| 9416 | } | ||||||
| 9417 | } | ||||||
| 9418 | } else if (clang::NamedDecl *nd = | ||||||
| 9419 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(child)) { | ||||||
| 9420 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
| 9421 | if (ii != nullptr && ii->getName().equals(name.AsCString(nullptr))) | ||||||
| 9422 | found_decls.push_back(GetCompilerDecl(nd)); | ||||||
| 9423 | } | ||||||
| 9424 | } | ||||||
| 9425 | } | ||||||
| 9426 | } | ||||||
| 9427 | } | ||||||
| 9428 | return found_decls; | ||||||
| 9429 | } | ||||||
| 9430 | |||||||
| 9431 | // Look for child_decl_ctx's lookup scope in frame_decl_ctx and its parents, | ||||||
| 9432 | // and return the number of levels it took to find it, or | ||||||
| 9433 | // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL if not found. If the decl was imported via a using | ||||||
| 9434 | // declaration, its name and/or type, if set, will be used to check that the | ||||||
| 9435 | // decl found in the scope is a match. | ||||||
| 9436 | // | ||||||
| 9437 | // The optional name is required by languages (like C++) to handle using | ||||||
| 9438 | // declarations like: | ||||||
| 9439 | // | ||||||
| 9440 | // void poo(); | ||||||
| 9441 | // namespace ns { | ||||||
| 9442 | // void foo(); | ||||||
| 9443 | // void goo(); | ||||||
| 9444 | // } | ||||||
| 9445 | // void bar() { | ||||||
| 9446 | // using ns::foo; | ||||||
| 9447 | // // CountDeclLevels returns 0 for 'foo', 1 for 'poo', and | ||||||
| 9448 | // // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL for 'goo'. | ||||||
| 9449 | // } | ||||||
| 9450 | // | ||||||
| 9451 | // The optional type is useful in the case that there's a specific overload | ||||||
| 9452 | // that we're looking for that might otherwise be shadowed, like: | ||||||
| 9453 | // | ||||||
| 9454 | // void foo(int); | ||||||
| 9455 | // namespace ns { | ||||||
| 9456 | // void foo(); | ||||||
| 9457 | // } | ||||||
| 9458 | // void bar() { | ||||||
| 9459 | // using ns::foo; | ||||||
| 9460 | // // CountDeclLevels returns 0 for { 'foo', void() }, | ||||||
| 9461 | // // 1 for { 'foo', void(int) }, and | ||||||
| 9462 | // // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL for { 'foo', void(int, int) }. | ||||||
| 9463 | // } | ||||||
| 9464 | // | ||||||
| 9465 | // NOTE: Because file statics are at the TranslationUnit along with globals, a | ||||||
| 9466 | // function at file scope will return the same level as a function at global | ||||||
| 9467 | // scope. Ideally we'd like to treat the file scope as an additional scope just | ||||||
| 9468 | // below the global scope. More work needs to be done to recognise that, if | ||||||
| 9469 | // the decl we're trying to look up is static, we should compare its source | ||||||
| 9470 | // file with that of the current scope and return a lower number for it. | ||||||
| 9471 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::CountDeclLevels(clang::DeclContext *frame_decl_ctx, | ||||||
| 9472 | clang::DeclContext *child_decl_ctx, | ||||||
| 9473 | ConstString *child_name, | ||||||
| 9474 | CompilerType *child_type) { | ||||||
| 9475 | SymbolFile *symbol_file = GetSymbolFile(); | ||||||
| 9476 | if (frame_decl_ctx && symbol_file) { | ||||||
| 9477 | std::set<DeclContext *> searched; | ||||||
| 9478 | std::multimap<DeclContext *, DeclContext *> search_queue; | ||||||
| 9479 | |||||||
| 9480 | // Get the lookup scope for the decl we're trying to find. | ||||||
| 9481 | clang::DeclContext *parent_decl_ctx = child_decl_ctx->getParent(); | ||||||
| 9482 | |||||||
| 9483 | // Look for it in our scope's decl context and its parents. | ||||||
| 9484 | uint32_t level = 0; | ||||||
| 9485 | for (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = frame_decl_ctx; decl_ctx != nullptr; | ||||||
| 9486 | decl_ctx = decl_ctx->getParent()) { | ||||||
| 9487 | if (!decl_ctx->isLookupContext()) | ||||||
| 9488 | continue; | ||||||
| 9489 | if (decl_ctx == parent_decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 9490 | // Found it! | ||||||
| 9491 | return level; | ||||||
| 9492 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(decl_ctx, decl_ctx)); | ||||||
| 9493 | for (auto it = search_queue.find(decl_ctx); it != search_queue.end(); | ||||||
| 9494 | it++) { | ||||||
| 9495 | if (searched.find(it->second) != searched.end()) | ||||||
| 9496 | continue; | ||||||
| 9497 | |||||||
| 9498 | // Currently DWARF has one shared translation unit for all Decls at top | ||||||
| 9499 | // level, so this would erroneously find using statements anywhere. So | ||||||
| 9500 | // don't look at the top-level translation unit. | ||||||
| 9501 | // TODO fix this and add a testcase that depends on it. | ||||||
| 9502 | |||||||
| 9503 | if (llvm::isa<clang::TranslationUnitDecl>(it->second)) | ||||||
| 9504 | continue; | ||||||
| 9505 | |||||||
| 9506 | searched.insert(it->second); | ||||||
| 9507 | symbol_file->ParseDeclsForContext( | ||||||
| 9508 | CreateDeclContext(it->second)); | ||||||
| 9509 | |||||||
| 9510 | for (clang::Decl *child : it->second->decls()) { | ||||||
| 9511 | if (clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *ud = | ||||||
| 9512 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDirectiveDecl>(child)) { | ||||||
| 9513 | clang::DeclContext *ns = ud->getNominatedNamespace(); | ||||||
| 9514 | if (ns == parent_decl_ctx) | ||||||
| 9515 | // Found it! | ||||||
| 9516 | return level; | ||||||
| 9517 | clang::DeclContext *from = ud->getCommonAncestor(); | ||||||
| 9518 | if (searched.find(ns) == searched.end()) | ||||||
| 9519 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(from, ns)); | ||||||
| 9520 | } else if (child_name) { | ||||||
| 9521 | if (clang::UsingDecl *ud = | ||||||
| 9522 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDecl>(child)) { | ||||||
| 9523 | for (clang::UsingShadowDecl *usd : ud->shadows()) { | ||||||
| 9524 | clang::Decl *target = usd->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
| 9525 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(target); | ||||||
| 9526 | if (!nd) | ||||||
| 9527 | continue; | ||||||
| 9528 | // Check names. | ||||||
| 9529 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
| 9530 | if (ii == nullptr || | ||||||
| 9531 | !ii->getName().equals(child_name->AsCString(nullptr))) | ||||||
| 9532 | continue; | ||||||
| 9533 | // Check types, if one was provided. | ||||||
| 9534 | if (child_type) { | ||||||
| 9535 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(nd); | ||||||
| 9536 | if (!AreTypesSame(clang_type, *child_type, | ||||||
| 9537 | /*ignore_qualifiers=*/true)) | ||||||
| 9538 | continue; | ||||||
| 9539 | } | ||||||
| 9540 | // Found it! | ||||||
| 9541 | return level; | ||||||
| 9542 | } | ||||||
| 9543 | } | ||||||
| 9544 | } | ||||||
| 9545 | } | ||||||
| 9546 | } | ||||||
| 9547 | ++level; | ||||||
| 9548 | } | ||||||
| 9549 | } | ||||||
| 9550 | return LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL0xffffffffU; | ||||||
| 9551 | } | ||||||
| 9552 | |||||||
| 9553 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9554 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9555 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = | ||||||
| 9556 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 9557 | if (named_decl) | ||||||
| 9558 | return ConstString(named_decl->getName()); | ||||||
| 9559 | } | ||||||
| 9560 | return ConstString(); | ||||||
| 9561 | } | ||||||
| 9562 | |||||||
| 9563 | ConstString | ||||||
| 9564 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9565 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9566 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = | ||||||
| 9567 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx); | ||||||
| 9568 | if (named_decl) | ||||||
| 9569 | return ConstString(GetTypeNameForDecl(named_decl)); | ||||||
| 9570 | } | ||||||
| 9571 | return ConstString(); | ||||||
| 9572 | } | ||||||
| 9573 | |||||||
| 9574 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclContextIsClassMethod( | ||||||
| 9575 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr, | ||||||
| 9576 | bool *is_instance_method_ptr, ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) { | ||||||
| 9577 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9578 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = (clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | ||||||
| 9579 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | ||||||
| 9580 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | ||||||
| 9581 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | ||||||
| 9582 | *is_instance_method_ptr = objc_method->isInstanceMethod(); | ||||||
| 9583 | if (language_ptr) | ||||||
| 9584 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 9585 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | ||||||
| 9586 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString("self"); | ||||||
| 9587 | return true; | ||||||
| 9588 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method = | ||||||
| 9589 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | ||||||
| 9590 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | ||||||
| 9591 | *is_instance_method_ptr = cxx_method->isInstance(); | ||||||
| 9592 | if (language_ptr) | ||||||
| 9593 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | ||||||
| 9594 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | ||||||
| 9595 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString("this"); | ||||||
| 9596 | return true; | ||||||
| 9597 | } else if (clang::FunctionDecl *function_decl = | ||||||
| 9598 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | ||||||
| 9599 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(function_decl); | ||||||
| 9600 | if (metadata && metadata->HasObjectPtr()) { | ||||||
| 9601 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | ||||||
| 9602 | *is_instance_method_ptr = true; | ||||||
| 9603 | if (language_ptr) | ||||||
| 9604 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeObjC; | ||||||
| 9605 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | ||||||
| 9606 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString(metadata->GetObjectPtrName()); | ||||||
| 9607 | return true; | ||||||
| 9608 | } | ||||||
| 9609 | } | ||||||
| 9610 | } | ||||||
| 9611 | return false; | ||||||
| 9612 | } | ||||||
| 9613 | |||||||
| 9614 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclContextIsContainedInLookup( | ||||||
| 9615 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, void *other_opaque_decl_ctx) { | ||||||
| 9616 | auto *decl_ctx = (clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | ||||||
| 9617 | auto *other = (clang::DeclContext *)other_opaque_decl_ctx; | ||||||
| 9618 | |||||||
| 9619 | do { | ||||||
| 9620 | // A decl context always includes its own contents in its lookup. | ||||||
| 9621 | if (decl_ctx == other) | ||||||
| 9622 | return true; | ||||||
| 9623 | |||||||
| 9624 | // If we have an inline namespace, then the lookup of the parent context | ||||||
| 9625 | // also includes the inline namespace contents. | ||||||
| 9626 | } while (other->isInlineNamespace() && (other = other->getParent())); | ||||||
| 9627 | |||||||
| 9628 | return false; | ||||||
| 9629 | } | ||||||
| 9630 | |||||||
| 9631 | static bool IsClangDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9632 | return dc.IsValid() && isa<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 9633 | } | ||||||
| 9634 | |||||||
| 9635 | clang::DeclContext * | ||||||
| 9636 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9637 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | ||||||
| 9638 | return (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext(); | ||||||
| 9639 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9640 | } | ||||||
| 9641 | |||||||
| 9642 | ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||||
| 9643 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsObjCMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9644 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | ||||||
| 9645 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>( | ||||||
| 9646 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 9647 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9648 | } | ||||||
| 9649 | |||||||
| 9650 | CXXMethodDecl * | ||||||
| 9651 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsCXXMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9652 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | ||||||
| 9653 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>( | ||||||
| 9654 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 9655 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9656 | } | ||||||
| 9657 | |||||||
| 9658 | clang::FunctionDecl * | ||||||
| 9659 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsFunctionDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9660 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | ||||||
| 9661 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>( | ||||||
| 9662 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 9663 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9664 | } | ||||||
| 9665 | |||||||
| 9666 | clang::NamespaceDecl * | ||||||
| 9667 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsNamespaceDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9668 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | ||||||
| 9669 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamespaceDecl>( | ||||||
| 9670 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | ||||||
| 9671 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9672 | } | ||||||
| 9673 | |||||||
| 9674 | ClangASTMetadata * | ||||||
| 9675 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetMetaData(const CompilerDeclContext &dc, | ||||||
| 9676 | const Decl *object) { | ||||||
| 9677 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::cast<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 9678 | return ast->GetMetadata(object); | ||||||
| 9679 | } | ||||||
| 9680 | |||||||
| 9681 | clang::ASTContext * | ||||||
| 9682 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetTypeSystemClang(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | ||||||
| 9683 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | ||||||
| 9684 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | ||||||
| 9685 | if (ast) | ||||||
| 9686 | return &ast->getASTContext(); | ||||||
| 9687 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9688 | } | ||||||
| 9689 | |||||||
| 9690 | namespace { | ||||||
| 9691 | /// A specialized scratch AST used within ScratchTypeSystemClang. | ||||||
| 9692 | /// These are the ASTs backing the different IsolatedASTKinds. They behave | ||||||
| 9693 | /// like a normal ScratchTypeSystemClang but they don't own their own | ||||||
| 9694 | /// persistent storage or target reference. | ||||||
| 9695 | class SpecializedScratchAST : public TypeSystemClang { | ||||||
| 9696 | public: | ||||||
| 9697 | /// \param name The display name of the TypeSystemClang instance. | ||||||
| 9698 | /// \param triple The triple used for the TypeSystemClang instance. | ||||||
| 9699 | /// \param ast_source The ClangASTSource that should be used to complete | ||||||
| 9700 | /// type information. | ||||||
| 9701 | SpecializedScratchAST(llvm::StringRef name, llvm::Triple triple, | ||||||
| 9702 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> ast_source) | ||||||
| 9703 | : TypeSystemClang(name, triple), | ||||||
| 9704 | m_scratch_ast_source_up(std::move(ast_source)) { | ||||||
| 9705 | // Setup the ClangASTSource to complete this AST. | ||||||
| 9706 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->InstallASTContext(*this); | ||||||
| 9707 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> proxy_ast_source( | ||||||
| 9708 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->CreateProxy()); | ||||||
| 9709 | SetExternalSource(proxy_ast_source); | ||||||
| 9710 | } | ||||||
| 9711 | |||||||
| 9712 | /// The ExternalASTSource that performs lookups and completes types. | ||||||
| 9713 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> m_scratch_ast_source_up; | ||||||
| 9714 | }; | ||||||
| 9715 | } // namespace | ||||||
| 9716 | |||||||
| 9717 | char ScratchTypeSystemClang::ID; | ||||||
| 9718 | const llvm::NoneType ScratchTypeSystemClang::DefaultAST = llvm::None; | ||||||
| 9719 | |||||||
| 9720 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::ScratchTypeSystemClang(Target &target, | ||||||
| 9721 | llvm::Triple triple) | ||||||
| 9722 | : TypeSystemClang("scratch ASTContext", triple), m_triple(triple), | ||||||
| 9723 | m_target_wp(target.shared_from_this()), | ||||||
| 9724 | m_persistent_variables( | ||||||
| 9725 | new ClangPersistentVariables(target.shared_from_this())) { | ||||||
| 9726 | m_scratch_ast_source_up = CreateASTSource(); | ||||||
| 9727 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->InstallASTContext(*this); | ||||||
| 9728 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> proxy_ast_source( | ||||||
| 9729 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->CreateProxy()); | ||||||
| 9730 | SetExternalSource(proxy_ast_source); | ||||||
| 9731 | } | ||||||
| 9732 | |||||||
| 9733 | void ScratchTypeSystemClang::Finalize() { | ||||||
| 9734 | TypeSystemClang::Finalize(); | ||||||
| 9735 | m_scratch_ast_source_up.reset(); | ||||||
| 9736 | } | ||||||
| 9737 | |||||||
| 9738 | TypeSystemClang * | ||||||
| 9739 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetForTarget(Target &target, | ||||||
| 9740 | llvm::Optional<IsolatedASTKind> ast_kind, | ||||||
| 9741 | bool create_on_demand) { | ||||||
| 9742 | auto type_system_or_err = target.GetScratchTypeSystemForLanguage( | ||||||
| 9743 | lldb::eLanguageTypeC, create_on_demand); | ||||||
| 9744 | if (auto err = type_system_or_err.takeError()) { | ||||||
| 9745 | LLDB_LOG_ERROR(lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_TARGET),do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet ((1u << 22))); ::llvm::Error error_private = (std::move (err)); if (log_private && error_private) { log_private ->FormatError(::std::move(error_private), "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang"); } else :: llvm::consumeError(::std::move(error_private)); } while (0) | ||||||
| 9746 | std::move(err), "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang")do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet ((1u << 22))); ::llvm::Error error_private = (std::move (err)); if (log_private && error_private) { log_private ->FormatError(::std::move(error_private), "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang"); } else :: llvm::consumeError(::std::move(error_private)); } while (0); | ||||||
| 9747 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9748 | } | ||||||
| 9749 | ScratchTypeSystemClang &scratch_ast = | ||||||
| 9750 | llvm::cast<ScratchTypeSystemClang>(type_system_or_err.get()); | ||||||
| 9751 | // If no dedicated sub-AST was requested, just return the main AST. | ||||||
| 9752 | if (ast_kind == DefaultAST) | ||||||
| 9753 | return &scratch_ast; | ||||||
| 9754 | // Search the sub-ASTs. | ||||||
| 9755 | return &scratch_ast.GetIsolatedAST(*ast_kind); | ||||||
| 9756 | } | ||||||
| 9757 | |||||||
| 9758 | UserExpression *ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetUserExpression( | ||||||
| 9759 | llvm::StringRef expr, llvm::StringRef prefix, lldb::LanguageType language, | ||||||
| 9760 | Expression::ResultType desired_type, | ||||||
| 9761 | const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options, ValueObject *ctx_obj) { | ||||||
| 9762 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | ||||||
| 9763 | if (!target_sp) | ||||||
| 9764 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9765 | |||||||
| 9766 | return new ClangUserExpression(*target_sp.get(), expr, prefix, language, | ||||||
| 9767 | desired_type, options, ctx_obj); | ||||||
| 9768 | } | ||||||
| 9769 | |||||||
| 9770 | FunctionCaller *ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetFunctionCaller( | ||||||
| 9771 | const CompilerType &return_type, const Address &function_address, | ||||||
| 9772 | const ValueList &arg_value_list, const char *name) { | ||||||
| 9773 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | ||||||
| 9774 | if (!target_sp) | ||||||
| 9775 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9776 | |||||||
| 9777 | Process *process = target_sp->GetProcessSP().get(); | ||||||
| 9778 | if (!process) | ||||||
| 9779 | return nullptr; | ||||||
| 9780 | |||||||
| 9781 | return new ClangFunctionCaller(*process, return_type, function_address, | ||||||
| 9782 | arg_value_list, name); | ||||||
| 9783 | } | ||||||
| 9784 | |||||||
| 9785 | std::unique_ptr<UtilityFunction> | ||||||
| 9786 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::CreateUtilityFunction(std::string text, | ||||||
| 9787 | std::string name) { | ||||||
| 9788 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | ||||||
| 9789 | if (!target_sp) | ||||||
| 9790 | return {}; | ||||||
| 9791 | |||||||
| 9792 | return std::make_unique<ClangUtilityFunction>( | ||||||
| 9793 | *target_sp.get(), std::move(text), std::move(name), | ||||||
| 9794 | target_sp->GetDebugUtilityExpression()); | ||||||
| 9795 | } | ||||||
| 9796 | |||||||
| 9797 | PersistentExpressionState * | ||||||
| 9798 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetPersistentExpressionState() { | ||||||
| 9799 | return m_persistent_variables.get(); | ||||||
| 9800 | } | ||||||
| 9801 | |||||||
| 9802 | void ScratchTypeSystemClang::ForgetSource(ASTContext *src_ctx, | ||||||
| 9803 | ClangASTImporter &importer) { | ||||||
| 9804 | // Remove it as a source from the main AST. | ||||||
| 9805 | importer.ForgetSource(&getASTContext(), src_ctx); | ||||||
| 9806 | // Remove it as a source from all created sub-ASTs. | ||||||
| 9807 | for (const auto &a : m_isolated_asts) | ||||||
| 9808 | importer.ForgetSource(&a.second->getASTContext(), src_ctx); | ||||||
| 9809 | } | ||||||
| 9810 | |||||||
| 9811 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> ScratchTypeSystemClang::CreateASTSource() { | ||||||
| 9812 | return std::make_unique<ClangASTSource>( | ||||||
| 9813 | m_target_wp.lock()->shared_from_this(), | ||||||
| 9814 | m_persistent_variables->GetClangASTImporter()); | ||||||
| 9815 | } | ||||||
| 9816 | |||||||
| 9817 | static llvm::StringRef | ||||||
| 9818 | GetSpecializedASTName(ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind feature) { | ||||||
| 9819 | switch (feature) { | ||||||
| 9820 | case ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind::CppModules: | ||||||
| 9821 | return "scratch ASTContext for C++ module types"; | ||||||
| 9822 | } | ||||||
| 9823 | llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented ASTFeature kind?")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||
| 9824 | } | ||||||
| 9825 | |||||||
| 9826 | TypeSystemClang &ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetIsolatedAST( | ||||||
| 9827 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind feature) { | ||||||
| 9828 | auto found_ast = m_isolated_asts.find(feature); | ||||||
| 9829 | if (found_ast != m_isolated_asts.end()) | ||||||
| 9830 | return *found_ast->second; | ||||||
| 9831 | |||||||
| 9832 | // Couldn't find the requested sub-AST, so create it now. | ||||||
| 9833 | std::unique_ptr<TypeSystemClang> new_ast; | ||||||
| 9834 | new_ast.reset(new SpecializedScratchAST(GetSpecializedASTName(feature), | ||||||
| 9835 | m_triple, CreateASTSource())); | ||||||
| 9836 | m_isolated_asts[feature] = std::move(new_ast); | ||||||
| 9837 | return *m_isolated_asts[feature]; | ||||||
| 9838 | } |
| 1 | //===- Decl.h - Classes for representing declarations -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the Decl subclasses. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
| 15 | |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContextAllocate.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
| 40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
| 46 | #include <cassert> |
| 47 | #include <cstddef> |
| 48 | #include <cstdint> |
| 49 | #include <string> |
| 50 | #include <utility> |
| 51 | |
| 52 | namespace clang { |
| 53 | |
| 54 | class ASTContext; |
| 55 | struct ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo; |
| 56 | class Attr; |
| 57 | class CompoundStmt; |
| 58 | class DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo; |
| 59 | class EnumDecl; |
| 60 | class Expr; |
| 61 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
| 62 | class FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo; |
| 63 | class FunctionTypeLoc; |
| 64 | class LabelStmt; |
| 65 | class MemberSpecializationInfo; |
| 66 | class Module; |
| 67 | class NamespaceDecl; |
| 68 | class ParmVarDecl; |
| 69 | class RecordDecl; |
| 70 | class Stmt; |
| 71 | class StringLiteral; |
| 72 | class TagDecl; |
| 73 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
| 74 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
| 75 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 76 | class TypeAliasTemplateDecl; |
| 77 | class TypeLoc; |
| 78 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
| 79 | class VarTemplateDecl; |
| 80 | |
| 81 | /// The top declaration context. |
| 82 | class TranslationUnitDecl : public Decl, |
| 83 | public DeclContext, |
| 84 | public Redeclarable<TranslationUnitDecl> { |
| 85 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TranslationUnitDecl>; |
| 86 | |
| 87 | TranslationUnitDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 88 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | TranslationUnitDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 92 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 93 | } |
| 94 | |
| 95 | TranslationUnitDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 96 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 97 | } |
| 98 | |
| 99 | ASTContext &Ctx; |
| 100 | |
| 101 | /// The (most recently entered) anonymous namespace for this |
| 102 | /// translation unit, if one has been created. |
| 103 | NamespaceDecl *AnonymousNamespace = nullptr; |
| 104 | |
| 105 | explicit TranslationUnitDecl(ASTContext &ctx); |
| 106 | |
| 107 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 108 | |
| 109 | public: |
| 110 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 111 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 112 | |
| 113 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 114 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 115 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 116 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 117 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 118 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 119 | |
| 120 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Ctx; } |
| 121 | |
| 122 | NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { return AnonymousNamespace; } |
| 123 | void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { AnonymousNamespace = D; } |
| 124 | |
| 125 | static TranslationUnitDecl *Create(ASTContext &C); |
| 126 | |
| 127 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 128 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 129 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TranslationUnit; } |
| 130 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TranslationUnitDecl *D) { |
| 131 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TranslationUnitDecl*>(D)); |
| 132 | } |
| 133 | static TranslationUnitDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 134 | return static_cast<TranslationUnitDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 135 | } |
| 136 | }; |
| 137 | |
| 138 | /// Represents a `#pragma comment` line. Always a child of |
| 139 | /// TranslationUnitDecl. |
| 140 | class PragmaCommentDecl final |
| 141 | : public Decl, |
| 142 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PragmaCommentDecl, char> { |
| 143 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 144 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 145 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 146 | |
| 147 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind; |
| 148 | |
| 149 | PragmaCommentDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU, SourceLocation CommentLoc, |
| 150 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind) |
| 151 | : Decl(PragmaComment, TU, CommentLoc), CommentKind(CommentKind) {} |
| 152 | |
| 153 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 154 | |
| 155 | public: |
| 156 | static PragmaCommentDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TranslationUnitDecl *DC, |
| 157 | SourceLocation CommentLoc, |
| 158 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind, |
| 159 | StringRef Arg); |
| 160 | static PragmaCommentDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
| 161 | unsigned ArgSize); |
| 162 | |
| 163 | PragmaMSCommentKind getCommentKind() const { return CommentKind; } |
| 164 | |
| 165 | StringRef getArg() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
| 166 | |
| 167 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 168 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 169 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == PragmaComment; } |
| 170 | }; |
| 171 | |
| 172 | /// Represents a `#pragma detect_mismatch` line. Always a child of |
| 173 | /// TranslationUnitDecl. |
| 174 | class PragmaDetectMismatchDecl final |
| 175 | : public Decl, |
| 176 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl, char> { |
| 177 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 178 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 179 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 180 | |
| 181 | size_t ValueStart; |
| 182 | |
| 183 | PragmaDetectMismatchDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 184 | size_t ValueStart) |
| 185 | : Decl(PragmaDetectMismatch, TU, Loc), ValueStart(ValueStart) {} |
| 186 | |
| 187 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 188 | |
| 189 | public: |
| 190 | static PragmaDetectMismatchDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
| 191 | TranslationUnitDecl *DC, |
| 192 | SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
| 193 | StringRef Value); |
| 194 | static PragmaDetectMismatchDecl * |
| 195 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, unsigned NameValueSize); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | StringRef getName() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
| 198 | StringRef getValue() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>() + ValueStart; } |
| 199 | |
| 200 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 201 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 202 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == PragmaDetectMismatch; } |
| 203 | }; |
| 204 | |
| 205 | /// Declaration context for names declared as extern "C" in C++. This |
| 206 | /// is neither the semantic nor lexical context for such declarations, but is |
| 207 | /// used to check for conflicts with other extern "C" declarations. Example: |
| 208 | /// |
| 209 | /// \code |
| 210 | /// namespace N { extern "C" void f(); } // #1 |
| 211 | /// void N::f() {} // #2 |
| 212 | /// namespace M { extern "C" void f(); } // #3 |
| 213 | /// \endcode |
| 214 | /// |
| 215 | /// The semantic context of #1 is namespace N and its lexical context is the |
| 216 | /// LinkageSpecDecl; the semantic context of #2 is namespace N and its lexical |
| 217 | /// context is the TU. However, both declarations are also visible in the |
| 218 | /// extern "C" context. |
| 219 | /// |
| 220 | /// The declaration at #3 finds it is a redeclaration of \c N::f through |
| 221 | /// lookup in the extern "C" context. |
| 222 | class ExternCContextDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 223 | explicit ExternCContextDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU) |
| 224 | : Decl(ExternCContext, TU, SourceLocation()), |
| 225 | DeclContext(ExternCContext) {} |
| 226 | |
| 227 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 228 | |
| 229 | public: |
| 230 | static ExternCContextDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
| 231 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU); |
| 232 | |
| 233 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 234 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 235 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ExternCContext; } |
| 236 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ExternCContextDecl *D) { |
| 237 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ExternCContextDecl*>(D)); |
| 238 | } |
| 239 | static ExternCContextDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 240 | return static_cast<ExternCContextDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 241 | } |
| 242 | }; |
| 243 | |
| 244 | /// This represents a decl that may have a name. Many decls have names such |
| 245 | /// as ObjCMethodDecl, but not \@class, etc. |
| 246 | /// |
| 247 | /// Note that not every NamedDecl is actually named (e.g., a struct might |
| 248 | /// be anonymous), and not every name is an identifier. |
| 249 | class NamedDecl : public Decl { |
| 250 | /// The name of this declaration, which is typically a normal |
| 251 | /// identifier but may also be a special kind of name (C++ |
| 252 | /// constructor, Objective-C selector, etc.) |
| 253 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 256 | |
| 257 | private: |
| 258 | NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDeclImpl() LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 259 | |
| 260 | protected: |
| 261 | NamedDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N) |
| 262 | : Decl(DK, DC, L), Name(N) {} |
| 263 | |
| 264 | public: |
| 265 | /// Get the identifier that names this declaration, if there is one. |
| 266 | /// |
| 267 | /// This will return NULL if this declaration has no name (e.g., for |
| 268 | /// an unnamed class) or if the name is a special name (C++ constructor, |
| 269 | /// Objective-C selector, etc.). |
| 270 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); } |
| 271 | |
| 272 | /// Get the name of identifier for this declaration as a StringRef. |
| 273 | /// |
| 274 | /// This requires that the declaration have a name and that it be a simple |
| 275 | /// identifier. |
| 276 | StringRef getName() const { |
| 277 | assert(Name.isIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier")((void)0); |
| 278 | return getIdentifier() ? getIdentifier()->getName() : ""; |
| 279 | } |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /// Get a human-readable name for the declaration, even if it is one of the |
| 282 | /// special kinds of names (C++ constructor, Objective-C selector, etc). |
| 283 | /// |
| 284 | /// Creating this name requires expensive string manipulation, so it should |
| 285 | /// be called only when performance doesn't matter. For simple declarations, |
| 286 | /// getNameAsCString() should suffice. |
| 287 | // |
| 288 | // FIXME: This function should be renamed to indicate that it is not just an |
| 289 | // alternate form of getName(), and clients should move as appropriate. |
| 290 | // |
| 291 | // FIXME: Deprecated, move clients to getName(). |
| 292 | std::string getNameAsString() const { return Name.getAsString(); } |
| 293 | |
| 294 | /// Pretty-print the unqualified name of this declaration. Can be overloaded |
| 295 | /// by derived classes to provide a more user-friendly name when appropriate. |
| 296 | virtual void printName(raw_ostream &os) const; |
| 297 | |
| 298 | /// Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special |
| 299 | /// name. |
| 300 | /// |
| 301 | /// Note that generally in diagnostics, the non-null \p NamedDecl* itself |
| 302 | /// should be sent into the diagnostic instead of using the result of |
| 303 | /// \p getDeclName(). |
| 304 | /// |
| 305 | /// A \p DeclarationName in a diagnostic will just be streamed to the output, |
| 306 | /// which will directly result in a call to \p DeclarationName::print. |
| 307 | /// |
| 308 | /// A \p NamedDecl* in a diagnostic will also ultimately result in a call to |
| 309 | /// \p DeclarationName::print, but with two customisation points along the |
| 310 | /// way (\p getNameForDiagnostic and \p printName). These are used to print |
| 311 | /// the template arguments if any, and to provide a user-friendly name for |
| 312 | /// some entities (such as unnamed variables and anonymous records). |
| 313 | DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return Name; } |
| 314 | |
| 315 | /// Set the name of this declaration. |
| 316 | void setDeclName(DeclarationName N) { Name = N; } |
| 317 | |
| 318 | /// Returns a human-readable qualified name for this declaration, like |
| 319 | /// A::B::i, for i being member of namespace A::B. |
| 320 | /// |
| 321 | /// If the declaration is not a member of context which can be named (record, |
| 322 | /// namespace), it will return the same result as printName(). |
| 323 | /// |
| 324 | /// Creating this name is expensive, so it should be called only when |
| 325 | /// performance doesn't matter. |
| 326 | void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
| 327 | void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 328 | |
| 329 | /// Print only the nested name specifier part of a fully-qualified name, |
| 330 | /// including the '::' at the end. E.g. |
| 331 | /// when `printQualifiedName(D)` prints "A::B::i", |
| 332 | /// this function prints "A::B::". |
| 333 | void printNestedNameSpecifier(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
| 334 | void printNestedNameSpecifier(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 335 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 336 | |
| 337 | // FIXME: Remove string version. |
| 338 | std::string getQualifiedNameAsString() const; |
| 339 | |
| 340 | /// Appends a human-readable name for this declaration into the given stream. |
| 341 | /// |
| 342 | /// This is the method invoked by Sema when displaying a NamedDecl |
| 343 | /// in a diagnostic. It does not necessarily produce the same |
| 344 | /// result as printName(); for example, class template |
| 345 | /// specializations are printed with their template arguments. |
| 346 | virtual void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 347 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 348 | bool Qualified) const; |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /// Determine whether this declaration, if known to be well-formed within |
| 351 | /// its context, will replace the declaration OldD if introduced into scope. |
| 352 | /// |
| 353 | /// A declaration will replace another declaration if, for example, it is |
| 354 | /// a redeclaration of the same variable or function, but not if it is a |
| 355 | /// declaration of a different kind (function vs. class) or an overloaded |
| 356 | /// function. |
| 357 | /// |
| 358 | /// \param IsKnownNewer \c true if this declaration is known to be newer |
| 359 | /// than \p OldD (for instance, if this declaration is newly-created). |
| 360 | bool declarationReplaces(NamedDecl *OldD, bool IsKnownNewer = true) const; |
| 361 | |
| 362 | /// Determine whether this declaration has linkage. |
| 363 | bool hasLinkage() const; |
| 364 | |
| 365 | using Decl::isModulePrivate; |
| 366 | using Decl::setModulePrivate; |
| 367 | |
| 368 | /// Determine whether this declaration is a C++ class member. |
| 369 | bool isCXXClassMember() const { |
| 370 | const DeclContext *DC = getDeclContext(); |
| 371 | |
| 372 | // C++0x [class.mem]p1: |
| 373 | // The enumerators of an unscoped enumeration defined in |
| 374 | // the class are members of the class. |
| 375 | if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) |
| 376 | DC = DC->getRedeclContext(); |
| 377 | |
| 378 | return DC->isRecord(); |
| 379 | } |
| 380 | |
| 381 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is an instance member of |
| 382 | /// a C++ class. |
| 383 | bool isCXXInstanceMember() const; |
| 384 | |
| 385 | /// Determine if the declaration obeys the reserved identifier rules of the |
| 386 | /// given language. |
| 387 | ReservedIdentifierStatus isReserved(const LangOptions &LangOpts) const; |
| 388 | |
| 389 | /// Determine what kind of linkage this entity has. |
| 390 | /// |
| 391 | /// This is not the linkage as defined by the standard or the codegen notion |
| 392 | /// of linkage. It is just an implementation detail that is used to compute |
| 393 | /// those. |
| 394 | Linkage getLinkageInternal() const; |
| 395 | |
| 396 | /// Get the linkage from a semantic point of view. Entities in |
| 397 | /// anonymous namespaces are external (in c++98). |
| 398 | Linkage getFormalLinkage() const { |
| 399 | return clang::getFormalLinkage(getLinkageInternal()); |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | |
| 402 | /// True if this decl has external linkage. |
| 403 | bool hasExternalFormalLinkage() const { |
| 404 | return isExternalFormalLinkage(getLinkageInternal()); |
| 405 | } |
| 406 | |
| 407 | bool isExternallyVisible() const { |
| 408 | return clang::isExternallyVisible(getLinkageInternal()); |
| 409 | } |
| 410 | |
| 411 | /// Determine whether this declaration can be redeclared in a |
| 412 | /// different translation unit. |
| 413 | bool isExternallyDeclarable() const { |
| 414 | return isExternallyVisible() && !getOwningModuleForLinkage(); |
| 415 | } |
| 416 | |
| 417 | /// Determines the visibility of this entity. |
| 418 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
| 419 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
| 420 | } |
| 421 | |
| 422 | /// Determines the linkage and visibility of this entity. |
| 423 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /// Kinds of explicit visibility. |
| 426 | enum ExplicitVisibilityKind { |
| 427 | /// Do an LV computation for, ultimately, a type. |
| 428 | /// Visibility may be restricted by type visibility settings and |
| 429 | /// the visibility of template arguments. |
| 430 | VisibilityForType, |
| 431 | |
| 432 | /// Do an LV computation for, ultimately, a non-type declaration. |
| 433 | /// Visibility may be restricted by value visibility settings and |
| 434 | /// the visibility of template arguments. |
| 435 | VisibilityForValue |
| 436 | }; |
| 437 | |
| 438 | /// If visibility was explicitly specified for this |
| 439 | /// declaration, return that visibility. |
| 440 | Optional<Visibility> |
| 441 | getExplicitVisibility(ExplicitVisibilityKind kind) const; |
| 442 | |
| 443 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
| 444 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
| 445 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
| 446 | |
| 447 | /// True if something has required us to compute the linkage |
| 448 | /// of this declaration. |
| 449 | /// |
| 450 | /// Language features which can retroactively change linkage (like a |
| 451 | /// typedef name for linkage purposes) may need to consider this, |
| 452 | /// but hopefully only in transitory ways during parsing. |
| 453 | bool hasLinkageBeenComputed() const { |
| 454 | return hasCachedLinkage(); |
| 455 | } |
| 456 | |
| 457 | /// Looks through UsingDecls and ObjCCompatibleAliasDecls for |
| 458 | /// the underlying named decl. |
| 459 | NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() { |
| 460 | // Fast-path the common case. |
| 461 | if (this->getKind() != UsingShadow && |
| 462 | this->getKind() != ConstructorUsingShadow && |
| 463 | this->getKind() != ObjCCompatibleAlias && |
| 464 | this->getKind() != NamespaceAlias) |
| 465 | return this; |
| 466 | |
| 467 | return getUnderlyingDeclImpl(); |
| 468 | } |
| 469 | const NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() const { |
| 470 | return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | NamedDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
| 474 | return cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
| 475 | } |
| 476 | const NamedDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 477 | return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | |
| 480 | ObjCStringFormatFamily getObjCFStringFormattingFamily() const; |
| 481 | |
| 482 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 483 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstNamed && K <= lastNamed; } |
| 484 | }; |
| 485 | |
| 486 | inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const NamedDecl &ND) { |
| 487 | ND.printName(OS); |
| 488 | return OS; |
| 489 | } |
| 490 | |
| 491 | /// Represents the declaration of a label. Labels also have a |
| 492 | /// corresponding LabelStmt, which indicates the position that the label was |
| 493 | /// defined at. For normal labels, the location of the decl is the same as the |
| 494 | /// location of the statement. For GNU local labels (__label__), the decl |
| 495 | /// location is where the __label__ is. |
| 496 | class LabelDecl : public NamedDecl { |
| 497 | LabelStmt *TheStmt; |
| 498 | StringRef MSAsmName; |
| 499 | bool MSAsmNameResolved = false; |
| 500 | |
| 501 | /// For normal labels, this is the same as the main declaration |
| 502 | /// label, i.e., the location of the identifier; for GNU local labels, |
| 503 | /// this is the location of the __label__ keyword. |
| 504 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
| 505 | |
| 506 | LabelDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 507 | LabelStmt *S, SourceLocation StartL) |
| 508 | : NamedDecl(Label, DC, IdentL, II), TheStmt(S), LocStart(StartL) {} |
| 509 | |
| 510 | void anchor() override; |
| 511 | |
| 512 | public: |
| 513 | static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 514 | SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 515 | static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 516 | SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 517 | SourceLocation GnuLabelL); |
| 518 | static LabelDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 519 | |
| 520 | LabelStmt *getStmt() const { return TheStmt; } |
| 521 | void setStmt(LabelStmt *T) { TheStmt = T; } |
| 522 | |
| 523 | bool isGnuLocal() const { return LocStart != getLocation(); } |
| 524 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
| 525 | |
| 526 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 527 | return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation()); |
| 528 | } |
| 529 | |
| 530 | bool isMSAsmLabel() const { return !MSAsmName.empty(); } |
| 531 | bool isResolvedMSAsmLabel() const { return isMSAsmLabel() && MSAsmNameResolved; } |
| 532 | void setMSAsmLabel(StringRef Name); |
| 533 | StringRef getMSAsmLabel() const { return MSAsmName; } |
| 534 | void setMSAsmLabelResolved() { MSAsmNameResolved = true; } |
| 535 | |
| 536 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 537 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 538 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Label; } |
| 539 | }; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | /// Represent a C++ namespace. |
| 542 | class NamespaceDecl : public NamedDecl, public DeclContext, |
| 543 | public Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl> |
| 544 | { |
| 545 | /// The starting location of the source range, pointing |
| 546 | /// to either the namespace or the inline keyword. |
| 547 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
| 548 | |
| 549 | /// The ending location of the source range. |
| 550 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
| 551 | |
| 552 | /// A pointer to either the anonymous namespace that lives just inside |
| 553 | /// this namespace or to the first namespace in the chain (the latter case |
| 554 | /// only when this is not the first in the chain), along with a |
| 555 | /// boolean value indicating whether this is an inline namespace. |
| 556 | llvm::PointerIntPair<NamespaceDecl *, 1, bool> AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline; |
| 557 | |
| 558 | NamespaceDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, bool Inline, |
| 559 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 560 | IdentifierInfo *Id, NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 561 | |
| 562 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl>; |
| 563 | |
| 564 | NamespaceDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override; |
| 565 | NamespaceDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override; |
| 566 | NamespaceDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override; |
| 567 | |
| 568 | public: |
| 569 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 570 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 571 | |
| 572 | static NamespaceDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 573 | bool Inline, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 574 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 575 | NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 576 | |
| 577 | static NamespaceDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 578 | |
| 579 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 580 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 583 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 584 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 585 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 586 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 587 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 588 | |
| 589 | /// Returns true if this is an anonymous namespace declaration. |
| 590 | /// |
| 591 | /// For example: |
| 592 | /// \code |
| 593 | /// namespace { |
| 594 | /// ... |
| 595 | /// }; |
| 596 | /// \endcode |
| 597 | /// q.v. C++ [namespace.unnamed] |
| 598 | bool isAnonymousNamespace() const { |
| 599 | return !getIdentifier(); |
| 600 | } |
| 601 | |
| 602 | /// Returns true if this is an inline namespace declaration. |
| 603 | bool isInline() const { |
| 604 | return AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getInt(); |
| 605 | } |
| 606 | |
| 607 | /// Set whether this is an inline namespace declaration. |
| 608 | void setInline(bool Inline) { |
| 609 | AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setInt(Inline); |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /// Returns true if the inline qualifier for \c Name is redundant. |
| 613 | bool isRedundantInlineQualifierFor(DeclarationName Name) const { |
| 614 | if (!isInline()) |
| 615 | return false; |
| 616 | auto X = lookup(Name); |
| 617 | auto Y = getParent()->lookup(Name); |
| 618 | return std::distance(X.begin(), X.end()) == |
| 619 | std::distance(Y.begin(), Y.end()); |
| 620 | } |
| 621 | |
| 622 | /// Get the original (first) namespace declaration. |
| 623 | NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace(); |
| 624 | |
| 625 | /// Get the original (first) namespace declaration. |
| 626 | const NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace() const; |
| 627 | |
| 628 | /// Return true if this declaration is an original (first) declaration |
| 629 | /// of the namespace. This is false for non-original (subsequent) namespace |
| 630 | /// declarations and anonymous namespaces. |
| 631 | bool isOriginalNamespace() const; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | /// Retrieve the anonymous namespace nested inside this namespace, |
| 634 | /// if any. |
| 635 | NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { |
| 636 | return getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getPointer(); |
| 637 | } |
| 638 | |
| 639 | void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { |
| 640 | getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setPointer(D); |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | |
| 643 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this namespace. |
| 644 | NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
| 645 | return getOriginalNamespace(); |
| 646 | } |
| 647 | const NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 648 | return getOriginalNamespace(); |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | |
| 651 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 652 | return SourceRange(LocStart, RBraceLoc); |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | |
| 655 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return LocStart; } |
| 656 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
| 657 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
| 658 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; } |
| 659 | |
| 660 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 661 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 662 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Namespace; } |
| 663 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const NamespaceDecl *D) { |
| 664 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<NamespaceDecl*>(D)); |
| 665 | } |
| 666 | static NamespaceDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 667 | return static_cast<NamespaceDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | }; |
| 670 | |
| 671 | /// Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is |
| 672 | /// an lvalue) a function (in which case it is a function designator) or |
| 673 | /// an enum constant. |
| 674 | class ValueDecl : public NamedDecl { |
| 675 | QualType DeclType; |
| 676 | |
| 677 | void anchor() override; |
| 678 | |
| 679 | protected: |
| 680 | ValueDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 681 | DeclarationName N, QualType T) |
| 682 | : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, N), DeclType(T) {} |
| 683 | |
| 684 | public: |
| 685 | QualType getType() const { return DeclType; } |
| 686 | void setType(QualType newType) { DeclType = newType; } |
| 687 | |
| 688 | /// Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, |
| 689 | /// or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr. |
| 690 | bool isWeak() const; |
| 691 | |
| 692 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 693 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 694 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstValue && K <= lastValue; } |
| 695 | }; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | /// A struct with extended info about a syntactic |
| 698 | /// name qualifier, to be used for the case of out-of-line declarations. |
| 699 | struct QualifierInfo { |
| 700 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /// The number of "outer" template parameter lists. |
| 703 | /// The count includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched |
| 704 | /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the |
| 705 | /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>". |
| 706 | unsigned NumTemplParamLists = 0; |
| 707 | |
| 708 | /// A new-allocated array of size NumTemplParamLists, |
| 709 | /// containing pointers to the "outer" template parameter lists. |
| 710 | /// It includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched |
| 711 | /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the |
| 712 | /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>". |
| 713 | TemplateParameterList** TemplParamLists = nullptr; |
| 714 | |
| 715 | QualifierInfo() = default; |
| 716 | QualifierInfo(const QualifierInfo &) = delete; |
| 717 | QualifierInfo& operator=(const QualifierInfo &) = delete; |
| 718 | |
| 719 | /// Sets info about "outer" template parameter lists. |
| 720 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
| 721 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
| 722 | }; |
| 723 | |
| 724 | /// Represents a ValueDecl that came out of a declarator. |
| 725 | /// Contains type source information through TypeSourceInfo. |
| 726 | class DeclaratorDecl : public ValueDecl { |
| 727 | // A struct representing a TInfo, a trailing requires-clause and a syntactic |
| 728 | // qualifier, to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations |
| 729 | // and constrained function decls. |
| 730 | struct ExtInfo : public QualifierInfo { |
| 731 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| 732 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr; |
| 733 | }; |
| 734 | |
| 735 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, ExtInfo *> DeclInfo; |
| 736 | |
| 737 | /// The start of the source range for this declaration, |
| 738 | /// ignoring outer template declarations. |
| 739 | SourceLocation InnerLocStart; |
| 740 | |
| 741 | bool hasExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.is<ExtInfo*>(); } |
| 742 | ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); } |
| 743 | const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); } |
| 744 | |
| 745 | protected: |
| 746 | DeclaratorDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 747 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 748 | SourceLocation StartL) |
| 749 | : ValueDecl(DK, DC, L, N, T), DeclInfo(TInfo), InnerLocStart(StartL) {} |
| 750 | |
| 751 | public: |
| 752 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 753 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 754 | |
| 755 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
| 756 | return hasExtInfo() |
| 757 | ? getExtInfo()->TInfo |
| 758 | : DeclInfo.get<TypeSourceInfo*>(); |
| 759 | } |
| 760 | |
| 761 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
| 762 | if (hasExtInfo()) |
| 763 | getExtInfo()->TInfo = TI; |
| 764 | else |
| 765 | DeclInfo = TI; |
| 766 | } |
| 767 | |
| 768 | /// Return start of source range ignoring outer template declarations. |
| 769 | SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return InnerLocStart; } |
| 770 | void setInnerLocStart(SourceLocation L) { InnerLocStart = L; } |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /// Return start of source range taking into account any outer template |
| 773 | /// declarations. |
| 774 | SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const; |
| 775 | |
| 776 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 777 | |
| 778 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 779 | return getOuterLocStart(); |
| 780 | } |
| 781 | |
| 782 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this |
| 783 | /// declaration, if it was present in the source. |
| 784 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
| 785 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier() |
| 786 | : nullptr; |
| 787 | } |
| 788 | |
| 789 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location |
| 790 | /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was |
| 791 | /// present in the source. |
| 792 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
| 793 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc |
| 794 | : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
| 795 | } |
| 796 | |
| 797 | void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc); |
| 798 | |
| 799 | /// \brief Get the constraint-expression introduced by the trailing |
| 800 | /// requires-clause in the function/member declaration, or null if no |
| 801 | /// requires-clause was provided. |
| 802 | Expr *getTrailingRequiresClause() { |
| 803 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->TrailingRequiresClause |
| 804 | : nullptr; |
| 805 | } |
| 806 | |
| 807 | const Expr *getTrailingRequiresClause() const { |
| 808 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->TrailingRequiresClause |
| 809 | : nullptr; |
| 810 | } |
| 811 | |
| 812 | void setTrailingRequiresClause(Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
| 813 | |
| 814 | unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const { |
| 815 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0; |
| 816 | } |
| 817 | |
| 818 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned index) const { |
| 819 | assert(index < getNumTemplateParameterLists())((void)0); |
| 820 | return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[index]; |
| 821 | } |
| 822 | |
| 823 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
| 824 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
| 825 | |
| 826 | SourceLocation getTypeSpecStartLoc() const; |
| 827 | SourceLocation getTypeSpecEndLoc() const; |
| 828 | |
| 829 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 830 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 831 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 832 | return K >= firstDeclarator && K <= lastDeclarator; |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | }; |
| 835 | |
| 836 | /// Structure used to store a statement, the constant value to |
| 837 | /// which it was evaluated (if any), and whether or not the statement |
| 838 | /// is an integral constant expression (if known). |
| 839 | struct EvaluatedStmt { |
| 840 | /// Whether this statement was already evaluated. |
| 841 | bool WasEvaluated : 1; |
| 842 | |
| 843 | /// Whether this statement is being evaluated. |
| 844 | bool IsEvaluating : 1; |
| 845 | |
| 846 | /// Whether this variable is known to have constant initialization. This is |
| 847 | /// currently only computed in C++, for static / thread storage duration |
| 848 | /// variables that might have constant initialization and for variables that |
| 849 | /// are usable in constant expressions. |
| 850 | bool HasConstantInitialization : 1; |
| 851 | |
| 852 | /// Whether this variable is known to have constant destruction. That is, |
| 853 | /// whether running the destructor on the initial value is a side-effect |
| 854 | /// (and doesn't inspect any state that might have changed during program |
| 855 | /// execution). This is currently only computed if the destructor is |
| 856 | /// non-trivial. |
| 857 | bool HasConstantDestruction : 1; |
| 858 | |
| 859 | /// In C++98, whether the initializer is an ICE. This affects whether the |
| 860 | /// variable is usable in constant expressions. |
| 861 | bool HasICEInit : 1; |
| 862 | bool CheckedForICEInit : 1; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | Stmt *Value; |
| 865 | APValue Evaluated; |
| 866 | |
| 867 | EvaluatedStmt() |
| 868 | : WasEvaluated(false), IsEvaluating(false), |
| 869 | HasConstantInitialization(false), HasConstantDestruction(false), |
| 870 | HasICEInit(false), CheckedForICEInit(false) {} |
| 871 | }; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | /// Represents a variable declaration or definition. |
| 874 | class VarDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Redeclarable<VarDecl> { |
| 875 | public: |
| 876 | /// Initialization styles. |
| 877 | enum InitializationStyle { |
| 878 | /// C-style initialization with assignment |
| 879 | CInit, |
| 880 | |
| 881 | /// Call-style initialization (C++98) |
| 882 | CallInit, |
| 883 | |
| 884 | /// Direct list-initialization (C++11) |
| 885 | ListInit |
| 886 | }; |
| 887 | |
| 888 | /// Kinds of thread-local storage. |
| 889 | enum TLSKind { |
| 890 | /// Not a TLS variable. |
| 891 | TLS_None, |
| 892 | |
| 893 | /// TLS with a known-constant initializer. |
| 894 | TLS_Static, |
| 895 | |
| 896 | /// TLS with a dynamic initializer. |
| 897 | TLS_Dynamic |
| 898 | }; |
| 899 | |
| 900 | /// Return the string used to specify the storage class \p SC. |
| 901 | /// |
| 902 | /// It is illegal to call this function with SC == None. |
| 903 | static const char *getStorageClassSpecifierString(StorageClass SC); |
| 904 | |
| 905 | protected: |
| 906 | // A pointer union of Stmt * and EvaluatedStmt *. When an EvaluatedStmt, we |
| 907 | // have allocated the auxiliary struct of information there. |
| 908 | // |
| 909 | // TODO: It is a bit unfortunate to use a PointerUnion inside the VarDecl for |
| 910 | // this as *many* VarDecls are ParmVarDecls that don't have default |
| 911 | // arguments. We could save some space by moving this pointer union to be |
| 912 | // allocated in trailing space when necessary. |
| 913 | using InitType = llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, EvaluatedStmt *>; |
| 914 | |
| 915 | /// The initializer for this variable or, for a ParmVarDecl, the |
| 916 | /// C++ default argument. |
| 917 | mutable InitType Init; |
| 918 | |
| 919 | private: |
| 920 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 921 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
| 922 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 923 | |
| 924 | class VarDeclBitfields { |
| 925 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 926 | friend class VarDecl; |
| 927 | |
| 928 | unsigned SClass : 3; |
| 929 | unsigned TSCSpec : 2; |
| 930 | unsigned InitStyle : 2; |
| 931 | |
| 932 | /// Whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong variable; see |
| 933 | /// isARCPseudoStrong() for details. |
| 934 | unsigned ARCPseudoStrong : 1; |
| 935 | }; |
| 936 | enum { NumVarDeclBits = 8 }; |
| 937 | |
| 938 | protected: |
| 939 | enum { NumParameterIndexBits = 8 }; |
| 940 | |
| 941 | enum DefaultArgKind { |
| 942 | DAK_None, |
| 943 | DAK_Unparsed, |
| 944 | DAK_Uninstantiated, |
| 945 | DAK_Normal |
| 946 | }; |
| 947 | |
| 948 | enum { NumScopeDepthOrObjCQualsBits = 7 }; |
| 949 | |
| 950 | class ParmVarDeclBitfields { |
| 951 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 952 | friend class ParmVarDecl; |
| 953 | |
| 954 | unsigned : NumVarDeclBits; |
| 955 | |
| 956 | /// Whether this parameter inherits a default argument from a |
| 957 | /// prior declaration. |
| 958 | unsigned HasInheritedDefaultArg : 1; |
| 959 | |
| 960 | /// Describes the kind of default argument for this parameter. By default |
| 961 | /// this is none. If this is normal, then the default argument is stored in |
| 962 | /// the \c VarDecl initializer expression unless we were unable to parse |
| 963 | /// (even an invalid) expression for the default argument. |
| 964 | unsigned DefaultArgKind : 2; |
| 965 | |
| 966 | /// Whether this parameter undergoes K&R argument promotion. |
| 967 | unsigned IsKNRPromoted : 1; |
| 968 | |
| 969 | /// Whether this parameter is an ObjC method parameter or not. |
| 970 | unsigned IsObjCMethodParam : 1; |
| 971 | |
| 972 | /// If IsObjCMethodParam, a Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier. |
| 973 | /// Otherwise, the number of function parameter scopes enclosing |
| 974 | /// the function parameter scope in which this parameter was |
| 975 | /// declared. |
| 976 | unsigned ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals : NumScopeDepthOrObjCQualsBits; |
| 977 | |
| 978 | /// The number of parameters preceding this parameter in the |
| 979 | /// function parameter scope in which it was declared. |
| 980 | unsigned ParameterIndex : NumParameterIndexBits; |
| 981 | }; |
| 982 | |
| 983 | class NonParmVarDeclBitfields { |
| 984 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 985 | friend class ImplicitParamDecl; |
| 986 | friend class VarDecl; |
| 987 | |
| 988 | unsigned : NumVarDeclBits; |
| 989 | |
| 990 | // FIXME: We need something similar to CXXRecordDecl::DefinitionData. |
| 991 | /// Whether this variable is a definition which was demoted due to |
| 992 | /// module merge. |
| 993 | unsigned IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition : 1; |
| 994 | |
| 995 | /// Whether this variable is the exception variable in a C++ catch |
| 996 | /// or an Objective-C @catch statement. |
| 997 | unsigned ExceptionVar : 1; |
| 998 | |
| 999 | /// Whether this local variable could be allocated in the return |
| 1000 | /// slot of its function, enabling the named return value optimization |
| 1001 | /// (NRVO). |
| 1002 | unsigned NRVOVariable : 1; |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | /// Whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in a C++0x |
| 1005 | /// for-range statement. |
| 1006 | unsigned CXXForRangeDecl : 1; |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | /// Whether this variable is the for-in loop declaration in Objective-C. |
| 1009 | unsigned ObjCForDecl : 1; |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | /// Whether this variable is (C++1z) inline. |
| 1012 | unsigned IsInline : 1; |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | /// Whether this variable has (C++1z) inline explicitly specified. |
| 1015 | unsigned IsInlineSpecified : 1; |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | /// Whether this variable is (C++0x) constexpr. |
| 1018 | unsigned IsConstexpr : 1; |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | /// Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda |
| 1021 | /// init-capture. |
| 1022 | unsigned IsInitCapture : 1; |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | /// Whether this local extern variable's previous declaration was |
| 1025 | /// declared in the same block scope. This controls whether we should merge |
| 1026 | /// the type of this declaration with its previous declaration. |
| 1027 | unsigned PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope : 1; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | /// Defines kind of the ImplicitParamDecl: 'this', 'self', 'vtt', '_cmd' or |
| 1030 | /// something else. |
| 1031 | unsigned ImplicitParamKind : 3; |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | unsigned EscapingByref : 1; |
| 1034 | }; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | union { |
| 1037 | unsigned AllBits; |
| 1038 | VarDeclBitfields VarDeclBits; |
| 1039 | ParmVarDeclBitfields ParmVarDeclBits; |
| 1040 | NonParmVarDeclBitfields NonParmVarDeclBits; |
| 1041 | }; |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | VarDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1044 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
| 1045 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC); |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<VarDecl>; |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | VarDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 1050 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 1051 | } |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | VarDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 1054 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 1055 | } |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | VarDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 1058 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 1059 | } |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | public: |
| 1062 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 1063 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 1066 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 1067 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 1068 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 1069 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 1070 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | static VarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1073 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 1074 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1075 | StorageClass S); |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | static VarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | /// Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the |
| 1082 | /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage. |
| 1083 | StorageClass getStorageClass() const { |
| 1084 | return (StorageClass) VarDeclBits.SClass; |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | void setStorageClass(StorageClass SC); |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | void setTSCSpec(ThreadStorageClassSpecifier TSC) { |
| 1089 | VarDeclBits.TSCSpec = TSC; |
| 1090 | assert(VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && "truncation")((void)0); |
| 1091 | } |
| 1092 | ThreadStorageClassSpecifier getTSCSpec() const { |
| 1093 | return static_cast<ThreadStorageClassSpecifier>(VarDeclBits.TSCSpec); |
| 1094 | } |
| 1095 | TLSKind getTLSKind() const; |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | /// Returns true if a variable with function scope is a non-static local |
| 1098 | /// variable. |
| 1099 | bool hasLocalStorage() const { |
| 1100 | if (getStorageClass() == SC_None) { |
| 1101 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: The __constant or constant address space name is |
| 1102 | // used to describe variables allocated in global memory and which are |
| 1103 | // accessed inside a kernel(s) as read-only variables. As such, variables |
| 1104 | // in constant address space cannot have local storage. |
| 1105 | if (getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) |
| 1106 | return false; |
| 1107 | // Second check is for C++11 [dcl.stc]p4. |
| 1108 | return !isFileVarDecl() && getTSCSpec() == TSCS_unspecified; |
| 1109 | } |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | // Global Named Register (GNU extension) |
| 1112 | if (getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) |
| 1113 | return false; |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | // Return true for: Auto, Register. |
| 1116 | // Return false for: Extern, Static, PrivateExtern, OpenCLWorkGroupLocal. |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | return getStorageClass() >= SC_Auto; |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | /// Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local |
| 1122 | /// variable. |
| 1123 | bool isStaticLocal() const { |
| 1124 | return (getStorageClass() == SC_Static || |
| 1125 | // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4 |
| 1126 | (getStorageClass() == SC_None && getTSCSpec() == TSCS_thread_local)) |
| 1127 | && !isFileVarDecl(); |
| 1128 | } |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | /// Returns true if a variable has extern or __private_extern__ |
| 1131 | /// storage. |
| 1132 | bool hasExternalStorage() const { |
| 1133 | return getStorageClass() == SC_Extern || |
| 1134 | getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern; |
| 1135 | } |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /// Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage. |
| 1138 | /// |
| 1139 | /// This includes all global variables as well as static variables declared |
| 1140 | /// within a function. |
| 1141 | bool hasGlobalStorage() const { return !hasLocalStorage(); } |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | /// Get the storage duration of this variable, per C++ [basic.stc]. |
| 1144 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const { |
| 1145 | return hasLocalStorage() ? SD_Automatic : |
| 1146 | getTSCSpec() ? SD_Thread : SD_Static; |
| 1147 | } |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | /// Compute the language linkage. |
| 1150 | LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const; |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | /// Determines whether this variable is a variable with external, C linkage. |
| 1153 | bool isExternC() const; |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | /// Determines whether this variable's context is, or is nested within, |
| 1156 | /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec. |
| 1157 | bool isInExternCContext() const; |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /// Determines whether this variable's context is, or is nested within, |
| 1160 | /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec. |
| 1161 | bool isInExternCXXContext() const; |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | /// Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters. |
| 1164 | /// Note that this includes static variables inside of functions. It also |
| 1165 | /// includes variables inside blocks. |
| 1166 | /// |
| 1167 | /// void foo() { int x; static int y; extern int z; } |
| 1168 | bool isLocalVarDecl() const { |
| 1169 | if (getKind() != Decl::Var && getKind() != Decl::Decomposition) |
| 1170 | return false; |
| 1171 | if (const DeclContext *DC = getLexicalDeclContext()) |
| 1172 | return DC->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); |
| 1173 | return false; |
| 1174 | } |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | /// Similar to isLocalVarDecl but also includes parameters. |
| 1177 | bool isLocalVarDeclOrParm() const { |
| 1178 | return isLocalVarDecl() || getKind() == Decl::ParmVar; |
| 1179 | } |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | /// Similar to isLocalVarDecl, but excludes variables declared in blocks. |
| 1182 | bool isFunctionOrMethodVarDecl() const { |
| 1183 | if (getKind() != Decl::Var && getKind() != Decl::Decomposition) |
| 1184 | return false; |
| 1185 | const DeclContext *DC = getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 1186 | return DC->isFunctionOrMethod() && DC->getDeclKind() != Decl::Block; |
| 1187 | } |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | /// Determines whether this is a static data member. |
| 1190 | /// |
| 1191 | /// This will only be true in C++, and applies to, e.g., the |
| 1192 | /// variable 'x' in: |
| 1193 | /// \code |
| 1194 | /// struct S { |
| 1195 | /// static int x; |
| 1196 | /// }; |
| 1197 | /// \endcode |
| 1198 | bool isStaticDataMember() const { |
| 1199 | // If it wasn't static, it would be a FieldDecl. |
| 1200 | return getKind() != Decl::ParmVar && getDeclContext()->isRecord(); |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
| 1204 | const VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 1205 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1206 | } |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | enum DefinitionKind { |
| 1209 | /// This declaration is only a declaration. |
| 1210 | DeclarationOnly, |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | /// This declaration is a tentative definition. |
| 1213 | TentativeDefinition, |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | /// This declaration is definitely a definition. |
| 1216 | Definition |
| 1217 | }; |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | /// Check whether this declaration is a definition. If this could be |
| 1220 | /// a tentative definition (in C), don't check whether there's an overriding |
| 1221 | /// definition. |
| 1222 | DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition(ASTContext &) const; |
| 1223 | DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
| 1224 | return isThisDeclarationADefinition(getASTContext()); |
| 1225 | } |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | /// Check whether this variable is defined in this translation unit. |
| 1228 | DefinitionKind hasDefinition(ASTContext &) const; |
| 1229 | DefinitionKind hasDefinition() const { |
| 1230 | return hasDefinition(getASTContext()); |
| 1231 | } |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | /// Get the tentative definition that acts as the real definition in a TU. |
| 1234 | /// Returns null if there is a proper definition available. |
| 1235 | VarDecl *getActingDefinition(); |
| 1236 | const VarDecl *getActingDefinition() const { |
| 1237 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getActingDefinition(); |
| 1238 | } |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | /// Get the real (not just tentative) definition for this declaration. |
| 1241 | VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &); |
| 1242 | const VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &C) const { |
| 1243 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(C); |
| 1244 | } |
| 1245 | VarDecl *getDefinition() { |
| 1246 | return getDefinition(getASTContext()); |
| 1247 | } |
| 1248 | const VarDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 1249 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(); |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | /// Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line |
| 1253 | /// definition of a static data member. |
| 1254 | bool isOutOfLine() const override; |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | /// Returns true for file scoped variable declaration. |
| 1257 | bool isFileVarDecl() const { |
| 1258 | Kind K = getKind(); |
| 1259 | if (K == ParmVar || K == ImplicitParam) |
| 1260 | return false; |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | if (getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| 1263 | return true; |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | if (isStaticDataMember()) |
| 1266 | return true; |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | return false; |
| 1269 | } |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | /// Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which |
| 1272 | /// declaration it is attached to. |
| 1273 | const Expr *getAnyInitializer() const { |
| 1274 | const VarDecl *D; |
| 1275 | return getAnyInitializer(D); |
| 1276 | } |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | /// Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which |
| 1279 | /// declaration it is attached to. Also get that declaration. |
| 1280 | const Expr *getAnyInitializer(const VarDecl *&D) const; |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | bool hasInit() const; |
| 1283 | const Expr *getInit() const { |
| 1284 | return const_cast<VarDecl *>(this)->getInit(); |
| 1285 | } |
| 1286 | Expr *getInit(); |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | /// Retrieve the address of the initializer expression. |
| 1289 | Stmt **getInitAddress(); |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | void setInit(Expr *I); |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | /// Get the initializing declaration of this variable, if any. This is |
| 1294 | /// usually the definition, except that for a static data member it can be |
| 1295 | /// the in-class declaration. |
| 1296 | VarDecl *getInitializingDeclaration(); |
| 1297 | const VarDecl *getInitializingDeclaration() const { |
| 1298 | return const_cast<VarDecl *>(this)->getInitializingDeclaration(); |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | /// Determine whether this variable's value might be usable in a |
| 1302 | /// constant expression, according to the relevant language standard. |
| 1303 | /// This only checks properties of the declaration, and does not check |
| 1304 | /// whether the initializer is in fact a constant expression. |
| 1305 | /// |
| 1306 | /// This corresponds to C++20 [expr.const]p3's notion of a |
| 1307 | /// "potentially-constant" variable. |
| 1308 | bool mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(const ASTContext &C) const; |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | /// Determine whether this variable's value can be used in a |
| 1311 | /// constant expression, according to the relevant language standard, |
| 1312 | /// including checking whether it was initialized by a constant expression. |
| 1313 | bool isUsableInConstantExpressions(const ASTContext &C) const; |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | EvaluatedStmt *ensureEvaluatedStmt() const; |
| 1316 | EvaluatedStmt *getEvaluatedStmt() const; |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | /// Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this |
| 1319 | /// declaration, and produce notes explaining why it cannot be evaluated. |
| 1320 | /// Returns a pointer to the value if evaluation succeeded, 0 otherwise. |
| 1321 | APValue *evaluateValue() const; |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | private: |
| 1324 | APValue *evaluateValueImpl(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes, |
| 1325 | bool IsConstantInitialization) const; |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | public: |
| 1328 | /// Return the already-evaluated value of this variable's |
| 1329 | /// initializer, or NULL if the value is not yet known. Returns pointer |
| 1330 | /// to untyped APValue if the value could not be evaluated. |
| 1331 | APValue *getEvaluatedValue() const; |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | /// Evaluate the destruction of this variable to determine if it constitutes |
| 1334 | /// constant destruction. |
| 1335 | /// |
| 1336 | /// \pre hasConstantInitialization() |
| 1337 | /// \return \c true if this variable has constant destruction, \c false if |
| 1338 | /// not. |
| 1339 | bool evaluateDestruction(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const; |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | /// Determine whether this variable has constant initialization. |
| 1342 | /// |
| 1343 | /// This is only set in two cases: when the language semantics require |
| 1344 | /// constant initialization (globals in C and some globals in C++), and when |
| 1345 | /// the variable is usable in constant expressions (constexpr, const int, and |
| 1346 | /// reference variables in C++). |
| 1347 | bool hasConstantInitialization() const; |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | /// Determine whether the initializer of this variable is an integer constant |
| 1350 | /// expression. For use in C++98, where this affects whether the variable is |
| 1351 | /// usable in constant expressions. |
| 1352 | bool hasICEInitializer(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | /// Evaluate the initializer of this variable to determine whether it's a |
| 1355 | /// constant initializer. Should only be called once, after completing the |
| 1356 | /// definition of the variable. |
| 1357 | bool checkForConstantInitialization( |
| 1358 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const; |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | void setInitStyle(InitializationStyle Style) { |
| 1361 | VarDeclBits.InitStyle = Style; |
| 1362 | } |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | /// The style of initialization for this declaration. |
| 1365 | /// |
| 1366 | /// C-style initialization is "int x = 1;". Call-style initialization is |
| 1367 | /// a C++98 direct-initializer, e.g. "int x(1);". The Init expression will be |
| 1368 | /// the expression inside the parens or a "ClassType(a,b,c)" class constructor |
| 1369 | /// expression for class types. List-style initialization is C++11 syntax, |
| 1370 | /// e.g. "int x{1};". Clients can distinguish between different forms of |
| 1371 | /// initialization by checking this value. In particular, "int x = {1};" is |
| 1372 | /// C-style, "int x({1})" is call-style, and "int x{1};" is list-style; the |
| 1373 | /// Init expression in all three cases is an InitListExpr. |
| 1374 | InitializationStyle getInitStyle() const { |
| 1375 | return static_cast<InitializationStyle>(VarDeclBits.InitStyle); |
| 1376 | } |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | /// Whether the initializer is a direct-initializer (list or call). |
| 1379 | bool isDirectInit() const { |
| 1380 | return getInitStyle() != CInit; |
| 1381 | } |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | /// If this definition should pretend to be a declaration. |
| 1384 | bool isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() const { |
| 1385 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : |
| 1386 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition; |
| 1387 | } |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | /// This is a definition which should be demoted to a declaration. |
| 1390 | /// |
| 1391 | /// In some cases (mostly module merging) we can end up with two visible |
| 1392 | /// definitions one of which needs to be demoted to a declaration to keep |
| 1393 | /// the AST invariants. |
| 1394 | void demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration() { |
| 1395 | assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() && "Not a definition!")((void)0); |
| 1396 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && "Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!")((void)0); |
| 1397 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition = 1; |
| 1398 | } |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | /// Determine whether this variable is the exception variable in a |
| 1401 | /// C++ catch statememt or an Objective-C \@catch statement. |
| 1402 | bool isExceptionVariable() const { |
| 1403 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar; |
| 1404 | } |
| 1405 | void setExceptionVariable(bool EV) { |
| 1406 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1407 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar = EV; |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | /// Determine whether this local variable can be used with the named |
| 1411 | /// return value optimization (NRVO). |
| 1412 | /// |
| 1413 | /// The named return value optimization (NRVO) works by marking certain |
| 1414 | /// non-volatile local variables of class type as NRVO objects. These |
| 1415 | /// locals can be allocated within the return slot of their containing |
| 1416 | /// function, in which case there is no need to copy the object to the |
| 1417 | /// return slot when returning from the function. Within the function body, |
| 1418 | /// each return that returns the NRVO object will have this variable as its |
| 1419 | /// NRVO candidate. |
| 1420 | bool isNRVOVariable() const { |
| 1421 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable; |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | void setNRVOVariable(bool NRVO) { |
| 1424 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1425 | NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable = NRVO; |
| 1426 | } |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | /// Determine whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in |
| 1429 | /// a C++0x for-range statement. |
| 1430 | bool isCXXForRangeDecl() const { |
| 1431 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl; |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | void setCXXForRangeDecl(bool FRD) { |
| 1434 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1435 | NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl = FRD; |
| 1436 | } |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | /// Determine whether this variable is a for-loop declaration for a |
| 1439 | /// for-in statement in Objective-C. |
| 1440 | bool isObjCForDecl() const { |
| 1441 | return NonParmVarDeclBits.ObjCForDecl; |
| 1442 | } |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | void setObjCForDecl(bool FRD) { |
| 1445 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ObjCForDecl = FRD; |
| 1446 | } |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | /// Determine whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong variable. A |
| 1449 | /// pseudo-__strong variable has a __strong-qualified type but does not |
| 1450 | /// actually retain the object written into it. Generally such variables are |
| 1451 | /// also 'const' for safety. There are 3 cases where this will be set, 1) if |
| 1452 | /// the variable is annotated with the objc_externally_retained attribute, 2) |
| 1453 | /// if its 'self' in a non-init method, or 3) if its the variable in an for-in |
| 1454 | /// loop. |
| 1455 | bool isARCPseudoStrong() const { return VarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong; } |
| 1456 | void setARCPseudoStrong(bool PS) { VarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong = PS; } |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | /// Whether this variable is (C++1z) inline. |
| 1459 | bool isInline() const { |
| 1460 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline; |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | bool isInlineSpecified() const { |
| 1463 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false |
| 1464 | : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified; |
| 1465 | } |
| 1466 | void setInlineSpecified() { |
| 1467 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1468 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline = true; |
| 1469 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified = true; |
| 1470 | } |
| 1471 | void setImplicitlyInline() { |
| 1472 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1473 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline = true; |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | /// Whether this variable is (C++11) constexpr. |
| 1477 | bool isConstexpr() const { |
| 1478 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsConstexpr; |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | void setConstexpr(bool IC) { |
| 1481 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1482 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsConstexpr = IC; |
| 1483 | } |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /// Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture. |
| 1486 | bool isInitCapture() const { |
| 1487 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInitCapture; |
| 1488 | } |
| 1489 | void setInitCapture(bool IC) { |
| 1490 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1491 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInitCapture = IC; |
| 1492 | } |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | /// Determine whether this variable is actually a function parameter pack or |
| 1495 | /// init-capture pack. |
| 1496 | bool isParameterPack() const; |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | /// Whether this local extern variable declaration's previous declaration |
| 1499 | /// was declared in the same block scope. Only correct in C++. |
| 1500 | bool isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() const { |
| 1501 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) |
| 1502 | ? false |
| 1503 | : NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope; |
| 1504 | } |
| 1505 | void setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(bool Same) { |
| 1506 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))((void)0); |
| 1507 | NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope = Same; |
| 1508 | } |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | /// Indicates the capture is a __block variable that is captured by a block |
| 1511 | /// that can potentially escape (a block for which BlockDecl::doesNotEscape |
| 1512 | /// returns false). |
| 1513 | bool isEscapingByref() const; |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | /// Indicates the capture is a __block variable that is never captured by an |
| 1516 | /// escaping block. |
| 1517 | bool isNonEscapingByref() const; |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | void setEscapingByref() { |
| 1520 | NonParmVarDeclBits.EscapingByref = true; |
| 1521 | } |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | /// Determines if this variable's alignment is dependent. |
| 1524 | bool hasDependentAlignment() const; |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | /// Retrieve the variable declaration from which this variable could |
| 1527 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template). |
| 1528 | VarDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | /// If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a |
| 1531 | /// class template specialization, returns the templated static data member |
| 1532 | /// from which it was instantiated. |
| 1533 | VarDecl *getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember() const; |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | /// If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a |
| 1536 | /// static data member of a class template, determine what kind of |
| 1537 | /// template specialization or instantiation this is. |
| 1538 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | /// Get the template specialization kind of this variable for the purposes of |
| 1541 | /// template instantiation. This differs from getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
| 1542 | /// for an instantiation of a class-scope explicit specialization. |
| 1543 | TemplateSpecializationKind |
| 1544 | getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation() const; |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | /// If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a |
| 1547 | /// static data member of a class template, determine its point of |
| 1548 | /// instantiation. |
| 1549 | SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const; |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | /// If this variable is an instantiation of a static data member of a |
| 1552 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
| 1553 | /// information. |
| 1554 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | /// For a static data member that was instantiated from a static |
| 1557 | /// data member of a class template, set the template specialiation kind. |
| 1558 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 1559 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | /// Specify that this variable is an instantiation of the |
| 1562 | /// static data member VD. |
| 1563 | void setInstantiationOfStaticDataMember(VarDecl *VD, |
| 1564 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | /// Retrieves the variable template that is described by this |
| 1567 | /// variable declaration. |
| 1568 | /// |
| 1569 | /// Every variable template is represented as a VarTemplateDecl and a |
| 1570 | /// VarDecl. The former contains template properties (such as |
| 1571 | /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the |
| 1572 | /// actual description of the template's |
| 1573 | /// contents. VarTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
| 1574 | /// VarDecl that from a VarTemplateDecl, while |
| 1575 | /// getDescribedVarTemplate() retrieves the VarTemplateDecl from |
| 1576 | /// a VarDecl. |
| 1577 | VarTemplateDecl *getDescribedVarTemplate() const; |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | void setDescribedVarTemplate(VarTemplateDecl *Template); |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | // Is this variable known to have a definition somewhere in the complete |
| 1582 | // program? This may be true even if the declaration has internal linkage and |
| 1583 | // has no definition within this source file. |
| 1584 | bool isKnownToBeDefined() const; |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | /// Is destruction of this variable entirely suppressed? If so, the variable |
| 1587 | /// need not have a usable destructor at all. |
| 1588 | bool isNoDestroy(const ASTContext &) const; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | /// Would the destruction of this variable have any effect, and if so, what |
| 1591 | /// kind? |
| 1592 | QualType::DestructionKind needsDestruction(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 1595 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 1596 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstVar && K <= lastVar; } |
| 1597 | }; |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | class ImplicitParamDecl : public VarDecl { |
| 1600 | void anchor() override; |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | public: |
| 1603 | /// Defines the kind of the implicit parameter: is this an implicit parameter |
| 1604 | /// with pointer to 'this', 'self', '_cmd', virtual table pointers, captured |
| 1605 | /// context or something else. |
| 1606 | enum ImplicitParamKind : unsigned { |
| 1607 | /// Parameter for Objective-C 'self' argument |
| 1608 | ObjCSelf, |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | /// Parameter for Objective-C '_cmd' argument |
| 1611 | ObjCCmd, |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | /// Parameter for C++ 'this' argument |
| 1614 | CXXThis, |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | /// Parameter for C++ virtual table pointers |
| 1617 | CXXVTT, |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | /// Parameter for captured context |
| 1620 | CapturedContext, |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | /// Other implicit parameter |
| 1623 | Other, |
| 1624 | }; |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | /// Create implicit parameter. |
| 1627 | static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1628 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 1629 | QualType T, ImplicitParamKind ParamKind); |
| 1630 | static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, QualType T, |
| 1631 | ImplicitParamKind ParamKind); |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | static ImplicitParamDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | ImplicitParamDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 1636 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType Type, |
| 1637 | ImplicitParamKind ParamKind) |
| 1638 | : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, C, DC, IdLoc, IdLoc, Id, Type, |
| 1639 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None) { |
| 1640 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind = ParamKind; |
| 1641 | setImplicit(); |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 | ImplicitParamDecl(ASTContext &C, QualType Type, ImplicitParamKind ParamKind) |
| 1645 | : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, C, /*DC=*/nullptr, SourceLocation(), |
| 1646 | SourceLocation(), /*Id=*/nullptr, Type, |
| 1647 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None) { |
| 1648 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind = ParamKind; |
| 1649 | setImplicit(); |
| 1650 | } |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | /// Returns the implicit parameter kind. |
| 1653 | ImplicitParamKind getParameterKind() const { |
| 1654 | return static_cast<ImplicitParamKind>(NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind); |
| 1655 | } |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 1658 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 1659 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ImplicitParam; } |
| 1660 | }; |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | /// Represents a parameter to a function. |
| 1663 | class ParmVarDecl : public VarDecl { |
| 1664 | public: |
| 1665 | enum { MaxFunctionScopeDepth = 255 }; |
| 1666 | enum { MaxFunctionScopeIndex = 255 }; |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | protected: |
| 1669 | ParmVarDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1670 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
| 1671 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg) |
| 1672 | : VarDecl(DK, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, S) { |
| 1673 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false)((void)0); |
| 1674 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None)((void)0); |
| 1675 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false)((void)0); |
| 1676 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false)((void)0); |
| 1677 | setDefaultArg(DefArg); |
| 1678 | } |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | public: |
| 1681 | static ParmVarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1682 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1683 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 1684 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1685 | StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg); |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | static ParmVarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | void setObjCMethodScopeInfo(unsigned parameterIndex) { |
| 1692 | ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam = true; |
| 1693 | setParameterIndex(parameterIndex); |
| 1694 | } |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | void setScopeInfo(unsigned scopeDepth, unsigned parameterIndex) { |
| 1697 | assert(!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam)((void)0); |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = scopeDepth; |
| 1700 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth((void)0) |
| 1701 | && "truncation!")((void)0); |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | setParameterIndex(parameterIndex); |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | bool isObjCMethodParameter() const { |
| 1707 | return ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam; |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | /// Determines whether this parameter is destroyed in the callee function. |
| 1711 | bool isDestroyedInCallee() const; |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | unsigned getFunctionScopeDepth() const { |
| 1714 | if (ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return 0; |
| 1715 | return ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxFunctionScopeDepth() { |
| 1719 | return (1u << NumScopeDepthOrObjCQualsBits) - 1; |
| 1720 | } |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | /// Returns the index of this parameter in its prototype or method scope. |
| 1723 | unsigned getFunctionScopeIndex() const { |
| 1724 | return getParameterIndex(); |
| 1725 | } |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const { |
| 1728 | if (!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return OBJC_TQ_None; |
| 1729 | return ObjCDeclQualifier(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals); |
| 1730 | } |
| 1731 | void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier QTVal) { |
| 1732 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam)((void)0); |
| 1733 | ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = QTVal; |
| 1734 | } |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | /// True if the value passed to this parameter must undergo |
| 1737 | /// K&R-style default argument promotion: |
| 1738 | /// |
| 1739 | /// C99 6.5.2.2. |
| 1740 | /// If the expression that denotes the called function has a type |
| 1741 | /// that does not include a prototype, the integer promotions are |
| 1742 | /// performed on each argument, and arguments that have type float |
| 1743 | /// are promoted to double. |
| 1744 | bool isKNRPromoted() const { |
| 1745 | return ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted; |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | void setKNRPromoted(bool promoted) { |
| 1748 | ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted = promoted; |
| 1749 | } |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | Expr *getDefaultArg(); |
| 1752 | const Expr *getDefaultArg() const { |
| 1753 | return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getDefaultArg(); |
| 1754 | } |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | void setDefaultArg(Expr *defarg); |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | /// Retrieve the source range that covers the entire default |
| 1759 | /// argument. |
| 1760 | SourceRange getDefaultArgRange() const; |
| 1761 | void setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Expr *arg); |
| 1762 | Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
| 1763 | const Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1764 | return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
| 1765 | } |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | /// Determines whether this parameter has a default argument, |
| 1768 | /// either parsed or not. |
| 1769 | bool hasDefaultArg() const; |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | /// Determines whether this parameter has a default argument that has not |
| 1772 | /// yet been parsed. This will occur during the processing of a C++ class |
| 1773 | /// whose member functions have default arguments, e.g., |
| 1774 | /// @code |
| 1775 | /// class X { |
| 1776 | /// public: |
| 1777 | /// void f(int x = 17); // x has an unparsed default argument now |
| 1778 | /// }; // x has a regular default argument now |
| 1779 | /// @endcode |
| 1780 | bool hasUnparsedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1781 | return ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_Unparsed; |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | bool hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1785 | return ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_Uninstantiated; |
| 1786 | } |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | /// Specify that this parameter has an unparsed default argument. |
| 1789 | /// The argument will be replaced with a real default argument via |
| 1790 | /// setDefaultArg when the class definition enclosing the function |
| 1791 | /// declaration that owns this default argument is completed. |
| 1792 | void setUnparsedDefaultArg() { |
| 1793 | ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind = DAK_Unparsed; |
| 1794 | } |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | bool hasInheritedDefaultArg() const { |
| 1797 | return ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg; |
| 1798 | } |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | void setHasInheritedDefaultArg(bool I = true) { |
| 1801 | ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg = I; |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | QualType getOriginalType() const; |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | /// Sets the function declaration that owns this |
| 1807 | /// ParmVarDecl. Since ParmVarDecls are often created before the |
| 1808 | /// FunctionDecls that own them, this routine is required to update |
| 1809 | /// the DeclContext appropriately. |
| 1810 | void setOwningFunction(DeclContext *FD) { setDeclContext(FD); } |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 1813 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 1814 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ParmVar; } |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | private: |
| 1817 | enum { ParameterIndexSentinel = (1 << NumParameterIndexBits) - 1 }; |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | void setParameterIndex(unsigned parameterIndex) { |
| 1820 | if (parameterIndex >= ParameterIndexSentinel) { |
| 1821 | setParameterIndexLarge(parameterIndex); |
| 1822 | return; |
| 1823 | } |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex = parameterIndex; |
| 1826 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && "truncation!")((void)0); |
| 1827 | } |
| 1828 | unsigned getParameterIndex() const { |
| 1829 | unsigned d = ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex; |
| 1830 | return d == ParameterIndexSentinel ? getParameterIndexLarge() : d; |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | void setParameterIndexLarge(unsigned parameterIndex); |
| 1834 | unsigned getParameterIndexLarge() const; |
| 1835 | }; |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | enum class MultiVersionKind { |
| 1838 | None, |
| 1839 | Target, |
| 1840 | CPUSpecific, |
| 1841 | CPUDispatch |
| 1842 | }; |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | /// Represents a function declaration or definition. |
| 1845 | /// |
| 1846 | /// Since a given function can be declared several times in a program, |
| 1847 | /// there may be several FunctionDecls that correspond to that |
| 1848 | /// function. Only one of those FunctionDecls will be found when |
| 1849 | /// traversing the list of declarations in the context of the |
| 1850 | /// FunctionDecl (e.g., the translation unit); this FunctionDecl |
| 1851 | /// contains all of the information known about the function. Other, |
| 1852 | /// previous declarations of the function are available via the |
| 1853 | /// getPreviousDecl() chain. |
| 1854 | class FunctionDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, |
| 1855 | public DeclContext, |
| 1856 | public Redeclarable<FunctionDecl> { |
| 1857 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::FunctionDeclBits |
| 1858 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 1859 | public: |
| 1860 | /// The kind of templated function a FunctionDecl can be. |
| 1861 | enum TemplatedKind { |
| 1862 | // Not templated. |
| 1863 | TK_NonTemplate, |
| 1864 | // The pattern in a function template declaration. |
| 1865 | TK_FunctionTemplate, |
| 1866 | // A non-template function that is an instantiation or explicit |
| 1867 | // specialization of a member of a templated class. |
| 1868 | TK_MemberSpecialization, |
| 1869 | // An instantiation or explicit specialization of a function template. |
| 1870 | // Note: this might have been instantiated from a templated class if it |
| 1871 | // is a class-scope explicit specialization. |
| 1872 | TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization, |
| 1873 | // A function template specialization that hasn't yet been resolved to a |
| 1874 | // particular specialized function template. |
| 1875 | TK_DependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization |
| 1876 | }; |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | /// Stashed information about a defaulted function definition whose body has |
| 1879 | /// not yet been lazily generated. |
| 1880 | class DefaultedFunctionInfo final |
| 1881 | : llvm::TrailingObjects<DefaultedFunctionInfo, DeclAccessPair> { |
| 1882 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 1883 | unsigned NumLookups; |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | public: |
| 1886 | static DefaultedFunctionInfo *Create(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1887 | ArrayRef<DeclAccessPair> Lookups); |
| 1888 | /// Get the unqualified lookup results that should be used in this |
| 1889 | /// defaulted function definition. |
| 1890 | ArrayRef<DeclAccessPair> getUnqualifiedLookups() const { |
| 1891 | return {getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>(), NumLookups}; |
| 1892 | } |
| 1893 | }; |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | private: |
| 1896 | /// A new[]'d array of pointers to VarDecls for the formal |
| 1897 | /// parameters of this function. This is null if a prototype or if there are |
| 1898 | /// no formals. |
| 1899 | ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo = nullptr; |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | /// The active member of this union is determined by |
| 1902 | /// FunctionDeclBits.HasDefaultedFunctionInfo. |
| 1903 | union { |
| 1904 | /// The body of the function. |
| 1905 | LazyDeclStmtPtr Body; |
| 1906 | /// Information about a future defaulted function definition. |
| 1907 | DefaultedFunctionInfo *DefaultedInfo; |
| 1908 | }; |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | unsigned ODRHash; |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | /// End part of this FunctionDecl's source range. |
| 1913 | /// |
| 1914 | /// We could compute the full range in getSourceRange(). However, when we're |
| 1915 | /// dealing with a function definition deserialized from a PCH/AST file, |
| 1916 | /// we can only compute the full range once the function body has been |
| 1917 | /// de-serialized, so it's far better to have the (sometimes-redundant) |
| 1918 | /// EndRangeLoc. |
| 1919 | SourceLocation EndRangeLoc; |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | /// The template or declaration that this declaration |
| 1922 | /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively. |
| 1923 | /// |
| 1924 | /// For non-templates, this value will be NULL. For function |
| 1925 | /// declarations that describe a function template, this will be a |
| 1926 | /// pointer to a FunctionTemplateDecl. For member functions |
| 1927 | /// of class template specializations, this will be a MemberSpecializationInfo |
| 1928 | /// pointer containing information about the specialization. |
| 1929 | /// For function template specializations, this will be a |
| 1930 | /// FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo, which contains information about |
| 1931 | /// the template being specialized and the template arguments involved in |
| 1932 | /// that specialization. |
| 1933 | llvm::PointerUnion<FunctionTemplateDecl *, |
| 1934 | MemberSpecializationInfo *, |
| 1935 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *, |
| 1936 | DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *> |
| 1937 | TemplateOrSpecialization; |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name embedded in |
| 1940 | /// the DeclaratorDecl base class. |
| 1941 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | /// Specify that this function declaration is actually a function |
| 1944 | /// template specialization. |
| 1945 | /// |
| 1946 | /// \param C the ASTContext. |
| 1947 | /// |
| 1948 | /// \param Template the function template that this function template |
| 1949 | /// specialization specializes. |
| 1950 | /// |
| 1951 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this |
| 1952 | /// function template specialization from the template. |
| 1953 | /// |
| 1954 | /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template |
| 1955 | /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will |
| 1956 | /// be inserted. |
| 1957 | /// |
| 1958 | /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is. |
| 1959 | /// |
| 1960 | /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments. |
| 1961 | /// |
| 1962 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template |
| 1963 | /// specialization was first instantiated. |
| 1964 | void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &C, |
| 1965 | FunctionTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 1966 | const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs, |
| 1967 | void *InsertPos, |
| 1968 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 1969 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten, |
| 1970 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation); |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
| 1973 | /// member function FD. |
| 1974 | void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(ASTContext &C, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 1975 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | void setParams(ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo); |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | // This is unfortunately needed because ASTDeclWriter::VisitFunctionDecl |
| 1980 | // need to access this bit but we want to avoid making ASTDeclWriter |
| 1981 | // a friend of FunctionDeclBitfields just for this. |
| 1982 | bool isDeletedBit() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted; } |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /// Whether an ODRHash has been stored. |
| 1985 | bool hasODRHash() const { return FunctionDeclBits.HasODRHash; } |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | /// State that an ODRHash has been stored. |
| 1988 | void setHasODRHash(bool B = true) { FunctionDeclBits.HasODRHash = B; } |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 | protected: |
| 1991 | FunctionDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1992 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
| 1993 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass S, bool isInlineSpecified, |
| 1994 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
| 1995 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<FunctionDecl>; |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | FunctionDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 2000 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 2001 | } |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | FunctionDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 2004 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 2005 | } |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | FunctionDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 2008 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 2009 | } |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | public: |
| 2012 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 2013 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 2016 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 2019 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 2020 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 2021 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 2022 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 2023 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | static FunctionDecl * |
| 2026 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2027 | SourceLocation NLoc, DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
| 2028 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, bool isInlineSpecified = false, |
| 2029 | bool hasWrittenPrototype = true, |
| 2030 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified, |
| 2031 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) { |
| 2032 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(N, NLoc); |
| 2033 | return FunctionDecl::Create(C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, SC, |
| 2034 | isInlineSpecified, hasWrittenPrototype, |
| 2035 | ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); |
| 2036 | } |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | static FunctionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2039 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2040 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
| 2041 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
| 2042 | bool isInlineSpecified, bool hasWrittenPrototype, |
| 2043 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
| 2044 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | static FunctionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
| 2049 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
| 2050 | } |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 2053 | bool Qualified) const override; |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | void setRangeEnd(SourceLocation E) { EndRangeLoc = E; } |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | /// Returns the location of the ellipsis of a variadic function. |
| 2058 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
| 2059 | const auto *FPT = getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 2060 | if (FPT && FPT->isVariadic()) |
| 2061 | return FPT->getEllipsisLoc(); |
| 2062 | return SourceLocation(); |
| 2063 | } |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | // Function definitions. |
| 2068 | // |
| 2069 | // A function declaration may be: |
| 2070 | // - a non defining declaration, |
| 2071 | // - a definition. A function may be defined because: |
| 2072 | // - it has a body, or will have it in the case of late parsing. |
| 2073 | // - it has an uninstantiated body. The body does not exist because the |
| 2074 | // function is not used yet, but the declaration is considered a |
| 2075 | // definition and does not allow other definition of this function. |
| 2076 | // - it does not have a user specified body, but it does not allow |
| 2077 | // redefinition, because it is deleted/defaulted or is defined through |
| 2078 | // some other mechanism (alias, ifunc). |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | /// Returns true if the function has a body. |
| 2081 | /// |
| 2082 | /// The function body might be in any of the (re-)declarations of this |
| 2083 | /// function. The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will set that |
| 2084 | /// function declaration to the actual declaration containing the body (if |
| 2085 | /// there is one). |
| 2086 | bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | bool hasBody() const override { |
| 2089 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
| 2090 | return hasBody(Definition); |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | /// Returns whether the function has a trivial body that does not require any |
| 2094 | /// specific codegen. |
| 2095 | bool hasTrivialBody() const; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | /// Returns true if the function has a definition that does not need to be |
| 2098 | /// instantiated. |
| 2099 | /// |
| 2100 | /// The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will set that function |
| 2101 | /// declaration to the declaration that is a definition (if there is one). |
| 2102 | /// |
| 2103 | /// \param CheckForPendingFriendDefinition If \c true, also check for friend |
| 2104 | /// declarations that were instantiataed from function definitions. |
| 2105 | /// Such a declaration behaves as if it is a definition for the |
| 2106 | /// purpose of redefinition checking, but isn't actually a "real" |
| 2107 | /// definition until its body is instantiated. |
| 2108 | bool isDefined(const FunctionDecl *&Definition, |
| 2109 | bool CheckForPendingFriendDefinition = false) const; |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | bool isDefined() const { |
| 2112 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
| 2113 | return isDefined(Definition); |
| 2114 | } |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | /// Get the definition for this declaration. |
| 2117 | FunctionDecl *getDefinition() { |
| 2118 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| 2119 | if (isDefined(Definition)) |
| 2120 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Definition); |
| 2121 | return nullptr; |
| 2122 | } |
| 2123 | const FunctionDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 2124 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(this)->getDefinition(); |
| 2125 | } |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | /// Retrieve the body (definition) of the function. The function body might be |
| 2128 | /// in any of the (re-)declarations of this function. The variant that accepts |
| 2129 | /// a FunctionDecl pointer will set that function declaration to the actual |
| 2130 | /// declaration containing the body (if there is one). |
| 2131 | /// NOTE: For checking if there is a body, use hasBody() instead, to avoid |
| 2132 | /// unnecessary AST de-serialization of the body. |
| 2133 | Stmt *getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | Stmt *getBody() const override { |
| 2136 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
| 2137 | return getBody(Definition); |
| 2138 | } |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | /// Returns whether this specific declaration of the function is also a |
| 2141 | /// definition that does not contain uninstantiated body. |
| 2142 | /// |
| 2143 | /// This does not determine whether the function has been defined (e.g., in a |
| 2144 | /// previous definition); for that information, use isDefined. |
| 2145 | /// |
| 2146 | /// Note: the function declaration does not become a definition until the |
| 2147 | /// parser reaches the definition, if called before, this function will return |
| 2148 | /// `false`. |
| 2149 | bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
| 2150 | return isDeletedAsWritten() || isDefaulted() || |
| 2151 | doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() || hasSkippedBody() || |
| 2152 | willHaveBody() || hasDefiningAttr(); |
| 2153 | } |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | /// Determine whether this specific declaration of the function is a friend |
| 2156 | /// declaration that was instantiated from a function definition. Such |
| 2157 | /// declarations behave like definitions in some contexts. |
| 2158 | bool isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition() const; |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | /// Returns whether this specific declaration of the function has a body. |
| 2161 | bool doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() const { |
| 2162 | return (!FunctionDeclBits.HasDefaultedFunctionInfo && Body) || |
| 2163 | isLateTemplateParsed(); |
| 2164 | } |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | void setBody(Stmt *B); |
| 2167 | void setLazyBody(uint64_t Offset) { |
| 2168 | FunctionDeclBits.HasDefaultedFunctionInfo = false; |
| 2169 | Body = LazyDeclStmtPtr(Offset); |
| 2170 | } |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | void setDefaultedFunctionInfo(DefaultedFunctionInfo *Info); |
| 2173 | DefaultedFunctionInfo *getDefaultedFunctionInfo() const; |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | /// Whether this function is variadic. |
| 2176 | bool isVariadic() const; |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | /// Whether this function is marked as virtual explicitly. |
| 2179 | bool isVirtualAsWritten() const { |
| 2180 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsVirtualAsWritten; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /// State that this function is marked as virtual explicitly. |
| 2184 | void setVirtualAsWritten(bool V) { FunctionDeclBits.IsVirtualAsWritten = V; } |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | /// Whether this virtual function is pure, i.e. makes the containing class |
| 2187 | /// abstract. |
| 2188 | bool isPure() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsPure; } |
| 2189 | void setPure(bool P = true); |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | /// Whether this templated function will be late parsed. |
| 2192 | bool isLateTemplateParsed() const { |
| 2193 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsLateTemplateParsed; |
| 2194 | } |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | /// State that this templated function will be late parsed. |
| 2197 | void setLateTemplateParsed(bool ILT = true) { |
| 2198 | FunctionDeclBits.IsLateTemplateParsed = ILT; |
| 2199 | } |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | /// Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses. |
| 2202 | /// Can only be true for default constructors, copy constructors, |
| 2203 | /// copy assignment operators, and destructors. Not meaningful until |
| 2204 | /// the class has been fully built by Sema. |
| 2205 | bool isTrivial() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivial; } |
| 2206 | void setTrivial(bool IT) { FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivial = IT; } |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | bool isTrivialForCall() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivialForCall; } |
| 2209 | void setTrivialForCall(bool IT) { FunctionDeclBits.IsTrivialForCall = IT; } |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | /// Whether this function is defaulted. Valid for e.g. |
| 2212 | /// special member functions, defaulted comparisions (not methods!). |
| 2213 | bool isDefaulted() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsDefaulted; } |
| 2214 | void setDefaulted(bool D = true) { FunctionDeclBits.IsDefaulted = D; } |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | /// Whether this function is explicitly defaulted. |
| 2217 | bool isExplicitlyDefaulted() const { |
| 2218 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsExplicitlyDefaulted; |
| 2219 | } |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | /// State that this function is explicitly defaulted. |
| 2222 | void setExplicitlyDefaulted(bool ED = true) { |
| 2223 | FunctionDeclBits.IsExplicitlyDefaulted = ED; |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | /// True if this method is user-declared and was not |
| 2227 | /// deleted or defaulted on its first declaration. |
| 2228 | bool isUserProvided() const { |
| 2229 | auto *DeclAsWritten = this; |
| 2230 | if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) |
| 2231 | DeclAsWritten = Pattern; |
| 2232 | return !(DeclAsWritten->isDeleted() || |
| 2233 | DeclAsWritten->getCanonicalDecl()->isDefaulted()); |
| 2234 | } |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | /// Whether falling off this function implicitly returns null/zero. |
| 2237 | /// If a more specific implicit return value is required, front-ends |
| 2238 | /// should synthesize the appropriate return statements. |
| 2239 | bool hasImplicitReturnZero() const { |
| 2240 | return FunctionDeclBits.HasImplicitReturnZero; |
| 2241 | } |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | /// State that falling off this function implicitly returns null/zero. |
| 2244 | /// If a more specific implicit return value is required, front-ends |
| 2245 | /// should synthesize the appropriate return statements. |
| 2246 | void setHasImplicitReturnZero(bool IRZ) { |
| 2247 | FunctionDeclBits.HasImplicitReturnZero = IRZ; |
| 2248 | } |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | /// Whether this function has a prototype, either because one |
| 2251 | /// was explicitly written or because it was "inherited" by merging |
| 2252 | /// a declaration without a prototype with a declaration that has a |
| 2253 | /// prototype. |
| 2254 | bool hasPrototype() const { |
| 2255 | return hasWrittenPrototype() || hasInheritedPrototype(); |
| 2256 | } |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | /// Whether this function has a written prototype. |
| 2259 | bool hasWrittenPrototype() const { |
| 2260 | return FunctionDeclBits.HasWrittenPrototype; |
| 2261 | } |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | /// State that this function has a written prototype. |
| 2264 | void setHasWrittenPrototype(bool P = true) { |
| 2265 | FunctionDeclBits.HasWrittenPrototype = P; |
| 2266 | } |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | /// Whether this function inherited its prototype from a |
| 2269 | /// previous declaration. |
| 2270 | bool hasInheritedPrototype() const { |
| 2271 | return FunctionDeclBits.HasInheritedPrototype; |
| 2272 | } |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | /// State that this function inherited its prototype from a |
| 2275 | /// previous declaration. |
| 2276 | void setHasInheritedPrototype(bool P = true) { |
| 2277 | FunctionDeclBits.HasInheritedPrototype = P; |
| 2278 | } |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | /// Whether this is a (C++11) constexpr function or constexpr constructor. |
| 2281 | bool isConstexpr() const { |
| 2282 | return getConstexprKind() != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified; |
| 2283 | } |
| 2284 | void setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind CSK) { |
| 2285 | FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind = static_cast<uint64_t>(CSK); |
| 2286 | } |
| 2287 | ConstexprSpecKind getConstexprKind() const { |
| 2288 | return static_cast<ConstexprSpecKind>(FunctionDeclBits.ConstexprKind); |
| 2289 | } |
| 2290 | bool isConstexprSpecified() const { |
| 2291 | return getConstexprKind() == ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr; |
| 2292 | } |
| 2293 | bool isConsteval() const { |
| 2294 | return getConstexprKind() == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval; |
| 2295 | } |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | /// Whether the instantiation of this function is pending. |
| 2298 | /// This bit is set when the decision to instantiate this function is made |
| 2299 | /// and unset if and when the function body is created. That leaves out |
| 2300 | /// cases where instantiation did not happen because the template definition |
| 2301 | /// was not seen in this TU. This bit remains set in those cases, under the |
| 2302 | /// assumption that the instantiation will happen in some other TU. |
| 2303 | bool instantiationIsPending() const { |
| 2304 | return FunctionDeclBits.InstantiationIsPending; |
| 2305 | } |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | /// State that the instantiation of this function is pending. |
| 2308 | /// (see instantiationIsPending) |
| 2309 | void setInstantiationIsPending(bool IC) { |
| 2310 | FunctionDeclBits.InstantiationIsPending = IC; |
| 2311 | } |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | /// Indicates the function uses __try. |
| 2314 | bool usesSEHTry() const { return FunctionDeclBits.UsesSEHTry; } |
| 2315 | void setUsesSEHTry(bool UST) { FunctionDeclBits.UsesSEHTry = UST; } |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | /// Whether this function has been deleted. |
| 2318 | /// |
| 2319 | /// A function that is "deleted" (via the C++0x "= delete" syntax) |
| 2320 | /// acts like a normal function, except that it cannot actually be |
| 2321 | /// called or have its address taken. Deleted functions are |
| 2322 | /// typically used in C++ overload resolution to attract arguments |
| 2323 | /// whose type or lvalue/rvalue-ness would permit the use of a |
| 2324 | /// different overload that would behave incorrectly. For example, |
| 2325 | /// one might use deleted functions to ban implicit conversion from |
| 2326 | /// a floating-point number to an Integer type: |
| 2327 | /// |
| 2328 | /// @code |
| 2329 | /// struct Integer { |
| 2330 | /// Integer(long); // construct from a long |
| 2331 | /// Integer(double) = delete; // no construction from float or double |
| 2332 | /// Integer(long double) = delete; // no construction from long double |
| 2333 | /// }; |
| 2334 | /// @endcode |
| 2335 | // If a function is deleted, its first declaration must be. |
| 2336 | bool isDeleted() const { |
| 2337 | return getCanonicalDecl()->FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted; |
| 2338 | } |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | bool isDeletedAsWritten() const { |
| 2341 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted && !isDefaulted(); |
| 2342 | } |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | void setDeletedAsWritten(bool D = true) { FunctionDeclBits.IsDeleted = D; } |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /// Determines whether this function is "main", which is the |
| 2347 | /// entry point into an executable program. |
| 2348 | bool isMain() const; |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | /// Determines whether this function is a MSVCRT user defined entry |
| 2351 | /// point. |
| 2352 | bool isMSVCRTEntryPoint() const; |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | /// Determines whether this operator new or delete is one |
| 2355 | /// of the reserved global placement operators: |
| 2356 | /// void *operator new(size_t, void *); |
| 2357 | /// void *operator new[](size_t, void *); |
| 2358 | /// void operator delete(void *, void *); |
| 2359 | /// void operator delete[](void *, void *); |
| 2360 | /// These functions have special behavior under [new.delete.placement]: |
| 2361 | /// These functions are reserved, a C++ program may not define |
| 2362 | /// functions that displace the versions in the Standard C++ library. |
| 2363 | /// The provisions of [basic.stc.dynamic] do not apply to these |
| 2364 | /// reserved placement forms of operator new and operator delete. |
| 2365 | /// |
| 2366 | /// This function must be an allocation or deallocation function. |
| 2367 | bool isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() const; |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /// Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable |
| 2370 | /// global allocation functions: |
| 2371 | /// void *operator new(size_t); |
| 2372 | /// void *operator new(size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2373 | /// void *operator new[](size_t); |
| 2374 | /// void *operator new[](size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2375 | /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; |
| 2376 | /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; [C++1y] |
| 2377 | /// void operator delete(void *, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2378 | /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; |
| 2379 | /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; [C++1y] |
| 2380 | /// void operator delete[](void *, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
| 2381 | /// These functions have special behavior under C++1y [expr.new]: |
| 2382 | /// An implementation is allowed to omit a call to a replaceable global |
| 2383 | /// allocation function. [...] |
| 2384 | /// |
| 2385 | /// If this function is an aligned allocation/deallocation function, return |
| 2386 | /// the parameter number of the requested alignment through AlignmentParam. |
| 2387 | /// |
| 2388 | /// If this function is an allocation/deallocation function that takes |
| 2389 | /// the `std::nothrow_t` tag, return true through IsNothrow, |
| 2390 | bool isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( |
| 2391 | Optional<unsigned> *AlignmentParam = nullptr, |
| 2392 | bool *IsNothrow = nullptr) const; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | /// Determine if this function provides an inline implementation of a builtin. |
| 2395 | bool isInlineBuiltinDeclaration() const; |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | /// Determine whether this is a destroying operator delete. |
| 2398 | bool isDestroyingOperatorDelete() const; |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | /// Compute the language linkage. |
| 2401 | LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const; |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | /// Determines whether this function is a function with |
| 2404 | /// external, C linkage. |
| 2405 | bool isExternC() const; |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | /// Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within, |
| 2408 | /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec. |
| 2409 | bool isInExternCContext() const; |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | /// Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within, |
| 2412 | /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec. |
| 2413 | bool isInExternCXXContext() const; |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | /// Determines whether this is a global function. |
| 2416 | bool isGlobal() const; |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | /// Determines whether this function is known to be 'noreturn', through |
| 2419 | /// an attribute on its declaration or its type. |
| 2420 | bool isNoReturn() const; |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | /// True if the function was a definition but its body was skipped. |
| 2423 | bool hasSkippedBody() const { return FunctionDeclBits.HasSkippedBody; } |
| 2424 | void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { |
| 2425 | FunctionDeclBits.HasSkippedBody = Skipped; |
| 2426 | } |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | /// True if this function will eventually have a body, once it's fully parsed. |
| 2429 | bool willHaveBody() const { return FunctionDeclBits.WillHaveBody; } |
| 2430 | void setWillHaveBody(bool V = true) { FunctionDeclBits.WillHaveBody = V; } |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | /// True if this function is considered a multiversioned function. |
| 2433 | bool isMultiVersion() const { |
| 2434 | return getCanonicalDecl()->FunctionDeclBits.IsMultiVersion; |
| 2435 | } |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | /// Sets the multiversion state for this declaration and all of its |
| 2438 | /// redeclarations. |
| 2439 | void setIsMultiVersion(bool V = true) { |
| 2440 | getCanonicalDecl()->FunctionDeclBits.IsMultiVersion = V; |
| 2441 | } |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | /// Gets the kind of multiversioning attribute this declaration has. Note that |
| 2444 | /// this can return a value even if the function is not multiversion, such as |
| 2445 | /// the case of 'target'. |
| 2446 | MultiVersionKind getMultiVersionKind() const; |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | /// True if this function is a multiversioned dispatch function as a part of |
| 2450 | /// the cpu_specific/cpu_dispatch functionality. |
| 2451 | bool isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() const; |
| 2452 | /// True if this function is a multiversioned processor specific function as a |
| 2453 | /// part of the cpu_specific/cpu_dispatch functionality. |
| 2454 | bool isCPUSpecificMultiVersion() const; |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | /// True if this function is a multiversioned dispatch function as a part of |
| 2457 | /// the target functionality. |
| 2458 | bool isTargetMultiVersion() const; |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | /// \brief Get the associated-constraints of this function declaration. |
| 2461 | /// Currently, this will either be a vector of size 1 containing the |
| 2462 | /// trailing-requires-clause or an empty vector. |
| 2463 | /// |
| 2464 | /// Use this instead of getTrailingRequiresClause for concepts APIs that |
| 2465 | /// accept an ArrayRef of constraint expressions. |
| 2466 | void getAssociatedConstraints(SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &AC) const { |
| 2467 | if (auto *TRC = getTrailingRequiresClause()) |
| 2468 | AC.push_back(TRC); |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | void setPreviousDeclaration(FunctionDecl * PrevDecl); |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
| 2474 | const FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 2475 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | unsigned getBuiltinID(bool ConsiderWrapperFunctions = false) const; |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | // ArrayRef interface to parameters. |
| 2481 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() const { |
| 2482 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 2483 | } |
| 2484 | MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() { |
| 2485 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 2486 | } |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | // Iterator access to formal parameters. |
| 2489 | using param_iterator = MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::iterator; |
| 2490 | using param_const_iterator = ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::const_iterator; |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | bool param_empty() const { return parameters().empty(); } |
| 2493 | param_iterator param_begin() { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 2494 | param_iterator param_end() { return parameters().end(); } |
| 2495 | param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 2496 | param_const_iterator param_end() const { return parameters().end(); } |
| 2497 | size_t param_size() const { return parameters().size(); } |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 | /// Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its |
| 2500 | /// FunctionType. This is the length of the ParamInfo array after it has been |
| 2501 | /// created. |
| 2502 | unsigned getNumParams() const; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const { |
| 2505 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((void)0); |
| 2506 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) { |
| 2509 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((void)0); |
| 2510 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 2511 | } |
| 2512 | void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo) { |
| 2513 | setParams(getASTContext(), NewParamInfo); |
| 2514 | } |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 | /// Returns the minimum number of arguments needed to call this function. This |
| 2517 | /// may be fewer than the number of function parameters, if some of the |
| 2518 | /// parameters have default arguments (in C++). |
| 2519 | unsigned getMinRequiredArguments() const; |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | /// Determine whether this function has a single parameter, or multiple |
| 2522 | /// parameters where all but the first have default arguments. |
| 2523 | /// |
| 2524 | /// This notion is used in the definition of copy/move constructors and |
| 2525 | /// initializer list constructors. Note that, unlike getMinRequiredArguments, |
| 2526 | /// parameter packs are not treated specially here. |
| 2527 | bool hasOneParamOrDefaultArgs() const; |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | /// Find the source location information for how the type of this function |
| 2530 | /// was written. May be absent (for example if the function was declared via |
| 2531 | /// a typedef) and may contain a different type from that of the function |
| 2532 | /// (for example if the function type was adjusted by an attribute). |
| 2533 | FunctionTypeLoc getFunctionTypeLoc() const; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | QualType getReturnType() const { |
| 2536 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
| 2537 | } |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
| 2540 | /// function return type. This may omit qualifiers and other information with |
| 2541 | /// limited representation in the AST. |
| 2542 | SourceRange getReturnTypeSourceRange() const; |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
| 2545 | /// function parameters, including the ellipsis of a variadic function. |
| 2546 | /// The source range excludes the parentheses, and is invalid if there are |
| 2547 | /// no parameters and no ellipsis. |
| 2548 | SourceRange getParametersSourceRange() const; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /// Get the declared return type, which may differ from the actual return |
| 2551 | /// type if the return type is deduced. |
| 2552 | QualType getDeclaredReturnType() const { |
| 2553 | auto *TSI = getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| 2554 | QualType T = TSI ? TSI->getType() : getType(); |
| 2555 | return T->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
| 2556 | } |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | /// Gets the ExceptionSpecificationType as declared. |
| 2559 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 2560 | auto *TSI = getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| 2561 | QualType T = TSI ? TSI->getType() : getType(); |
| 2562 | const auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 2563 | return FPT ? FPT->getExceptionSpecType() : EST_None; |
| 2564 | } |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
| 2567 | /// function exception specification, if any. |
| 2568 | SourceRange getExceptionSpecSourceRange() const; |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls this function. |
| 2571 | QualType getCallResultType() const { |
| 2572 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallResultType( |
| 2573 | getASTContext()); |
| 2574 | } |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | /// Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the |
| 2577 | /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage. |
| 2578 | StorageClass getStorageClass() const { |
| 2579 | return static_cast<StorageClass>(FunctionDeclBits.SClass); |
| 2580 | } |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | /// Sets the storage class as written in the source. |
| 2583 | void setStorageClass(StorageClass SClass) { |
| 2584 | FunctionDeclBits.SClass = SClass; |
| 2585 | } |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | /// Determine whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this |
| 2588 | /// function. |
| 2589 | bool isInlineSpecified() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified; } |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | /// Set whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this function. |
| 2592 | void setInlineSpecified(bool I) { |
| 2593 | FunctionDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified = I; |
| 2594 | FunctionDeclBits.IsInline = I; |
| 2595 | } |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | /// Flag that this function is implicitly inline. |
| 2598 | void setImplicitlyInline(bool I = true) { FunctionDeclBits.IsInline = I; } |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | /// Determine whether this function should be inlined, because it is |
| 2601 | /// either marked "inline" or "constexpr" or is a member function of a class |
| 2602 | /// that was defined in the class body. |
| 2603 | bool isInlined() const { return FunctionDeclBits.IsInline; } |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | bool isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible() const; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | bool isMSExternInline() const; |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | bool doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition() const; |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | bool isStatic() const { return getStorageClass() == SC_Static; } |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | /// Whether this function declaration represents an C++ overloaded |
| 2614 | /// operator, e.g., "operator+". |
| 2615 | bool isOverloadedOperator() const { |
| 2616 | return getOverloadedOperator() != OO_None; |
| 2617 | } |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator() const; |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | const IdentifierInfo *getLiteralIdentifier() const; |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | /// If this function is an instantiation of a member function |
| 2624 | /// of a class template specialization, retrieves the function from |
| 2625 | /// which it was instantiated. |
| 2626 | /// |
| 2627 | /// This routine will return non-NULL for (non-templated) member |
| 2628 | /// functions of class templates and for instantiations of function |
| 2629 | /// templates. For example, given: |
| 2630 | /// |
| 2631 | /// \code |
| 2632 | /// template<typename T> |
| 2633 | /// struct X { |
| 2634 | /// void f(T); |
| 2635 | /// }; |
| 2636 | /// \endcode |
| 2637 | /// |
| 2638 | /// The declaration for X<int>::f is a (non-templated) FunctionDecl |
| 2639 | /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For |
| 2640 | /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromFunction() will return |
| 2641 | /// the FunctionDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of |
| 2642 | /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the |
| 2643 | /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction(). |
| 2644 | FunctionDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() const; |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | /// What kind of templated function this is. |
| 2647 | TemplatedKind getTemplatedKind() const; |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | /// If this function is an instantiation of a member function of a |
| 2650 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
| 2651 | /// information. |
| 2652 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
| 2655 | /// member function FD. |
| 2656 | void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2657 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) { |
| 2658 | setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(getASTContext(), FD, TSK); |
| 2659 | } |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | /// Retrieves the function template that is described by this |
| 2662 | /// function declaration. |
| 2663 | /// |
| 2664 | /// Every function template is represented as a FunctionTemplateDecl |
| 2665 | /// and a FunctionDecl (or something derived from FunctionDecl). The |
| 2666 | /// former contains template properties (such as the template |
| 2667 | /// parameter lists) while the latter contains the actual |
| 2668 | /// description of the template's |
| 2669 | /// contents. FunctionTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
| 2670 | /// FunctionDecl that describes the function template, |
| 2671 | /// getDescribedFunctionTemplate() retrieves the |
| 2672 | /// FunctionTemplateDecl from a FunctionDecl. |
| 2673 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const; |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | void setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template); |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | /// Determine whether this function is a function template |
| 2678 | /// specialization. |
| 2679 | bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const { |
| 2680 | return getPrimaryTemplate() != nullptr; |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | /// If this function is actually a function template specialization, |
| 2684 | /// retrieve information about this function template specialization. |
| 2685 | /// Otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 2686 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *getTemplateSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | /// Determines whether this function is a function template |
| 2689 | /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization that can |
| 2690 | /// be implicitly instantiated. |
| 2691 | bool isImplicitlyInstantiable() const; |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | /// Determines if the given function was instantiated from a |
| 2694 | /// function template. |
| 2695 | bool isTemplateInstantiation() const; |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | /// Retrieve the function declaration from which this function could |
| 2698 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template |
| 2699 | /// or a specialization, for example). |
| 2700 | /// |
| 2701 | /// If \p ForDefinition is \c false, explicit specializations will be treated |
| 2702 | /// as if they were implicit instantiations. This will then find the pattern |
| 2703 | /// corresponding to non-definition portions of the declaration, such as |
| 2704 | /// default arguments and the exception specification. |
| 2705 | FunctionDecl * |
| 2706 | getTemplateInstantiationPattern(bool ForDefinition = true) const; |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | /// Retrieve the primary template that this function template |
| 2709 | /// specialization either specializes or was instantiated from. |
| 2710 | /// |
| 2711 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization, |
| 2712 | /// returns NULL. |
| 2713 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getPrimaryTemplate() const; |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | /// Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function |
| 2716 | /// template specialization from the primary template. |
| 2717 | /// |
| 2718 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization, |
| 2719 | /// returns NULL. |
| 2720 | const TemplateArgumentList *getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const; |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | /// Retrieve the template argument list as written in the sources, |
| 2723 | /// if any. |
| 2724 | /// |
| 2725 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization |
| 2726 | /// or if it had no explicit template argument list, returns NULL. |
| 2727 | /// Note that it an explicit template argument list may be written empty, |
| 2728 | /// e.g., template<> void foo<>(char* s); |
| 2729 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo* |
| 2730 | getTemplateSpecializationArgsAsWritten() const; |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | /// Specify that this function declaration is actually a function |
| 2733 | /// template specialization. |
| 2734 | /// |
| 2735 | /// \param Template the function template that this function template |
| 2736 | /// specialization specializes. |
| 2737 | /// |
| 2738 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this |
| 2739 | /// function template specialization from the template. |
| 2740 | /// |
| 2741 | /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template |
| 2742 | /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will |
| 2743 | /// be inserted. |
| 2744 | /// |
| 2745 | /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is. |
| 2746 | /// |
| 2747 | /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments. |
| 2748 | /// |
| 2749 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template |
| 2750 | /// specialization was first instantiated. |
| 2751 | void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 2752 | const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs, |
| 2753 | void *InsertPos, |
| 2754 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_ImplicitInstantiation, |
| 2755 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten = nullptr, |
| 2756 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()) { |
| 2757 | setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(getASTContext(), Template, TemplateArgs, |
| 2758 | InsertPos, TSK, TemplateArgsAsWritten, |
| 2759 | PointOfInstantiation); |
| 2760 | } |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | /// Specifies that this function declaration is actually a |
| 2763 | /// dependent function template specialization. |
| 2764 | void setDependentTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &Context, |
| 2765 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Templates, |
| 2766 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo * |
| 2769 | getDependentSpecializationInfo() const; |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | /// Determine what kind of template instantiation this function |
| 2772 | /// represents. |
| 2773 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | /// Determine the kind of template specialization this function represents |
| 2776 | /// for the purpose of template instantiation. |
| 2777 | TemplateSpecializationKind |
| 2778 | getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation() const; |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | /// Determine what kind of template instantiation this function |
| 2781 | /// represents. |
| 2782 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 2783 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | /// Retrieve the (first) point of instantiation of a function template |
| 2786 | /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization. |
| 2787 | /// |
| 2788 | /// \returns the first point of instantiation, if this function was |
| 2789 | /// instantiated from a template; otherwise, returns an invalid source |
| 2790 | /// location. |
| 2791 | SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const; |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | /// Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line |
| 2794 | /// definition of a member function. |
| 2795 | bool isOutOfLine() const override; |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | /// Identify a memory copying or setting function. |
| 2798 | /// If the given function is a memory copy or setting function, returns |
| 2799 | /// the corresponding Builtin ID. If the function is not a memory function, |
| 2800 | /// returns 0. |
| 2801 | unsigned getMemoryFunctionKind() const; |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | /// Returns ODRHash of the function. This value is calculated and |
| 2804 | /// stored on first call, then the stored value returned on the other calls. |
| 2805 | unsigned getODRHash(); |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | /// Returns cached ODRHash of the function. This must have been previously |
| 2808 | /// computed and stored. |
| 2809 | unsigned getODRHash() const; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 2812 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 2813 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 2814 | return K >= firstFunction && K <= lastFunction; |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const FunctionDecl *D) { |
| 2817 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(D)); |
| 2818 | } |
| 2819 | static FunctionDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 2820 | return static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | }; |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | /// Represents a member of a struct/union/class. |
| 2825 | class FieldDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Mergeable<FieldDecl> { |
| 2826 | unsigned BitField : 1; |
| 2827 | unsigned Mutable : 1; |
| 2828 | mutable unsigned CachedFieldIndex : 30; |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | /// The kinds of value we can store in InitializerOrBitWidth. |
| 2831 | /// |
| 2832 | /// Note that this is compatible with InClassInitStyle except for |
| 2833 | /// ISK_CapturedVLAType. |
| 2834 | enum InitStorageKind { |
| 2835 | /// If the pointer is null, there's nothing special. Otherwise, |
| 2836 | /// this is a bitfield and the pointer is the Expr* storing the |
| 2837 | /// bit-width. |
| 2838 | ISK_NoInit = (unsigned) ICIS_NoInit, |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | /// The pointer is an (optional due to delayed parsing) Expr* |
| 2841 | /// holding the copy-initializer. |
| 2842 | ISK_InClassCopyInit = (unsigned) ICIS_CopyInit, |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | /// The pointer is an (optional due to delayed parsing) Expr* |
| 2845 | /// holding the list-initializer. |
| 2846 | ISK_InClassListInit = (unsigned) ICIS_ListInit, |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | /// The pointer is a VariableArrayType* that's been captured; |
| 2849 | /// the enclosing context is a lambda or captured statement. |
| 2850 | ISK_CapturedVLAType, |
| 2851 | }; |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | /// If this is a bitfield with a default member initializer, this |
| 2854 | /// structure is used to represent the two expressions. |
| 2855 | struct InitAndBitWidth { |
| 2856 | Expr *Init; |
| 2857 | Expr *BitWidth; |
| 2858 | }; |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | /// Storage for either the bit-width, the in-class initializer, or |
| 2861 | /// both (via InitAndBitWidth), or the captured variable length array bound. |
| 2862 | /// |
| 2863 | /// If the storage kind is ISK_InClassCopyInit or |
| 2864 | /// ISK_InClassListInit, but the initializer is null, then this |
| 2865 | /// field has an in-class initializer that has not yet been parsed |
| 2866 | /// and attached. |
| 2867 | // FIXME: Tail-allocate this to reduce the size of FieldDecl in the |
| 2868 | // overwhelmingly common case that we have none of these things. |
| 2869 | llvm::PointerIntPair<void *, 2, InitStorageKind> InitStorage; |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | protected: |
| 2872 | FieldDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2873 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2874 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable, |
| 2875 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle) |
| 2876 | : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, StartLoc), |
| 2877 | BitField(false), Mutable(Mutable), CachedFieldIndex(0), |
| 2878 | InitStorage(nullptr, (InitStorageKind) InitStyle) { |
| 2879 | if (BW) |
| 2880 | setBitWidth(BW); |
| 2881 | } |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | public: |
| 2884 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 2885 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | static FieldDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2888 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 2889 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
| 2890 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable, |
| 2891 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | static FieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | /// Returns the index of this field within its record, |
| 2896 | /// as appropriate for passing to ASTRecordLayout::getFieldOffset. |
| 2897 | unsigned getFieldIndex() const; |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | /// Determines whether this field is mutable (C++ only). |
| 2900 | bool isMutable() const { return Mutable; } |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | /// Determines whether this field is a bitfield. |
| 2903 | bool isBitField() const { return BitField; } |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | /// Determines whether this is an unnamed bitfield. |
| 2906 | bool isUnnamedBitfield() const { return isBitField() && !getDeclName(); } |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | /// Determines whether this field is a |
| 2909 | /// representative for an anonymous struct or union. Such fields are |
| 2910 | /// unnamed and are implicitly generated by the implementation to |
| 2911 | /// store the data for the anonymous union or struct. |
| 2912 | bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const; |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | Expr *getBitWidth() const { |
| 2915 | if (!BitField) |
| 2916 | return nullptr; |
| 2917 | void *Ptr = InitStorage.getPointer(); |
| 2918 | if (getInClassInitStyle()) |
| 2919 | return static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(Ptr)->BitWidth; |
| 2920 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Ptr); |
| 2921 | } |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | unsigned getBitWidthValue(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | /// Set the bit-field width for this member. |
| 2926 | // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it). |
| 2927 | void setBitWidth(Expr *Width) { |
| 2928 | assert(!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField &&((void)0) |
| 2929 | "bit width or captured type already set")((void)0); |
| 2930 | assert(Width && "no bit width specified")((void)0); |
| 2931 | InitStorage.setPointer( |
| 2932 | InitStorage.getInt() |
| 2933 | ? new (getASTContext()) |
| 2934 | InitAndBitWidth{getInClassInitializer(), Width} |
| 2935 | : static_cast<void*>(Width)); |
| 2936 | BitField = true; |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | /// Remove the bit-field width from this member. |
| 2940 | // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it). |
| 2941 | void removeBitWidth() { |
| 2942 | assert(isBitField() && "no bitfield width to remove")((void)0); |
| 2943 | InitStorage.setPointer(getInClassInitializer()); |
| 2944 | BitField = false; |
| 2945 | } |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | /// Is this a zero-length bit-field? Such bit-fields aren't really bit-fields |
| 2948 | /// at all and instead act as a separator between contiguous runs of other |
| 2949 | /// bit-fields. |
| 2950 | bool isZeroLengthBitField(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | /// Determine if this field is a subobject of zero size, that is, either a |
| 2953 | /// zero-length bit-field or a field of empty class type with the |
| 2954 | /// [[no_unique_address]] attribute. |
| 2955 | bool isZeroSize(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | /// Get the kind of (C++11) default member initializer that this field has. |
| 2958 | InClassInitStyle getInClassInitStyle() const { |
| 2959 | InitStorageKind storageKind = InitStorage.getInt(); |
| 2960 | return (storageKind == ISK_CapturedVLAType |
| 2961 | ? ICIS_NoInit : (InClassInitStyle) storageKind); |
| 2962 | } |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | /// Determine whether this member has a C++11 default member initializer. |
| 2965 | bool hasInClassInitializer() const { |
| 2966 | return getInClassInitStyle() != ICIS_NoInit; |
| 2967 | } |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | /// Get the C++11 default member initializer for this member, or null if one |
| 2970 | /// has not been set. If a valid declaration has a default member initializer, |
| 2971 | /// but this returns null, then we have not parsed and attached it yet. |
| 2972 | Expr *getInClassInitializer() const { |
| 2973 | if (!hasInClassInitializer()) |
| 2974 | return nullptr; |
| 2975 | void *Ptr = InitStorage.getPointer(); |
| 2976 | if (BitField) |
| 2977 | return static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(Ptr)->Init; |
| 2978 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Ptr); |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | /// Set the C++11 in-class initializer for this member. |
| 2982 | void setInClassInitializer(Expr *Init) { |
| 2983 | assert(hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer())((void)0); |
| 2984 | if (BitField) |
| 2985 | static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(InitStorage.getPointer())->Init = Init; |
| 2986 | else |
| 2987 | InitStorage.setPointer(Init); |
| 2988 | } |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | /// Remove the C++11 in-class initializer from this member. |
| 2991 | void removeInClassInitializer() { |
| 2992 | assert(hasInClassInitializer() && "no initializer to remove")((void)0); |
| 2993 | InitStorage.setPointerAndInt(getBitWidth(), ISK_NoInit); |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | /// Determine whether this member captures the variable length array |
| 2997 | /// type. |
| 2998 | bool hasCapturedVLAType() const { |
| 2999 | return InitStorage.getInt() == ISK_CapturedVLAType; |
| 3000 | } |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 | /// Get the captured variable length array type. |
| 3003 | const VariableArrayType *getCapturedVLAType() const { |
| 3004 | return hasCapturedVLAType() ? static_cast<const VariableArrayType *>( |
| 3005 | InitStorage.getPointer()) |
| 3006 | : nullptr; |
| 3007 | } |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | /// Set the captured variable length array type for this field. |
| 3010 | void setCapturedVLAType(const VariableArrayType *VLAType); |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | /// Returns the parent of this field declaration, which |
| 3013 | /// is the struct in which this field is defined. |
| 3014 | /// |
| 3015 | /// Returns null if this is not a normal class/struct field declaration, e.g. |
| 3016 | /// ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl, ObjCIvarDecl. |
| 3017 | const RecordDecl *getParent() const { |
| 3018 | return dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
| 3019 | } |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 | RecordDecl *getParent() { |
| 3022 | return dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
| 3023 | } |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this field. |
| 3028 | FieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3029 | const FieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3032 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3033 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstField && K <= lastField; } |
| 3034 | }; |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | /// An instance of this object exists for each enum constant |
| 3037 | /// that is defined. For example, in "enum X {a,b}", each of a/b are |
| 3038 | /// EnumConstantDecl's, X is an instance of EnumDecl, and the type of a/b is a |
| 3039 | /// TagType for the X EnumDecl. |
| 3040 | class EnumConstantDecl : public ValueDecl, public Mergeable<EnumConstantDecl> { |
| 3041 | Stmt *Init; // an integer constant expression |
| 3042 | llvm::APSInt Val; // The value. |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | protected: |
| 3045 | EnumConstantDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 3046 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, Expr *E, |
| 3047 | const llvm::APSInt &V) |
| 3048 | : ValueDecl(EnumConstant, DC, L, Id, T), Init((Stmt*)E), Val(V) {} |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | public: |
| 3051 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | static EnumConstantDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *DC, |
| 3054 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3055 | QualType T, Expr *E, |
| 3056 | const llvm::APSInt &V); |
| 3057 | static EnumConstantDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | const Expr *getInitExpr() const { return (const Expr*) Init; } |
| 3060 | Expr *getInitExpr() { return (Expr*) Init; } |
| 3061 | const llvm::APSInt &getInitVal() const { return Val; } |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | void setInitExpr(Expr *E) { Init = (Stmt*) E; } |
| 3064 | void setInitVal(const llvm::APSInt &V) { Val = V; } |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this enumerator. |
| 3069 | EnumConstantDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3070 | const EnumConstantDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3073 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3074 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == EnumConstant; } |
| 3075 | }; |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | /// Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent |
| 3078 | /// scope. These are always implicit. |
| 3079 | class IndirectFieldDecl : public ValueDecl, |
| 3080 | public Mergeable<IndirectFieldDecl> { |
| 3081 | NamedDecl **Chaining; |
| 3082 | unsigned ChainingSize; |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | IndirectFieldDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
| 3085 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
| 3086 | MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl *> CH); |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | void anchor() override; |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | public: |
| 3091 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | static IndirectFieldDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3094 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3095 | QualType T, llvm::MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl *> CH); |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | static IndirectFieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | using chain_iterator = ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::const_iterator; |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> chain() const { |
| 3102 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(Chaining, ChainingSize); |
| 3103 | } |
| 3104 | chain_iterator chain_begin() const { return chain().begin(); } |
| 3105 | chain_iterator chain_end() const { return chain().end(); } |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | unsigned getChainingSize() const { return ChainingSize; } |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | FieldDecl *getAnonField() const { |
| 3110 | assert(chain().size() >= 2)((void)0); |
| 3111 | return cast<FieldDecl>(chain().back()); |
| 3112 | } |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | VarDecl *getVarDecl() const { |
| 3115 | assert(chain().size() >= 2)((void)0); |
| 3116 | return dyn_cast<VarDecl>(chain().front()); |
| 3117 | } |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | IndirectFieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3120 | const IndirectFieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3123 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3124 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == IndirectField; } |
| 3125 | }; |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | /// Represents a declaration of a type. |
| 3128 | class TypeDecl : public NamedDecl { |
| 3129 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | /// This indicates the Type object that represents |
| 3132 | /// this TypeDecl. It is a cache maintained by |
| 3133 | /// ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getTagDeclType, and |
| 3134 | /// ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType, and TemplateTypeParmDecl. |
| 3135 | mutable const Type *TypeForDecl = nullptr; |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 | /// The start of the source range for this declaration. |
| 3138 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | void anchor() override; |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | protected: |
| 3143 | TypeDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3144 | SourceLocation StartL = SourceLocation()) |
| 3145 | : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Id), LocStart(StartL) {} |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | public: |
| 3148 | // Low-level accessor. If you just want the type defined by this node, |
| 3149 | // check out ASTContext::getTypeDeclType or one of |
| 3150 | // ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getRecordType, etc. if you |
| 3151 | // already know the specific kind of node this is. |
| 3152 | const Type *getTypeForDecl() const { return TypeForDecl; } |
| 3153 | void setTypeForDecl(const Type *TD) { TypeForDecl = TD; } |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return LocStart; } |
| 3156 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
| 3157 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 3158 | if (LocStart.isValid()) |
| 3159 | return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation()); |
| 3160 | else |
| 3161 | return SourceRange(getLocation()); |
| 3162 | } |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3165 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3166 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstType && K <= lastType; } |
| 3167 | }; |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | /// Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name. |
| 3170 | class TypedefNameDecl : public TypeDecl, public Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl> { |
| 3171 | struct alignas(8) ModedTInfo { |
| 3172 | TypeSourceInfo *first; |
| 3173 | QualType second; |
| 3174 | }; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /// If int part is 0, we have not computed IsTransparentTag. |
| 3177 | /// Otherwise, IsTransparentTag is (getInt() >> 1). |
| 3178 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair< |
| 3179 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, ModedTInfo *>, 2> |
| 3180 | MaybeModedTInfo; |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | void anchor() override; |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | protected: |
| 3185 | TypedefNameDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3186 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3187 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
| 3188 | : TypeDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, StartLoc), redeclarable_base(C), |
| 3189 | MaybeModedTInfo(TInfo, 0) {} |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl>; |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | TypedefNameDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 3194 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 3195 | } |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | TypedefNameDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 3198 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3199 | } |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | TypedefNameDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 3202 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3203 | } |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | public: |
| 3206 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 3207 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 3210 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 3211 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 3212 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 3213 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 3214 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | bool isModed() const { |
| 3217 | return MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().is<ModedTInfo *>(); |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
| 3221 | return isModed() ? MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<ModedTInfo *>()->first |
| 3222 | : MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); |
| 3223 | } |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { |
| 3226 | return isModed() ? MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<ModedTInfo *>()->second |
| 3227 | : MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer() |
| 3228 | .get<TypeSourceInfo *>() |
| 3229 | ->getType(); |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *newType) { |
| 3233 | MaybeModedTInfo.setPointer(newType); |
| 3234 | } |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | void setModedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *unmodedTSI, QualType modedTy) { |
| 3237 | MaybeModedTInfo.setPointer(new (getASTContext(), 8) |
| 3238 | ModedTInfo({unmodedTSI, modedTy})); |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this typedef-name. |
| 3242 | TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3243 | const TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | /// Retrieves the tag declaration for which this is the typedef name for |
| 3246 | /// linkage purposes, if any. |
| 3247 | /// |
| 3248 | /// \param AnyRedecl Look for the tag declaration in any redeclaration of |
| 3249 | /// this typedef declaration. |
| 3250 | TagDecl *getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(bool AnyRedecl = false) const; |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | /// Determines if this typedef shares a name and spelling location with its |
| 3253 | /// underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro. |
| 3254 | bool isTransparentTag() const { |
| 3255 | if (MaybeModedTInfo.getInt()) |
| 3256 | return MaybeModedTInfo.getInt() & 0x2; |
| 3257 | return isTransparentTagSlow(); |
| 3258 | } |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3261 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3262 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 3263 | return K >= firstTypedefName && K <= lastTypedefName; |
| 3264 | } |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | private: |
| 3267 | bool isTransparentTagSlow() const; |
| 3268 | }; |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | /// Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via the 'typedef' |
| 3271 | /// type specifier. |
| 3272 | class TypedefDecl : public TypedefNameDecl { |
| 3273 | TypedefDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3274 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
| 3275 | : TypedefNameDecl(Typedef, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo) {} |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | public: |
| 3278 | static TypedefDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3279 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3280 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 3281 | static TypedefDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3286 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3287 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Typedef; } |
| 3288 | }; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | /// Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via a C++11 |
| 3291 | /// alias-declaration. |
| 3292 | class TypeAliasDecl : public TypedefNameDecl { |
| 3293 | /// The template for which this is the pattern, if any. |
| 3294 | TypeAliasTemplateDecl *Template; |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | TypeAliasDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3297 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
| 3298 | : TypedefNameDecl(TypeAlias, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo), |
| 3299 | Template(nullptr) {} |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | public: |
| 3302 | static TypeAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3303 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3304 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 3305 | static TypeAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getDescribedAliasTemplate() const { return Template; } |
| 3310 | void setDescribedAliasTemplate(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TAT) { Template = TAT; } |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3313 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3314 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TypeAlias; } |
| 3315 | }; |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | /// Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum. |
| 3318 | class TagDecl : public TypeDecl, |
| 3319 | public DeclContext, |
| 3320 | public Redeclarable<TagDecl> { |
| 3321 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::TagDeclBits |
| 3322 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3323 | public: |
| 3324 | // This is really ugly. |
| 3325 | using TagKind = TagTypeKind; |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | private: |
| 3328 | SourceRange BraceRange; |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | // A struct representing syntactic qualifier info, |
| 3331 | // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations. |
| 3332 | using ExtInfo = QualifierInfo; |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | /// If the (out-of-line) tag declaration name |
| 3335 | /// is qualified, it points to the qualifier info (nns and range); |
| 3336 | /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is part of |
| 3337 | /// a typedef or alias, it points to the TypedefNameDecl (used for mangling); |
| 3338 | /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is used as a |
| 3339 | /// declaration specifier for variables, it points to the first VarDecl (used |
| 3340 | /// for mangling); |
| 3341 | /// otherwise, it is a null (TypedefNameDecl) pointer. |
| 3342 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypedefNameDecl *, ExtInfo *> TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier; |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | bool hasExtInfo() const { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.is<ExtInfo *>(); } |
| 3345 | ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo *>(); } |
| 3346 | const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { |
| 3347 | return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo *>(); |
| 3348 | } |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | protected: |
| 3351 | TagDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3352 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, TagDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3353 | SourceLocation StartL); |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TagDecl>; |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | TagDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
| 3358 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 3359 | } |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | TagDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
| 3362 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3363 | } |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | TagDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
| 3366 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3367 | } |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | /// Completes the definition of this tag declaration. |
| 3370 | /// |
| 3371 | /// This is a helper function for derived classes. |
| 3372 | void completeDefinition(); |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /// True if this decl is currently being defined. |
| 3375 | void setBeingDefined(bool V = true) { TagDeclBits.IsBeingDefined = V; } |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind |
| 3378 | /// to have an out-of-date definition. |
| 3379 | /// |
| 3380 | /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled. |
| 3381 | void setMayHaveOutOfDateDef(bool V = true) { |
| 3382 | TagDeclBits.MayHaveOutOfDateDef = V; |
| 3383 | } |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | public: |
| 3386 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 3387 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
| 3390 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
| 3393 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
| 3394 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
| 3395 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
| 3396 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
| 3397 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | SourceRange getBraceRange() const { return BraceRange; } |
| 3400 | void setBraceRange(SourceRange R) { BraceRange = R; } |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | /// Return SourceLocation representing start of source |
| 3403 | /// range ignoring outer template declarations. |
| 3404 | SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return getBeginLoc(); } |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | /// Return SourceLocation representing start of source |
| 3407 | /// range taking into account any outer template declarations. |
| 3408 | SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const; |
| 3409 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | TagDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
| 3412 | const TagDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 3413 | return const_cast<TagDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | /// Return true if this declaration is a completion definition of the type. |
| 3417 | /// Provided for consistency. |
| 3418 | bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
| 3419 | return isCompleteDefinition(); |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | /// Return true if this decl has its body fully specified. |
| 3423 | bool isCompleteDefinition() const { return TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinition; } |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | /// True if this decl has its body fully specified. |
| 3426 | void setCompleteDefinition(bool V = true) { |
| 3427 | TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinition = V; |
| 3428 | } |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | /// Return true if this complete decl is |
| 3431 | /// required to be complete for some existing use. |
| 3432 | bool isCompleteDefinitionRequired() const { |
| 3433 | return TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinitionRequired; |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | /// True if this complete decl is |
| 3437 | /// required to be complete for some existing use. |
| 3438 | void setCompleteDefinitionRequired(bool V = true) { |
| 3439 | TagDeclBits.IsCompleteDefinitionRequired = V; |
| 3440 | } |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | /// Return true if this decl is currently being defined. |
| 3443 | bool isBeingDefined() const { return TagDeclBits.IsBeingDefined; } |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared |
| 3446 | /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator. |
| 3447 | bool isEmbeddedInDeclarator() const { |
| 3448 | return TagDeclBits.IsEmbeddedInDeclarator; |
| 3449 | } |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared |
| 3452 | /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator. |
| 3453 | void setEmbeddedInDeclarator(bool isInDeclarator) { |
| 3454 | TagDeclBits.IsEmbeddedInDeclarator = isInDeclarator; |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;". |
| 3458 | bool isFreeStanding() const { return TagDeclBits.IsFreeStanding; } |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;". |
| 3461 | void setFreeStanding(bool isFreeStanding = true) { |
| 3462 | TagDeclBits.IsFreeStanding = isFreeStanding; |
| 3463 | } |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind |
| 3466 | /// to have an out-of-date definition. |
| 3467 | /// |
| 3468 | /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled. |
| 3469 | bool mayHaveOutOfDateDef() const { return TagDeclBits.MayHaveOutOfDateDef; } |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | /// Whether this declaration declares a type that is |
| 3472 | /// dependent, i.e., a type that somehow depends on template |
| 3473 | /// parameters. |
| 3474 | bool isDependentType() const { return isDependentContext(); } |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | /// Starts the definition of this tag declaration. |
| 3477 | /// |
| 3478 | /// This method should be invoked at the beginning of the definition |
| 3479 | /// of this tag declaration. It will set the tag type into a state |
| 3480 | /// where it is in the process of being defined. |
| 3481 | void startDefinition(); |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | /// Returns the TagDecl that actually defines this |
| 3484 | /// struct/union/class/enum. When determining whether or not a |
| 3485 | /// struct/union/class/enum has a definition, one should use this |
| 3486 | /// method as opposed to 'isDefinition'. 'isDefinition' indicates |
| 3487 | /// whether or not a specific TagDecl is defining declaration, not |
| 3488 | /// whether or not the struct/union/class/enum type is defined. |
| 3489 | /// This method returns NULL if there is no TagDecl that defines |
| 3490 | /// the struct/union/class/enum. |
| 3491 | TagDecl *getDefinition() const; |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | StringRef getKindName() const { |
| 3494 | return TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(getTagKind()); |
| 3495 | } |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | TagKind getTagKind() const { |
| 3498 | return static_cast<TagKind>(TagDeclBits.TagDeclKind); |
| 3499 | } |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | void setTagKind(TagKind TK) { TagDeclBits.TagDeclKind = TK; } |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | bool isStruct() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Struct; } |
| 3504 | bool isInterface() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; } |
| 3505 | bool isClass() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Class; } |
| 3506 | bool isUnion() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Union; } |
| 3507 | bool isEnum() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Enum; } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /// Is this tag type named, either directly or via being defined in |
| 3510 | /// a typedef of this type? |
| 3511 | /// |
| 3512 | /// C++11 [basic.link]p8: |
| 3513 | /// A type is said to have linkage if and only if: |
| 3514 | /// - it is a class or enumeration type that is named (or has a |
| 3515 | /// name for linkage purposes) and the name has linkage; ... |
| 3516 | /// C++11 [dcl.typedef]p9: |
| 3517 | /// If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or enum), |
| 3518 | /// the first typedef-name declared by the declaration to be that |
| 3519 | /// class type (or enum type) is used to denote the class type (or |
| 3520 | /// enum type) for linkage purposes only. |
| 3521 | /// |
| 3522 | /// C does not have an analogous rule, but the same concept is |
| 3523 | /// nonetheless useful in some places. |
| 3524 | bool hasNameForLinkage() const { |
| 3525 | return (getDeclName() || getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()); |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | TypedefNameDecl *getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() const { |
| 3529 | return hasExtInfo() ? nullptr |
| 3530 | : TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<TypedefNameDecl *>(); |
| 3531 | } |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | void setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(TypedefNameDecl *TDD); |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this |
| 3536 | /// declaration, if it was present in the source. |
| 3537 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
| 3538 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier() |
| 3539 | : nullptr; |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location |
| 3543 | /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was |
| 3544 | /// present in the source. |
| 3545 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
| 3546 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc |
| 3547 | : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
| 3548 | } |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc); |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const { |
| 3553 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0; |
| 3554 | } |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned i) const { |
| 3557 | assert(i < getNumTemplateParameterLists())((void)0); |
| 3558 | return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[i]; |
| 3559 | } |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
| 3562 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 3565 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3566 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstTag && K <= lastTag; } |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TagDecl *D) { |
| 3569 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TagDecl*>(D)); |
| 3570 | } |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | static TagDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 3573 | return static_cast<TagDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 3574 | } |
| 3575 | }; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | /// Represents an enum. In C++11, enums can be forward-declared |
| 3578 | /// with a fixed underlying type, and in C we allow them to be forward-declared |
| 3579 | /// with no underlying type as an extension. |
| 3580 | class EnumDecl : public TagDecl { |
| 3581 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::EnumDeclBits |
| 3582 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | /// This represent the integer type that the enum corresponds |
| 3585 | /// to for code generation purposes. Note that the enumerator constants may |
| 3586 | /// have a different type than this does. |
| 3587 | /// |
| 3588 | /// If the underlying integer type was explicitly stated in the source |
| 3589 | /// code, this is a TypeSourceInfo* for that type. Otherwise this type |
| 3590 | /// was automatically deduced somehow, and this is a Type*. |
| 3591 | /// |
| 3592 | /// Normally if IsFixed(), this would contain a TypeSourceInfo*, but in |
| 3593 | /// some cases it won't. |
| 3594 | /// |
| 3595 | /// The underlying type of an enumeration never has any qualifiers, so |
| 3596 | /// we can get away with just storing a raw Type*, and thus save an |
| 3597 | /// extra pointer when TypeSourceInfo is needed. |
| 3598 | llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, TypeSourceInfo *> IntegerType; |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | /// The integer type that values of this type should |
| 3601 | /// promote to. In C, enumerators are generally of an integer type |
| 3602 | /// directly, but gcc-style large enumerators (and all enumerators |
| 3603 | /// in C++) are of the enum type instead. |
| 3604 | QualType PromotionType; |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | /// If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration |
| 3607 | /// of a class template specialization, this is the member specialization |
| 3608 | /// information. |
| 3609 | MemberSpecializationInfo *SpecializationInfo = nullptr; |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | /// Store the ODRHash after first calculation. |
| 3612 | /// The corresponding flag HasODRHash is in EnumDeclBits |
| 3613 | /// and can be accessed with the provided accessors. |
| 3614 | unsigned ODRHash; |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | EnumDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3617 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3618 | bool Scoped, bool ScopedUsingClassTag, bool Fixed); |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | void anchor() override; |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED, |
| 3623 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | /// Sets the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3626 | /// non-negative enumerators of this enum. |
| 3627 | void setNumPositiveBits(unsigned Num) { |
| 3628 | EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits = Num; |
| 3629 | assert(EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount")((void)0); |
| 3630 | } |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3633 | /// negative enumerators of this enum. (see getNumNegativeBits) |
| 3634 | void setNumNegativeBits(unsigned Num) { EnumDeclBits.NumNegativeBits = Num; } |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | public: |
| 3637 | /// True if this tag declaration is a scoped enumeration. Only |
| 3638 | /// possible in C++11 mode. |
| 3639 | void setScoped(bool Scoped = true) { EnumDeclBits.IsScoped = Scoped; } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | /// If this tag declaration is a scoped enum, |
| 3642 | /// then this is true if the scoped enum was declared using the class |
| 3643 | /// tag, false if it was declared with the struct tag. No meaning is |
| 3644 | /// associated if this tag declaration is not a scoped enum. |
| 3645 | void setScopedUsingClassTag(bool ScopedUCT = true) { |
| 3646 | EnumDeclBits.IsScopedUsingClassTag = ScopedUCT; |
| 3647 | } |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | /// True if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or |
| 3650 | /// Microsoft-style enumeration with a fixed underlying type. |
| 3651 | void setFixed(bool Fixed = true) { EnumDeclBits.IsFixed = Fixed; } |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | private: |
| 3654 | /// True if a valid hash is stored in ODRHash. |
| 3655 | bool hasODRHash() const { return EnumDeclBits.HasODRHash; } |
| 3656 | void setHasODRHash(bool Hash = true) { EnumDeclBits.HasODRHash = Hash; } |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | public: |
| 3659 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
| 3662 | return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 3663 | } |
| 3664 | const EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 3665 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
| 3669 | return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>( |
| 3670 | static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
| 3671 | } |
| 3672 | const EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
| 3673 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3674 | } |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
| 3677 | return cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
| 3678 | } |
| 3679 | const EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 3680 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3681 | } |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | EnumDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 3684 | return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition()); |
| 3685 | } |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | static EnumDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3688 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3689 | IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3690 | bool IsScoped, bool IsScopedUsingClassTag, |
| 3691 | bool IsFixed); |
| 3692 | static EnumDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | /// When created, the EnumDecl corresponds to a |
| 3695 | /// forward-declared enum. This method is used to mark the |
| 3696 | /// declaration as being defined; its enumerators have already been |
| 3697 | /// added (via DeclContext::addDecl). NewType is the new underlying |
| 3698 | /// type of the enumeration type. |
| 3699 | void completeDefinition(QualType NewType, |
| 3700 | QualType PromotionType, |
| 3701 | unsigned NumPositiveBits, |
| 3702 | unsigned NumNegativeBits); |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | // Iterates through the enumerators of this enumeration. |
| 3705 | using enumerator_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl>; |
| 3706 | using enumerator_range = |
| 3707 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl>>; |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | enumerator_range enumerators() const { |
| 3710 | return enumerator_range(enumerator_begin(), enumerator_end()); |
| 3711 | } |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | enumerator_iterator enumerator_begin() const { |
| 3714 | const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition(); |
| 3715 | if (!E) |
| 3716 | E = this; |
| 3717 | return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_begin()); |
| 3718 | } |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | enumerator_iterator enumerator_end() const { |
| 3721 | const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition(); |
| 3722 | if (!E) |
| 3723 | E = this; |
| 3724 | return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_end()); |
| 3725 | } |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /// Return the integer type that enumerators should promote to. |
| 3728 | QualType getPromotionType() const { return PromotionType; } |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | /// Set the promotion type. |
| 3731 | void setPromotionType(QualType T) { PromotionType = T; } |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | /// Return the integer type this enum decl corresponds to. |
| 3734 | /// This returns a null QualType for an enum forward definition with no fixed |
| 3735 | /// underlying type. |
| 3736 | QualType getIntegerType() const { |
| 3737 | if (!IntegerType) |
| 3738 | return QualType(); |
| 3739 | if (const Type *T = IntegerType.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) |
| 3740 | return QualType(T, 0); |
| 3741 | return IntegerType.get<TypeSourceInfo*>()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 3742 | } |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | /// Set the underlying integer type. |
| 3745 | void setIntegerType(QualType T) { IntegerType = T.getTypePtrOrNull(); } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | /// Set the underlying integer type source info. |
| 3748 | void setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { IntegerType = TInfo; } |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | /// Return the type source info for the underlying integer type, |
| 3751 | /// if no type source info exists, return 0. |
| 3752 | TypeSourceInfo *getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() const { |
| 3753 | return IntegerType.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>(); |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | /// Retrieve the source range that covers the underlying type if |
| 3757 | /// specified. |
| 3758 | SourceRange getIntegerTypeRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3761 | /// non-negative enumerators of this enum. |
| 3762 | unsigned getNumPositiveBits() const { return EnumDeclBits.NumPositiveBits; } |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
| 3765 | /// negative enumerators of this enum. These widths include |
| 3766 | /// the rightmost leading 1; that is: |
| 3767 | /// |
| 3768 | /// MOST NEGATIVE ENUMERATOR PATTERN NUM NEGATIVE BITS |
| 3769 | /// ------------------------ ------- ----------------- |
| 3770 | /// -1 1111111 1 |
| 3771 | /// -10 1110110 5 |
| 3772 | /// -101 1001011 8 |
| 3773 | unsigned getNumNegativeBits() const { return EnumDeclBits.NumNegativeBits; } |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | /// Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration. |
| 3776 | bool isScoped() const { return EnumDeclBits.IsScoped; } |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | /// Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration. |
| 3779 | bool isScopedUsingClassTag() const { |
| 3780 | return EnumDeclBits.IsScopedUsingClassTag; |
| 3781 | } |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | /// Returns true if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or |
| 3784 | /// Microsoft-style enumeration with a fixed underlying type. |
| 3785 | bool isFixed() const { return EnumDeclBits.IsFixed; } |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | unsigned getODRHash(); |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | /// Returns true if this can be considered a complete type. |
| 3790 | bool isComplete() const { |
| 3791 | // IntegerType is set for fixed type enums and non-fixed but implicitly |
| 3792 | // int-sized Microsoft enums. |
| 3793 | return isCompleteDefinition() || IntegerType; |
| 3794 | } |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | /// Returns true if this enum is either annotated with |
| 3797 | /// enum_extensibility(closed) or isn't annotated with enum_extensibility. |
| 3798 | bool isClosed() const; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | /// Returns true if this enum is annotated with flag_enum and isn't annotated |
| 3801 | /// with enum_extensibility(open). |
| 3802 | bool isClosedFlag() const; |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | /// Returns true if this enum is annotated with neither flag_enum nor |
| 3805 | /// enum_extensibility(open). |
| 3806 | bool isClosedNonFlag() const; |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | /// Retrieve the enum definition from which this enumeration could |
| 3809 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template). |
| 3810 | EnumDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | /// Returns the enumeration (declared within the template) |
| 3813 | /// from which this enumeration type was instantiated, or NULL if |
| 3814 | /// this enumeration was not instantiated from any template. |
| 3815 | EnumDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum() const; |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | /// If this enumeration is a member of a specialization of a |
| 3818 | /// templated class, determine what kind of template specialization |
| 3819 | /// or instantiation this is. |
| 3820 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | /// For an enumeration member that was instantiated from a member |
| 3823 | /// enumeration of a templated class, set the template specialiation kind. |
| 3824 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 3825 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | /// If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration of |
| 3828 | /// a class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
| 3829 | /// information. |
| 3830 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const { |
| 3831 | return SpecializationInfo; |
| 3832 | } |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | /// Specify that this enumeration is an instantiation of the |
| 3835 | /// member enumeration ED. |
| 3836 | void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(EnumDecl *ED, |
| 3837 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) { |
| 3838 | setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(getASTContext(), ED, TSK); |
| 3839 | } |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 3842 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Enum; } |
| 3843 | }; |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | /// Represents a struct/union/class. For example: |
| 3846 | /// struct X; // Forward declaration, no "body". |
| 3847 | /// union Y { int A, B; }; // Has body with members A and B (FieldDecls). |
| 3848 | /// This decl will be marked invalid if *any* members are invalid. |
| 3849 | class RecordDecl : public TagDecl { |
| 3850 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::RecordDeclBits |
| 3851 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 3852 | public: |
| 3853 | friend class DeclContext; |
| 3854 | /// Enum that represents the different ways arguments are passed to and |
| 3855 | /// returned from function calls. This takes into account the target-specific |
| 3856 | /// and version-specific rules along with the rules determined by the |
| 3857 | /// language. |
| 3858 | enum ArgPassingKind : unsigned { |
| 3859 | /// The argument of this type can be passed directly in registers. |
| 3860 | APK_CanPassInRegs, |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | /// The argument of this type cannot be passed directly in registers. |
| 3863 | /// Records containing this type as a subobject are not forced to be passed |
| 3864 | /// indirectly. This value is used only in C++. This value is required by |
| 3865 | /// C++ because, in uncommon situations, it is possible for a class to have |
| 3866 | /// only trivial copy/move constructors even when one of its subobjects has |
| 3867 | /// a non-trivial copy/move constructor (if e.g. the corresponding copy/move |
| 3868 | /// constructor in the derived class is deleted). |
| 3869 | APK_CannotPassInRegs, |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | /// The argument of this type cannot be passed directly in registers. |
| 3872 | /// Records containing this type as a subobject are forced to be passed |
| 3873 | /// indirectly. |
| 3874 | APK_CanNeverPassInRegs |
| 3875 | }; |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | protected: |
| 3878 | RecordDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3879 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3880 | IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | public: |
| 3883 | static RecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, |
| 3884 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3885 | IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl* PrevDecl = nullptr); |
| 3886 | static RecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
| 3889 | return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>( |
| 3890 | static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
| 3891 | } |
| 3892 | const RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
| 3893 | return const_cast<RecordDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 3894 | } |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
| 3897 | return cast<RecordDecl>(static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
| 3898 | } |
| 3899 | const RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 3900 | return const_cast<RecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | bool hasFlexibleArrayMember() const { |
| 3904 | return RecordDeclBits.HasFlexibleArrayMember; |
| 3905 | } |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 | void setHasFlexibleArrayMember(bool V) { |
| 3908 | RecordDeclBits.HasFlexibleArrayMember = V; |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | /// Whether this is an anonymous struct or union. To be an anonymous |
| 3912 | /// struct or union, it must have been declared without a name and |
| 3913 | /// there must be no objects of this type declared, e.g., |
| 3914 | /// @code |
| 3915 | /// union { int i; float f; }; |
| 3916 | /// @endcode |
| 3917 | /// is an anonymous union but neither of the following are: |
| 3918 | /// @code |
| 3919 | /// union X { int i; float f; }; |
| 3920 | /// union { int i; float f; } obj; |
| 3921 | /// @endcode |
| 3922 | bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const { |
| 3923 | return RecordDeclBits.AnonymousStructOrUnion; |
| 3924 | } |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | void setAnonymousStructOrUnion(bool Anon) { |
| 3927 | RecordDeclBits.AnonymousStructOrUnion = Anon; |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | bool hasObjectMember() const { return RecordDeclBits.HasObjectMember; } |
| 3931 | void setHasObjectMember(bool val) { RecordDeclBits.HasObjectMember = val; } |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | bool hasVolatileMember() const { return RecordDeclBits.HasVolatileMember; } |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | void setHasVolatileMember(bool val) { |
| 3936 | RecordDeclBits.HasVolatileMember = val; |
| 3937 | } |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | bool hasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage() const { |
| 3940 | return RecordDeclBits.LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage; |
| 3941 | } |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | void setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(bool val) const { |
| 3944 | RecordDeclBits.LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage = val; |
| 3945 | } |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C structs. |
| 3948 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const { |
| 3949 | return RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize; |
| 3950 | } |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(bool V) { |
| 3953 | RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize = V; |
| 3954 | } |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const { |
| 3957 | return RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy; |
| 3958 | } |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(bool V) { |
| 3961 | RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy = V; |
| 3962 | } |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy() const { |
| 3965 | return RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy; |
| 3966 | } |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(bool V) { |
| 3969 | RecordDeclBits.NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy = V; |
| 3970 | } |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
| 3973 | return RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion; |
| 3974 | } |
| 3975 | |
| 3976 | void setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(bool V) { |
| 3977 | RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion = V; |
| 3978 | } |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
| 3981 | return RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion; |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | void setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(bool V) { |
| 3985 | RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion = V; |
| 3986 | } |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
| 3989 | return RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion; |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | void setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(bool V) { |
| 3993 | RecordDeclBits.HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion = V; |
| 3994 | } |
| 3995 | |
| 3996 | /// Determine whether this class can be passed in registers. In C++ mode, |
| 3997 | /// it must have at least one trivial, non-deleted copy or move constructor. |
| 3998 | /// FIXME: This should be set as part of completeDefinition. |
| 3999 | bool canPassInRegisters() const { |
| 4000 | return getArgPassingRestrictions() == APK_CanPassInRegs; |
| 4001 | } |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | ArgPassingKind getArgPassingRestrictions() const { |
| 4004 | return static_cast<ArgPassingKind>(RecordDeclBits.ArgPassingRestrictions); |
| 4005 | } |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | void setArgPassingRestrictions(ArgPassingKind Kind) { |
| 4008 | RecordDeclBits.ArgPassingRestrictions = Kind; |
| 4009 | } |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | bool isParamDestroyedInCallee() const { |
| 4012 | return RecordDeclBits.ParamDestroyedInCallee; |
| 4013 | } |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 | void setParamDestroyedInCallee(bool V) { |
| 4016 | RecordDeclBits.ParamDestroyedInCallee = V; |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | /// Determines whether this declaration represents the |
| 4020 | /// injected class name. |
| 4021 | /// |
| 4022 | /// The injected class name in C++ is the name of the class that |
| 4023 | /// appears inside the class itself. For example: |
| 4024 | /// |
| 4025 | /// \code |
| 4026 | /// struct C { |
| 4027 | /// // C is implicitly declared here as a synonym for the class name. |
| 4028 | /// }; |
| 4029 | /// |
| 4030 | /// C::C c; // same as "C c;" |
| 4031 | /// \endcode |
| 4032 | bool isInjectedClassName() const; |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | /// Determine whether this record is a class describing a lambda |
| 4035 | /// function object. |
| 4036 | bool isLambda() const; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | /// Determine whether this record is a record for captured variables in |
| 4039 | /// CapturedStmt construct. |
| 4040 | bool isCapturedRecord() const; |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 | /// Mark the record as a record for captured variables in CapturedStmt |
| 4043 | /// construct. |
| 4044 | void setCapturedRecord(); |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | /// Returns the RecordDecl that actually defines |
| 4047 | /// this struct/union/class. When determining whether or not a |
| 4048 | /// struct/union/class is completely defined, one should use this |
| 4049 | /// method as opposed to 'isCompleteDefinition'. |
| 4050 | /// 'isCompleteDefinition' indicates whether or not a specific |
| 4051 | /// RecordDecl is a completed definition, not whether or not the |
| 4052 | /// record type is defined. This method returns NULL if there is |
| 4053 | /// no RecordDecl that defines the struct/union/tag. |
| 4054 | RecordDecl *getDefinition() const { |
| 4055 | return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition()); |
| 4056 | } |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | /// Returns whether this record is a union, or contains (at any nesting level) |
| 4059 | /// a union member. This is used by CMSE to warn about possible information |
| 4060 | /// leaks. |
| 4061 | bool isOrContainsUnion() const; |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | // Iterator access to field members. The field iterator only visits |
| 4064 | // the non-static data members of this class, ignoring any static |
| 4065 | // data members, functions, constructors, destructors, etc. |
| 4066 | using field_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl>; |
| 4067 | using field_range = llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl>>; |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | field_range fields() const { return field_range(field_begin(), field_end()); } |
| 4070 | field_iterator field_begin() const; |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | field_iterator field_end() const { |
| 4073 | return field_iterator(decl_iterator()); |
| 4074 | } |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | // Whether there are any fields (non-static data members) in this record. |
| 4077 | bool field_empty() const { |
| 4078 | return field_begin() == field_end(); |
| 4079 | } |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | /// Note that the definition of this type is now complete. |
| 4082 | virtual void completeDefinition(); |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4085 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
| 4086 | return K >= firstRecord && K <= lastRecord; |
| 4087 | } |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | /// Get whether or not this is an ms_struct which can |
| 4090 | /// be turned on with an attribute, pragma, or -mms-bitfields |
| 4091 | /// commandline option. |
| 4092 | bool isMsStruct(const ASTContext &C) const; |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | /// Whether we are allowed to insert extra padding between fields. |
| 4095 | /// These padding are added to help AddressSanitizer detect |
| 4096 | /// intra-object-overflow bugs. |
| 4097 | bool mayInsertExtraPadding(bool EmitRemark = false) const; |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | /// Finds the first data member which has a name. |
| 4100 | /// nullptr is returned if no named data member exists. |
| 4101 | const FieldDecl *findFirstNamedDataMember() const; |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | private: |
| 4104 | /// Deserialize just the fields. |
| 4105 | void LoadFieldsFromExternalStorage() const; |
| 4106 | }; |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | class FileScopeAsmDecl : public Decl { |
| 4109 | StringLiteral *AsmString; |
| 4110 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | FileScopeAsmDecl(DeclContext *DC, StringLiteral *asmstring, |
| 4113 | SourceLocation StartL, SourceLocation EndL) |
| 4114 | : Decl(FileScopeAsm, DC, StartL), AsmString(asmstring), RParenLoc(EndL) {} |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | public: |
| 4119 | static FileScopeAsmDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4120 | StringLiteral *Str, SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
| 4121 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | static FileScopeAsmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | SourceLocation getAsmLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
| 4126 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
| 4127 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
| 4128 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 4129 | return SourceRange(getAsmLoc(), getRParenLoc()); |
| 4130 | } |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | const StringLiteral *getAsmString() const { return AsmString; } |
| 4133 | StringLiteral *getAsmString() { return AsmString; } |
| 4134 | void setAsmString(StringLiteral *Asm) { AsmString = Asm; } |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4137 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == FileScopeAsm; } |
| 4138 | }; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | /// Represents a block literal declaration, which is like an |
| 4141 | /// unnamed FunctionDecl. For example: |
| 4142 | /// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body } |
| 4143 | class BlockDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 4144 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::BlockDeclBits |
| 4145 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
| 4146 | public: |
| 4147 | /// A class which contains all the information about a particular |
| 4148 | /// captured value. |
| 4149 | class Capture { |
| 4150 | enum { |
| 4151 | flag_isByRef = 0x1, |
| 4152 | flag_isNested = 0x2 |
| 4153 | }; |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | /// The variable being captured. |
| 4156 | llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl*, 2> VariableAndFlags; |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | /// The copy expression, expressed in terms of a DeclRef (or |
| 4159 | /// BlockDeclRef) to the captured variable. Only required if the |
| 4160 | /// variable has a C++ class type. |
| 4161 | Expr *CopyExpr; |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | public: |
| 4164 | Capture(VarDecl *variable, bool byRef, bool nested, Expr *copy) |
| 4165 | : VariableAndFlags(variable, |
| 4166 | (byRef ? flag_isByRef : 0) | (nested ? flag_isNested : 0)), |
| 4167 | CopyExpr(copy) {} |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | /// The variable being captured. |
| 4170 | VarDecl *getVariable() const { return VariableAndFlags.getPointer(); } |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | /// Whether this is a "by ref" capture, i.e. a capture of a __block |
| 4173 | /// variable. |
| 4174 | bool isByRef() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isByRef; } |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | bool isEscapingByref() const { |
| 4177 | return getVariable()->isEscapingByref(); |
| 4178 | } |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | bool isNonEscapingByref() const { |
| 4181 | return getVariable()->isNonEscapingByref(); |
| 4182 | } |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | /// Whether this is a nested capture, i.e. the variable captured |
| 4185 | /// is not from outside the immediately enclosing function/block. |
| 4186 | bool isNested() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isNested; } |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | bool hasCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr != nullptr; } |
| 4189 | Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr; } |
| 4190 | void setCopyExpr(Expr *e) { CopyExpr = e; } |
| 4191 | }; |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | private: |
| 4194 | /// A new[]'d array of pointers to ParmVarDecls for the formal |
| 4195 | /// parameters of this function. This is null if a prototype or if there are |
| 4196 | /// no formals. |
| 4197 | ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo = nullptr; |
| 4198 | unsigned NumParams = 0; |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | Stmt *Body = nullptr; |
| 4201 | TypeSourceInfo *SignatureAsWritten = nullptr; |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | const Capture *Captures = nullptr; |
| 4204 | unsigned NumCaptures = 0; |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | unsigned ManglingNumber = 0; |
| 4207 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl = nullptr; |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | protected: |
| 4210 | BlockDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation CaretLoc); |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | public: |
| 4213 | static BlockDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L); |
| 4214 | static BlockDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const { return getLocation(); } |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | bool isVariadic() const { return BlockDeclBits.IsVariadic; } |
| 4219 | void setIsVariadic(bool value) { BlockDeclBits.IsVariadic = value; } |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | CompoundStmt *getCompoundBody() const { return (CompoundStmt*) Body; } |
| 4222 | Stmt *getBody() const override { return (Stmt*) Body; } |
| 4223 | void setBody(CompoundStmt *B) { Body = (Stmt*) B; } |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | void setSignatureAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *Sig) { SignatureAsWritten = Sig; } |
| 4226 | TypeSourceInfo *getSignatureAsWritten() const { return SignatureAsWritten; } |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | // ArrayRef access to formal parameters. |
| 4229 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() const { |
| 4230 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() { |
| 4233 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
| 4234 | } |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | // Iterator access to formal parameters. |
| 4237 | using param_iterator = MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::iterator; |
| 4238 | using param_const_iterator = ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::const_iterator; |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | bool param_empty() const { return parameters().empty(); } |
| 4241 | param_iterator param_begin() { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 4242 | param_iterator param_end() { return parameters().end(); } |
| 4243 | param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return parameters().begin(); } |
| 4244 | param_const_iterator param_end() const { return parameters().end(); } |
| 4245 | size_t param_size() const { return parameters().size(); } |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; } |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const { |
| 4250 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((void)0); |
| 4251 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 4252 | } |
| 4253 | ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) { |
| 4254 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")((void)0); |
| 4255 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
| 4256 | } |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo); |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 | /// True if this block (or its nested blocks) captures |
| 4261 | /// anything of local storage from its enclosing scopes. |
| 4262 | bool hasCaptures() const { return NumCaptures || capturesCXXThis(); } |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | /// Returns the number of captured variables. |
| 4265 | /// Does not include an entry for 'this'. |
| 4266 | unsigned getNumCaptures() const { return NumCaptures; } |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | using capture_const_iterator = ArrayRef<Capture>::const_iterator; |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | ArrayRef<Capture> captures() const { return {Captures, NumCaptures}; } |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | capture_const_iterator capture_begin() const { return captures().begin(); } |
| 4273 | capture_const_iterator capture_end() const { return captures().end(); } |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | bool capturesCXXThis() const { return BlockDeclBits.CapturesCXXThis; } |
| 4276 | void setCapturesCXXThis(bool B = true) { BlockDeclBits.CapturesCXXThis = B; } |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | bool blockMissingReturnType() const { |
| 4279 | return BlockDeclBits.BlockMissingReturnType; |
| 4280 | } |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | void setBlockMissingReturnType(bool val = true) { |
| 4283 | BlockDeclBits.BlockMissingReturnType = val; |
| 4284 | } |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | bool isConversionFromLambda() const { |
| 4287 | return BlockDeclBits.IsConversionFromLambda; |
| 4288 | } |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | void setIsConversionFromLambda(bool val = true) { |
| 4291 | BlockDeclBits.IsConversionFromLambda = val; |
| 4292 | } |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | bool doesNotEscape() const { return BlockDeclBits.DoesNotEscape; } |
| 4295 | void setDoesNotEscape(bool B = true) { BlockDeclBits.DoesNotEscape = B; } |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | bool canAvoidCopyToHeap() const { |
| 4298 | return BlockDeclBits.CanAvoidCopyToHeap; |
| 4299 | } |
| 4300 | void setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(bool B = true) { |
| 4301 | BlockDeclBits.CanAvoidCopyToHeap = B; |
| 4302 | } |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | bool capturesVariable(const VarDecl *var) const; |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context, ArrayRef<Capture> Captures, |
| 4307 | bool CapturesCXXThis); |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | unsigned getBlockManglingNumber() const { return ManglingNumber; } |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | Decl *getBlockManglingContextDecl() const { return ManglingContextDecl; } |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | void setBlockMangling(unsigned Number, Decl *Ctx) { |
| 4314 | ManglingNumber = Number; |
| 4315 | ManglingContextDecl = Ctx; |
| 4316 | } |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 4321 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4322 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Block; } |
| 4323 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const BlockDecl *D) { |
| 4324 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<BlockDecl*>(D)); |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | static BlockDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 4327 | return static_cast<BlockDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 4328 | } |
| 4329 | }; |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | /// Represents the body of a CapturedStmt, and serves as its DeclContext. |
| 4332 | class CapturedDecl final |
| 4333 | : public Decl, |
| 4334 | public DeclContext, |
| 4335 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CapturedDecl, ImplicitParamDecl *> { |
| 4336 | protected: |
| 4337 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ImplicitParamDecl>) { |
| 4338 | return NumParams; |
| 4339 | } |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | private: |
| 4342 | /// The number of parameters to the outlined function. |
| 4343 | unsigned NumParams; |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | /// The position of context parameter in list of parameters. |
| 4346 | unsigned ContextParam; |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | /// The body of the outlined function. |
| 4349 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Stmt *, 1, bool> BodyAndNothrow; |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | explicit CapturedDecl(DeclContext *DC, unsigned NumParams); |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | ImplicitParamDecl *const *getParams() const { |
| 4354 | return getTrailingObjects<ImplicitParamDecl *>(); |
| 4355 | } |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | ImplicitParamDecl **getParams() { |
| 4358 | return getTrailingObjects<ImplicitParamDecl *>(); |
| 4359 | } |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | public: |
| 4362 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 4363 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 4364 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | static CapturedDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4367 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 4368 | static CapturedDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
| 4369 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | Stmt *getBody() const override; |
| 4372 | void setBody(Stmt *B); |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | bool isNothrow() const; |
| 4375 | void setNothrow(bool Nothrow = true); |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; } |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | ImplicitParamDecl *getParam(unsigned i) const { |
| 4380 | assert(i < NumParams)((void)0); |
| 4381 | return getParams()[i]; |
| 4382 | } |
| 4383 | void setParam(unsigned i, ImplicitParamDecl *P) { |
| 4384 | assert(i < NumParams)((void)0); |
| 4385 | getParams()[i] = P; |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | // ArrayRef interface to parameters. |
| 4389 | ArrayRef<ImplicitParamDecl *> parameters() const { |
| 4390 | return {getParams(), getNumParams()}; |
| 4391 | } |
| 4392 | MutableArrayRef<ImplicitParamDecl *> parameters() { |
| 4393 | return {getParams(), getNumParams()}; |
| 4394 | } |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | /// Retrieve the parameter containing captured variables. |
| 4397 | ImplicitParamDecl *getContextParam() const { |
| 4398 | assert(ContextParam < NumParams)((void)0); |
| 4399 | return getParam(ContextParam); |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | void setContextParam(unsigned i, ImplicitParamDecl *P) { |
| 4402 | assert(i < NumParams)((void)0); |
| 4403 | ContextParam = i; |
| 4404 | setParam(i, P); |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | unsigned getContextParamPosition() const { return ContextParam; } |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | using param_iterator = ImplicitParamDecl *const *; |
| 4409 | using param_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_iterator>; |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first parameter decl. |
| 4412 | param_iterator param_begin() const { return getParams(); } |
| 4413 | /// Retrieve an iterator one past the last parameter decl. |
| 4414 | param_iterator param_end() const { return getParams() + NumParams; } |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
| 4417 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4418 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Captured; } |
| 4419 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const CapturedDecl *D) { |
| 4420 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<CapturedDecl *>(D)); |
| 4421 | } |
| 4422 | static CapturedDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 4423 | return static_cast<CapturedDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext *>(DC)); |
| 4424 | } |
| 4425 | }; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | /// Describes a module import declaration, which makes the contents |
| 4428 | /// of the named module visible in the current translation unit. |
| 4429 | /// |
| 4430 | /// An import declaration imports the named module (or submodule). For example: |
| 4431 | /// \code |
| 4432 | /// @import std.vector; |
| 4433 | /// \endcode |
| 4434 | /// |
| 4435 | /// Import declarations can also be implicitly generated from |
| 4436 | /// \#include/\#import directives. |
| 4437 | class ImportDecl final : public Decl, |
| 4438 | llvm::TrailingObjects<ImportDecl, SourceLocation> { |
| 4439 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4440 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 4441 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 4442 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | /// The imported module. |
| 4445 | Module *ImportedModule = nullptr; |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | /// The next import in the list of imports local to the translation |
| 4448 | /// unit being parsed (not loaded from an AST file). |
| 4449 | /// |
| 4450 | /// Includes a bit that indicates whether we have source-location information |
| 4451 | /// for each identifier in the module name. |
| 4452 | /// |
| 4453 | /// When the bit is false, we only have a single source location for the |
| 4454 | /// end of the import declaration. |
| 4455 | llvm::PointerIntPair<ImportDecl *, 1, bool> NextLocalImportAndComplete; |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4458 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs); |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4461 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | ImportDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(Import, Empty) {} |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | bool isImportComplete() const { return NextLocalImportAndComplete.getInt(); } |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 | void setImportComplete(bool C) { NextLocalImportAndComplete.setInt(C); } |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | /// The next import in the list of imports local to the translation |
| 4470 | /// unit being parsed (not loaded from an AST file). |
| 4471 | ImportDecl *getNextLocalImport() const { |
| 4472 | return NextLocalImportAndComplete.getPointer(); |
| 4473 | } |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 | void setNextLocalImport(ImportDecl *Import) { |
| 4476 | NextLocalImportAndComplete.setPointer(Import); |
| 4477 | } |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | public: |
| 4480 | /// Create a new module import declaration. |
| 4481 | static ImportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4482 | SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4483 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs); |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | /// Create a new module import declaration for an implicitly-generated |
| 4486 | /// import. |
| 4487 | static ImportDecl *CreateImplicit(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4488 | SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
| 4489 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | /// Create a new, deserialized module import declaration. |
| 4492 | static ImportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
| 4493 | unsigned NumLocations); |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | /// Retrieve the module that was imported by the import declaration. |
| 4496 | Module *getImportedModule() const { return ImportedModule; } |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 | /// Retrieves the locations of each of the identifiers that make up |
| 4499 | /// the complete module name in the import declaration. |
| 4500 | /// |
| 4501 | /// This will return an empty array if the locations of the individual |
| 4502 | /// identifiers aren't available. |
| 4503 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> getIdentifierLocs() const; |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4508 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Import; } |
| 4509 | }; |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 | /// Represents a C++ Modules TS module export declaration. |
| 4512 | /// |
| 4513 | /// For example: |
| 4514 | /// \code |
| 4515 | /// export void foo(); |
| 4516 | /// \endcode |
| 4517 | class ExportDecl final : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
| 4518 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | private: |
| 4521 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | /// The source location for the right brace (if valid). |
| 4524 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | ExportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExportLoc) |
| 4527 | : Decl(Export, DC, ExportLoc), DeclContext(Export), |
| 4528 | RBraceLoc(SourceLocation()) {} |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 | public: |
| 4531 | static ExportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4532 | SourceLocation ExportLoc); |
| 4533 | static ExportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | SourceLocation getExportLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
| 4536 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
| 4537 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; } |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | bool hasBraces() const { return RBraceLoc.isValid(); } |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 4542 | if (hasBraces()) |
| 4543 | return RBraceLoc; |
| 4544 | // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context |
| 4545 | // (if present). |
| 4546 | return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getEndLoc(); |
| 4547 | } |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 4550 | return SourceRange(getLocation(), getEndLoc()); |
| 4551 | } |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4554 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Export; } |
| 4555 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ExportDecl *D) { |
| 4556 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ExportDecl*>(D)); |
| 4557 | } |
| 4558 | static ExportDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 4559 | return static_cast<ExportDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | }; |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | /// Represents an empty-declaration. |
| 4564 | class EmptyDecl : public Decl { |
| 4565 | EmptyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L) : Decl(Empty, DC, L) {} |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | public: |
| 4570 | static EmptyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
| 4571 | SourceLocation L); |
| 4572 | static EmptyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
| 4575 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Empty; } |
| 4576 | }; |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending NamedDecl's |
| 4579 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 4580 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 4581 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 4582 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND), |
| 4583 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl); |
| 4584 | return PD; |
| 4585 | } |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | template<typename decl_type> |
| 4588 | void Redeclarable<decl_type>::setPreviousDecl(decl_type *PrevDecl) { |
| 4589 | // Note: This routine is implemented here because we need both NamedDecl |
| 4590 | // and Redeclarable to be defined. |
| 4591 | assert(RedeclLink.isFirst() &&((void)0) |
| 4592 | "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain")((void)0); |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 4595 | // Point to previous. Make sure that this is actually the most recent |
| 4596 | // redeclaration, or we can build invalid chains. If the most recent |
| 4597 | // redeclaration is invalid, it won't be PrevDecl, but we want it anyway. |
| 4598 | First = PrevDecl->getFirstDecl(); |
| 4599 | assert(First->RedeclLink.isFirst() && "Expected first")((void)0); |
| 4600 | decl_type *MostRecent = First->getNextRedeclaration(); |
| 4601 | RedeclLink = PreviousDeclLink(cast<decl_type>(MostRecent)); |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | // If the declaration was previously visible, a redeclaration of it remains |
| 4604 | // visible even if it wouldn't be visible by itself. |
| 4605 | static_cast<decl_type*>(this)->IdentifierNamespace |= |
| 4606 | MostRecent->getIdentifierNamespace() & |
| 4607 | (Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Type); |
| 4608 | } else { |
| 4609 | // Make this first. |
| 4610 | First = static_cast<decl_type*>(this); |
| 4611 | } |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | // First one will point to this one as latest. |
| 4614 | First->RedeclLink.setLatest(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)); |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | assert(!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) ||((void)0) |
| 4617 | cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid())((void)0); |
| 4618 | } |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | // Inline function definitions. |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | /// Check if the given decl is complete. |
| 4623 | /// |
| 4624 | /// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in |
| 4625 | /// Type.h and Decl.h. |
| 4626 | inline bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *ED) { |
| 4627 | return ED->isComplete(); |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | /// Check if the given decl is scoped. |
| 4631 | /// |
| 4632 | /// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in |
| 4633 | /// Type.h and Decl.h. |
| 4634 | inline bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *ED) { |
| 4635 | return ED->isScoped(); |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | /// OpenMP variants are mangled early based on their OpenMP context selector. |
| 4639 | /// The new name looks likes this: |
| 4640 | /// <name> + OpenMPVariantManglingSeparatorStr + <mangled OpenMP context> |
| 4641 | static constexpr StringRef getOpenMPVariantManglingSeparatorStr() { |
| 4642 | return "$ompvariant"; |
| 4643 | } |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | } // namespace clang |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
| 1 | //===- DeclBase.h - Base Classes for representing declarations --*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the Decl and DeclContext interfaces. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H |
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H |
| 15 | |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTDumperUtils.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 24 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
| 25 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
| 26 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h" |
| 27 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 28 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 29 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 30 | #include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h" |
| 31 | #include "llvm/Support/VersionTuple.h" |
| 32 | #include <algorithm> |
| 33 | #include <cassert> |
| 34 | #include <cstddef> |
| 35 | #include <iterator> |
| 36 | #include <string> |
| 37 | #include <type_traits> |
| 38 | #include <utility> |
| 39 | |
| 40 | namespace clang { |
| 41 | |
| 42 | class ASTContext; |
| 43 | class ASTMutationListener; |
| 44 | class Attr; |
| 45 | class BlockDecl; |
| 46 | class DeclContext; |
| 47 | class ExternalSourceSymbolAttr; |
| 48 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 49 | class FunctionType; |
| 50 | class IdentifierInfo; |
| 51 | enum Linkage : unsigned char; |
| 52 | class LinkageSpecDecl; |
| 53 | class Module; |
| 54 | class NamedDecl; |
| 55 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
| 56 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
| 57 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 58 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
| 59 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 60 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 61 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 62 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 63 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
| 64 | class RecordDecl; |
| 65 | class SourceManager; |
| 66 | class Stmt; |
| 67 | class StoredDeclsMap; |
| 68 | class TemplateDecl; |
| 69 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 70 | class TranslationUnitDecl; |
| 71 | class UsingDirectiveDecl; |
| 72 | |
| 73 | /// Captures the result of checking the availability of a |
| 74 | /// declaration. |
| 75 | enum AvailabilityResult { |
| 76 | AR_Available = 0, |
| 77 | AR_NotYetIntroduced, |
| 78 | AR_Deprecated, |
| 79 | AR_Unavailable |
| 80 | }; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /// Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g. a variable, |
| 83 | /// typedef, function, struct, etc. |
| 84 | /// |
| 85 | /// Note: There are objects tacked on before the *beginning* of Decl |
| 86 | /// (and its subclasses) in its Decl::operator new(). Proper alignment |
| 87 | /// of all subclasses (not requiring more than the alignment of Decl) is |
| 88 | /// asserted in DeclBase.cpp. |
| 89 | class alignas(8) Decl { |
| 90 | public: |
| 91 | /// Lists the kind of concrete classes of Decl. |
| 92 | enum Kind { |
| 93 | #define DECL(DERIVED, BASE) DERIVED, |
| 94 | #define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL) |
| 95 | #define DECL_RANGE(BASE, START, END) \ |
| 96 | first##BASE = START, last##BASE = END, |
| 97 | #define LAST_DECL_RANGE(BASE, START, END) \ |
| 98 | first##BASE = START, last##BASE = END |
| 99 | #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" |
| 100 | }; |
| 101 | |
| 102 | /// A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a |
| 103 | /// decl-derived type that will be filled in later (e.g., by some |
| 104 | /// deserialization method). |
| 105 | struct EmptyShell {}; |
| 106 | |
| 107 | /// IdentifierNamespace - The different namespaces in which |
| 108 | /// declarations may appear. According to C99 6.2.3, there are |
| 109 | /// four namespaces, labels, tags, members and ordinary |
| 110 | /// identifiers. C++ describes lookup completely differently: |
| 111 | /// certain lookups merely "ignore" certain kinds of declarations, |
| 112 | /// usually based on whether the declaration is of a type, etc. |
| 113 | /// |
| 114 | /// These are meant as bitmasks, so that searches in |
| 115 | /// C++ can look into the "tag" namespace during ordinary lookup. |
| 116 | /// |
| 117 | /// Decl currently provides 15 bits of IDNS bits. |
| 118 | enum IdentifierNamespace { |
| 119 | /// Labels, declared with 'x:' and referenced with 'goto x'. |
| 120 | IDNS_Label = 0x0001, |
| 121 | |
| 122 | /// Tags, declared with 'struct foo;' and referenced with |
| 123 | /// 'struct foo'. All tags are also types. This is what |
| 124 | /// elaborated-type-specifiers look for in C. |
| 125 | /// This also contains names that conflict with tags in the |
| 126 | /// same scope but that are otherwise ordinary names (non-type |
| 127 | /// template parameters and indirect field declarations). |
| 128 | IDNS_Tag = 0x0002, |
| 129 | |
| 130 | /// Types, declared with 'struct foo', typedefs, etc. |
| 131 | /// This is what elaborated-type-specifiers look for in C++, |
| 132 | /// but note that it's ill-formed to find a non-tag. |
| 133 | IDNS_Type = 0x0004, |
| 134 | |
| 135 | /// Members, declared with object declarations within tag |
| 136 | /// definitions. In C, these can only be found by "qualified" |
| 137 | /// lookup in member expressions. In C++, they're found by |
| 138 | /// normal lookup. |
| 139 | IDNS_Member = 0x0008, |
| 140 | |
| 141 | /// Namespaces, declared with 'namespace foo {}'. |
| 142 | /// Lookup for nested-name-specifiers find these. |
| 143 | IDNS_Namespace = 0x0010, |
| 144 | |
| 145 | /// Ordinary names. In C, everything that's not a label, tag, |
| 146 | /// member, or function-local extern ends up here. |
| 147 | IDNS_Ordinary = 0x0020, |
| 148 | |
| 149 | /// Objective C \@protocol. |
| 150 | IDNS_ObjCProtocol = 0x0040, |
| 151 | |
| 152 | /// This declaration is a friend function. A friend function |
| 153 | /// declaration is always in this namespace but may also be in |
| 154 | /// IDNS_Ordinary if it was previously declared. |
| 155 | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend = 0x0080, |
| 156 | |
| 157 | /// This declaration is a friend class. A friend class |
| 158 | /// declaration is always in this namespace but may also be in |
| 159 | /// IDNS_Tag|IDNS_Type if it was previously declared. |
| 160 | IDNS_TagFriend = 0x0100, |
| 161 | |
| 162 | /// This declaration is a using declaration. A using declaration |
| 163 | /// *introduces* a number of other declarations into the current |
| 164 | /// scope, and those declarations use the IDNS of their targets, |
| 165 | /// but the actual using declarations go in this namespace. |
| 166 | IDNS_Using = 0x0200, |
| 167 | |
| 168 | /// This declaration is a C++ operator declared in a non-class |
| 169 | /// context. All such operators are also in IDNS_Ordinary. |
| 170 | /// C++ lexical operator lookup looks for these. |
| 171 | IDNS_NonMemberOperator = 0x0400, |
| 172 | |
| 173 | /// This declaration is a function-local extern declaration of a |
| 174 | /// variable or function. This may also be IDNS_Ordinary if it |
| 175 | /// has been declared outside any function. These act mostly like |
| 176 | /// invisible friend declarations, but are also visible to unqualified |
| 177 | /// lookup within the scope of the declaring function. |
| 178 | IDNS_LocalExtern = 0x0800, |
| 179 | |
| 180 | /// This declaration is an OpenMP user defined reduction construction. |
| 181 | IDNS_OMPReduction = 0x1000, |
| 182 | |
| 183 | /// This declaration is an OpenMP user defined mapper. |
| 184 | IDNS_OMPMapper = 0x2000, |
| 185 | }; |
| 186 | |
| 187 | /// ObjCDeclQualifier - 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and |
| 188 | /// parameter types in method declarations. Other than remembering |
| 189 | /// them and mangling them into the method's signature string, these |
| 190 | /// are ignored by the compiler; they are consumed by certain |
| 191 | /// remote-messaging frameworks. |
| 192 | /// |
| 193 | /// in, inout, and out are mutually exclusive and apply only to |
| 194 | /// method parameters. bycopy and byref are mutually exclusive and |
| 195 | /// apply only to method parameters (?). oneway applies only to |
| 196 | /// results. All of these expect their corresponding parameter to |
| 197 | /// have a particular type. None of this is currently enforced by |
| 198 | /// clang. |
| 199 | /// |
| 200 | /// This should be kept in sync with ObjCDeclSpec::ObjCDeclQualifier. |
| 201 | enum ObjCDeclQualifier { |
| 202 | OBJC_TQ_None = 0x0, |
| 203 | OBJC_TQ_In = 0x1, |
| 204 | OBJC_TQ_Inout = 0x2, |
| 205 | OBJC_TQ_Out = 0x4, |
| 206 | OBJC_TQ_Bycopy = 0x8, |
| 207 | OBJC_TQ_Byref = 0x10, |
| 208 | OBJC_TQ_Oneway = 0x20, |
| 209 | |
| 210 | /// The nullability qualifier is set when the nullability of the |
| 211 | /// result or parameter was expressed via a context-sensitive |
| 212 | /// keyword. |
| 213 | OBJC_TQ_CSNullability = 0x40 |
| 214 | }; |
| 215 | |
| 216 | /// The kind of ownership a declaration has, for visibility purposes. |
| 217 | /// This enumeration is designed such that higher values represent higher |
| 218 | /// levels of name hiding. |
| 219 | enum class ModuleOwnershipKind : unsigned { |
| 220 | /// This declaration is not owned by a module. |
| 221 | Unowned, |
| 222 | |
| 223 | /// This declaration has an owning module, but is globally visible |
| 224 | /// (typically because its owning module is visible and we know that |
| 225 | /// modules cannot later become hidden in this compilation). |
| 226 | /// After serialization and deserialization, this will be converted |
| 227 | /// to VisibleWhenImported. |
| 228 | Visible, |
| 229 | |
| 230 | /// This declaration has an owning module, and is visible when that |
| 231 | /// module is imported. |
| 232 | VisibleWhenImported, |
| 233 | |
| 234 | /// This declaration has an owning module, but is only visible to |
| 235 | /// lookups that occur within that module. |
| 236 | ModulePrivate |
| 237 | }; |
| 238 | |
| 239 | protected: |
| 240 | /// The next declaration within the same lexical |
| 241 | /// DeclContext. These pointers form the linked list that is |
| 242 | /// traversed via DeclContext's decls_begin()/decls_end(). |
| 243 | /// |
| 244 | /// The extra two bits are used for the ModuleOwnershipKind. |
| 245 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Decl *, 2, ModuleOwnershipKind> NextInContextAndBits; |
| 246 | |
| 247 | private: |
| 248 | friend class DeclContext; |
| 249 | |
| 250 | struct MultipleDC { |
| 251 | DeclContext *SemanticDC; |
| 252 | DeclContext *LexicalDC; |
| 253 | }; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | /// DeclCtx - Holds either a DeclContext* or a MultipleDC*. |
| 256 | /// For declarations that don't contain C++ scope specifiers, it contains |
| 257 | /// the DeclContext where the Decl was declared. |
| 258 | /// For declarations with C++ scope specifiers, it contains a MultipleDC* |
| 259 | /// with the context where it semantically belongs (SemanticDC) and the |
| 260 | /// context where it was lexically declared (LexicalDC). |
| 261 | /// e.g.: |
| 262 | /// |
| 263 | /// namespace A { |
| 264 | /// void f(); // SemanticDC == LexicalDC == 'namespace A' |
| 265 | /// } |
| 266 | /// void A::f(); // SemanticDC == namespace 'A' |
| 267 | /// // LexicalDC == global namespace |
| 268 | llvm::PointerUnion<DeclContext*, MultipleDC*> DeclCtx; |
| 269 | |
| 270 | bool isInSemaDC() const { return DeclCtx.is<DeclContext*>(); } |
| 271 | bool isOutOfSemaDC() const { return DeclCtx.is<MultipleDC*>(); } |
| 272 | |
| 273 | MultipleDC *getMultipleDC() const { |
| 274 | return DeclCtx.get<MultipleDC*>(); |
| 275 | } |
| 276 | |
| 277 | DeclContext *getSemanticDC() const { |
| 278 | return DeclCtx.get<DeclContext*>(); |
| 279 | } |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /// Loc - The location of this decl. |
| 282 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 283 | |
| 284 | /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is. |
| 285 | unsigned DeclKind : 7; |
| 286 | |
| 287 | /// InvalidDecl - This indicates a semantic error occurred. |
| 288 | unsigned InvalidDecl : 1; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | /// HasAttrs - This indicates whether the decl has attributes or not. |
| 291 | unsigned HasAttrs : 1; |
| 292 | |
| 293 | /// Implicit - Whether this declaration was implicitly generated by |
| 294 | /// the implementation rather than explicitly written by the user. |
| 295 | unsigned Implicit : 1; |
| 296 | |
| 297 | /// Whether this declaration was "used", meaning that a definition is |
| 298 | /// required. |
| 299 | unsigned Used : 1; |
| 300 | |
| 301 | /// Whether this declaration was "referenced". |
| 302 | /// The difference with 'Used' is whether the reference appears in a |
| 303 | /// evaluated context or not, e.g. functions used in uninstantiated templates |
| 304 | /// are regarded as "referenced" but not "used". |
| 305 | unsigned Referenced : 1; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | /// Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function, |
| 308 | /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container |
| 309 | /// definition. |
| 310 | unsigned TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer : 1; |
| 311 | |
| 312 | /// Whether statistic collection is enabled. |
| 313 | static bool StatisticsEnabled; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | protected: |
| 316 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 317 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
| 318 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
| 319 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 320 | friend class CXXClassMemberWrapper; |
| 321 | friend class LinkageComputer; |
| 322 | template<typename decl_type> friend class Redeclarable; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | /// Access - Used by C++ decls for the access specifier. |
| 325 | // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the AccessSpecifier enum |
| 326 | unsigned Access : 2; |
| 327 | |
| 328 | /// Whether this declaration was loaded from an AST file. |
| 329 | unsigned FromASTFile : 1; |
| 330 | |
| 331 | /// IdentifierNamespace - This specifies what IDNS_* namespace this lives in. |
| 332 | unsigned IdentifierNamespace : 14; |
| 333 | |
| 334 | /// If 0, we have not computed the linkage of this declaration. |
| 335 | /// Otherwise, it is the linkage + 1. |
| 336 | mutable unsigned CacheValidAndLinkage : 3; |
| 337 | |
| 338 | /// Allocate memory for a deserialized declaration. |
| 339 | /// |
| 340 | /// This routine must be used to allocate memory for any declaration that is |
| 341 | /// deserialized from a module file. |
| 342 | /// |
| 343 | /// \param Size The size of the allocated object. |
| 344 | /// \param Ctx The context in which we will allocate memory. |
| 345 | /// \param ID The global ID of the deserialized declaration. |
| 346 | /// \param Extra The amount of extra space to allocate after the object. |
| 347 | void *operator new(std::size_t Size, const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned ID, |
| 348 | std::size_t Extra = 0); |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /// Allocate memory for a non-deserialized declaration. |
| 351 | void *operator new(std::size_t Size, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 352 | DeclContext *Parent, std::size_t Extra = 0); |
| 353 | |
| 354 | private: |
| 355 | bool AccessDeclContextSanity() const; |
| 356 | |
| 357 | /// Get the module ownership kind to use for a local lexical child of \p DC, |
| 358 | /// which may be either a local or (rarely) an imported declaration. |
| 359 | static ModuleOwnershipKind getModuleOwnershipKindForChildOf(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 360 | if (DC) { |
| 361 | auto *D = cast<Decl>(DC); |
| 362 | auto MOK = D->getModuleOwnershipKind(); |
| 363 | if (MOK != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned && |
| 364 | (!D->isFromASTFile() || D->hasLocalOwningModuleStorage())) |
| 365 | return MOK; |
| 366 | // If D is not local and we have no local module storage, then we don't |
| 367 | // need to track module ownership at all. |
| 368 | } |
| 369 | return ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned; |
| 370 | } |
| 371 | |
| 372 | public: |
| 373 | Decl() = delete; |
| 374 | Decl(const Decl&) = delete; |
| 375 | Decl(Decl &&) = delete; |
| 376 | Decl &operator=(const Decl&) = delete; |
| 377 | Decl &operator=(Decl&&) = delete; |
| 378 | |
| 379 | protected: |
| 380 | Decl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L) |
| 381 | : NextInContextAndBits(nullptr, getModuleOwnershipKindForChildOf(DC)), |
| 382 | DeclCtx(DC), Loc(L), DeclKind(DK), InvalidDecl(false), HasAttrs(false), |
| 383 | Implicit(false), Used(false), Referenced(false), |
| 384 | TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(false), Access(AS_none), FromASTFile(0), |
| 385 | IdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(DK)), |
| 386 | CacheValidAndLinkage(0) { |
| 387 | if (StatisticsEnabled) add(DK); |
| 388 | } |
| 389 | |
| 390 | Decl(Kind DK, EmptyShell Empty) |
| 391 | : DeclKind(DK), InvalidDecl(false), HasAttrs(false), Implicit(false), |
| 392 | Used(false), Referenced(false), TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(false), |
| 393 | Access(AS_none), FromASTFile(0), |
| 394 | IdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(DK)), |
| 395 | CacheValidAndLinkage(0) { |
| 396 | if (StatisticsEnabled) add(DK); |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | |
| 399 | virtual ~Decl(); |
| 400 | |
| 401 | /// Update a potentially out-of-date declaration. |
| 402 | void updateOutOfDate(IdentifierInfo &II) const; |
| 403 | |
| 404 | Linkage getCachedLinkage() const { |
| 405 | return Linkage(CacheValidAndLinkage - 1); |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | |
| 408 | void setCachedLinkage(Linkage L) const { |
| 409 | CacheValidAndLinkage = L + 1; |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | |
| 412 | bool hasCachedLinkage() const { |
| 413 | return CacheValidAndLinkage; |
| 414 | } |
| 415 | |
| 416 | public: |
| 417 | /// Source range that this declaration covers. |
| 418 | virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 419 | return SourceRange(getLocation(), getLocation()); |
| 420 | } |
| 421 | |
| 422 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 423 | return getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| 424 | } |
| 425 | |
| 426 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 427 | return getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| 428 | } |
| 429 | |
| 430 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
| 431 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; } |
| 432 | |
| 433 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(DeclKind); } |
| 434 | const char *getDeclKindName() const; |
| 435 | |
| 436 | Decl *getNextDeclInContext() { return NextInContextAndBits.getPointer(); } |
| 437 | const Decl *getNextDeclInContext() const {return NextInContextAndBits.getPointer();} |
| 438 | |
| 439 | DeclContext *getDeclContext() { |
| 440 | if (isInSemaDC()) |
| 441 | return getSemanticDC(); |
| 442 | return getMultipleDC()->SemanticDC; |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | const DeclContext *getDeclContext() const { |
| 445 | return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getDeclContext(); |
| 446 | } |
| 447 | |
| 448 | /// Find the innermost non-closure ancestor of this declaration, |
| 449 | /// walking up through blocks, lambdas, etc. If that ancestor is |
| 450 | /// not a code context (!isFunctionOrMethod()), returns null. |
| 451 | /// |
| 452 | /// A declaration may be its own non-closure context. |
| 453 | Decl *getNonClosureContext(); |
| 454 | const Decl *getNonClosureContext() const { |
| 455 | return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getNonClosureContext(); |
| 456 | } |
| 457 | |
| 458 | TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 459 | const TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl() const { |
| 460 | return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 461 | } |
| 462 | |
| 463 | bool isInAnonymousNamespace() const; |
| 464 | |
| 465 | bool isInStdNamespace() const; |
| 466 | |
| 467 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 468 | |
| 469 | /// Helper to get the language options from the ASTContext. |
| 470 | /// Defined out of line to avoid depending on ASTContext.h. |
| 471 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 472 | |
| 473 | void setAccess(AccessSpecifier AS) { |
| 474 | Access = AS; |
| 475 | assert(AccessDeclContextSanity())((void)0); |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | |
| 478 | AccessSpecifier getAccess() const { |
| 479 | assert(AccessDeclContextSanity())((void)0); |
| 480 | return AccessSpecifier(Access); |
| 481 | } |
| 482 | |
| 483 | /// Retrieve the access specifier for this declaration, even though |
| 484 | /// it may not yet have been properly set. |
| 485 | AccessSpecifier getAccessUnsafe() const { |
| 486 | return AccessSpecifier(Access); |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | |
| 489 | bool hasAttrs() const { return HasAttrs; } |
| 490 | |
| 491 | void setAttrs(const AttrVec& Attrs) { |
| 492 | return setAttrsImpl(Attrs, getASTContext()); |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | |
| 495 | AttrVec &getAttrs() { |
| 496 | return const_cast<AttrVec&>(const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getAttrs()); |
| 497 | } |
| 498 | |
| 499 | const AttrVec &getAttrs() const; |
| 500 | void dropAttrs(); |
| 501 | void addAttr(Attr *A); |
| 502 | |
| 503 | using attr_iterator = AttrVec::const_iterator; |
| 504 | using attr_range = llvm::iterator_range<attr_iterator>; |
| 505 | |
| 506 | attr_range attrs() const { |
| 507 | return attr_range(attr_begin(), attr_end()); |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | |
| 510 | attr_iterator attr_begin() const { |
| 511 | return hasAttrs() ? getAttrs().begin() : nullptr; |
| 512 | } |
| 513 | attr_iterator attr_end() const { |
| 514 | return hasAttrs() ? getAttrs().end() : nullptr; |
| 515 | } |
| 516 | |
| 517 | template <typename T> |
| 518 | void dropAttr() { |
| 519 | if (!HasAttrs) return; |
| 520 | |
| 521 | AttrVec &Vec = getAttrs(); |
| 522 | llvm::erase_if(Vec, [](Attr *A) { return isa<T>(A); }); |
| 523 | |
| 524 | if (Vec.empty()) |
| 525 | HasAttrs = false; |
| 526 | } |
| 527 | |
| 528 | template <typename T> |
| 529 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_attr_iterator<T>> specific_attrs() const { |
| 530 | return llvm::make_range(specific_attr_begin<T>(), specific_attr_end<T>()); |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | |
| 533 | template <typename T> |
| 534 | specific_attr_iterator<T> specific_attr_begin() const { |
| 535 | return specific_attr_iterator<T>(attr_begin()); |
| 536 | } |
| 537 | |
| 538 | template <typename T> |
| 539 | specific_attr_iterator<T> specific_attr_end() const { |
| 540 | return specific_attr_iterator<T>(attr_end()); |
| 541 | } |
| 542 | |
| 543 | template<typename T> T *getAttr() const { |
| 544 | return hasAttrs() ? getSpecificAttr<T>(getAttrs()) : nullptr; |
| 545 | } |
| 546 | |
| 547 | template<typename T> bool hasAttr() const { |
| 548 | return hasAttrs() && hasSpecificAttr<T>(getAttrs()); |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | |
| 551 | /// getMaxAlignment - return the maximum alignment specified by attributes |
| 552 | /// on this decl, 0 if there are none. |
| 553 | unsigned getMaxAlignment() const; |
| 554 | |
| 555 | /// setInvalidDecl - Indicates the Decl had a semantic error. This |
| 556 | /// allows for graceful error recovery. |
| 557 | void setInvalidDecl(bool Invalid = true); |
| 558 | bool isInvalidDecl() const { return (bool) InvalidDecl; } |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /// isImplicit - Indicates whether the declaration was implicitly |
| 561 | /// generated by the implementation. If false, this declaration |
| 562 | /// was written explicitly in the source code. |
| 563 | bool isImplicit() const { return Implicit; } |
| 564 | void setImplicit(bool I = true) { Implicit = I; } |
| 565 | |
| 566 | /// Whether *any* (re-)declaration of the entity was used, meaning that |
| 567 | /// a definition is required. |
| 568 | /// |
| 569 | /// \param CheckUsedAttr When true, also consider the "used" attribute |
| 570 | /// (in addition to the "used" bit set by \c setUsed()) when determining |
| 571 | /// whether the function is used. |
| 572 | bool isUsed(bool CheckUsedAttr = true) const; |
| 573 | |
| 574 | /// Set whether the declaration is used, in the sense of odr-use. |
| 575 | /// |
| 576 | /// This should only be used immediately after creating a declaration. |
| 577 | /// It intentionally doesn't notify any listeners. |
| 578 | void setIsUsed() { getCanonicalDecl()->Used = true; } |
| 579 | |
| 580 | /// Mark the declaration used, in the sense of odr-use. |
| 581 | /// |
| 582 | /// This notifies any mutation listeners in addition to setting a bit |
| 583 | /// indicating the declaration is used. |
| 584 | void markUsed(ASTContext &C); |
| 585 | |
| 586 | /// Whether any declaration of this entity was referenced. |
| 587 | bool isReferenced() const; |
| 588 | |
| 589 | /// Whether this declaration was referenced. This should not be relied |
| 590 | /// upon for anything other than debugging. |
| 591 | bool isThisDeclarationReferenced() const { return Referenced; } |
| 592 | |
| 593 | void setReferenced(bool R = true) { Referenced = R; } |
| 594 | |
| 595 | /// Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function, |
| 596 | /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container |
| 597 | /// definition. |
| 598 | bool isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer() const { |
| 599 | return TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer; |
| 600 | } |
| 601 | |
| 602 | void setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(bool V = true) { |
| 603 | TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer = V; |
| 604 | } |
| 605 | |
| 606 | /// Looks on this and related declarations for an applicable |
| 607 | /// external source symbol attribute. |
| 608 | ExternalSourceSymbolAttr *getExternalSourceSymbolAttr() const; |
| 609 | |
| 610 | /// Whether this declaration was marked as being private to the |
| 611 | /// module in which it was defined. |
| 612 | bool isModulePrivate() const { |
| 613 | return getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate; |
| 614 | } |
| 615 | |
| 616 | /// Return true if this declaration has an attribute which acts as |
| 617 | /// definition of the entity, such as 'alias' or 'ifunc'. |
| 618 | bool hasDefiningAttr() const; |
| 619 | |
| 620 | /// Return this declaration's defining attribute if it has one. |
| 621 | const Attr *getDefiningAttr() const; |
| 622 | |
| 623 | protected: |
| 624 | /// Specify that this declaration was marked as being private |
| 625 | /// to the module in which it was defined. |
| 626 | void setModulePrivate() { |
| 627 | // The module-private specifier has no effect on unowned declarations. |
| 628 | // FIXME: We should track this in some way for source fidelity. |
| 629 | if (getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned) |
| 630 | return; |
| 631 | setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); |
| 632 | } |
| 633 | |
| 634 | public: |
| 635 | /// Set the FromASTFile flag. This indicates that this declaration |
| 636 | /// was deserialized and not parsed from source code and enables |
| 637 | /// features such as module ownership information. |
| 638 | void setFromASTFile() { |
| 639 | FromASTFile = true; |
| 640 | } |
| 641 | |
| 642 | /// Set the owning module ID. This may only be called for |
| 643 | /// deserialized Decls. |
| 644 | void setOwningModuleID(unsigned ID) { |
| 645 | assert(isFromASTFile() && "Only works on a deserialized declaration")((void)0); |
| 646 | *((unsigned*)this - 2) = ID; |
| 647 | } |
| 648 | |
| 649 | public: |
| 650 | /// Determine the availability of the given declaration. |
| 651 | /// |
| 652 | /// This routine will determine the most restrictive availability of |
| 653 | /// the given declaration (e.g., preferring 'unavailable' to |
| 654 | /// 'deprecated'). |
| 655 | /// |
| 656 | /// \param Message If non-NULL and the result is not \c |
| 657 | /// AR_Available, will be set to a (possibly empty) message |
| 658 | /// describing why the declaration has not been introduced, is |
| 659 | /// deprecated, or is unavailable. |
| 660 | /// |
| 661 | /// \param EnclosingVersion The version to compare with. If empty, assume the |
| 662 | /// deployment target version. |
| 663 | /// |
| 664 | /// \param RealizedPlatform If non-NULL and the availability result is found |
| 665 | /// in an available attribute it will set to the platform which is written in |
| 666 | /// the available attribute. |
| 667 | AvailabilityResult |
| 668 | getAvailability(std::string *Message = nullptr, |
| 669 | VersionTuple EnclosingVersion = VersionTuple(), |
| 670 | StringRef *RealizedPlatform = nullptr) const; |
| 671 | |
| 672 | /// Retrieve the version of the target platform in which this |
| 673 | /// declaration was introduced. |
| 674 | /// |
| 675 | /// \returns An empty version tuple if this declaration has no 'introduced' |
| 676 | /// availability attributes, or the version tuple that's specified in the |
| 677 | /// attribute otherwise. |
| 678 | VersionTuple getVersionIntroduced() const; |
| 679 | |
| 680 | /// Determine whether this declaration is marked 'deprecated'. |
| 681 | /// |
| 682 | /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is deprecated, |
| 683 | /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration |
| 684 | /// was deprecated (which may be empty). |
| 685 | bool isDeprecated(std::string *Message = nullptr) const { |
| 686 | return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Deprecated; |
| 687 | } |
| 688 | |
| 689 | /// Determine whether this declaration is marked 'unavailable'. |
| 690 | /// |
| 691 | /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is unavailable, |
| 692 | /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration |
| 693 | /// was made unavailable (which may be empty). |
| 694 | bool isUnavailable(std::string *Message = nullptr) const { |
| 695 | return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Unavailable; |
| 696 | } |
| 697 | |
| 698 | /// Determine whether this is a weak-imported symbol. |
| 699 | /// |
| 700 | /// Weak-imported symbols are typically marked with the |
| 701 | /// 'weak_import' attribute, but may also be marked with an |
| 702 | /// 'availability' attribute where we're targing a platform prior to |
| 703 | /// the introduction of this feature. |
| 704 | bool isWeakImported() const; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | /// Determines whether this symbol can be weak-imported, |
| 707 | /// e.g., whether it would be well-formed to add the weak_import |
| 708 | /// attribute. |
| 709 | /// |
| 710 | /// \param IsDefinition Set to \c true to indicate that this |
| 711 | /// declaration cannot be weak-imported because it has a definition. |
| 712 | bool canBeWeakImported(bool &IsDefinition) const; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | /// Determine whether this declaration came from an AST file (such as |
| 715 | /// a precompiled header or module) rather than having been parsed. |
| 716 | bool isFromASTFile() const { return FromASTFile; } |
| 717 | |
| 718 | /// Retrieve the global declaration ID associated with this |
| 719 | /// declaration, which specifies where this Decl was loaded from. |
| 720 | unsigned getGlobalID() const { |
| 721 | if (isFromASTFile()) |
| 722 | return *((const unsigned*)this - 1); |
| 723 | return 0; |
| 724 | } |
| 725 | |
| 726 | /// Retrieve the global ID of the module that owns this particular |
| 727 | /// declaration. |
| 728 | unsigned getOwningModuleID() const { |
| 729 | if (isFromASTFile()) |
| 730 | return *((const unsigned*)this - 2); |
| 731 | return 0; |
| 732 | } |
| 733 | |
| 734 | private: |
| 735 | Module *getOwningModuleSlow() const; |
| 736 | |
| 737 | protected: |
| 738 | bool hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() const; |
| 739 | |
| 740 | public: |
| 741 | /// Get the imported owning module, if this decl is from an imported |
| 742 | /// (non-local) module. |
| 743 | Module *getImportedOwningModule() const { |
| 744 | if (!isFromASTFile() || !hasOwningModule()) |
| 745 | return nullptr; |
| 746 | |
| 747 | return getOwningModuleSlow(); |
| 748 | } |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /// Get the local owning module, if known. Returns nullptr if owner is |
| 751 | /// not yet known or declaration is not from a module. |
| 752 | Module *getLocalOwningModule() const { |
| 753 | if (isFromASTFile() || !hasOwningModule()) |
| 754 | return nullptr; |
| 755 | |
| 756 | assert(hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() &&((void)0) |
| 757 | "owned local decl but no local module storage")((void)0); |
| 758 | return reinterpret_cast<Module *const *>(this)[-1]; |
| 759 | } |
| 760 | void setLocalOwningModule(Module *M) { |
| 761 | assert(!isFromASTFile() && hasOwningModule() &&((void)0) |
| 762 | hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() &&((void)0) |
| 763 | "should not have a cached owning module")((void)0); |
| 764 | reinterpret_cast<Module **>(this)[-1] = M; |
| 765 | } |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /// Is this declaration owned by some module? |
| 768 | bool hasOwningModule() const { |
| 769 | return getModuleOwnershipKind() != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned; |
| 770 | } |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /// Get the module that owns this declaration (for visibility purposes). |
| 773 | Module *getOwningModule() const { |
| 774 | return isFromASTFile() ? getImportedOwningModule() : getLocalOwningModule(); |
| 775 | } |
| 776 | |
| 777 | /// Get the module that owns this declaration for linkage purposes. |
| 778 | /// There only ever is such a module under the C++ Modules TS. |
| 779 | /// |
| 780 | /// \param IgnoreLinkage Ignore the linkage of the entity; assume that |
| 781 | /// all declarations in a global module fragment are unowned. |
| 782 | Module *getOwningModuleForLinkage(bool IgnoreLinkage = false) const; |
| 783 | |
| 784 | /// Determine whether this declaration is definitely visible to name lookup, |
| 785 | /// independent of whether the owning module is visible. |
| 786 | /// Note: The declaration may be visible even if this returns \c false if the |
| 787 | /// owning module is visible within the query context. This is a low-level |
| 788 | /// helper function; most code should be calling Sema::isVisible() instead. |
| 789 | bool isUnconditionallyVisible() const { |
| 790 | return (int)getModuleOwnershipKind() <= (int)ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible; |
| 791 | } |
| 792 | |
| 793 | /// Set that this declaration is globally visible, even if it came from a |
| 794 | /// module that is not visible. |
| 795 | void setVisibleDespiteOwningModule() { |
| 796 | if (!isUnconditionallyVisible()) |
| 797 | setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); |
| 798 | } |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /// Get the kind of module ownership for this declaration. |
| 801 | ModuleOwnershipKind getModuleOwnershipKind() const { |
| 802 | return NextInContextAndBits.getInt(); |
| 803 | } |
| 804 | |
| 805 | /// Set whether this declaration is hidden from name lookup. |
| 806 | void setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind MOK) { |
| 807 | assert(!(getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned &&((void)0) |
| 808 | MOK != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned && !isFromASTFile() &&((void)0) |
| 809 | !hasLocalOwningModuleStorage()) &&((void)0) |
| 810 | "no storage available for owning module for this declaration")((void)0); |
| 811 | NextInContextAndBits.setInt(MOK); |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | unsigned getIdentifierNamespace() const { |
| 815 | return IdentifierNamespace; |
| 816 | } |
| 817 | |
| 818 | bool isInIdentifierNamespace(unsigned NS) const { |
| 819 | return getIdentifierNamespace() & NS; |
| 820 | } |
| 821 | |
| 822 | static unsigned getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(Kind DK); |
| 823 | |
| 824 | bool hasTagIdentifierNamespace() const { |
| 825 | return isTagIdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespace()); |
| 826 | } |
| 827 | |
| 828 | static bool isTagIdentifierNamespace(unsigned NS) { |
| 829 | // TagDecls have Tag and Type set and may also have TagFriend. |
| 830 | return (NS & ~IDNS_TagFriend) == (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type); |
| 831 | } |
| 832 | |
| 833 | /// getLexicalDeclContext - The declaration context where this Decl was |
| 834 | /// lexically declared (LexicalDC). May be different from |
| 835 | /// getDeclContext() (SemanticDC). |
| 836 | /// e.g.: |
| 837 | /// |
| 838 | /// namespace A { |
| 839 | /// void f(); // SemanticDC == LexicalDC == 'namespace A' |
| 840 | /// } |
| 841 | /// void A::f(); // SemanticDC == namespace 'A' |
| 842 | /// // LexicalDC == global namespace |
| 843 | DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() { |
| 844 | if (isInSemaDC()) |
| 845 | return getSemanticDC(); |
| 846 | return getMultipleDC()->LexicalDC; |
| 847 | } |
| 848 | const DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() const { |
| 849 | return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 850 | } |
| 851 | |
| 852 | /// Determine whether this declaration is declared out of line (outside its |
| 853 | /// semantic context). |
| 854 | virtual bool isOutOfLine() const; |
| 855 | |
| 856 | /// setDeclContext - Set both the semantic and lexical DeclContext |
| 857 | /// to DC. |
| 858 | void setDeclContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 859 | |
| 860 | void setLexicalDeclContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 861 | |
| 862 | /// Determine whether this declaration is a templated entity (whether it is |
| 863 | // within the scope of a template parameter). |
| 864 | bool isTemplated() const; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | /// Determine the number of levels of template parameter surrounding this |
| 867 | /// declaration. |
| 868 | unsigned getTemplateDepth() const; |
| 869 | |
| 870 | /// isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod - This predicate returns true if this |
| 871 | /// scoped decl is defined outside the current function or method. This is |
| 872 | /// roughly global variables and functions, but also handles enums (which |
| 873 | /// could be defined inside or outside a function etc). |
| 874 | bool isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod() const { |
| 875 | return getParentFunctionOrMethod() == nullptr; |
| 876 | } |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /// Determine whether a substitution into this declaration would occur as |
| 879 | /// part of a substitution into a dependent local scope. Such a substitution |
| 880 | /// transitively substitutes into all constructs nested within this |
| 881 | /// declaration. |
| 882 | /// |
| 883 | /// This recognizes non-defining declarations as well as members of local |
| 884 | /// classes and lambdas: |
| 885 | /// \code |
| 886 | /// template<typename T> void foo() { void bar(); } |
| 887 | /// template<typename T> void foo2() { class ABC { void bar(); }; } |
| 888 | /// template<typename T> inline int x = [](){ return 0; }(); |
| 889 | /// \endcode |
| 890 | bool isInLocalScopeForInstantiation() const; |
| 891 | |
| 892 | /// If this decl is defined inside a function/method/block it returns |
| 893 | /// the corresponding DeclContext, otherwise it returns null. |
| 894 | const DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() const; |
| 895 | DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() { |
| 896 | return const_cast<DeclContext*>( |
| 897 | const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); |
| 898 | } |
| 899 | |
| 900 | /// Retrieves the "canonical" declaration of the given declaration. |
| 901 | virtual Decl *getCanonicalDecl() { return this; } |
| 902 | const Decl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
| 903 | return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 904 | } |
| 905 | |
| 906 | /// Whether this particular Decl is a canonical one. |
| 907 | bool isCanonicalDecl() const { return getCanonicalDecl() == this; } |
| 908 | |
| 909 | protected: |
| 910 | /// Returns the next redeclaration or itself if this is the only decl. |
| 911 | /// |
| 912 | /// Decl subclasses that can be redeclared should override this method so that |
| 913 | /// Decl::redecl_iterator can iterate over them. |
| 914 | virtual Decl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() { return this; } |
| 915 | |
| 916 | /// Implementation of getPreviousDecl(), to be overridden by any |
| 917 | /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain. |
| 918 | virtual Decl *getPreviousDeclImpl() { return nullptr; } |
| 919 | |
| 920 | /// Implementation of getMostRecentDecl(), to be overridden by any |
| 921 | /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain. |
| 922 | virtual Decl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() { return this; } |
| 923 | |
| 924 | public: |
| 925 | /// Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl. |
| 926 | class redecl_iterator { |
| 927 | /// Current - The current declaration. |
| 928 | Decl *Current = nullptr; |
| 929 | Decl *Starter; |
| 930 | |
| 931 | public: |
| 932 | using value_type = Decl *; |
| 933 | using reference = const value_type &; |
| 934 | using pointer = const value_type *; |
| 935 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
| 936 | using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; |
| 937 | |
| 938 | redecl_iterator() = default; |
| 939 | explicit redecl_iterator(Decl *C) : Current(C), Starter(C) {} |
| 940 | |
| 941 | reference operator*() const { return Current; } |
| 942 | value_type operator->() const { return Current; } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | redecl_iterator& operator++() { |
| 945 | assert(Current && "Advancing while iterator has reached end")((void)0); |
| 946 | // Get either previous decl or latest decl. |
| 947 | Decl *Next = Current->getNextRedeclarationImpl(); |
| 948 | assert(Next && "Should return next redeclaration or itself, never null!")((void)0); |
| 949 | Current = (Next != Starter) ? Next : nullptr; |
| 950 | return *this; |
| 951 | } |
| 952 | |
| 953 | redecl_iterator operator++(int) { |
| 954 | redecl_iterator tmp(*this); |
| 955 | ++(*this); |
| 956 | return tmp; |
| 957 | } |
| 958 | |
| 959 | friend bool operator==(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) { |
| 960 | return x.Current == y.Current; |
| 961 | } |
| 962 | |
| 963 | friend bool operator!=(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) { |
| 964 | return x.Current != y.Current; |
| 965 | } |
| 966 | }; |
| 967 | |
| 968 | using redecl_range = llvm::iterator_range<redecl_iterator>; |
| 969 | |
| 970 | /// Returns an iterator range for all the redeclarations of the same |
| 971 | /// decl. It will iterate at least once (when this decl is the only one). |
| 972 | redecl_range redecls() const { |
| 973 | return redecl_range(redecls_begin(), redecls_end()); |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | redecl_iterator redecls_begin() const { |
| 977 | return redecl_iterator(const_cast<Decl *>(this)); |
| 978 | } |
| 979 | |
| 980 | redecl_iterator redecls_end() const { return redecl_iterator(); } |
| 981 | |
| 982 | /// Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity |
| 983 | /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration. |
| 984 | Decl *getPreviousDecl() { return getPreviousDeclImpl(); } |
| 985 | |
| 986 | /// Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity |
| 987 | /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration. |
| 988 | const Decl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
| 989 | return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getPreviousDeclImpl(); |
| 990 | } |
| 991 | |
| 992 | /// True if this is the first declaration in its redeclaration chain. |
| 993 | bool isFirstDecl() const { |
| 994 | return getPreviousDecl() == nullptr; |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | |
| 997 | /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity |
| 998 | /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration). |
| 999 | Decl *getMostRecentDecl() { return getMostRecentDeclImpl(); } |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity |
| 1002 | /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration). |
| 1003 | const Decl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
| 1004 | return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDeclImpl(); |
| 1005 | } |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | /// getBody - If this Decl represents a declaration for a body of code, |
| 1008 | /// such as a function or method definition, this method returns the |
| 1009 | /// top-level Stmt* of that body. Otherwise this method returns null. |
| 1010 | virtual Stmt* getBody() const { return nullptr; } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /// Returns true if this \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of |
| 1013 | /// code, such as a function or method definition. |
| 1014 | /// Note that \c hasBody can also return true if any redeclaration of this |
| 1015 | /// \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of code. |
| 1016 | virtual bool hasBody() const { return getBody() != nullptr; } |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | /// getBodyRBrace - Gets the right brace of the body, if a body exists. |
| 1019 | /// This works whether the body is a CompoundStmt or a CXXTryStmt. |
| 1020 | SourceLocation getBodyRBrace() const; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | // global temp stats (until we have a per-module visitor) |
| 1023 | static void add(Kind k); |
| 1024 | static void EnableStatistics(); |
| 1025 | static void PrintStats(); |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | /// isTemplateParameter - Determines whether this declaration is a |
| 1028 | /// template parameter. |
| 1029 | bool isTemplateParameter() const; |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | /// isTemplateParameter - Determines whether this declaration is a |
| 1032 | /// template parameter pack. |
| 1033 | bool isTemplateParameterPack() const; |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | /// Whether this declaration is a parameter pack. |
| 1036 | bool isParameterPack() const; |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | /// returns true if this declaration is a template |
| 1039 | bool isTemplateDecl() const; |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | /// Whether this declaration is a function or function template. |
| 1042 | bool isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() const { |
| 1043 | return (DeclKind >= Decl::firstFunction && |
| 1044 | DeclKind <= Decl::lastFunction) || |
| 1045 | DeclKind == FunctionTemplate; |
| 1046 | } |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | /// If this is a declaration that describes some template, this |
| 1049 | /// method returns that template declaration. |
| 1050 | /// |
| 1051 | /// Note that this returns nullptr for partial specializations, because they |
| 1052 | /// are not modeled as TemplateDecls. Use getDescribedTemplateParams to handle |
| 1053 | /// those cases. |
| 1054 | TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate() const; |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | /// If this is a declaration that describes some template or partial |
| 1057 | /// specialization, this returns the corresponding template parameter list. |
| 1058 | const TemplateParameterList *getDescribedTemplateParams() const; |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | /// Returns the function itself, or the templated function if this is a |
| 1061 | /// function template. |
| 1062 | FunctionDecl *getAsFunction() LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | const FunctionDecl *getAsFunction() const { |
| 1065 | return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getAsFunction(); |
| 1066 | } |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | /// Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's |
| 1069 | /// a function-local extern declaration. |
| 1070 | /// |
| 1071 | /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the extern |
| 1072 | /// declaration, but in the semantic context of the enclosing namespace |
| 1073 | /// scope. |
| 1074 | void setLocalExternDecl() { |
| 1075 | Decl *Prev = getPreviousDecl(); |
| 1076 | IdentifierNamespace &= ~IDNS_Ordinary; |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | // It's OK for the declaration to still have the "invisible friend" flag or |
| 1079 | // the "conflicts with tag declarations in this scope" flag for the outer |
| 1080 | // scope. |
| 1081 | assert((IdentifierNamespace & ~(IDNS_OrdinaryFriend | IDNS_Tag)) == 0 &&((void)0) |
| 1082 | "namespace is not ordinary")((void)0); |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1085 | if (Prev && Prev->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS_Ordinary) |
| 1086 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Ordinary; |
| 1087 | } |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | /// Determine whether this is a block-scope declaration with linkage. |
| 1090 | /// This will either be a local variable declaration declared 'extern', or a |
| 1091 | /// local function declaration. |
| 1092 | bool isLocalExternDecl() { |
| 1093 | return IdentifierNamespace & IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1094 | } |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | /// Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's |
| 1097 | /// the object of a friend declaration. |
| 1098 | /// |
| 1099 | /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the friending |
| 1100 | /// class, but in the semantic context of the actual entity. This property |
| 1101 | /// applies only to a specific decl object; other redeclarations of the |
| 1102 | /// same entity may not (and probably don't) share this property. |
| 1103 | void setObjectOfFriendDecl(bool PerformFriendInjection = false) { |
| 1104 | unsigned OldNS = IdentifierNamespace; |
| 1105 | assert((OldNS & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary |((void)0) |
| 1106 | IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |((void)0) |
| 1107 | IDNS_LocalExtern | IDNS_NonMemberOperator)) &&((void)0) |
| 1108 | "namespace includes neither ordinary nor tag")((void)0); |
| 1109 | assert(!(OldNS & ~(IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Type |((void)0) |
| 1110 | IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |((void)0) |
| 1111 | IDNS_LocalExtern | IDNS_NonMemberOperator)) &&((void)0) |
| 1112 | "namespace includes other than ordinary or tag")((void)0); |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | Decl *Prev = getPreviousDecl(); |
| 1115 | IdentifierNamespace &= ~(IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type); |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | if (OldNS & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_TagFriend)) { |
| 1118 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_TagFriend; |
| 1119 | if (PerformFriendInjection || |
| 1120 | (Prev && Prev->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS_Tag)) |
| 1121 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type; |
| 1122 | } |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | if (OldNS & (IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend | |
| 1125 | IDNS_LocalExtern | IDNS_NonMemberOperator)) { |
| 1126 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_OrdinaryFriend; |
| 1127 | if (PerformFriendInjection || |
| 1128 | (Prev && Prev->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS_Ordinary)) |
| 1129 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Ordinary; |
| 1130 | } |
| 1131 | } |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | enum FriendObjectKind { |
| 1134 | FOK_None, ///< Not a friend object. |
| 1135 | FOK_Declared, ///< A friend of a previously-declared entity. |
| 1136 | FOK_Undeclared ///< A friend of a previously-undeclared entity. |
| 1137 | }; |
| 1138 | |
| 1139 | /// Determines whether this declaration is the object of a |
| 1140 | /// friend declaration and, if so, what kind. |
| 1141 | /// |
| 1142 | /// There is currently no direct way to find the associated FriendDecl. |
| 1143 | FriendObjectKind getFriendObjectKind() const { |
| 1144 | unsigned mask = |
| 1145 | (IdentifierNamespace & (IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend)); |
| 1146 | if (!mask) return FOK_None; |
| 1147 | return (IdentifierNamespace & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary) ? FOK_Declared |
| 1148 | : FOK_Undeclared); |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | /// Specifies that this declaration is a C++ overloaded non-member. |
| 1152 | void setNonMemberOperator() { |
| 1153 | assert(getKind() == Function || getKind() == FunctionTemplate)((void)0); |
| 1154 | assert((IdentifierNamespace & IDNS_Ordinary) &&((void)0) |
| 1155 | "visible non-member operators should be in ordinary namespace")((void)0); |
| 1156 | IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_NonMemberOperator; |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return true; } |
| 1160 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const Decl *); |
| 1161 | static Decl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *); |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | void print(raw_ostream &Out, unsigned Indentation = 0, |
| 1164 | bool PrintInstantiation = false) const; |
| 1165 | void print(raw_ostream &Out, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1166 | unsigned Indentation = 0, bool PrintInstantiation = false) const; |
| 1167 | static void printGroup(Decl** Begin, unsigned NumDecls, |
| 1168 | raw_ostream &Out, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1169 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | // Debuggers don't usually respect default arguments. |
| 1172 | void dump() const; |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | // Same as dump(), but forces color printing. |
| 1175 | void dumpColor() const; |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | void dump(raw_ostream &Out, bool Deserialize = false, |
| 1178 | ASTDumpOutputFormat OutputFormat = ADOF_Default) const; |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | /// \return Unique reproducible object identifier |
| 1181 | int64_t getID() const; |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | /// Looks through the Decl's underlying type to extract a FunctionType |
| 1184 | /// when possible. Will return null if the type underlying the Decl does not |
| 1185 | /// have a FunctionType. |
| 1186 | const FunctionType *getFunctionType(bool BlocksToo = true) const; |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | private: |
| 1189 | void setAttrsImpl(const AttrVec& Attrs, ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 1190 | void setDeclContextsImpl(DeclContext *SemaDC, DeclContext *LexicalDC, |
| 1191 | ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | protected: |
| 1194 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
| 1195 | }; |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | /// Determine whether two declarations declare the same entity. |
| 1198 | inline bool declaresSameEntity(const Decl *D1, const Decl *D2) { |
| 1199 | if (!D1 || !D2) |
| 1200 | return false; |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | if (D1 == D2) |
| 1203 | return true; |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | return D1->getCanonicalDecl() == D2->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1206 | } |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | /// PrettyStackTraceDecl - If a crash occurs, indicate that it happened when |
| 1209 | /// doing something to a specific decl. |
| 1210 | class PrettyStackTraceDecl : public llvm::PrettyStackTraceEntry { |
| 1211 | const Decl *TheDecl; |
| 1212 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 1213 | SourceManager &SM; |
| 1214 | const char *Message; |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | public: |
| 1217 | PrettyStackTraceDecl(const Decl *theDecl, SourceLocation L, |
| 1218 | SourceManager &sm, const char *Msg) |
| 1219 | : TheDecl(theDecl), Loc(L), SM(sm), Message(Msg) {} |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | void print(raw_ostream &OS) const override; |
| 1222 | }; |
| 1223 | } // namespace clang |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | // Required to determine the layout of the PointerUnion<NamedDecl*> before |
| 1226 | // seeing the NamedDecl definition being first used in DeclListNode::operator*. |
| 1227 | namespace llvm { |
| 1228 | template <> struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<::clang::NamedDecl *> { |
| 1229 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::NamedDecl *P) { return P; } |
| 1230 | static inline ::clang::NamedDecl *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 1231 | return static_cast<::clang::NamedDecl *>(P); |
| 1232 | } |
| 1233 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 3; |
| 1234 | }; |
| 1235 | } |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | namespace clang { |
| 1238 | /// A list storing NamedDecls in the lookup tables. |
| 1239 | class DeclListNode { |
| 1240 | friend class ASTContext; // allocate, deallocate nodes. |
| 1241 | friend class StoredDeclsList; |
| 1242 | public: |
| 1243 | using Decls = llvm::PointerUnion<NamedDecl*, DeclListNode*>; |
| 1244 | class iterator { |
| 1245 | friend class DeclContextLookupResult; |
| 1246 | friend class StoredDeclsList; |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | Decls Ptr; |
| 1249 | iterator(Decls Node) : Ptr(Node) { } |
| 1250 | public: |
| 1251 | using difference_type = ptrdiff_t; |
| 1252 | using value_type = NamedDecl*; |
| 1253 | using pointer = void; |
| 1254 | using reference = value_type; |
| 1255 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | iterator() = default; |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | reference operator*() const { |
| 1260 | assert(Ptr && "dereferencing end() iterator")((void)0); |
| 1261 | if (DeclListNode *CurNode = Ptr.dyn_cast<DeclListNode*>()) |
| 1262 | return CurNode->D; |
| 1263 | return Ptr.get<NamedDecl*>(); |
| 1264 | } |
| 1265 | void operator->() const { } // Unsupported. |
| 1266 | bool operator==(const iterator &X) const { return Ptr == X.Ptr; } |
| 1267 | bool operator!=(const iterator &X) const { return Ptr != X.Ptr; } |
| 1268 | inline iterator &operator++() { // ++It |
| 1269 | assert(!Ptr.isNull() && "Advancing empty iterator")((void)0); |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | if (DeclListNode *CurNode = Ptr.dyn_cast<DeclListNode*>()) |
| 1272 | Ptr = CurNode->Rest; |
| 1273 | else |
| 1274 | Ptr = nullptr; |
| 1275 | return *this; |
| 1276 | } |
| 1277 | iterator operator++(int) { // It++ |
| 1278 | iterator temp = *this; |
| 1279 | ++(*this); |
| 1280 | return temp; |
| 1281 | } |
| 1282 | // Enables the pattern for (iterator I =..., E = I.end(); I != E; ++I) |
| 1283 | iterator end() { return iterator(); } |
| 1284 | }; |
| 1285 | private: |
| 1286 | NamedDecl *D = nullptr; |
| 1287 | Decls Rest = nullptr; |
| 1288 | DeclListNode(NamedDecl *ND) : D(ND) {} |
| 1289 | }; |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | /// The results of name lookup within a DeclContext. |
| 1292 | class DeclContextLookupResult { |
| 1293 | using Decls = DeclListNode::Decls; |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | /// When in collection form, this is what the Data pointer points to. |
| 1296 | Decls Result; |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | public: |
| 1299 | DeclContextLookupResult() = default; |
| 1300 | DeclContextLookupResult(Decls Result) : Result(Result) {} |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | using iterator = DeclListNode::iterator; |
| 1303 | using const_iterator = iterator; |
| 1304 | using reference = iterator::reference; |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | iterator begin() { return iterator(Result); } |
| 1307 | iterator end() { return iterator(); } |
| 1308 | const_iterator begin() const { |
| 1309 | return const_cast<DeclContextLookupResult*>(this)->begin(); |
| 1310 | } |
| 1311 | const_iterator end() const { return iterator(); } |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | bool empty() const { return Result.isNull(); } |
| 1314 | bool isSingleResult() const { return Result.dyn_cast<NamedDecl*>(); } |
| 1315 | reference front() const { return *begin(); } |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | // Find the first declaration of the given type in the list. Note that this |
| 1318 | // is not in general the earliest-declared declaration, and should only be |
| 1319 | // used when it's not possible for there to be more than one match or where |
| 1320 | // it doesn't matter which one is found. |
| 1321 | template<class T> T *find_first() const { |
| 1322 | for (auto *D : *this) |
| 1323 | if (T *Decl = dyn_cast<T>(D)) |
| 1324 | return Decl; |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | return nullptr; |
| 1327 | } |
| 1328 | }; |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | /// DeclContext - This is used only as base class of specific decl types that |
| 1331 | /// can act as declaration contexts. These decls are (only the top classes |
| 1332 | /// that directly derive from DeclContext are mentioned, not their subclasses): |
| 1333 | /// |
| 1334 | /// TranslationUnitDecl |
| 1335 | /// ExternCContext |
| 1336 | /// NamespaceDecl |
| 1337 | /// TagDecl |
| 1338 | /// OMPDeclareReductionDecl |
| 1339 | /// OMPDeclareMapperDecl |
| 1340 | /// FunctionDecl |
| 1341 | /// ObjCMethodDecl |
| 1342 | /// ObjCContainerDecl |
| 1343 | /// LinkageSpecDecl |
| 1344 | /// ExportDecl |
| 1345 | /// BlockDecl |
| 1346 | /// CapturedDecl |
| 1347 | class DeclContext { |
| 1348 | /// For makeDeclVisibleInContextImpl |
| 1349 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 1350 | /// For reconcileExternalVisibleStorage, CreateStoredDeclsMap, |
| 1351 | /// hasNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage |
| 1352 | friend class ExternalASTSource; |
| 1353 | /// For CreateStoredDeclsMap |
| 1354 | friend class DependentDiagnostic; |
| 1355 | /// For hasNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage, |
| 1356 | /// hasLazyLocalLexicalLookups, hasLazyExternalLexicalLookups |
| 1357 | friend class ASTWriter; |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | // We use uint64_t in the bit-fields below since some bit-fields |
| 1360 | // cross the unsigned boundary and this breaks the packing. |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | /// Stores the bits used by DeclContext. |
| 1363 | /// If modified NumDeclContextBit, the ctor of DeclContext and the accessor |
| 1364 | /// methods in DeclContext should be updated appropriately. |
| 1365 | class DeclContextBitfields { |
| 1366 | friend class DeclContext; |
| 1367 | /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is. |
| 1368 | uint64_t DeclKind : 7; |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | /// Whether this declaration context also has some external |
| 1371 | /// storage that contains additional declarations that are lexically |
| 1372 | /// part of this context. |
| 1373 | mutable uint64_t ExternalLexicalStorage : 1; |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | /// Whether this declaration context also has some external |
| 1376 | /// storage that contains additional declarations that are visible |
| 1377 | /// in this context. |
| 1378 | mutable uint64_t ExternalVisibleStorage : 1; |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | /// Whether this declaration context has had externally visible |
| 1381 | /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's |
| 1382 | /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform |
| 1383 | /// another lookup. |
| 1384 | mutable uint64_t NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage : 1; |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations |
| 1387 | /// that are missing from the lookup table. |
| 1388 | mutable uint64_t HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups : 1; |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations |
| 1391 | /// that are missing from the lookup table. |
| 1392 | mutable uint64_t HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups : 1; |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | /// If \c true, lookups should only return identifier from |
| 1395 | /// DeclContext scope (for example TranslationUnit). Used in |
| 1396 | /// LookupQualifiedName() |
| 1397 | mutable uint64_t UseQualifiedLookup : 1; |
| 1398 | }; |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | /// Number of bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1401 | enum { NumDeclContextBits = 13 }; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | /// Stores the bits used by TagDecl. |
| 1404 | /// If modified NumTagDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1405 | /// methods in TagDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1406 | class TagDeclBitfields { |
| 1407 | friend class TagDecl; |
| 1408 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields |
| 1409 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | /// The TagKind enum. |
| 1412 | uint64_t TagDeclKind : 3; |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | /// True if this is a definition ("struct foo {};"), false if it is a |
| 1415 | /// declaration ("struct foo;"). It is not considered a definition |
| 1416 | /// until the definition has been fully processed. |
| 1417 | uint64_t IsCompleteDefinition : 1; |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | /// True if this is currently being defined. |
| 1420 | uint64_t IsBeingDefined : 1; |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared |
| 1423 | /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator. |
| 1424 | uint64_t IsEmbeddedInDeclarator : 1; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;". |
| 1427 | uint64_t IsFreeStanding : 1; |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind |
| 1430 | /// to have an out-of-date definition. |
| 1431 | /// |
| 1432 | /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled. |
| 1433 | uint64_t MayHaveOutOfDateDef : 1; |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | /// Has the full definition of this type been required by a use somewhere in |
| 1436 | /// the TU. |
| 1437 | uint64_t IsCompleteDefinitionRequired : 1; |
| 1438 | }; |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in TagDeclBitfields. |
| 1441 | enum { NumTagDeclBits = 9 }; |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | /// Stores the bits used by EnumDecl. |
| 1444 | /// If modified NumEnumDeclBit and the accessor |
| 1445 | /// methods in EnumDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1446 | class EnumDeclBitfields { |
| 1447 | friend class EnumDecl; |
| 1448 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1449 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1450 | /// For the bits in TagDeclBitfields. |
| 1451 | uint64_t : NumTagDeclBits; |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | /// Width in bits required to store all the non-negative |
| 1454 | /// enumerators of this enum. |
| 1455 | uint64_t NumPositiveBits : 8; |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | /// Width in bits required to store all the negative |
| 1458 | /// enumerators of this enum. |
| 1459 | uint64_t NumNegativeBits : 8; |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | /// True if this tag declaration is a scoped enumeration. Only |
| 1462 | /// possible in C++11 mode. |
| 1463 | uint64_t IsScoped : 1; |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | /// If this tag declaration is a scoped enum, |
| 1466 | /// then this is true if the scoped enum was declared using the class |
| 1467 | /// tag, false if it was declared with the struct tag. No meaning is |
| 1468 | /// associated if this tag declaration is not a scoped enum. |
| 1469 | uint64_t IsScopedUsingClassTag : 1; |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | /// True if this is an enumeration with fixed underlying type. Only |
| 1472 | /// possible in C++11, Microsoft extensions, or Objective C mode. |
| 1473 | uint64_t IsFixed : 1; |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | /// True if a valid hash is stored in ODRHash. |
| 1476 | uint64_t HasODRHash : 1; |
| 1477 | }; |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in EnumDeclBitfields. |
| 1480 | enum { NumEnumDeclBits = 20 }; |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | /// Stores the bits used by RecordDecl. |
| 1483 | /// If modified NumRecordDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1484 | /// methods in RecordDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1485 | class RecordDeclBitfields { |
| 1486 | friend class RecordDecl; |
| 1487 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1488 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1489 | /// For the bits in TagDeclBitfields. |
| 1490 | uint64_t : NumTagDeclBits; |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /// This is true if this struct ends with a flexible |
| 1493 | /// array member (e.g. int X[]) or if this union contains a struct that does. |
| 1494 | /// If so, this cannot be contained in arrays or other structs as a member. |
| 1495 | uint64_t HasFlexibleArrayMember : 1; |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | /// Whether this is the type of an anonymous struct or union. |
| 1498 | uint64_t AnonymousStructOrUnion : 1; |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | /// This is true if this struct has at least one member |
| 1501 | /// containing an Objective-C object pointer type. |
| 1502 | uint64_t HasObjectMember : 1; |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | /// This is true if struct has at least one member of |
| 1505 | /// 'volatile' type. |
| 1506 | uint64_t HasVolatileMember : 1; |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | /// Whether the field declarations of this record have been loaded |
| 1509 | /// from external storage. To avoid unnecessary deserialization of |
| 1510 | /// methods/nested types we allow deserialization of just the fields |
| 1511 | /// when needed. |
| 1512 | mutable uint64_t LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage : 1; |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | /// Basic properties of non-trivial C structs. |
| 1515 | uint64_t NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize : 1; |
| 1516 | uint64_t NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy : 1; |
| 1517 | uint64_t NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy : 1; |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | /// The following bits indicate whether this is or contains a C union that |
| 1520 | /// is non-trivial to default-initialize, destruct, or copy. These bits |
| 1521 | /// imply the associated basic non-triviality predicates declared above. |
| 1522 | uint64_t HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion : 1; |
| 1523 | uint64_t HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion : 1; |
| 1524 | uint64_t HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion : 1; |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | /// Indicates whether this struct is destroyed in the callee. |
| 1527 | uint64_t ParamDestroyedInCallee : 1; |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | /// Represents the way this type is passed to a function. |
| 1530 | uint64_t ArgPassingRestrictions : 2; |
| 1531 | }; |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in RecordDeclBitfields. |
| 1534 | enum { NumRecordDeclBits = 14 }; |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 | /// Stores the bits used by OMPDeclareReductionDecl. |
| 1537 | /// If modified NumOMPDeclareReductionDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1538 | /// methods in OMPDeclareReductionDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1539 | class OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields { |
| 1540 | friend class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
| 1541 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields |
| 1542 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | /// Kind of initializer, |
| 1545 | /// function call or omp_priv<init_expr> initializtion. |
| 1546 | uint64_t InitializerKind : 2; |
| 1547 | }; |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields. |
| 1550 | enum { NumOMPDeclareReductionDeclBits = 2 }; |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | /// Stores the bits used by FunctionDecl. |
| 1553 | /// If modified NumFunctionDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1554 | /// methods in FunctionDecl and CXXDeductionGuideDecl |
| 1555 | /// (for IsCopyDeductionCandidate) should be updated appropriately. |
| 1556 | class FunctionDeclBitfields { |
| 1557 | friend class FunctionDecl; |
| 1558 | /// For IsCopyDeductionCandidate |
| 1559 | friend class CXXDeductionGuideDecl; |
| 1560 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1561 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | uint64_t SClass : 3; |
| 1564 | uint64_t IsInline : 1; |
| 1565 | uint64_t IsInlineSpecified : 1; |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | uint64_t IsVirtualAsWritten : 1; |
| 1568 | uint64_t IsPure : 1; |
| 1569 | uint64_t HasInheritedPrototype : 1; |
| 1570 | uint64_t HasWrittenPrototype : 1; |
| 1571 | uint64_t IsDeleted : 1; |
| 1572 | /// Used by CXXMethodDecl |
| 1573 | uint64_t IsTrivial : 1; |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | /// This flag indicates whether this function is trivial for the purpose of |
| 1576 | /// calls. This is meaningful only when this function is a copy/move |
| 1577 | /// constructor or a destructor. |
| 1578 | uint64_t IsTrivialForCall : 1; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | uint64_t IsDefaulted : 1; |
| 1581 | uint64_t IsExplicitlyDefaulted : 1; |
| 1582 | uint64_t HasDefaultedFunctionInfo : 1; |
| 1583 | uint64_t HasImplicitReturnZero : 1; |
| 1584 | uint64_t IsLateTemplateParsed : 1; |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | /// Kind of contexpr specifier as defined by ConstexprSpecKind. |
| 1587 | uint64_t ConstexprKind : 2; |
| 1588 | uint64_t InstantiationIsPending : 1; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | /// Indicates if the function uses __try. |
| 1591 | uint64_t UsesSEHTry : 1; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /// Indicates if the function was a definition |
| 1594 | /// but its body was skipped. |
| 1595 | uint64_t HasSkippedBody : 1; |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | /// Indicates if the function declaration will |
| 1598 | /// have a body, once we're done parsing it. |
| 1599 | uint64_t WillHaveBody : 1; |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | /// Indicates that this function is a multiversioned |
| 1602 | /// function using attribute 'target'. |
| 1603 | uint64_t IsMultiVersion : 1; |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | /// [C++17] Only used by CXXDeductionGuideDecl. Indicates that |
| 1606 | /// the Deduction Guide is the implicitly generated 'copy |
| 1607 | /// deduction candidate' (is used during overload resolution). |
| 1608 | uint64_t IsCopyDeductionCandidate : 1; |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | /// Store the ODRHash after first calculation. |
| 1611 | uint64_t HasODRHash : 1; |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | /// Indicates if the function uses Floating Point Constrained Intrinsics |
| 1614 | uint64_t UsesFPIntrin : 1; |
| 1615 | }; |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in FunctionDeclBitfields. |
| 1618 | enum { NumFunctionDeclBits = 27 }; |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | /// Stores the bits used by CXXConstructorDecl. If modified |
| 1621 | /// NumCXXConstructorDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1622 | /// methods in CXXConstructorDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1623 | class CXXConstructorDeclBitfields { |
| 1624 | friend class CXXConstructorDecl; |
| 1625 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1626 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1627 | /// For the bits in FunctionDeclBitfields. |
| 1628 | uint64_t : NumFunctionDeclBits; |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | /// 24 bits to fit in the remaining available space. |
| 1631 | /// Note that this makes CXXConstructorDeclBitfields take |
| 1632 | /// exactly 64 bits and thus the width of NumCtorInitializers |
| 1633 | /// will need to be shrunk if some bit is added to NumDeclContextBitfields, |
| 1634 | /// NumFunctionDeclBitfields or CXXConstructorDeclBitfields. |
| 1635 | uint64_t NumCtorInitializers : 21; |
| 1636 | uint64_t IsInheritingConstructor : 1; |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | /// Whether this constructor has a trail-allocated explicit specifier. |
| 1639 | uint64_t HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier : 1; |
| 1640 | /// If this constructor does't have a trail-allocated explicit specifier. |
| 1641 | /// Whether this constructor is explicit specified. |
| 1642 | uint64_t IsSimpleExplicit : 1; |
| 1643 | }; |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in CXXConstructorDeclBitfields. |
| 1646 | enum { |
| 1647 | NumCXXConstructorDeclBits = 64 - NumDeclContextBits - NumFunctionDeclBits |
| 1648 | }; |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | /// Stores the bits used by ObjCMethodDecl. |
| 1651 | /// If modified NumObjCMethodDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1652 | /// methods in ObjCMethodDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1653 | class ObjCMethodDeclBitfields { |
| 1654 | friend class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1657 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | /// The conventional meaning of this method; an ObjCMethodFamily. |
| 1660 | /// This is not serialized; instead, it is computed on demand and |
| 1661 | /// cached. |
| 1662 | mutable uint64_t Family : ObjCMethodFamilyBitWidth; |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | /// instance (true) or class (false) method. |
| 1665 | uint64_t IsInstance : 1; |
| 1666 | uint64_t IsVariadic : 1; |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | /// True if this method is the getter or setter for an explicit property. |
| 1669 | uint64_t IsPropertyAccessor : 1; |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | /// True if this method is a synthesized property accessor stub. |
| 1672 | uint64_t IsSynthesizedAccessorStub : 1; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | /// Method has a definition. |
| 1675 | uint64_t IsDefined : 1; |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | /// Method redeclaration in the same interface. |
| 1678 | uint64_t IsRedeclaration : 1; |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | /// Is redeclared in the same interface. |
| 1681 | mutable uint64_t HasRedeclaration : 1; |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | /// \@required/\@optional |
| 1684 | uint64_t DeclImplementation : 2; |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | /// in, inout, etc. |
| 1687 | uint64_t objcDeclQualifier : 7; |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | /// Indicates whether this method has a related result type. |
| 1690 | uint64_t RelatedResultType : 1; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | /// Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a |
| 1693 | /// "standard" position, a enum SelectorLocationsKind. |
| 1694 | uint64_t SelLocsKind : 2; |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | /// Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy. |
| 1697 | /// |
| 1698 | /// A method is said to override any method in the class's |
| 1699 | /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has |
| 1700 | /// the same selector and is of the same kind (class or instance). |
| 1701 | /// A method in an implementation is not considered as overriding the same |
| 1702 | /// method in the interface or its categories. |
| 1703 | uint64_t IsOverriding : 1; |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | /// Indicates if the method was a definition but its body was skipped. |
| 1706 | uint64_t HasSkippedBody : 1; |
| 1707 | }; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in ObjCMethodDeclBitfields. |
| 1710 | enum { NumObjCMethodDeclBits = 24 }; |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | /// Stores the bits used by ObjCContainerDecl. |
| 1713 | /// If modified NumObjCContainerDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1714 | /// methods in ObjCContainerDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1715 | class ObjCContainerDeclBitfields { |
| 1716 | friend class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 1717 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields |
| 1718 | uint32_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | // Not a bitfield but this saves space. |
| 1721 | // Note that ObjCContainerDeclBitfields is full. |
| 1722 | SourceLocation AtStart; |
| 1723 | }; |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in ObjCContainerDeclBitfields. |
| 1726 | /// Note that here we rely on the fact that SourceLocation is 32 bits |
| 1727 | /// wide. We check this with the static_assert in the ctor of DeclContext. |
| 1728 | enum { NumObjCContainerDeclBits = 64 - NumDeclContextBits }; |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | /// Stores the bits used by LinkageSpecDecl. |
| 1731 | /// If modified NumLinkageSpecDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1732 | /// methods in LinkageSpecDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1733 | class LinkageSpecDeclBitfields { |
| 1734 | friend class LinkageSpecDecl; |
| 1735 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1736 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | /// The language for this linkage specification with values |
| 1739 | /// in the enum LinkageSpecDecl::LanguageIDs. |
| 1740 | uint64_t Language : 3; |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | /// True if this linkage spec has braces. |
| 1743 | /// This is needed so that hasBraces() returns the correct result while the |
| 1744 | /// linkage spec body is being parsed. Once RBraceLoc has been set this is |
| 1745 | /// not used, so it doesn't need to be serialized. |
| 1746 | uint64_t HasBraces : 1; |
| 1747 | }; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in LinkageSpecDeclBitfields. |
| 1750 | enum { NumLinkageSpecDeclBits = 4 }; |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | /// Stores the bits used by BlockDecl. |
| 1753 | /// If modified NumBlockDeclBits and the accessor |
| 1754 | /// methods in BlockDecl should be updated appropriately. |
| 1755 | class BlockDeclBitfields { |
| 1756 | friend class BlockDecl; |
| 1757 | /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields. |
| 1758 | uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits; |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | uint64_t IsVariadic : 1; |
| 1761 | uint64_t CapturesCXXThis : 1; |
| 1762 | uint64_t BlockMissingReturnType : 1; |
| 1763 | uint64_t IsConversionFromLambda : 1; |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | /// A bit that indicates this block is passed directly to a function as a |
| 1766 | /// non-escaping parameter. |
| 1767 | uint64_t DoesNotEscape : 1; |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | /// A bit that indicates whether it's possible to avoid coying this block to |
| 1770 | /// the heap when it initializes or is assigned to a local variable with |
| 1771 | /// automatic storage. |
| 1772 | uint64_t CanAvoidCopyToHeap : 1; |
| 1773 | }; |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | /// Number of non-inherited bits in BlockDeclBitfields. |
| 1776 | enum { NumBlockDeclBits = 5 }; |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | /// Pointer to the data structure used to lookup declarations |
| 1779 | /// within this context (or a DependentStoredDeclsMap if this is a |
| 1780 | /// dependent context). We maintain the invariant that, if the map |
| 1781 | /// contains an entry for a DeclarationName (and we haven't lazily |
| 1782 | /// omitted anything), then it contains all relevant entries for that |
| 1783 | /// name (modulo the hasExternalDecls() flag). |
| 1784 | mutable StoredDeclsMap *LookupPtr = nullptr; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | protected: |
| 1787 | /// This anonymous union stores the bits belonging to DeclContext and classes |
| 1788 | /// deriving from it. The goal is to use otherwise wasted |
| 1789 | /// space in DeclContext to store data belonging to derived classes. |
| 1790 | /// The space saved is especially significient when pointers are aligned |
| 1791 | /// to 8 bytes. In this case due to alignment requirements we have a |
| 1792 | /// little less than 8 bytes free in DeclContext which we can use. |
| 1793 | /// We check that none of the classes in this union is larger than |
| 1794 | /// 8 bytes with static_asserts in the ctor of DeclContext. |
| 1795 | union { |
| 1796 | DeclContextBitfields DeclContextBits; |
| 1797 | TagDeclBitfields TagDeclBits; |
| 1798 | EnumDeclBitfields EnumDeclBits; |
| 1799 | RecordDeclBitfields RecordDeclBits; |
| 1800 | OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields OMPDeclareReductionDeclBits; |
| 1801 | FunctionDeclBitfields FunctionDeclBits; |
| 1802 | CXXConstructorDeclBitfields CXXConstructorDeclBits; |
| 1803 | ObjCMethodDeclBitfields ObjCMethodDeclBits; |
| 1804 | ObjCContainerDeclBitfields ObjCContainerDeclBits; |
| 1805 | LinkageSpecDeclBitfields LinkageSpecDeclBits; |
| 1806 | BlockDeclBitfields BlockDeclBits; |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | static_assert(sizeof(DeclContextBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1809 | "DeclContextBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1810 | static_assert(sizeof(TagDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1811 | "TagDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1812 | static_assert(sizeof(EnumDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1813 | "EnumDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1814 | static_assert(sizeof(RecordDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1815 | "RecordDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1816 | static_assert(sizeof(OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1817 | "OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1818 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1819 | "FunctionDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1820 | static_assert(sizeof(CXXConstructorDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1821 | "CXXConstructorDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1822 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCMethodDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1823 | "ObjCMethodDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1824 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCContainerDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1825 | "ObjCContainerDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1826 | static_assert(sizeof(LinkageSpecDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1827 | "LinkageSpecDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1828 | static_assert(sizeof(BlockDeclBitfields) <= 8, |
| 1829 | "BlockDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
| 1830 | }; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | /// FirstDecl - The first declaration stored within this declaration |
| 1833 | /// context. |
| 1834 | mutable Decl *FirstDecl = nullptr; |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | /// LastDecl - The last declaration stored within this declaration |
| 1837 | /// context. FIXME: We could probably cache this value somewhere |
| 1838 | /// outside of the DeclContext, to reduce the size of DeclContext by |
| 1839 | /// another pointer. |
| 1840 | mutable Decl *LastDecl = nullptr; |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 | /// Build up a chain of declarations. |
| 1843 | /// |
| 1844 | /// \returns the first/last pair of declarations. |
| 1845 | static std::pair<Decl *, Decl *> |
| 1846 | BuildDeclChain(ArrayRef<Decl*> Decls, bool FieldsAlreadyLoaded); |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | DeclContext(Decl::Kind K); |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | public: |
| 1851 | ~DeclContext(); |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | Decl::Kind getDeclKind() const { |
| 1854 | return static_cast<Decl::Kind>(DeclContextBits.DeclKind); |
| 1855 | } |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | const char *getDeclKindName() const; |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | /// getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext. |
| 1860 | DeclContext *getParent() { |
| 1861 | return cast<Decl>(this)->getDeclContext(); |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | const DeclContext *getParent() const { |
| 1864 | return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getParent(); |
| 1865 | } |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | /// getLexicalParent - Returns the containing lexical DeclContext. May be |
| 1868 | /// different from getParent, e.g.: |
| 1869 | /// |
| 1870 | /// namespace A { |
| 1871 | /// struct S; |
| 1872 | /// } |
| 1873 | /// struct A::S {}; // getParent() == namespace 'A' |
| 1874 | /// // getLexicalParent() == translation unit |
| 1875 | /// |
| 1876 | DeclContext *getLexicalParent() { |
| 1877 | return cast<Decl>(this)->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 1878 | } |
| 1879 | const DeclContext *getLexicalParent() const { |
| 1880 | return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getLexicalParent(); |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | DeclContext *getLookupParent(); |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | const DeclContext *getLookupParent() const { |
| 1886 | return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getLookupParent(); |
| 1887 | } |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | ASTContext &getParentASTContext() const { |
| 1890 | return cast<Decl>(this)->getASTContext(); |
| 1891 | } |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | bool isClosure() const { return getDeclKind() == Decl::Block; } |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /// Return this DeclContext if it is a BlockDecl. Otherwise, return the |
| 1896 | /// innermost enclosing BlockDecl or null if there are no enclosing blocks. |
| 1897 | const BlockDecl *getInnermostBlockDecl() const; |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | bool isObjCContainer() const { |
| 1900 | switch (getDeclKind()) { |
| 1901 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 1902 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 1903 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 1904 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: |
| 1905 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
| 1906 | return true; |
| 1907 | default: |
| 1908 | return false; |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | } |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | bool isFunctionOrMethod() const { |
| 1913 | switch (getDeclKind()) { |
| 1914 | case Decl::Block: |
| 1915 | case Decl::Captured: |
| 1916 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: |
| 1917 | return true; |
| 1918 | default: |
| 1919 | return getDeclKind() >= Decl::firstFunction && |
| 1920 | getDeclKind() <= Decl::lastFunction; |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | } |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | /// Test whether the context supports looking up names. |
| 1925 | bool isLookupContext() const { |
| 1926 | return !isFunctionOrMethod() && getDeclKind() != Decl::LinkageSpec && |
| 1927 | getDeclKind() != Decl::Export; |
| 1928 | } |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | bool isFileContext() const { |
| 1931 | return getDeclKind() == Decl::TranslationUnit || |
| 1932 | getDeclKind() == Decl::Namespace; |
| 1933 | } |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | bool isTranslationUnit() const { |
| 1936 | return getDeclKind() == Decl::TranslationUnit; |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | bool isRecord() const { |
| 1940 | return getDeclKind() >= Decl::firstRecord && |
| 1941 | getDeclKind() <= Decl::lastRecord; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | bool isNamespace() const { return getDeclKind() == Decl::Namespace; } |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | bool isStdNamespace() const; |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | bool isInlineNamespace() const; |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | /// Determines whether this context is dependent on a |
| 1951 | /// template parameter. |
| 1952 | bool isDependentContext() const; |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | /// isTransparentContext - Determines whether this context is a |
| 1955 | /// "transparent" context, meaning that the members declared in this |
| 1956 | /// context are semantically declared in the nearest enclosing |
| 1957 | /// non-transparent (opaque) context but are lexically declared in |
| 1958 | /// this context. For example, consider the enumerators of an |
| 1959 | /// enumeration type: |
| 1960 | /// @code |
| 1961 | /// enum E { |
| 1962 | /// Val1 |
| 1963 | /// }; |
| 1964 | /// @endcode |
| 1965 | /// Here, E is a transparent context, so its enumerator (Val1) will |
| 1966 | /// appear (semantically) that it is in the same context of E. |
| 1967 | /// Examples of transparent contexts include: enumerations (except for |
| 1968 | /// C++0x scoped enums), and C++ linkage specifications. |
| 1969 | bool isTransparentContext() const; |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | /// Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a |
| 1972 | /// linkage specification context that specifies C linkage. |
| 1973 | bool isExternCContext() const; |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | /// Retrieve the nearest enclosing C linkage specification context. |
| 1976 | const LinkageSpecDecl *getExternCContext() const; |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | /// Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a |
| 1979 | /// linkage specification context that specifies C++ linkage. |
| 1980 | bool isExternCXXContext() const; |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | /// Determine whether this declaration context is equivalent |
| 1983 | /// to the declaration context DC. |
| 1984 | bool Equals(const DeclContext *DC) const { |
| 1985 | return DC && this->getPrimaryContext() == DC->getPrimaryContext(); |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | /// Determine whether this declaration context encloses the |
| 1989 | /// declaration context DC. |
| 1990 | bool Encloses(const DeclContext *DC) const; |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | /// Find the nearest non-closure ancestor of this context, |
| 1993 | /// i.e. the innermost semantic parent of this context which is not |
| 1994 | /// a closure. A context may be its own non-closure ancestor. |
| 1995 | Decl *getNonClosureAncestor(); |
| 1996 | const Decl *getNonClosureAncestor() const { |
| 1997 | return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getNonClosureAncestor(); |
| 1998 | } |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | /// getPrimaryContext - There may be many different |
| 2001 | /// declarations of the same entity (including forward declarations |
| 2002 | /// of classes, multiple definitions of namespaces, etc.), each with |
| 2003 | /// a different set of declarations. This routine returns the |
| 2004 | /// "primary" DeclContext structure, which will contain the |
| 2005 | /// information needed to perform name lookup into this context. |
| 2006 | DeclContext *getPrimaryContext(); |
| 2007 | const DeclContext *getPrimaryContext() const { |
| 2008 | return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getPrimaryContext(); |
| 2009 | } |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | /// getRedeclContext - Retrieve the context in which an entity conflicts with |
| 2012 | /// other entities of the same name, or where it is a redeclaration if the |
| 2013 | /// two entities are compatible. This skips through transparent contexts. |
| 2014 | DeclContext *getRedeclContext(); |
| 2015 | const DeclContext *getRedeclContext() const { |
| 2016 | return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getRedeclContext(); |
| 2017 | } |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | /// Retrieve the nearest enclosing namespace context. |
| 2020 | DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| 2021 | const DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext() const { |
| 2022 | return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| 2023 | } |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | /// Retrieve the outermost lexically enclosing record context. |
| 2026 | RecordDecl *getOuterLexicalRecordContext(); |
| 2027 | const RecordDecl *getOuterLexicalRecordContext() const { |
| 2028 | return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getOuterLexicalRecordContext(); |
| 2029 | } |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | /// Test if this context is part of the enclosing namespace set of |
| 2032 | /// the context NS, as defined in C++0x [namespace.def]p9. If either context |
| 2033 | /// isn't a namespace, this is equivalent to Equals(). |
| 2034 | /// |
| 2035 | /// The enclosing namespace set of a namespace is the namespace and, if it is |
| 2036 | /// inline, its enclosing namespace, recursively. |
| 2037 | bool InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(const DeclContext *NS) const; |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /// Collects all of the declaration contexts that are semantically |
| 2040 | /// connected to this declaration context. |
| 2041 | /// |
| 2042 | /// For declaration contexts that have multiple semantically connected but |
| 2043 | /// syntactically distinct contexts, such as C++ namespaces, this routine |
| 2044 | /// retrieves the complete set of such declaration contexts in source order. |
| 2045 | /// For example, given: |
| 2046 | /// |
| 2047 | /// \code |
| 2048 | /// namespace N { |
| 2049 | /// int x; |
| 2050 | /// } |
| 2051 | /// namespace N { |
| 2052 | /// int y; |
| 2053 | /// } |
| 2054 | /// \endcode |
| 2055 | /// |
| 2056 | /// The \c Contexts parameter will contain both definitions of N. |
| 2057 | /// |
| 2058 | /// \param Contexts Will be cleared and set to the set of declaration |
| 2059 | /// contexts that are semanticaly connected to this declaration context, |
| 2060 | /// in source order, including this context (which may be the only result, |
| 2061 | /// for non-namespace contexts). |
| 2062 | void collectAllContexts(SmallVectorImpl<DeclContext *> &Contexts); |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | /// decl_iterator - Iterates through the declarations stored |
| 2065 | /// within this context. |
| 2066 | class decl_iterator { |
| 2067 | /// Current - The current declaration. |
| 2068 | Decl *Current = nullptr; |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | public: |
| 2071 | using value_type = Decl *; |
| 2072 | using reference = const value_type &; |
| 2073 | using pointer = const value_type *; |
| 2074 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
| 2075 | using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | decl_iterator() = default; |
| 2078 | explicit decl_iterator(Decl *C) : Current(C) {} |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | reference operator*() const { return Current; } |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | // This doesn't meet the iterator requirements, but it's convenient |
| 2083 | value_type operator->() const { return Current; } |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | decl_iterator& operator++() { |
| 2086 | Current = Current->getNextDeclInContext(); |
| 2087 | return *this; |
| 2088 | } |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | decl_iterator operator++(int) { |
| 2091 | decl_iterator tmp(*this); |
| 2092 | ++(*this); |
| 2093 | return tmp; |
| 2094 | } |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | friend bool operator==(decl_iterator x, decl_iterator y) { |
| 2097 | return x.Current == y.Current; |
| 2098 | } |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | friend bool operator!=(decl_iterator x, decl_iterator y) { |
| 2101 | return x.Current != y.Current; |
| 2102 | } |
| 2103 | }; |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | using decl_range = llvm::iterator_range<decl_iterator>; |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | /// decls_begin/decls_end - Iterate over the declarations stored in |
| 2108 | /// this context. |
| 2109 | decl_range decls() const { return decl_range(decls_begin(), decls_end()); } |
| 2110 | decl_iterator decls_begin() const; |
| 2111 | decl_iterator decls_end() const { return decl_iterator(); } |
| 2112 | bool decls_empty() const; |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | /// noload_decls_begin/end - Iterate over the declarations stored in this |
| 2115 | /// context that are currently loaded; don't attempt to retrieve anything |
| 2116 | /// from an external source. |
| 2117 | decl_range noload_decls() const { |
| 2118 | return decl_range(noload_decls_begin(), noload_decls_end()); |
| 2119 | } |
| 2120 | decl_iterator noload_decls_begin() const { return decl_iterator(FirstDecl); } |
| 2121 | decl_iterator noload_decls_end() const { return decl_iterator(); } |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | /// specific_decl_iterator - Iterates over a subrange of |
| 2124 | /// declarations stored in a DeclContext, providing only those that |
| 2125 | /// are of type SpecificDecl (or a class derived from it). This |
| 2126 | /// iterator is used, for example, to provide iteration over just |
| 2127 | /// the fields within a RecordDecl (with SpecificDecl = FieldDecl). |
| 2128 | template<typename SpecificDecl> |
| 2129 | class specific_decl_iterator { |
| 2130 | /// Current - The current, underlying declaration iterator, which |
| 2131 | /// will either be NULL or will point to a declaration of |
| 2132 | /// type SpecificDecl. |
| 2133 | DeclContext::decl_iterator Current; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | /// SkipToNextDecl - Advances the current position up to the next |
| 2136 | /// declaration of type SpecificDecl that also meets the criteria |
| 2137 | /// required by Acceptable. |
| 2138 | void SkipToNextDecl() { |
| 2139 | while (*Current && !isa<SpecificDecl>(*Current)) |
| 2140 | ++Current; |
| 2141 | } |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | public: |
| 2144 | using value_type = SpecificDecl *; |
| 2145 | // TODO: Add reference and pointer types (with some appropriate proxy type) |
| 2146 | // if we ever have a need for them. |
| 2147 | using reference = void; |
| 2148 | using pointer = void; |
| 2149 | using difference_type = |
| 2150 | std::iterator_traits<DeclContext::decl_iterator>::difference_type; |
| 2151 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | specific_decl_iterator() = default; |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | /// specific_decl_iterator - Construct a new iterator over a |
| 2156 | /// subset of the declarations the range [C, |
| 2157 | /// end-of-declarations). If A is non-NULL, it is a pointer to a |
| 2158 | /// member function of SpecificDecl that should return true for |
| 2159 | /// all of the SpecificDecl instances that will be in the subset |
| 2160 | /// of iterators. For example, if you want Objective-C instance |
| 2161 | /// methods, SpecificDecl will be ObjCMethodDecl and A will be |
| 2162 | /// &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod. |
| 2163 | explicit specific_decl_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator C) : Current(C) { |
| 2164 | SkipToNextDecl(); |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | value_type operator*() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); } |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | // This doesn't meet the iterator requirements, but it's convenient |
| 2170 | value_type operator->() const { return **this; } |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | specific_decl_iterator& operator++() { |
| 2173 | ++Current; |
| 2174 | SkipToNextDecl(); |
| 2175 | return *this; |
| 2176 | } |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | specific_decl_iterator operator++(int) { |
| 2179 | specific_decl_iterator tmp(*this); |
| 2180 | ++(*this); |
| 2181 | return tmp; |
| 2182 | } |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | friend bool operator==(const specific_decl_iterator& x, |
| 2185 | const specific_decl_iterator& y) { |
| 2186 | return x.Current == y.Current; |
| 2187 | } |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | friend bool operator!=(const specific_decl_iterator& x, |
| 2190 | const specific_decl_iterator& y) { |
| 2191 | return x.Current != y.Current; |
| 2192 | } |
| 2193 | }; |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | /// Iterates over a filtered subrange of declarations stored |
| 2196 | /// in a DeclContext. |
| 2197 | /// |
| 2198 | /// This iterator visits only those declarations that are of type |
| 2199 | /// SpecificDecl (or a class derived from it) and that meet some |
| 2200 | /// additional run-time criteria. This iterator is used, for |
| 2201 | /// example, to provide access to the instance methods within an |
| 2202 | /// Objective-C interface (with SpecificDecl = ObjCMethodDecl and |
| 2203 | /// Acceptable = ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod). |
| 2204 | template<typename SpecificDecl, bool (SpecificDecl::*Acceptable)() const> |
| 2205 | class filtered_decl_iterator { |
| 2206 | /// Current - The current, underlying declaration iterator, which |
| 2207 | /// will either be NULL or will point to a declaration of |
| 2208 | /// type SpecificDecl. |
| 2209 | DeclContext::decl_iterator Current; |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | /// SkipToNextDecl - Advances the current position up to the next |
| 2212 | /// declaration of type SpecificDecl that also meets the criteria |
| 2213 | /// required by Acceptable. |
| 2214 | void SkipToNextDecl() { |
| 2215 | while (*Current && |
| 2216 | (!isa<SpecificDecl>(*Current) || |
| 2217 | (Acceptable && !(cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current)->*Acceptable)()))) |
| 2218 | ++Current; |
| 2219 | } |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | public: |
| 2222 | using value_type = SpecificDecl *; |
| 2223 | // TODO: Add reference and pointer types (with some appropriate proxy type) |
| 2224 | // if we ever have a need for them. |
| 2225 | using reference = void; |
| 2226 | using pointer = void; |
| 2227 | using difference_type = |
| 2228 | std::iterator_traits<DeclContext::decl_iterator>::difference_type; |
| 2229 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | filtered_decl_iterator() = default; |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | /// filtered_decl_iterator - Construct a new iterator over a |
| 2234 | /// subset of the declarations the range [C, |
| 2235 | /// end-of-declarations). If A is non-NULL, it is a pointer to a |
| 2236 | /// member function of SpecificDecl that should return true for |
| 2237 | /// all of the SpecificDecl instances that will be in the subset |
| 2238 | /// of iterators. For example, if you want Objective-C instance |
| 2239 | /// methods, SpecificDecl will be ObjCMethodDecl and A will be |
| 2240 | /// &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod. |
| 2241 | explicit filtered_decl_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator C) : Current(C) { |
| 2242 | SkipToNextDecl(); |
| 2243 | } |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | value_type operator*() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); } |
| 2246 | value_type operator->() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | filtered_decl_iterator& operator++() { |
| 2249 | ++Current; |
| 2250 | SkipToNextDecl(); |
| 2251 | return *this; |
| 2252 | } |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | filtered_decl_iterator operator++(int) { |
| 2255 | filtered_decl_iterator tmp(*this); |
| 2256 | ++(*this); |
| 2257 | return tmp; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | friend bool operator==(const filtered_decl_iterator& x, |
| 2261 | const filtered_decl_iterator& y) { |
| 2262 | return x.Current == y.Current; |
| 2263 | } |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | friend bool operator!=(const filtered_decl_iterator& x, |
| 2266 | const filtered_decl_iterator& y) { |
| 2267 | return x.Current != y.Current; |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | }; |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | /// Add the declaration D into this context. |
| 2272 | /// |
| 2273 | /// This routine should be invoked when the declaration D has first |
| 2274 | /// been declared, to place D into the context where it was |
| 2275 | /// (lexically) defined. Every declaration must be added to one |
| 2276 | /// (and only one!) context, where it can be visited via |
| 2277 | /// [decls_begin(), decls_end()). Once a declaration has been added |
| 2278 | /// to its lexical context, the corresponding DeclContext owns the |
| 2279 | /// declaration. |
| 2280 | /// |
| 2281 | /// If D is also a NamedDecl, it will be made visible within its |
| 2282 | /// semantic context via makeDeclVisibleInContext. |
| 2283 | void addDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | /// Add the declaration D into this context, but suppress |
| 2286 | /// searches for external declarations with the same name. |
| 2287 | /// |
| 2288 | /// Although analogous in function to addDecl, this removes an |
| 2289 | /// important check. This is only useful if the Decl is being |
| 2290 | /// added in response to an external search; in all other cases, |
| 2291 | /// addDecl() is the right function to use. |
| 2292 | /// See the ASTImporter for use cases. |
| 2293 | void addDeclInternal(Decl *D); |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | /// Add the declaration D to this context without modifying |
| 2296 | /// any lookup tables. |
| 2297 | /// |
| 2298 | /// This is useful for some operations in dependent contexts where |
| 2299 | /// the semantic context might not be dependent; this basically |
| 2300 | /// only happens with friends. |
| 2301 | void addHiddenDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | /// Removes a declaration from this context. |
| 2304 | void removeDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /// Checks whether a declaration is in this context. |
| 2307 | bool containsDecl(Decl *D) const; |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | /// Checks whether a declaration is in this context. |
| 2310 | /// This also loads the Decls from the external source before the check. |
| 2311 | bool containsDeclAndLoad(Decl *D) const; |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | using lookup_result = DeclContextLookupResult; |
| 2314 | using lookup_iterator = lookup_result::iterator; |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | /// lookup - Find the declarations (if any) with the given Name in |
| 2317 | /// this context. Returns a range of iterators that contains all of |
| 2318 | /// the declarations with this name, with object, function, member, |
| 2319 | /// and enumerator names preceding any tag name. Note that this |
| 2320 | /// routine will not look into parent contexts. |
| 2321 | lookup_result lookup(DeclarationName Name) const; |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | /// Find the declarations with the given name that are visible |
| 2324 | /// within this context; don't attempt to retrieve anything from an |
| 2325 | /// external source. |
| 2326 | lookup_result noload_lookup(DeclarationName Name); |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | /// A simplistic name lookup mechanism that performs name lookup |
| 2329 | /// into this declaration context without consulting the external source. |
| 2330 | /// |
| 2331 | /// This function should almost never be used, because it subverts the |
| 2332 | /// usual relationship between a DeclContext and the external source. |
| 2333 | /// See the ASTImporter for the (few, but important) use cases. |
| 2334 | /// |
| 2335 | /// FIXME: This is very inefficient; replace uses of it with uses of |
| 2336 | /// noload_lookup. |
| 2337 | void localUncachedLookup(DeclarationName Name, |
| 2338 | SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Results); |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | /// Makes a declaration visible within this context. |
| 2341 | /// |
| 2342 | /// This routine makes the declaration D visible to name lookup |
| 2343 | /// within this context and, if this is a transparent context, |
| 2344 | /// within its parent contexts up to the first enclosing |
| 2345 | /// non-transparent context. Making a declaration visible within a |
| 2346 | /// context does not transfer ownership of a declaration, and a |
| 2347 | /// declaration can be visible in many contexts that aren't its |
| 2348 | /// lexical context. |
| 2349 | /// |
| 2350 | /// If D is a redeclaration of an existing declaration that is |
| 2351 | /// visible from this context, as determined by |
| 2352 | /// NamedDecl::declarationReplaces, the previous declaration will be |
| 2353 | /// replaced with D. |
| 2354 | void makeDeclVisibleInContext(NamedDecl *D); |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | /// all_lookups_iterator - An iterator that provides a view over the results |
| 2357 | /// of looking up every possible name. |
| 2358 | class all_lookups_iterator; |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | using lookups_range = llvm::iterator_range<all_lookups_iterator>; |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | lookups_range lookups() const; |
| 2363 | // Like lookups(), but avoids loading external declarations. |
| 2364 | // If PreserveInternalState, avoids building lookup data structures too. |
| 2365 | lookups_range noload_lookups(bool PreserveInternalState) const; |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | /// Iterators over all possible lookups within this context. |
| 2368 | all_lookups_iterator lookups_begin() const; |
| 2369 | all_lookups_iterator lookups_end() const; |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | /// Iterators over all possible lookups within this context that are |
| 2372 | /// currently loaded; don't attempt to retrieve anything from an external |
| 2373 | /// source. |
| 2374 | all_lookups_iterator noload_lookups_begin() const; |
| 2375 | all_lookups_iterator noload_lookups_end() const; |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | struct udir_iterator; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | using udir_iterator_base = |
| 2380 | llvm::iterator_adaptor_base<udir_iterator, lookup_iterator, |
| 2381 | typename lookup_iterator::iterator_category, |
| 2382 | UsingDirectiveDecl *>; |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | struct udir_iterator : udir_iterator_base { |
| 2385 | udir_iterator(lookup_iterator I) : udir_iterator_base(I) {} |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | UsingDirectiveDecl *operator*() const; |
| 2388 | }; |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | using udir_range = llvm::iterator_range<udir_iterator>; |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | udir_range using_directives() const; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | // These are all defined in DependentDiagnostic.h. |
| 2395 | class ddiag_iterator; |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | using ddiag_range = llvm::iterator_range<DeclContext::ddiag_iterator>; |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | inline ddiag_range ddiags() const; |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | // Low-level accessors |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | /// Mark that there are external lexical declarations that we need |
| 2404 | /// to include in our lookup table (and that are not available as external |
| 2405 | /// visible lookups). These extra lookup results will be found by walking |
| 2406 | /// the lexical declarations of this context. This should be used only if |
| 2407 | /// setHasExternalLexicalStorage() has been called on any decl context for |
| 2408 | /// which this is the primary context. |
| 2409 | void setMustBuildLookupTable() { |
| 2410 | assert(this == getPrimaryContext() &&((void)0) |
| 2411 | "should only be called on primary context")((void)0); |
| 2412 | DeclContextBits.HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups = true; |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | /// Retrieve the internal representation of the lookup structure. |
| 2416 | /// This may omit some names if we are lazily building the structure. |
| 2417 | StoredDeclsMap *getLookupPtr() const { return LookupPtr; } |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | /// Ensure the lookup structure is fully-built and return it. |
| 2420 | StoredDeclsMap *buildLookup(); |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | /// Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing |
| 2423 | /// additional declarations that are lexically in this context. |
| 2424 | bool hasExternalLexicalStorage() const { |
| 2425 | return DeclContextBits.ExternalLexicalStorage; |
| 2426 | } |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | /// State whether this DeclContext has external storage for |
| 2429 | /// declarations lexically in this context. |
| 2430 | void setHasExternalLexicalStorage(bool ES = true) const { |
| 2431 | DeclContextBits.ExternalLexicalStorage = ES; |
| 2432 | } |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | /// Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing |
| 2435 | /// additional declarations that are visible in this context. |
| 2436 | bool hasExternalVisibleStorage() const { |
| 2437 | return DeclContextBits.ExternalVisibleStorage; |
| 2438 | } |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | /// State whether this DeclContext has external storage for |
| 2441 | /// declarations visible in this context. |
| 2442 | void setHasExternalVisibleStorage(bool ES = true) const { |
| 2443 | DeclContextBits.ExternalVisibleStorage = ES; |
| 2444 | if (ES && LookupPtr) |
| 2445 | DeclContextBits.NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage = true; |
| 2446 | } |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is stored in the list of |
| 2449 | /// declarations lexically within this context. |
| 2450 | bool isDeclInLexicalTraversal(const Decl *D) const { |
| 2451 | return D && (D->NextInContextAndBits.getPointer() || D == FirstDecl || |
| 2452 | D == LastDecl); |
| 2453 | } |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | bool setUseQualifiedLookup(bool use = true) const { |
| 2456 | bool old_value = DeclContextBits.UseQualifiedLookup; |
| 2457 | DeclContextBits.UseQualifiedLookup = use; |
| 2458 | return old_value; |
| 2459 | } |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | bool shouldUseQualifiedLookup() const { |
| 2462 | return DeclContextBits.UseQualifiedLookup; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | static bool classof(const Decl *D); |
| 2466 | static bool classof(const DeclContext *D) { return true; } |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | void dumpDeclContext() const; |
| 2469 | void dumpLookups() const; |
| 2470 | void dumpLookups(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, bool DumpDecls = false, |
| 2471 | bool Deserialize = false) const; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | private: |
| 2474 | /// Whether this declaration context has had externally visible |
| 2475 | /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's |
| 2476 | /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform |
| 2477 | /// another lookup. |
| 2478 | bool hasNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage() const { |
| 2479 | return DeclContextBits.NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage; |
| 2480 | } |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | /// State that this declaration context has had externally visible |
| 2483 | /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's |
| 2484 | /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform |
| 2485 | /// another lookup. |
| 2486 | void setNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage(bool Need = true) const { |
| 2487 | DeclContextBits.NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage = Need; |
| 2488 | } |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations |
| 2491 | /// that are missing from the lookup table. |
| 2492 | bool hasLazyLocalLexicalLookups() const { |
| 2493 | return DeclContextBits.HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups; |
| 2494 | } |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations |
| 2497 | /// that are missing from the lookup table. |
| 2498 | void setHasLazyLocalLexicalLookups(bool HasLLLL = true) const { |
| 2499 | DeclContextBits.HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups = HasLLLL; |
| 2500 | } |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations |
| 2503 | /// that are missing from the lookup table. |
| 2504 | bool hasLazyExternalLexicalLookups() const { |
| 2505 | return DeclContextBits.HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups; |
| 2506 | } |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 | /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations |
| 2509 | /// that are missing from the lookup table. |
| 2510 | void setHasLazyExternalLexicalLookups(bool HasLELL = true) const { |
| 2511 | DeclContextBits.HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups = HasLELL; |
| 2512 | } |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | void reconcileExternalVisibleStorage() const; |
| 2515 | bool LoadLexicalDeclsFromExternalStorage() const; |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | /// Makes a declaration visible within this context, but |
| 2518 | /// suppresses searches for external declarations with the same |
| 2519 | /// name. |
| 2520 | /// |
| 2521 | /// Analogous to makeDeclVisibleInContext, but for the exclusive |
| 2522 | /// use of addDeclInternal(). |
| 2523 | void makeDeclVisibleInContextInternal(NamedDecl *D); |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | StoredDeclsMap *CreateStoredDeclsMap(ASTContext &C) const; |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | void loadLazyLocalLexicalLookups(); |
| 2528 | void buildLookupImpl(DeclContext *DCtx, bool Internal); |
| 2529 | void makeDeclVisibleInContextWithFlags(NamedDecl *D, bool Internal, |
| 2530 | bool Rediscoverable); |
| 2531 | void makeDeclVisibleInContextImpl(NamedDecl *D, bool Internal); |
| 2532 | }; |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | inline bool Decl::isTemplateParameter() const { |
| 2535 | return getKind() == TemplateTypeParm || getKind() == NonTypeTemplateParm || |
| 2536 | getKind() == TemplateTemplateParm; |
| 2537 | } |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | // Specialization selected when ToTy is not a known subclass of DeclContext. |
| 2540 | template <class ToTy, |
| 2541 | bool IsKnownSubtype = ::std::is_base_of<DeclContext, ToTy>::value> |
| 2542 | struct cast_convert_decl_context { |
| 2543 | static const ToTy *doit(const DeclContext *Val) { |
| 2544 | return static_cast<const ToTy*>(Decl::castFromDeclContext(Val)); |
| 2545 | } |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | static ToTy *doit(DeclContext *Val) { |
| 2548 | return static_cast<ToTy*>(Decl::castFromDeclContext(Val)); |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | }; |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | // Specialization selected when ToTy is a known subclass of DeclContext. |
| 2553 | template <class ToTy> |
| 2554 | struct cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy, true> { |
| 2555 | static const ToTy *doit(const DeclContext *Val) { |
| 2556 | return static_cast<const ToTy*>(Val); |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | static ToTy *doit(DeclContext *Val) { |
| 2560 | return static_cast<ToTy*>(Val); |
| 2561 | } |
| 2562 | }; |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | } // namespace clang |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | namespace llvm { |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | /// isa<T>(DeclContext*) |
| 2569 | template <typename To> |
| 2570 | struct isa_impl<To, ::clang::DeclContext> { |
| 2571 | static bool doit(const ::clang::DeclContext &Val) { |
| 2572 | return To::classofKind(Val.getDeclKind()); |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | }; |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | /// cast<T>(DeclContext*) |
| 2577 | template<class ToTy> |
| 2578 | struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, |
| 2579 | const ::clang::DeclContext,const ::clang::DeclContext> { |
| 2580 | static const ToTy &doit(const ::clang::DeclContext &Val) { |
| 2581 | return *::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(&Val); |
| 2582 | } |
| 2583 | }; |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | template<class ToTy> |
| 2586 | struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, ::clang::DeclContext, ::clang::DeclContext> { |
| 2587 | static ToTy &doit(::clang::DeclContext &Val) { |
| 2588 | return *::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(&Val); |
| 2589 | } |
| 2590 | }; |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | template<class ToTy> |
| 2593 | struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, |
| 2594 | const ::clang::DeclContext*, const ::clang::DeclContext*> { |
| 2595 | static const ToTy *doit(const ::clang::DeclContext *Val) { |
| 2596 | return ::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(Val); |
| 2597 | } |
| 2598 | }; |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | template<class ToTy> |
| 2601 | struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, ::clang::DeclContext*, ::clang::DeclContext*> { |
| 2602 | static ToTy *doit(::clang::DeclContext *Val) { |
| 2603 | return ::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(Val); |
| 2604 | } |
| 2605 | }; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /// Implement cast_convert_val for Decl -> DeclContext conversions. |
| 2608 | template<class FromTy> |
| 2609 | struct cast_convert_val< ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy, FromTy> { |
| 2610 | static ::clang::DeclContext &doit(const FromTy &Val) { |
| 2611 | return *FromTy::castToDeclContext(&Val); |
| 2612 | } |
| 2613 | }; |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | template<class FromTy> |
| 2616 | struct cast_convert_val< ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy*, FromTy*> { |
| 2617 | static ::clang::DeclContext *doit(const FromTy *Val) { |
| 2618 | return FromTy::castToDeclContext(Val); |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | }; |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | template<class FromTy> |
| 2623 | struct cast_convert_val< const ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy, FromTy> { |
| 2624 | static const ::clang::DeclContext &doit(const FromTy &Val) { |
| 2625 | return *FromTy::castToDeclContext(&Val); |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | }; |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | template<class FromTy> |
| 2630 | struct cast_convert_val< const ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy*, FromTy*> { |
| 2631 | static const ::clang::DeclContext *doit(const FromTy *Val) { |
| 2632 | return FromTy::castToDeclContext(Val); |
| 2633 | } |
| 2634 | }; |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | } // namespace llvm |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H |